GON RULE CO. Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2015 https://archive.org/details/grammardictionarOOmorr 6 GRAMMAR AND DICT10NARY/(^^^ OF THE A DEC 1 9 1913 ^eic^i %iy BULUBA-LULUA LANGUAGE AS SPOKEN IN THE UPPER KASAI AND CONGO BASIN PREPARED FOR THE AMERICAN PRESBYTERIAN CONGO J^ISSION BY W. M. MORRISON Missionary of the Southern Presbyterian Church in the Congo Independent State AMERICAN TRACT SOCIETY 150 NASSAU STREET NEW YORK Copyright, 1906 BY AMERICAN TRACT SOCIETY PREFACE. I The Baluba and Lulua people, in language and in race, belong to The great Bantu family, which, though having many different subdivi- sions, occupies, roughly speaking, all of Africa south of the fifth parallel of north latitude, the Hottentot-Bushmen in the extreme south being the only exception. These Bantu languages are radically different from the distinctly negro dialects of the peoples bordering them on the north. While the different Bantu dialects have much in common so far as some of the general characteristics are concerned, yet there are many degrees of difference. Some are perhaps as widely apart as the English and the Greek, while others are so near akin that the differences amount to nothing more than localisms or a brogue. This latter fact is true of the language spoken by the Baluba and the Lulua people, who together occupy a large area in Central Africa, extending, roughly speaking, from the junction of the Lulua and Kasai rivers in a general southeasterly direction into Garenganze, where the language is called Ciluba. They thus occupy the high and compara- tively healthy table-lands on the divide between the headwaters of the Kasai and the Congo on one side and the Zambezi on the other. Moreover, these peoples are remarkably docile, peaceable, industrious and eager for civilization, and are in many respects far superior to many African tribes. It has thus come about that the Baluba, espe- cially, are eagerly sought after as slaves, with the result that many thousands of them have been carried into captivity, often into foreign tribes. These facts, together with the wide area covered by these two peoples, have made their tongue the lingua jranca, or “trade” language, of the greater part of the upper Kasai and Congo basin, thus enabling one understanding it to go almost everywhere over this vast region and be understood. It is gratifying to note that the Buluba-Lulua is very near of kin to the Lunda and Tongo which are spoken over a large area on the south. It would be useless to attempt to estimate the num- ber of people speaking with more or less divergency the language whose V vi PREFACE, laws this book attempts to put into tangible shape. All this is par- ticularly fortunate in view of the fact that so many of the languages of Africa are confined to very narrow geographical limits. Since the establishment of the American Presbyterian Mission at Luebo, which place is located on the north bank of the Lulua river at its junction with the Luebo, several thousand Baluba and Lulua people have come there and settled — the Lulua from the immediate south and east, and the Baluba from the regions still farther to the east. Through these numerous immigrarits Luebo has become a cos- mopolitan place, with reflex influences going out in turn to the different tribes and villages represented there. While there are slight differences in some of the root words used by the Baluba and the Lulua and some differences in the tones or manner of pronunciation, the Baluba being smooth and rhythmic, the Lulua more harsh and guttural, yet these diversities are so slight that we feel warranted in grouping the language of these two peoples under the one name Buluba-Lulua. It must, however, be borne in mind that each of these tribes is still farther subdivided into clans or groups, where there may and often does exist a still farther variation in the words. It is a curious fact that the very names Baluba and Lulua do not seem to have been originally used by the people in speaking of themselves; these names have been given them by outsiders. Among themselves they go by the clan names, such as Bakua Kaloshi, Bakua Chimanga, Bakua Temba, etc. In this book no effort has been made to separate the words of the two peoples, for they are so intimately intermingled that this would at present be hopeless, confusing and unprofitable. Nor has any effort been made to find all the possible words used among the different clans; only the commoner words used about Luebo are introduced. This opens up a wide field for future study and investigation, and of course means that variations from the Words given in this book will become more numerous as the distance i\;om Luebo increases. It is easy to understand how these almost infinite differentiations have sprung up. There is no tribal unity, no literature^ the villages and clans are more or less isolated from each other, with the consequent j’ealousies. But we believe that as communication is established between the different clans, and especially as the written language which the missionaries are sending out becomes more widely circulated, a unifying process will set in. On the other hand, the language, especially as spoken in the region about Luebo and such other cosmopolitan centres, where the outside world is touched, is constantly growing — and, strange to say, becoming PREFACE. VI 1 more unified — by the accession of new and foreign words. For about Luebo we not only have a commingling of other tribes, such as the Bakete, the Bakuba, the Zappo Zapps, etc., but the native quickly takes up words from the missionary, the white trader, the Government official, or the West Coast English-speaking carpenter. These over- sea foreigners, in passing through the Lower Congo region, pick up native words as used there and bring them farther into the interior. The Portuguese were the earliest European settlers on the coast about the mouth of the Congo river, and a goodly number of their words have found the way back into the interior languages; the name mputu, which means the country of the foreign white man, is a corruption of Portugal. Since the native naturally lacks names for many articles in common use by the foreigner, it is not surprising that the foreign word is often introduced and the native is proud to use it. The word is nativized and thus takes its place in the language. I say nativized, for although these new words find their place in the language, yet there is a strong tendency to preserve the native grammatical con- structions, and, after all, the foreign words are comparatively few. My observation is that the language is spoken with greater gram- matical purity about Luebo to-day than it was some years ago. And just here it is interesting to note that although there is a re- markable richness of the language in some directions, there is a no less remarkable paucity of terms in other directions. For example, there is no word for the young of living creatures. The indefinite muana, child, is used for all alike. There is no single word for brother or sister. The native recognizes only three distinct colors, red, white and black ', there is nothing for the most common color in the tropics. The verb dila is made to do service for cry, bawl, bleat, sqtieal, roar, croak, bray, tick (as watch). There are no pronouns indicating sex. There is no satisfactory word for love, the same word which the native uses for God’s love he must also use to express his liking for salt or his preference for a certain kind of cloth. Sometimes one fairly cries out in agony for a word to express some of the strong English words like ought, duty, must, obligation, etc. And so the list might be easily increased. Perhaps as our knowledge of the language grows, we may discover terms for some of these ideas. It is not surprising, there- fore, to find a great dearth of words to express religious thought. In some cases the missionaries have, by common consent, introduced a word, generally from the Greek or Hebrew. We have thought it safer and more satisfactory sometimes to introduce thus an entirely new word rather than try to use a native word which would inaccurately convey the idea intended. It is interesting here to recall that very viii PREFACE. many of the ecclesiastical words in the English language were brought in at the time of the introduction of Christianity into England. 1 have also taken the liberty, on my own responsibility, of introducing into the Vocabulary a few words for some common household articles for which the natives have no equivalent. Since English is the lan- guage of those for whom this book is chiefly intended, the introduced words are naturally taken from that language. .\t the request of my colleagues on the Mission, the preparation of this work was undertaken some months after my arrival in Africa in 1897. My first intention was to prepare a small book to contain only the essentials of the language and the more common words, but as I went farther into the work I found that I could not be certain of the essentials without myself going quite into details. Having done this, it seemed a waste of labor not to record the result of the investigations in permanent form. It is now my purpose to prepare a short hand- book embodying only the essentials and intended for beginners in the language. The growth of the work as I have progressed, and the fact that it was the first of the kind ever undertaken in this dialect, combined with the many missionary duties, from which it was impossible on account of the smallness of our force for me to be released so that I could give my full time to the language study, have postponed the completion of this' task much longer than I had anticipated. Often weeks at a time have intervened when it was impossible, either on account of illness or on account of other more pressing missionary duties, to push the work on. Even after the greater part of the material had been gotten into tangible shape before my return to America, I have found the revising, correcting, copying and getting of the matter ready for the press a much greater undertaking than I had anticipated- For these reasons I ask the forbearance of my colleagues who have waited so patiently for the work to appear. I must also express my appreciation of the kindness shown by the Executive Committee of Foreign ^Missions of the Presbyterian Church, who have patiently allowed me to carry on this work, trusting only to my own word and to that of my colleagues that my time and energy and the Church’s money were being rightly spent. I must express my obligation for helpful suggestions gotten here and there from works in other dialects of the Bantu family; especially might be mentioned those of Torrend, Bentley, Whitehead, Stapleton, Bishop Steere, Wilson, Pilkington, Nassau and Bleek. Declerq’s Grammaire de la Langue des Bena Lulua, though only a pamphlet, giving with more or less accuracy the merest outlines of the language, was exceedingly helpful in the early stages of the work. I have appre- PREFACE. IX dated Stapleton’s frankness in admitting difficulties, and his breadth of view in dealing with the comparative language problems. I am indebted to Dr. D. W. C. Snyder for the manuscript of his work in the Bakete dialect. And I am under many obligations to my colleagues, especially Mr. and Mrs. Sheppard and Mr. Hawkins, for giving me a start in the early days. I have sometimes ventured to differ from the majority of Bantu grammars, but it has been done in order to secure greater simplicity. And here I must not fail to mention the names of native lads who have helped me, generally most patiently, through the long weary discussions and investigations which they could not understand. Among these may be mentioned Kazadi, Kabata, Kamuidika and Kachunga. The latter spent over a year with me in America. Some of the girls were most helpful, especially Malendola. These w^ere not all kept in constant employ, but w’ere called on as needed, for I soon found it better to use several language-helpers than to rely on the judgment of only one. I most heartily express my personal gratitude and that of my col- leagues and the Society which I represent to the American Tract Society for so generously undertaking, partly at its own expense, the publication of this work. It is to be hoped that the book will prove helpful to Government officials, traders or travelers, but the motive wffiich has inspired the writer through it all has been the belief that it would aid the missionary more quickly and more accurately to learn the language of this great people, hoping that in due time schools would be wddely established and the Word of Life given to the people in a language which they could read and understand. Many perplexing problems have arisen as to spelling, as to con- struction, and as to the exact meaning of words, and the author is most painfully conscious of the many inaccuracies which farther study and investigation by himself or others will reveal in his work, w’hich makes no claim to being exhaustive or perfect; yet he will feel abundantly compensated for all the labor it has taken if the book will aid in a wider dissemination of the gospel. To this end he prays that it may be used. I feel that I cannot pass this book into the hands of my fellow mis- sionaries without saying a final word to them. The Government official or the trader or the traveler can get along and accomplish his work wdth only a superficial knowledge of the language. Not so w’ith the missionary: he is to deliver the gospel message, and a deep and thorough acquaintance wdth the language which is his chief medium X PREFACE. of communication should be his constant ambition, that the message may be delivered accurately and intelligibly. I have noticed that almost invariably the man who speaks the language with fluency is the man who commands attention and whose influence will be the most widely felt. May I utter a warning ? There is danger of reaching a point where we make no farther progress in the language. This should not be. Study and investigation on our part should never cease. This book is by no means accurate or exhaustive — it is only intended as a guide and a help to wider and deeper study of the language, which I hope and pray will be inspired by the thought of Him who commanded us to “preach the gospel to every creature.” Lexington, Va., January. 1906. W. M. Morrison. GRAMMAR ORTHOGRAPHY. I. THE ALPHABET. 1 . The Buluba-Lulua alphabet consists of thirty letters, each repre- seating a distinct sound. They are as follows: Letters. Pronun- ciation. English Equivalents. Examples. a a as a in father malij, afjairs. a a as a in hat kub^la, to count. a a as a in fall bukiile, strength. b bay as b in bone bantu, people. c chay as ch in choose mucima, liver. d day as d in day bidia, bread. e e as e in they kuteka, to put. 6 e . as e in met dikela, egg. f fay as f in fat kuflka, to arrive. g gay as g in king kiibanga, to begin. h hay no equivalent (§ 6) luhehele, wind. I i as i in machine bibi, badly. 1 I as i in hit kuxiba, to kill. 'i i as i in pine mi, water. J jay as j in French jeune kujula, to pull up. k kay as k in king kulua, to come. 1 lay as 1 in long lubilu, hurry. m may as m in man muntu, person. n nay as n in not kunanga, to love. o o as o in note diboko, arm. P pay as p in pay mpuku, rat. s say as s in sit kusaya, to cut up. t tay as t in tone tulu, sleep. u u as u in rule lufu, death. u u as u in but mukuxi, woman. V vay as V in vine kuvua, to wash. w way as w in water wewe, thou. X shay as sh in shall kuxaia, to remain. y yay as y in yonder kuya, to go. t zay as z in zone kuzakala, to quake. 2 THE ALPHABET. Note i. It will be observed that the governing principle of the above alphabet is that it shall be phonetic, letting each sound in the language be represented by a distinct letter. The letters ni and n in double- consonant constructions furnish an apparent exception, having each a sound different from that indicated above, but this will be treated later. §§ 13-15. -'\ccording to the above principle, therefore, the letters a, a, and a are not to be regarded as different sounds of the same letter, but as different letters. The same is true of e and e, i and 1 and i, u and u. In the ^’ocabulary, however, in order to avoid confusion, the words are arranged in the ordinary way, regardless of the order of the letters as above given. Note 2. In order to aid beginners in the pronunciation and to pre- vent confusion it has seemed almost necessary to introduce in this book the short sounds a, e, I, and u, also the longer a and i. Perhaps later, after the language has become more fixed in its orthography, many of these diacritical markings can be omitted, especially in books intended entirely for native use. At the same time the learner must be warned that accurate pronunciation can only be gotten by carefully listening to the words as they are spoken by the natives. Cultivate, from the very beginning, the habit of careful listening. Having once caught the sound, the pronunciation will not generally be difficult. It will be observed that the diacritical marks, with the exception of ii, are those rs d in Webster’s Dictionary. Note 3. Observe that the letters j, v and z are used mostly by the Baluba, while the Lulua people generally use x, f and s respectively. The sounds are so nearly alike that little confusion arises. In the Vocabulary, the spelling adopted has been determined as far as possible either by the dialect to which the word most probably belongs or by the form most commonly heard about Luebo. At the same time it must always be borne in mind that the native gives the sound peculiar to his own dialect. These differences in pronunciation are often due to the front teeth being filed or, in some cases, knocked out. Note 4. Sometimes, in order to show where contraction has taken place, the circumflex (') is used over certain vowels, but, since it pro- duces no marked difference in sound, these letters are not introduced into the alphabet. Note 5. In spelling, the natives are taught to give to each vowel its exact sound, and to let each consonant be followed by the sound of e in they. Unfortunately, custom has made exceptions of m and n, w’hich are pronounced as in English, but consistency would indicate that they should also fall in line with the other consonants. THE ALPHABET. 3 Vowels. 2. The long vowels arc a, e, i, i, o and u, with which may be classed the broad a. The short vowels are a, e, I and u. Rem. The vowels present no difficulties in pronunciation, but it is often hard to distinguish between a and i, between a and u, between o and u, between i and the diphthong ai, between the long and short sounds of the same letter. Shall we write muci winyi or muci wanyi {my stick) ? Shall it be mukaxi or mukuxi {woman) ? kumuna or kumona {to see) ? mi or mai {water) ? Only time and farther light can settle these questions definitely. Consonants. 3 . The consonants b, d, f, k, 1, p, s, t, v and z have the common English pronunciation and need no farther explanation. 4. C is arbitrarily used to represent the single sound of ch in church, though it often has much the sound of ts in nuts. 5. G is always found in combination with n, and has the peculiar sound of g in king. The g is thus never found alone and it seems im- possible for the native, even in spelling, to give g the simple hard sound of g in go — it always has the nasal preceding. Rem. The distinct hard sound of g as in go is heard, however, in some dialects, especially that of the Bakete. For example, the Baluba and Bena Lulua say ku-nang-a, like English sing-er, while the Bakete say ku-nan-ga, like English stronger (pronounced as stron-ger). 6. H is arbitrarily used to represent a peculiar breathing sound which is not found in the English. It is near of kin to / and p, though clearly distinct from each. It is important to distinguish it from these two letters, since upon this depend certain laws of euphony which will be considered later. To produce this sound, as in the word luhehele, place the lips as preparing to whistle, not protruding them too much, and being careful not to press the lower lip up against the teeth, then expel the breath, uttering the sound, allowing the lips to fall apart. 7. J has the softer French sound of j in jeune. 8. M has always its usual English sound save in the double-con- sonant forms at the beginning of words. § 14 {b). 9. \ usually has the simple sharp nasal sound of n in not, save when it is combined with other consonants. § 15. 10. w is used only in its force as a consonant; it is therefore not employed in diphthongs or other vowel combinations. The close re- lation of w to u is observed in certain euphonic changes. § 27. 11. X is used arbitrarily to represent the single sound of sh. 4 THE ALPHABET. 12. T is always a consonant; it is therefore not employed in diphthongs or other vowel combinations. Its close relation to the vowel 1 is seen in certain euphonic changes. § 28. Double Conson.-^nts. 13. Double consonants occur only when m and n are prefixed to other consonants. 31 is found before b and p, n before c, d, f, g, j, k, s, t. V, X, y and z. 14. In the pronunciation of the double consonants with m we must note; (a) When the double consonants come in the body of the word, the division of the syllable occurs between the two consonants, and m consequently has its common sound. Wa-kum-pa, he has given to me. (b) When, however, the double consonants come at the beginning of the word a peculiar and unfamiliar sound is given to the combi- nation. In the pronunciation of mpuku, rat, for example, close the lips, let the initial sound pass out through the nose, then expel the breath, uttering puku. 15. In the pronunciation of the double consonants with n we must note: (a) When n with another consonant comes at the beginning of a word a peculiar sound is given to the combination. Note the pro- nunciation of nsubu, house. Throw the end of the tongue up against the roof of the mouth as in the pronunciation of n, allow the initial sound to pass out through the nose, then expel the breath, uttering subu. Note. G in such cases has the sound of g in king, not the hard sound of g in go. Ngoma, drum', ngombe, ox. (b) When n, with another consonant, comes in the body of a word we have the two following sounds: (i) When the n comes before c, d, t and y, the division of the syllable occurs between the two consonants, and n consequently has its common sound. Wa-kun-da-ya, he promised me', wa-kun-tu-ma, he sent me', ku-mun-ya, to know. Rem. The pronunciation of ny is the same as the Spanish w in canon . Some Bantu grammarians write this sound combination with a Spanish character. Sometimes the y is very slightly sounded and this may THE ALPHABET. 5 account for the fact that in certain constructions it loses its signifi- cance, though not its sound, and is treated as if it were not present. § 329 (c)- (2) When the n comes before f, g, j, k, s, v, x and z it has a peculiar ringing sound like 11 g in king, thing, etc. In such cases there is a decided nasal tone just before the consonant, but be careful not to allow the end of the tongue to touch the roof of the mouth in attempting to pronounce the n. For division of the syllables in such cases, see § 21, Rem. Wakunva, he heard', wakunkuma, he flogged me; wakunxia, he left me. Note i. G in such cases carefully preserves the usual sound of g in king. Note 2. For n before h see § 32. Diphthongs and Vowel Combinations. 16 . There are several proper diphthongs in which both vowels are sounded with the same expulsion of the breath. The more common are as follows: (a) Ua, pronounced as iva in wash.*- Bualu, affair. (b) Ue, pronounced as ua in persuade. Kuebi, at your house. (c) Ui, pronounced as ue in desuetude. ^ I Kuiba, to steal. (d) Ui, pronounced as ui in quiet, Kuinyi, at my house. {e) Uo, pronounced as uo in quote. Buonso, entirety. Rem. Often the u is very slightly sounded, as in muoyo, life', but in order to preserve consistency the u is always written (/) la, pronounced as ea in idea. Bidia, bread. * Some of these may not improperly be called semi-consonant diphthongs since w or y can be substituted for the u and the i respectively in many cases sc far as the sound is concerned. For example bualu might be spelled bwalu and would be so spelled in most Bantu gram.mars but since it seems expedient, for the sake of symmetry in concord, to preserve as far as possible the original forms of the language the regular u and 1 are retained in ah such cases except when they begin a word and are followed b^ a vowel in the same syllable or when they stand between two vow'els. §§ 27. 28. 6 SYLLABLES. (^) pronounced very much as ea in create. Biebi, your {things). {h) II, pronounced something as ei in deity. Dilnyi, jat. {i) lo, pronounced as io in Ethiopia. Bionso, all {things). {j) III, pronounced very much as eu in feud or ieu in adieu . ' Diiilu, the heavens. 17. There are also the combinations au, ai, ea, eu and ei, which perhaps may as well be called diphthongs, otherwise a separate syllable would have to be made for the second vowel, thus causing confusion in the spelling. 18. It will thus be noticed that all vowel combinations are treated as diphthongs and hence are regarded as one syllable. Bua-lu, kui-ba, kau-ku-lu-ke, kai-ku-Iu-ke, nea-lue. II. SYLLABLES. 19. The syllables are divided so as to represent in the most accu rate manner the pronunciation rather than the etymology. 30. Where there is not a double consonant to be considered, the syllable begins with a consonant and ends with a vowel or diphthong. Of course each diphthong with its consonant makes a syllable. See § i8. Ku-xi-ka-ma, to sit down; mua-na, child. I Rem. I. In some words the final vowel is very slightly sounded, but if the word is used emphatically or in construction, a vowel sound wjll generally be detected. It is, however, sometimes difficult to deter- mine just what sound it is. Rem. 2. The initial letter of some words is a vowel. Ebi, your eggs (makela understood); atanu, five eggs; onso, all the eggs; udi, he is; aba, these people; itaba, answer (imper- ative mood); etc. 21. When double consonants occur the division takes place between the consonants. 3 Iun-tu, person; wa-kum-pa, he has given me] mu-lun-da, friend. Rem. I, When n comes before f, g, j, k, s, v, x and z [§ 15 {h) ( 2 )], the division is made regularly between the two consonants, but it must EUPHONY. 7 be borne in mind that the n has only a slight nasal sound, especially in ng. In fact the pronunciation might best be preserved in some cases by making the division after the consonants as in the English word sing-er, but confusion may perhaps best be avoided by holding to the rule above made. 3Iu-ke-len-ge, chief] wa-kun-va, he heard. Rem. 2. While there are good reasons for following most Bantu grammars in making the syllable begin with a double consonant fmu-ntu, wa-ku-mpa, etc.), yet we believe that simplicity is gained by letting the division come between the consonant as above suggested. III. EUPHONY. 22. This is an important subject which meets us at every turn in this highly inflected language and should be studied with great care. Ei.ison and Contraction of Vowels. 23. A vowel is elided when it comes before its like in the same word, and a regularly elides before all other vowels in the same word. Consequently a+a becomes a; i+i becomes i; u+u becomes u; a+e becomes e; a+i becomes i; a fi becomes!; a+o becomes o; a+u becomes u. Hence ba+ana becomes bana, children] bi+impe becomes bimpe, go'id (bintu, things, understood); ku + umuka becomes kuniuka, to go out] ka+elc becomes kcle, small knife] ba+ibi becomes bibi, thieves] ba + Inyi becomes binyi, my (bantu, people, understood); ba+onso becomes bonso, all (bantu, people, understood); badi ba+ula becomes badi bula, they are buying. Rem. I. After the elision the remaining vowel generally has a long full sound. This is true to such an extent when a vowel is elided before its like (or the two are contracted into one) that the remaining vowel is often pronounced almost as a diaeresis. Generally this elision is not represented in writing, but sometimes, in order to preserve the form of the language and prevent confusion, the remaining vowel may be marked with a circumflex (''). Thus ka+a becomes ka, ku + umuxa becomes kumuxa, ci+i becomes ci, a+a becomes a, etc. Rem. 2 . .Sometimes, in order to preserve the parts of the word dis- tinct, the a is not elided; in such cases it forms a diphthong (§ i8). Ka+ukuluke remains kaukuluke, that it (muci, stick) may not fell' Rem. 3. In verbal inflection, involving combinations of several vowels^ 8 EUPHONY. elision and contraction often take place; as, bia+ikaleye becomes bikaleye, ij he becomes', neaenze becomes nenze, he will do. Rem. 4. In the inflection of some words a peculiar coalescence of a and i into e takes place. Hence ma+ isu becomes mesu, eyes', ha+ ihi becomes hehi, near', ba+ine becomes bene, they alone. 34. In construction, between words in sentences, elisions are of comparatively rare occurrence. In such cases the elision is indicated by an apostrophe (’), but no elision is thus indicated unless the pro- nunciation is seriously affected, or unless the remaining form would otherwise appear unfamiliar. The following are the most common cases of elision in construction : (a) Sometimes the final vowel of a word is elided when the follow- ing word begins with a vowel; as, n’andi, with him, for ne andi; n’abo, with them, for ne abo; n’eci, with it, for ne eci. {h) In some cases the elision is made at the beginning of the second word; as, tatu’etu, our father, for tatu wetu; marau’etu, our mother, for mamu wetu. (c) Sometimes two elisions occur, one at the end of the preceding and the other at the beginning of the following word; as, muan’andi, his child, for muana wandi. {d) Note the peculiar elision of u in the word ham’bidi, on the body, for ha mubidi Assimilation of Vowels. 35. Note the assimilation of e to a under the influence of a, and of e to o under the influence of u; as, hanaha (§ 163, Note 2) from haneha; aha (§ 149) from eha; ama (§ 149) from ema; munomu from munemu; kunoku from kuneku. See § 34 (b). Rem. Sometimes we hear munemu and kuneku without the assimi- lation. 36. The principle of assimilation is also seen in certain verbal suffixes where i is found after a, i and u (with the corresponding short vowels), w'hereas e is found after e and o. See §§ 329 (a) {b). Rem. Some forms take u after u. § 334 (c). Change of U to W and I to Y. 37. In inflection, when u comes between two other vowels or when it begins a word and is followed by a vowel in the same syllable it takes the consonant form w. See foot-note on § 16 (a). Hence kauena becomes kawena, it (muci, stick) is not; uakuya becomes wakuya, he has gone; uaua becomes wawa, that man (mulumi understood). 38. In inflection, when i comes between two other vowels or when it begins a word and is followed by a vowxl in the same syllable it takes EUPHONY. 9 the consonant form y. See foot-note on § i6 {a). Hence kaiakadi becomes kayakadi, they (nsolo, fowls) were not\ iakadi becomes yakadi, they (asolo, jowls) were. Euphonic Change of Consonants. 29. Before i or under the influence of n, 1 becomes d; as, kuickeli becomes kulekedi, do not let loose] ndi nlonda becomes ndi ndonda, I am following. Note. D and 1 are often used interchangeably in some words, due to differences in dialects. Hence we hear both dua and lua, corner cilulu and cidudu, cloth. 30. Before i, t becomes c, and s becomes x. Hence kukuati be comes kukuaci, don't hold] kuasi becomes kuaxi, don't build. 31. When n comes before p or b it becomes m according to § Thus, npanza becomes mpanza, nbombo becomes mbombo, pL of lubombo, ten thousand. 32. When n comes before h the latter changes to p and the n con- sequently becomes m (§ 13); so nhemba becomes mpemba, a white earth] wakunha becomes wakumpa, he gave to me] ndi nhana be- comes ndi mpana, I am selling] wakunhidia becomes wakumpidia, he has refused me. Note. It is thus seen to be very important to distinguish clearly between f and h and p, and this is often exceedingly difficult to do. Before f, which always has a sharp distinct utterance, the n remains unchanged; as, wakunfundila, he has written for me] wakunfila, he accompanied me. 33. In inflections n, coming before a form which begins with a vowel, becomes ng. Hence n-ala becomes ngala, finger-nails] n-esu becomes ngesu, pots] wakun-ambila becomes wakungambila, he told me] ndi n-owa becomes ndi ngowa, I am washing myself] nen-ule be- comes nengiile, T shall buy. * Rem. I. In inflection of certain tenses where the tense sign begins with a vowel, long custom in leaving out the g in preparation of the native literature has induced the author to do so in this book, though it is incorrect in fact. Xakadi should be written ngakadi, I was] nakudila should be ngakudila, / was crying] etc. Rem. 2 . N coming before m or n in inflected forms is omitted. Hence ndi nniona becomes ndi mona, 7 am looking] ndi nnua becomes ndi nua, 1 am drinking] ndi nnumona becomes ndi numona, 7 am looking at you. 34. Sometimes certain consonants serve to separate two vowels. (a) Y is thus inserted in inflection between i and a following vowel; lO ACCENT. so nkiinyi becomes nkiyinyi, 1 myself (§ io8); nibiandi becomes mbiyandi, her husband (§ 138, Rem. 3, Note); kayiyi (§ 159, Note 2). Rem. Y is inserted between n and i in certain inflections, in fact it is doubtful if i is ever permitted to follow n directly. Kusuni becomes kusunyi, donH carry water] kucinyi, don't be afraid] kusunyina, to carry water for one. See §§ 236 (a), Rem. 3, and 329 {d). {b) N is thus used between u and e and between a and a in munemu, kuneku and hanaha (§ 163, Note 2). IV. ACCENT. 35 . As a general rule it may be said that the accent in simple words falls on the penult with also a secondary accent on the fourth syllable from the end in polysyllabic words. In inflected words the accent is on the initial syllable of the root; when more than two syllables follow the accented syllable a secondary accent falls on the penult. But it must be constantly borne in mind that Buluba-Lulua words are, for the most part, devoid of a strong accent on any syllable. In this re- spect this language resembles the French. The smoothness of pronun- ciation and the lack of strong accent make it all the more difficult for English-speaking persons to refrain from giving too much accent to the words, since the English has such decided accent on all words of more than one syllable. Great care in listening and much practice in speaking furnish the only means by which to learn to pronounce with that smoothness and musical flow so characteristic of the natives in speaking their own language. Citekuteku, greens] bakufundilangana, they have written to each other. Rem. -Diphthongs, of course, are regarded as single syllables. KnAnsi, to come] kunua, /n to eat] kahia, kubuela- kana, to commingle. THE PARTS OF SPEECH. NOUNS. 36 . The inflection of nouns is made not by suffix terminations, as in the Indo-European system of languages, but by the use of prefixes. This is a remarkable characteristic of the Bantu languages and dem.ands careful attention, for it is confusing to have to look at the end of the word for the root instead of at the beginning. But this subject will be treated more fully later (§ 59). NOUNS. II 37 . The only variation of the noun is that to express number, sin- gular and plural. Fortunately there is no complicated Case syst em as is found in many European languages. These case relations, much as is the situation in English, are shown by the position of the word in the sentence or by certain prepositional words. 38. There is likewise no co mplicated Gender system , which is carried to such a perplexing extent in Latin, Greek, French and German. For farther discussion of the question of gender see § 56 . Number. 39. In the Buluba-Lulua language there are two numbers, singular and plural. 40. The variations for number are made by certain prefixes, and according to these prefixes the nouns divide themselves into eight classes. It is of the utmost importance to learn these perfectly, for the whole principle of concord depends upon them. These prefixes for the different classes are as follows: * I. Singular. mu- Plural. ba- II. mu- mi- III. n- n- IV. lu- n- V. di- ma- VI . bu- ma- VII. ci- bi- VIII. ka- tu- Each of these classes is now taken up in order. Class I. 41. In this class mu- is prefixed to the stem for the singular and ba- for the plural. Singular. mu-ntu, a person mu-lumi, a man mu-kelenge, a chief mu-lunda, friend Plural. ba-ntu, persons ba-lumi, men ba-kelenge, chiefs ba-lunda, friends Rem. Observe the laws of euphony in such words as mu-ana, child, which has the plural bana; mu-ena, person^ which has the plural bena. § 23. * The arrangement of these classes is arbitrary, but since the singular of the first three classes has much in common, these are grouped together. The same is true of the plural of classes II III and IV. and also of V and VI. X2 NOUNS. 42 . Under this class must also be placed some words which are defective in not having any singular prefix. The concord ol verbs, adjectives, etc., however, is regular throughout, just as if the singular prefix were present, save with the possessive adjective pronouns (§ 138). These words nearly always express some family relationship. The following is a list of the more common of these words: Singular. Plural. tatu, father batatu, fathers mamu, mother bamamu, mothers baba, mother bababa, mothers nyoku, mother banyoku, mothers nyin(a), mother banyin(a), mothers^ nyinka, grandparent banyinka, grandparents kaku, grandparent bakaku, grandparents mbi, husband bambi, husbands x’, father bax’, fathers nfumu, chief banfumu, chiefs xakena, namesake baxakena, natnesakes manseba, uncle bamanseba, uncles songalumi, lad basongalumi, lads songakuxi, lass bason gakuxi, lasses mankuxi, aunt bamankuxi, aunts nyan(a), friend banyan(a), friends bukonde, brother-in-law babukonde, brothers -in-law Note i. Some of these words are rarely found alone, but are joined with the possessive adjectives, the latter having the force of an enclitic. The words most commonly having this construction are tatu, mamu, baba, nyin(a), nyinka, mbi, x’, xakena, nianseba, mankuxi, nyan(a). This subject will be treated more fully under § 138. Note 2 . Under this head must also come the compound words x’- (with proper possessive enclitic) -muenu, jather-in law, and mbi- (with proper possessive enclitic and connecting consonant y) -cina, brother-in-law, sister-in-law. See § 138, Rem. 3, and Note. In forming the plural only the first part of the compound word takes the plural prefix. Hence bax’- (with proper possessive enclitic) -muenu, fathers-in-law, bambi- (with proper possessive enclitic and connecting consonant y) -cina, brothers -in -law, sisters -in -law. Note 3. For father-in-law we also have tatu-muenu, and for mother- in-law baba-muenu, with the plurals formed as under Note 2 above. There is also for mother -hi -law the elided form ma’-muenu, with plural bama’-muenu. NOUNS. 13 Class II. 43 . In this class mu- is prefixed to the stem for the singular and mi- (nyi-) for the plural. Singular. mu-soko, village mu-ci, stick mu-kuna, hill mu-bidi, the body Plural. mi-soko, villages mi-ci, sticks mi-kuna, hills mi-bidi, bodies Rem. The Bena-Lulua say nyi- [§ 34 (a), Rem.] for the pi. instead of mi- The mi- is used in this book because it is simpler and because it is more extensively used about Luebo. Fortunately this little differ- ence in the dialects does not affect the concord. Class III. 44 . In this class n- is prefixed for the singular and n- for the plural. Note that this n is changed to m before b and p (§ 31). Singular, n-gombe, cow n-xila, path n-solo, jowl n-subu, house n-yoka, snake n-yunyu, bird m-puku, rat Plural. n-gombe, cows n-xila, paths n-solo, jowls n-subu, houses n-yoka, snakes n-yunyu, birds m-puku, rats Rem. The archaic sing, prefix of this class was mu, the same as class I, for we find this mu restored in the concord of adjectives, numerals and verbs. In like manner we conclude that the pi. prefix was originally mi, the same as class II. § 43. Class IV. 45 . In this class lu- is prefixed to the stem for the singular and n- for the plural. Note the euphonic changes of n before p and b (§ 31), and also before a stem beginning with a vowel (§ 33). Remember also that n before h becomes m, and the h becomes p (§ 32). Singular, lu-kusu, hoe lu-dimi, tongue lu-kombo, broom lu-hanza, cup lu-hemba, white earth lu-esu, pot Plural. n-kusu, hoes n-dimi, tongues n-kombo, brooms mpanza, cups m-pemba, white earth (quantity) ng-esu, pots 14 NOUNS. Rem. The archaic pi. prefix of this class was mi, the same as class II, for vve find this mi restored in the concord of adjectives, numerals and verbs. § 43. We see this archaic pi. restored in the word luoso, hair^ pi. mioso, hairs. ' Class V. 46 . In this class di- is prefixed for the singular and ma- for the plural. Singular, di-kusa, foot di-boko, arm di-kela, egg di-tuku, day Plural. ma-kusa, feet ma-boko, arms ma-kela, eggs ma-tuku, days 47. Under this class must be placed a small list of words which seem to have me instead of ma for the pi. The most probable explanation seems to be (§ 23, Rem. 4) that the original stem begins with an i which coalesces with the final a of the prefix and forms e. Of course the final i of the sing, prefix elides before the i of the stem. Hence di-isu becomes disu, eye, and ma-isu becomes mesii, eyes. The stem is seen in such forms as muitu, into the forest-, also in the diminutive form kisu (kaisu), a small eye, with its pi. tuisu, small eyes; etc. The more common words belonging to this list are the following: Singular. Plural, disu, eye mesu, eyes dinu, tooth menu, teeth diku, hearth meku, hearths dina, name mena, names diba, clock meba, clocks ditu, forest metu, forests di, word me, words dici, day meci, days dina, hole mena, holes dixi, caterpillar me.xi, caterpillars The w’ord mexi, intelligence, is used only in the pi. Rem. a few words belonging to this list may drop the prefix di after the locative prepositions mu, in, ha, on, and ku, at. Hence we may have mu ditu or muitu, into the forest; ku ditu or kuitu, at the forest; mu disu or muisu, into the eye, ha diku or heku, on the hearth (§ 23 Rem. 4). See § 423 (2) (a). V NOUNS. 15 Class VI. 48 . In this class bu- is prefixed for the singular and ma- for the plural. Singular, bu-dimi, field bu-Ialu, bed bu-alu, affair bu-anga, medicine bu-ici, honey bu-lunda, friendship bu-ngi, plenty Plural. ma-dimi, fields ma-lalu, beds maiu, affairs (§ 23) manga, medicines (§ 23) Class VII. 49 . In this class ci- is prefixed for the singular and bi- for the plural. Singular. Plural, ci-ntu, thing bi-ntii, things ci-lulu, cloth bi-lulu, clothes ci-nunu, one thousand bi-nunu, thousands Class VIII. 50 . In this class ka- is prefixed for the singular and tu- for the plural. This class is used almost exclusively in the formation of diminutives, indicating either smallness in size or in amount. Ka- and tu- are prefixed to the stem of the noun regardless of its class.* Singular. ka-ntu, small thing kana (§ 23), small child ka-subu, small house kele (§ 23), small knife Plural. tu-ntu, small things, from cintu, thing tu-ana, small children, from muana, child tu-subu, small houses, from nsubu, house tu-eie, small knives, from muele, pnife keho (§ 23), small amount of salt, from lueho, salt Rem. I. Sometimes the n (or m) in class III is not elided upon pre- fixing ka and tu. This is true especially of words beginning with ny. Ka-nyuma, small animal, from nydma, the pi. is tu-nyuma; ka-nyunyu, small bird, from nyunyu, the pi. is tu-nyunyu; ka-nyoka, small snake, from nyoka, the pi. is tu-nyoka. Rem. 2. Some words used in the pi. to express bulk or quantity employ the corresponding diminutive pi. when a small quantity is * Properly speaking this is not a distinct class, since these diminutive prefixes are used only with the stems of nouns which belong to classes I to VII. But it IS given a separate class because these forms are of frequent occurrence. i6 NOUNS. meant. Hence we have tui, a little water, from mi, water) tuanva, a little corn, from manva, corn) tiiluvu, a little palm-wine, from maluvu, palm-wine", tuinyi, a little oil, from minyi, oil", tutamba, a little greens, from matamba; etc. Rem. 3. Some words employ the diminutive prefixes without having the diminutive idea; as, kahumbu, elephant, tuhunibu, elephants", kab^lu, horse, tubalu, horses", kahia, fire, tuhia, fires. 51. A few words have the sing, in one class and the pi. in another. Luhia or dihia, a slap, has the pi. niahia, slaps. The word lute, spittle, has the pi. mate. 53. Sometimes a word having the same root is found in different classes, due to the difference in dialects. Hence we find dina and cina, a hole", lubanga and cibanga, chin", etc. 53. Sometimes there is a difference of meaning when words having the same root are found in different classes; as, citaku, bottom (of any vessel), ditaku, buttock. 54. Some words belonging for the most part to class V and ex- pressing the idea of quantity or bulk take the pi. form where in English the sing, is used. Maluvu, palm-wine", maxi, blood", minyi, oil (from diinyi, the fat of an animal)", mi, water", mabele, milk (from dibelc, breast)", manva, shelled corn (from dianva, an ear of corn)", makanya, tobacco", ma- tamba, greens", malobo, loose earth. Rem. Some other words not having the idea of quantity or bulk are regarded as pi.; as, nsaia, hunger-, ngulu, strength, etc. It is often difficult to determine the class to which these nouns belong. 55. To class I belong most names of persons or rational beings, to class HI most animals; to class VI, the abstract ideas of quality; and to class VIII, the diminutives. But apart from this it does not seem profitable even to attempt to state the laws, if any, which govern the division of nouns among the several classes. Since this classifica- tion is thus more or less arbitrar}', too much stress cannot be laid upon charging the memory with the class to which each noun belongs. A noun given a prefix other than that which belongs to it only makes nonsense. Besides, as we shall see later, the whole system of agreement is determined by this noun prefix. Rem. I. It is interesting to note that the language of a people is indicated by prefixing bu (VI) to the root-name; as, Buluba, the lan- guage of the Baluba. Rem. 2. Most introduced foreign words are relegated to class III. Even though they may not always begin with n (or m), yet the agree- CONCORD. 17 ment of adjectives, verbs, etc., is that of class III; as, mpena, pen\ mpesa, piece of cloth) nglas, glass) sukulu, school) vinyo, wine) etc* Note i. Sometimes the introduced foreign word has been given a native form and put into a class other than the third; as, dilesona lesson) dihahi, papaw) etc. Note 2. Some foreign words are thrown into that class whose prefix approaches the initial sound of the word; as, cisikit (VII), from the English biscuit) dincese (V), from the English match) etc. Rem. 3. Not all nouns referring to persons belong to class I. We note such exceptions as niuadi (II), wife) niuloho (II), ambassador) cilembi (VII), fisherman) cihindi (VII), hunter) muxikankunde (II), maid) cibanji (VII), intermediary) cibuabu (VII), a twin) etc. 56 . As has already been said (§ 38), there is no Gender system. When it is desired to make distinction of sex it may be done in the following ways: (a) By using entirely different words; just as in English we say boy and girl, man and woman, horse and mare, hen and rooster, etc. Citila, rooster, and cikukue, hen) mpuinba, male goat, and dixina, female goat. (b) When the word is w'hat may be called common gender, i.e. either male or female, the distinction is made by using a qualifying word or phrase: mulumi or mulumi wa for male, and mukuxi or mukuxi wa for female. Muana mulumi, a male child) muana mukuxi, a female child. Muntu mukuxi, a female person) muntu mulumi, a male person. Mulumi wa mbuxi, a male goat) mukuxi wa mbuxi, a female goat. Rem. I. Note that elision of the w in wa often takes place; hence we may also have mulumi’a mbuxi, mukuxi’a mbuxi [§ 87 (f)]. Rem. 2. It may not be out of place here to call attention to the phrase muan’a, the young of) as, muan’a mbuxi, a kid) muan’a mukoko, a lamb) muan’a ngombe, a calf. See § 87 {i), and Rem. 57 . It is interesting to note that the pi. of such phrases as muan’a bute, first-born child, and muan’a mukala, last-born child, is generally formed by prefixing ba directly to the singular prefix; as, bamuan’a bute, first-born children) bamuan’a mukala, last-born children. CONCORD. 58 . Concord is that principle of language by which certain w'ords are regarded as depending upon rnrtain other words, and this dependency is shown by wearing the livery of the words to which they are regardecr as subordinate. 59 . V/e have already (§ 36) noted the fact that in the Bantu system CONCORD. i8 of languages the nouns are inflected not by means of suffixes but by means of prefixes. And now the statement must be made that this principle holds good not only for nouns but also for verbs, adjectives, pronouns and other inflected forms. This use of prefixes instead of suffixes to express the various relations of number,N;Q|^, tense, mood, etc., is at first most confusing to English-speaking persons, for it must con tinually be borne in mind that that the end of the word is the root and not the beginning. 60 . It is of the utmost importance to note that the prefix of the noun furnishes the basis of the concord for all words depending upon that noun. The verb takes as its prefix that of the noun which stands as its subject; the adjective takes as its prefix that of the noun modified; the pronoun takes the prefix of the noun for which it stands. This principle is called Alliterative Concord and is most important, for upon it depends the accurate speaking of the language. It may be said by way of encouragement to the beginner that though these numerous forms may seem at first to be endless and most confusing, yet the diffi- culty is more seeming than real, for after the principles of concord as given below have been thoroughly mastered, the key to the language will be in hand, and it will be interesting to note the system and regu- larity which prevail. Perhaps the difference between the two language systems can best be illustrated by a comparison with the Latin. Mensa mea, my tahle\ mensae honae, good tables-, virex amant, the men love-, virex axsxaverunt, the men have loved. On the other hand in the Buluba-Lulua language we have munin wMhele, a poor person-, /wntu bahele, poor people-, bantu bahele bakuya. the poor people have gone. Rem. I. Under pronouns we shall find that sometimes the prefix of the noun is employed as a suffix and sometimes as an infix. §§ 1 16, i20. Rem. 2. We even find one preposition, -a, oj, inflected as an adjective and taking the prefix of the noun preceding it; as, cilulu cia mukuxi, the cloth of the woman. 61 . The three locative prepositional words, mu, in, ku, to, ha, on, are of frequent occurrence and have some peculiarities which it is important to note. They may stand alone or be compounded with other words. They resemble the noun in that under certain circumstances they furnish the basis of the concord. They are also like prepositions in that they may govern a following word. The various uses and con- structions of these locative words will be taken up as occasion requires. Rem. The infinitive is often used as a noun, and its prefix ku- fur- nishes the concord. CONCORD. 19 General Rules of Concord. 62 . The prefixes ba, lu, di, bu, ci, bi, ka and tu are always pre- fixed without change to the governing word or to the verb; the re- maining prefixes, mu, mi, n and ma, are, under certain circumstances, subject to change, i.e., the m and n are dropped. Prefixes are, for convenience, said to be Primary or Secondary. I. Primary Prefixes. j 63 . The Primary Prefixes are used before a w^ord when that word takes all of the ordinary prefixes without change. Rem. It is important to note here that the archaic prefixes in class III (mu for singular and mi for pi.) are restored (§§ 44, Rem.); also the archaic pi. mi of class I\’ (§ 45, Rem.). 64 . We have, therefore, the primary prefixes as follows: Singular. Plural. Class I. mu- ba- “ II. mu- mi- “ III. mu- mi- “ IV. lu- mi- “ V. di- ma- “ VI. bu- ma- “ VII. ci- bi- “ VIII. ka- tu- 65 . The primary prefixes are used as follows: (a) Before an ordinary qualifying adjective; as, miintu mubi, a bad person. (b) Before the ordinal numerals 2d to 6th; as, musambu muitanu, the fifth hymn. (c) Before past participles when used either as adjectives or in the formation of certain auxiliary tenses; as, muntu mufue, a dead person-, udi mufue, he is dead. II. Secondary Prefixes. ^ 66. The Secondary Prefixes are used before a w'ord when that w'ord subjects some of the ordinary noun prefixes to change. These changes, as has been noted above (§ 62), occur with the prefixes mu, mi, n and ma, in which the n and m are dropped. Rem. I. The archaic prefixes are here also restored as in case of the primary prefixes (§ 63, Rem.); of course only the vowel is retained. 20 CONCORD. Rem. 2. The mu of classes I and II and the n of class III thus be- come u or w, the u or w being determined according to the principle of euphony as mentioned in § 27. Rem. 3. The mi of class II and the n pi. of classes III and IV thus become i or y, the i or y being determined according to the principle of euphony as mentioned in § 28. Rem. 4. The m of the prefix ma of classes V and VI being dropped, the remaining a is subjected to the usual euphonic laws as mentioned in § 23. 67 . The secondary prefixes are thus found to be as follows: Class I. Singular. u- Plural. ba- II. u- i- i C III. u- i- i i IV. lu- i- V. di- a- ( i VI. bu- a- t i VII. ei- bl- VIII. ka- tu- 68. The secondary prefixes are used as follows: (a) With the possessive adjective pronouns (§ 130). Nkusu yinyi, my hoes\ makcla ebi, your eggs. (b) With the demonstrative adjective pronouns (§§ 149, 152, 156, 159)- Eu muntu, this person) wawa muntu, that person. (c) With verbs as (1) Pronominal prefixes (§ 113'). Muana udi ha mesa, the child is on the table) wakuya, he has gone. (2) Pronominal infixes (§ 116). Exception will be noted later. Wakuixiha, he has killed them (nsolo, fowls). (3) Pronominal suffixes (§ 120). Exceptions will be noted later Hakuhonai, where they jell (nsolo, jowls). (4) Relative pronouns (§§ 164, etc.). Muntu unakumona, the person whom I saw. ADJECTIVES. 21 {d) With the disjunctive personal pronouns (§ 105, Rem. i). Toi yakafua, they have died (nsolo, jowls). (e) With certain cardinal numerals (§ 92, Rem. i). Misambu itanu, jive hymns. (/) With the adjective onso, all,, entire. Mubidi wonso, the entire body, makela onso, all the eggs. (g) With the preposition -a, of (§ 86). Nsolo wa Kasongo, the jowl oj Kasongo) nsolo ya Kasongo, the jowls oj Kasongo. (Ji) With the present participles (§ 244). Nsolo idi ikuluka, the jowls are jailing down. (i) With the interrogative word nga? how many? Mikanda idi inga? how many hooks are there? (j) With the adjective word -o~umue (§ 96). ^ 69 . It is important to bear in mind that the locative prepositions mu, ku and ha (§ 61) furnish the agreement in a number of instances. When thus used they are prefixed directly to the word and present no difficulty apart from the ordinary rules of euphony, which of course must be observed when the occasion arises. ADJECTIVES. 70 . Like all the languages of the Bantu family the Buluba-Lulua is very poor in adjectives when compared with the Indo-European languages. Not only does one word represent wholly distinct adjectives, in English, as impe, which means good, handsome, fine, etc., but many are altogether wanting. This lack is supplied in many ways which we shall consider later. Note. In this book only the root of the adjective is given; as, impe, good] bi, had] klse, small. 71 . Adjectives take the primary prefixes corresponding to the number and class of the noun modified. 72 . The adjective follows the noun modifie d. Rem. I. Rarely may be heard nga, another, kuabo, another, also the demonstrative adjective pronouns and the possessive adjective pronoun preceding the noun. Rem. 2. Sometimes one or more words in a closely connected phrase may intervene between the adjective and the noun modified; as, bana 22 ADJFXTIVES. ba ngiilube banine, the large pigS] great toe. 73. Examples of nouns with adjectives: Singular. Class I. muntu muhele, poor person “ II, muci mule, long stick “ III. nsolo mukise, small jowl “ IV. luktisu lunine, large hoe “ V. dikela dimpe, “ VI. bulalu buihi, short bed “ VII. cilulu ciflke, blue cloth “ VIII. kana kakale, a strong child muan’a nkusa munine, the Plural. bantu babele, poor people mici mile, long sticks nsolo mikise, small jowls nkusu mininc, large hoes makela mimpc, good eggs (see note below) malalu mihi, short beds (see note below) bilulu bifike, blue clothes tuana tukale, strong chil- dren. Note. In the forms mimpe and mihi the roots are impe and ihl respectively. For the elision of a see § 23 . 74. In the case of contracted or elided forms the adjective takes the regular unchanged prefix of that class and number, Mesu manine, large eyes', menu mak<.lo, strong teeth. See § 47 . 75. When the word modified is a pronoun, expressed or understood, referring to persons, the adjective takes mu of class I wEen the pro- noun is singular, and ba of class I when the pronoun is plural. Tudi banine, we are large (tuetu, we, understood); ndi mubl, I am bad (meme, I, understood); nudi bakale, you are strong (nuenu, you, understood). 76. Two adjectives, hi a -hi a and nya-nya, double themselves, taking the prefix before each part. Cifulu cihia-cihia, a new hat', bantu banya-banya, a jew peopi,e. 77. Some adjectives take the secondary prefixes; they are as follows: (a) Onso, all', as, nsolo yonso, all the jowls. § 68 (/). {b) Possessive adjective pronouns; as, nsolo yandi, his jowls. § 68 (a)_ (c) Demonstrative adjective pronouns; as, nsolo yaya, those jowls, \ 68 [b). (d) Certain cardinal numerals; as, nsolo itanu, jive jowls. § 68 (e). (e) The peculiar form -o-umue, alike, identical. Note here that the /prefix is used both before the o and the umue; as, nsolo yoyumue, t,fie jowls are alike. Note. The locatives (mu, ku, ha) are prefixed to -o-umue in the same way. See § 96 and Rems. 78. The word tente, jull, is indeclinable; as, mulondo udi tente, jar is jull. A[)JECTIVES. 23 79. Certain adjectives, w'hen preceded either by a simple locative or by one of its compounded forms, may take the locative as prefix. The adjectives most commonly having this construction are impe, good, bi, had, tuhu, empty, onso, all, le, lotig, ihi, short, mue, one, -o-umue, the same, kuabo and nga, another, together with the possessive and demonstrative adjective pronouns. 3Iu mulondo mudi mutuhu, the jar is empty', kuenu kudi kule, your town is jar away. Rem. The declinable preposition -a, oj, also has this construction. See § 87 (e). 80. The adjective ine, alone, only, by one's self, is always preceded by ne. Bantu babidi ne bene (§ 23, Rem. 4) bakuya, two people alone went', nsolo ne muine, the jowl by itselj', makela ne mene, the eggs alone', mulumi ne muine, the man by himselj. 81. Although the subject will be more fully treated under § 445, it seems necessary to state here that when any word is used as a com- plement after the verb to be, the verb is omitted and in its place is found an n-, which is prefixed directly to the complement word. The nega- tive in such cases is kan-. Observe carefully the usual euphonic changes with n. Eci clfulu ncinyi, this hat is mine', bilulu biandl mbimpe, his clothes are good', muhika eu nguinyi, this slave is mine', dina diacl ncinyi? what is the name oj the thing? 82. Though the noun may be omitted, the adjective must agree with * it understood. An adjective can never stand uninflected. Ndi nkeba mule (muci, stick, understood), I am looking jor a long one', nturaina mimpe (makela, eggs, understood), send me good ones. 83. When two or more adjectives modify the same noun they are placed after the noun without any connecting word. With regard to the relative position of these modifying words the following rule holds good with more or less regularity, viz., the possessive and demonstrative adjectives come next to the noun, then the simple adjective, and lastly the numerals. Ndi nkeba bantu bale baklile, I am looking jor fall strong men', mbua wakukuata nsolo winyi mukise, the dog has caught my small chicken', nsolo yinyi mikise isatu yakafua, my three small chickens have died. 84. Owing to the paucity of simple adjectives some other construc- tions are employed to express the idea: (a) Sometimes we have the adjective phrase with -a and a noun. 31untu wa lungenyi, a wise man, i.e., a man oj wisdom] ml a kahia. 24 ADJECTIVES. hot ivater^ i.e., water of heat] ciombe cia bululu, bitter manioc^ i.e., manioc of bitterness. {b) We may also sometimes find muena (pi. bena), inhabitant of, owner of, etc., followed by a noun, which noun comes to have a sort of adjective' force. Muena biuma, a rich person, i.e., an owner of riches', muena ngulu, a strong person, i.e,, a person of strength', bena mikanda, school children, i.e., book people. (c) The phrase -di ne, to have (lit. to be with), followed by the sub- stantive form of the adjective or some noun, is a very common method of expressing the adjective when used as predicate complement. 31 untu udi ne lungenyi, the person is wise, i.e., has wisdom-, muxete udi ne bujitu, the box ts heavy, i.e., has heaviness. {d) In a number of cases the adjective is contained in the verb as a predicate complement. Kutoka, to be white', kuflka, to be black', kuteketa, to be weak', kukunza, /o re(/; to be strong', \iu\\x\di, to be bitter', etc. Rem. In such cases, when the simple qualifying adjective is needed, the past active participle is used. See § 85 {a). (e) We may occasionally have a simple noun used in an adjective sense. Compare mulumi and mukuxi when used to denote difference of sex, as noted in § 56. Rem. Certain cardinal numerals are thus treated as substantive adjectives; as, bantu dikumi, /ew people, nsolo lukama, one hundred fowls. 85 . Participles have the adjective prefixes and are often, as in English, used as simple adjectives. This is especially true of the two past participles, one being active and the other passive. §§ 249, 251. (a) The Active Past Participle is formed by changing the final a of the verb root to e. The resulting form is inflected by means of the ordinary primary prefixes. Muntu mufue, a dead person, from the verb root fua, to die. Rem. Under this head falls the large class of participles [§ 84 (Iuci udi utamba bule, the stick is too long. (c) The English very, modifying an adjective, may be ^expressed in several ways: (1) By using be after the adjective; as, muci mule be. a very long stick. (2) By use of the verbs tamba and hita with the abstract quality of the adjective, as explained under § 89; as, muci udi utamba bule, the stick is very long. (3) By elongating the last syllable of the adjective. (4) By repeating one or more syllables of the adjective; as, toke to, very white; kunze kunzu, very red. {d) The English as ... as may be expressed by saying that the quality of one thing is like the quality of another thing. Kutoka (infinitive) kua mukanda kudi bu kua mpemha, the paper IS as white as chalk, lit. the whiteness (or the to he white) of the paper is like that of chalk. (e) The English not so ... as is perhaps best expressed by saying that the quality as possessed by one thing is not the same as that pos- sessed by another thing. Muntu kena bule bua muci, a man is not tall like a tree, lit. is not the tallness of a tree. (/) The English less than may be rendered in two ways: (1) In much the same way as not so . . . [§ 90 (e)]; as, yeye kena bule buTnyi, he is less tall than I, lit. he is not my height. (2) By turning the sentence around and using the simple compara- tive form with tamba or hita. § 88. {g) Instead of the abstract noun derivative in bu- following tamba or hita we sometimes have the infinitive where such a form is possible. 28 NUMERALS. Cilulu eci cidi citamba cikuabo kukunza, this cloth is more red than the other. NUMERALS. Cardinals. 91 . The Cardinal Numerals, when they are used after nouns with the force of adjectives, are as follows: * 1. -mue (-mo). 2. -bidi. 3. -satu. 4. -ni. 5. -tanu. 6. -sainbombo. 7. Muanda mutekete (muakun- 8. 3 Iuanda niukulu. [yi). g. Citema. 10. Dikumi. 11. “ ne -mue (-mo). 12. “ “ -bidi, 17. “ “ muandamutekete. 18. “ “ “ mukulu. 19. “ “ citema. 20. Makumi abidi. 21. “ “ ne-mue(-mo) 22. Makumi abidi ne -bidi. 30. “ asatu. 31. “ “ ne-mue(-mo). 40. 50- 60, 70. 80. ani. atanu. a.sambombo. muanda mutekete. “ mukulu. go. “ citema. 100. Lukama. 101. “ ne -mue (-mo), no. “ “ dikumi. 200 Nkama ibidi. 201. “ “ ne -mue (-mo). 300. “ i.s^tu. 700. “ muandamutekete. 1.000. Cinunu. 1.001. Cinunu ne -mue (-mo). 1,257. Cinunu ne nkama ibidi ne makumi atanu ne muanda mutekete. 2,000. Binunu bibidi. 10.000. Lubombo. 20.000. Mbombo ibidi. 100,000. Ci.vikulu. 92 . The cardinal numerals i to 6 are inflected and follow the rules of ordinary adjectives. But the numerals 7 to 10 are regarded as substantives, and the same is true of 100, 1000, 10,000, 100,000, with all the multiples of 10, 100, 1000, 10,000 and 100,000. Rem. I. The inflected numerals i to 6 take the secondary prefixes. ♦Observe that a hyphen (-) is placed before the inflected forms. NUMERALS. 29 Rem. 2. Dikumi, ten, lukama, one hundred, cinunu, one thousand, lubombo, ten thousand, and cixikulu, one hundred thousand, are in- Oected according to classes V, IV, VII, IV, VII, respectively. Rem. 3. In the numbers 7 and 8 the word muanda is a noun (class II) and is followed by the adjectives mutekete, weaker, and mukulu, older. Sometimes after muanda in 7 we hear muakunyi, younger, instead of mutekete. For 9 we have citema (class VII). Rem. 4. The numbers ii-t6, 21-26, 31-36, etc., employing the six inflected forms, cause these to agree with the noun expressed or understood. Rem. 5. For one w'e have both mue and mo. Examples of numerals: Muntu umue, one person) bantu babidi, two people) mici Is^tu, three sticks) nsolo ini, jour jowls) makela atanu, jive eggS) malalu asambombo, six beds) bintu muanda mutekete, seveti things) bantu dikumi, ten people, bantu dikumi ne umue, eleven people) bantu dikumi ne babidi, twelve people) makela dikumi ne muanda mute- kete, seventeen eggs) makela makumi abldi, twenty eggs) bantu nkama isitu ne basambombo, three hundred and six people) bantu blnunu bibidi ne nkama ini ne makumi atanu ne basatu, two thou- sand jour hundred and jifty-three people) bantu badi dikumi, there are ten people. 93 . Occasionally the substantive forms dikumi, lukama, etc., employ the adjective phrase with -a. Dikumi dia bantu, ten people, lit. ten oj people. 94 . By doubling the cardinal numerals we have the distributive idea indicating how many each time, how many to each one, etc. Ya utuale bisuka bibidi bibidi, go and bring two baskets each time) angati bisuka, muntu bibidi, muntu bibidi, bring the baskets, each person two. Rem. The idea of each may also be expressed under certain cir- cumstances by ku -bidi, ku -satu, etc. Ya wangate bisuka ku bibidi, ku bibidi, go and bring the baskets two each time. This very much resembles the phrase ku dituku ku dituku, each day, daily. 95 . Substantives are made from the inflected numerals i to 6. (a) The substantives formed according to class VI express the idea of both, all three, all jour, etc., used in sense of totality, these forms also sometimes express the idea of two and two, three and three, etc. Bubidi buabo, both oj them) busatu buabo, all three oj them. (b) The substantives formed according to class VII express the 30 NUMERALS. idea of how many times] as, ciakamue, once; ciakabidi, second tinie-^ clakas&tu, third time, etc. The plurals biakabidi, biakasatu, etc., mean two times {twice), three times {thrice), etc. Rem. I. There are also heard diakamue, once; kabidi, second time; kasAtu, third time. Rem. 2. Ciahamue, ciamumue and diacimue mean at the same time, simultaneously. Diakamue is also used in this sense. 96 . One with, like, the same as, identical with, etc., are expressed by the form -o-umue. § 77 {e). Di diodiumue, the identical word. Rem. I. Sometimes the form seems to be -o-mue. Rem. 2. We have the locatives mu and ku and ha, combined with _o-umue (-o-mue). Hohamue, on the same place; kuokumue, at the same place; muo- mumue, into the same place. This latter word is often used in an adverbial sense without any apparent reference to place. 97. In abstract counting, one, two, three, etc., it is important to note that -mue, one, becomes omue (or umue), and all the other in. fleeted forms up to six have an i prefixed to the stem. Hence we say omue, ibidi, isatu, ini, etc. The other numerals remain unchanged in abstract counting. Ordinal Numerals. 98 . The Ordinal Numerals 2nd to 6th are inflected as regular ad- jectives, taking the primary prefixes, while the substantive forms from 7th on have an adjective phrase with -a. The form for ist also has this last construction. Rem. I. In the forms 2nd to 6th the prefi.x is used with the abstract form ibidi, isatu, etc. (§ 97), while the inflected forms in the forma- tion of nth to i6th, 21st to 26th, etc., remain uninflected just as in abstract counting. 99. Examples of ordinal numerals: ist. -a kumudilu; as, musambu wa kumudilu, the first hymn, lit. oj at the front. 2nd. -ibidi; as, musambu muibidi, the second hymn. 3rd. -isatu; as, musambu muisatu, the third hymn. 6th. -isambombo, as, musambu muisambombo, the sixth hymn. 7th. -a muanda mutekete; as, musambu wa muanda mutekete, the seventh hymn. loth. -a dikumi; as, musambu wa dikuml, the tenth hymn. PRONOUNS. 31 iith. -a dikumi ne omue; as, musambu wa dikumi ne omue, the eleventh hymn. I2th. -a dikumi ne ibidi; as, musambu wa dikumi ne ibidi, the twelfth hymn. 20 th. -a makumi abidi; as, musambu wa makumi abidi, the twentieth hymn. 100. The word last is expressed by the phrase -a kunxikidilu; as, musambu wa kunxikidilu, the last hymn. PRONOUNS. 101. For the sake of convenience and custom the Pronouns may be classified as Personal, Possessive, Demonstrative, Relative, Interroga- tive and Indefinite. 102. As may be expected, the pronouns make free use of the prefixes in their reference to preceding nouns, whether these nouns be expressed or understood. Personal Pronouns. 103. By Personal Pronouns we mean all those pronominal forms which stand for nouns, whether these nouns refer to rational beings or not. The personal pronouns may be divided into Disjunctive and Con- junctive, depending upon whether the pronoun does not or does form an integral part of the verb as prefix or suffix or infix. I. Disjunctive. 104. The Disjunctive Personal Pronouns are those which are used alone and are not joined directly to the verb either as prefix or suffix or infix. These Disjunctive Pronouns may be still farther subdivided into Simple and Compound forms. A. Simple Forms. 105. The Simple Disjunctive Persona! Pronouns are determined by the class and number of the noun for which they stand and are as follows: * * There is no difficulty about the personal pronoun forms under class I, but it has been hard to determine the forms for the other classes This difficulty is due to the fact that the forms employed are more properly demonstratives which will be considered later. Sometimes we hear for the personal pronoun construction the forms as here given for classes II to VIII, and again we find those mentioned under § 156. We have put these forms as given above under the head of personal pronouns, because they seem to have not so much refer- ence to place as to time i.e., to a previously mentioned object, at the same time it must be borne in mind that there is also a demonstrative idea. Some- times these forms are also used as adjectives. 32 PRONOUNS. Singular. Plural. I. ist pers. meme, / tuetu, we I. 2nd pers. wewe, thou nuenu, you I. 3rd pers. yeye, he or she bobo, they II. “ “ wou (wowo), it yoi (yoyo), they III. “ ‘ ' wewe, it yoi (yoyo), they IV. “ “ luolu (luoluo), it yoi (yoyo), they V. “ “ diodi (diodio), it wowo (6), they VI. “ buobu (biiobuo), it wowo (6), they VII. “ “ cioci (ciocio), it biobi (biobio), they VIII. “ “ koko, it tuotu (tuotuo), they Rem. I. It will be noted that the majority of the forms are made by prefixing the ordinary secondary prefixes to the letter o, then doubling the resulting form. Generally the last o is only slightly sounded, but it is written in parenthesis above. Rem. 2. We often hear wowo for wewe, t< to for tuetu, nono for nuenu, yoyo for yeye, which seems to indicate that these may also originally have been formed with the o. Rem. 3. In the plural of classes V and VI are found a decided w sound before the o, which, if written fully, would be aoao, but this contracts into 6. Rem. 4. Since there is no distinction for gender, yeye means either he or she in class I. Rem. 5. It is also important to bear in mind that there are no in- definite forms like the English it and they which may refer to any noun other than persons. The pronoun must be of the same class and number as the noun for which it stands. Rem. 6. The objective cases me, thee, him, her, us, you, them, it, when they are used absolutely, are expressed by the same form as those given above for the subjective cases. Rem. 7. The possessive case, of me {my), of thee {thy), of him {his), etc., is expressed by the possessive pronoun forms. See § 128, etc. Rem. 8 The second person singular is always used when one person only is meant. This principle holds good throughout the pronoun. 106 . The simple disjunctive personal pronouns are used as follows: {a) Absolutely or for emphasis as subjeci or object, very much as ego, tu, etc., of the Latin, or sometimes as moi, toi, eux, etc., of the French. The verb must have its regular pronominal prefix for subject and the infix for object in addition to the disjunctive forms. Wewe udi udinia? have you been working? Udi iidima nganyi? Meme, who has been working? I {have). Nzambi wakunsungila meme, God has saved me. PRONOUNS. 33 (6) For emphasis after the possessive form. Bualu buebi wewe, your own affair. (c) With certain prepositions. (1) The locatives (mu, ku and ha) stand regularly before the dis- junctive personal pronoun forms in all classes save the first throughout and the singular of class III, in which latter cases the prepositional phrase is expressed by prefixing the preposition to the verb di, lo be. to which has previously been attached the proper personal prefix or suffix. Consequently we must say not lua ku meme, but lua kundi, come to me\ not lua ku tuetu, but lua kutudi, come to us, i.e., where we are’, ya kudiye, go to him, i.e., where he is. This construction will be treated more fully later. § 321. But we say regularly ya ku wou, go to it (mud, stick); lala mu diodi, lie down in it (dina, hole). Note. But the most common construction here is for the locatives to be suffixed to the verb rather than stand before the pronoun. § 320. Tekamu dikela, put the egg in it. (2) Bu, like, takes the regular unchanged disjunctive forms through- out. Wewe udi bu meme, you are like me. 107 . Ne, with, and, is peculiar in that it takes not the personal forms after it, but the possessive (§ 128). Note the elision. There- fore, we have as follows: Class I. “ I. I. II. III. Singular. I St pers. n’inyi, with me 2nd pers. n’ebi, with you 3rd pers. n’andl, with him, her “ “ n’au, with it “ “ n’andi, with it etc. Plural. n’etu, with us n’enu, with you n’abo, with them n’ai, with them n’al, with them etc. B. Compound Forms. 108 . There are two Compound Disjunctive Pronouns. They are constructed upon the possessive pronoun forms by prefixing nki- and bi- respectively. This seems to correspond to the myself, etc., of English, and it gives in inflection the same construction as ne, with^ See § 107. 109 . The forms with nkl- mean alone, by one's self, only, etc. In their inflection note that y is inserted for euphony [§ 34 (a)] between the two vowels. We thus have: 34 PRONOUNS. Singular. Class I. ist pens, nkiyinyi, by myself “ I. 2 nd pers. n\i.iyQb\, by yourself “ I. “ “ nkiyandi, by himself or herself “ II. “ “ nklyau, by itself etc. Plural. nkiyetu, by ourselves nkiyenu, by yourselves nkiyabo, by themselves nkiyai, by themselves etc. Rem. The forms nkiyinyi, etc., always follow the noun or the pro- noun to which they refer; or they may follow the verb if the noun or pronoun is not expressed. Wakaya ku musoko nganyi? Meme nkiyinyi, who went to the town? I alone] netuye nkiyetu, we shall go by ourselves] lua ne muci nkiyau, bring only the stick. 110. The forms with bi- are difficult to translate into English. Their use seems to be to give a certain roundness or smoothness to a sentence which would otherwise appear short and curt; besides, a certain emphasis is obtained which can only be appreciated after some knowledge of the language has been acquired. Since the ordinary prefixes or infixes for subject and object must also be used, it is generally best not to attempt to translate the forms in bi-. Rem. I. These forms come after the verb. Rem. 2 . Their inflexion is exactly the same as that for nkiyinyi, etc. (§ log). Nyaya biinyi, I am going] wakumpa biinyi cifulu, he gave me a hat] wakuhona biau, it (muci, stick) has fallen] dia biebi, eat thou (imperative); tuye bietu, let us go. 111. We may sometimes hear both of these compound disjunctive forms in the same sentence. Nyaya biinyi nkiyinyi, 1 am going by myself. II. Conjunctive. 112. The Conjunctive Personal Pronouns are those which are inflected directly with the verb and form part and parcel of the verb. These are by far the most common personal pronominal constructions for subject, direct object and indirect object. They may be divided into Pronominal Prefixes, Pronominal Infixes, and Pronominal Suffixes. These are now each taken up in turn. k. Pronominal Prefixes. 113. The Pronominal Prefix always stands at the beginning of the finite parts of the verb, agreeing in person, number and class with the subject, whether the subject be expressed or simply understood. Even PRONOUNS. 35 the disjunctive personal pronouns cannot take the place of the pro- nominal prefixes. Rem. I. The question may be raised as to whether these prefixes are properly pronouns at all, since they are in fact not much more than the personal endings w, s, t, mus, tis, nt, of the Latin. The word pronoun, however, furnishes a convenient term by which to designate them, so they are thus called throughout this grammar. It is one of the peculiarities of the Bantu system of languages that the verb as well as the adjective should be made to concord with the class of the^ noun which stands as its subject. Rem. 2. The future indicative is the only tense whose sign comes before rather than after the prefixes. § 293. Rem. 3. The secondary prefixes are also the pronominal prefixes. Of course the ist and 2nd persons, sing, and pi., furnish forms not found under the list of secondary prefixes, since these latter are all 3rd person. Rem. 4. Note the usual euphonic changes following n, u and i. §§ 27, 28, 29, 31-33. 114 . The pronominal prefixes are as follows: Class 1. 1st pers. Singular. n- Plural. tu- I. 2nd pers. u- DU- I. 3rd pers. u- ba- II. “ “ u- i- III. i i 1 1 u- i- IV. n a lu- 1- V. n ^ a di- a- VI. i i ( < bu- a- VII. i i t i ci- bi- VIII. i i c < ka- tu- Examples of pronominal prefixes: \di, I ant] udi, you are] uyaya, he is going] wakadi, he was, in which the u changes to w before the tense sign aka; cifulu ciaku- kuluka, the hat has jallen, in which we have ci as pronominal prefix + aku as tense sign+ kuluka as stem; nsolo yakufua, the jowls have died, in which we have y as pronominal prefix before the tense sign + aku as tense sign+ fua as stem. Rem. I. The negative constructions, as wall be seen later, furnish a few exceptions to the above pronominal prefixes. § 198. Rem. 2. It is important to note that a sing, second person is always treated as a sing, and not as a pi., as has become the custom in English, French and German. § 105, Rem. 8. 36 PRONOUNS. 115 . ^\'hcn the verb is preceded by a prepositional phrase having one of the local. ves (mu, ku or ha), these latter furnish the concord of the verb In this case the subject is placed after the verb. Ha mesa hadi bintii, on the table are the things] mu nsubu mudi bantu, there are people in the house. Rem. I. Sometimes the prepositional phrase is understood; as, kamuena bantu, there are no people in {it). Rem. 2. Sometimes a simple locative adverb (§ 363, etc.) furnishes the concord; as, aha hadi atanu, here there are five (makela, eggs, understood). B. Pronominal Infixes. 116 . The Pronominal Infix is always found immediately before the stem of the verb in inflection and is used in place of the noun as direct or indirect object. Rem. I. The noun and its corresponding infix are never both used at the same time; in this respect the pronominal infixes differ from the pronominal prefixes. § 113. Rem. 2. Throughout the pi. the pronominal infixes are the same as the pronominal prefixes. In the sing., however, there are a few varia- tions: 2nd pers, sing, class I gives ku, 3rd pers. gives mu, and the sing, of class III is also mu. sing, of the same class Rem. 3. Observe carefully the usual euphonic changes with n, u and i. §§ 27-29, 31-33. 117 . The pronominal infixes are as follows: Singular. Plural. Class I. I St pers. -n- -tu- “ I. 2nd pers. -ku- -nu- “ I. 3rd pers. -mu- -ba- “ II. “ “ -u- -i- “ III. “ “ -mu- -i- “ IV. “ “ -lu- -i- (( V. “ “ -di- -a- “ VI. “ “ -bu- -a- “ VII. “ “ -ci- -bi- “ VIII. “ “ Examples of pronominal infixes: -ka- -tu- Wakundexa mukanda, he showed me the book, in which we have w as pronominal prefix +aku as tense sign + n as pronominal infix used as indirect object + dexa as stem, from lexa, to show. § 29 Bakuixiha, they killed them (nsolo, jowls, understood), in which we have b as pronominal prefix (for ba) + aku as tense sign + i as pro nominal infix +xiha as stem. PRONOUNS. 37 Jisus wakutufuila, Jesus died for us, in which we have w as pro- nominal prefix -(-aku as tense sign+tu as pronominal infix+fuila as stem, meaning to die for. 118. We must note here a special infix -di- which has the same position and construction as the pronominal infix and is used when the verb is reflexive, i.e., when the object of the verb is also the subject. This is, therefore, to be translated by myself, yourself, himself, etc. This construction with -di- also has the idea of on one's own account, of one’s own accord, etc. Waki^ditaha, he cut himself] wakudisua, he loves himself, i.e., is proud] wakudixinda, he fell down {of his own accord). 119. For full conjugation of verb with infixes, see § 127. C. Pronominal Suffixes. 120. The Pronominal Suffixes are always put at the end of the verb and they form an integral part of the verb inflection. They are never used for any other than third-person nouns and cannot be used if the noun for which they stand is also expressed. 121. The secondary prefixes are also the pronominal suffixes with the follovving exceptions: (1) The sing, of classes I and III has -eye, which is derived from the disjunctive personal pronoun. (2) The pi. of class I has bo, which is also from the disjunctive personal pronoun form. 122. In inflection note that the final a of the verb root is elided before the -eye; as, hakuhoneye, when he fell, for hakuhonaeye. Rem. In the case of a few verbs ending in i, the -eye becomes -ye; as, ya kudiye, go where he is. 123. The pronominal suffi.xes are as follows: Singular. Plural. Class I. 3rd pers. -eye -bo “ IT. C « C i -u (-wo) -i (-yo) ( i III. i i i i -eye -i (-yo) i C IV. AC C < -lu -i (yo) < V. i i a -di (-dio) -a (-U, -wo) ( ( VI. i 4 i i -bu -a (-U, -wo) < i VII. c < it -ci (-cio) -bi (-bio) VIII. * 4 & • -ka -tu Rem. I. Perhaps for the sake of making the sound more round and full, sometimes hear the forms ending in o as indicated in parentheses. We may in classes V and VI occasionally hear a u without the follow- ing o. 38 PRONOUNS. Rem. 2. The pi. of classes V and VI give regularly the suffix a, but this, combining with the final a of the root, would give more correctly an a, and it is thus written in composition; as, biahona, ij they jail (mak^la, eggs, understood). Rem. 3. For full conjugation of verb with pronominal suffixes, see § 127. 124. The pronominal suffixes are used under the following cir- cumstances and should be carefully studied, for they present some difficulties: (a) As subject in subordinate clauses when the regular position of the pronominal prefix at the beginning of the sentence is taken by a subordinating particle such as mu-, where (in which), ku-, where (at which), ha-, where (on which), ha-, when, bi-, ij, or by a relative pronoun used as direct or indirect object. These particles will, how- ever, be treated more fully later under the head of Complex Sentences. § 453. etc. Ciena mumunye kuakuyeye, I don't know where he has gone, in which we have ku, meaning where -f aku the tense sign -f y with a of stem elided 4 - eye the pronominal suffix. Hakuflkabo ku musoko, bakuxikama, when they reached the village, they sat down, in which we have h, when, with final a elided -f aku the tense sign + flka the stem + bo the pronominal suffix. Tudie bidia biakutuheye, let us eat the bread which he has given us. (b) As a direct object when the verb also has an indirect object pro- noun which is any other than a ist pers. sing, pronominal infix. When, however, the indirect object is ist pers. sing, pronominal infix, the direct object, if a pronoun, takes the pronominal infix form and comes just before the indirect pronominal infix. Wakukuhaci, he gave it (cifulu, hat) to you, in which we have w-faku-f ku as pronominal infix 2 nd pers, sing. -f ha the verb stem -t- ci the suffix used as object. Wakubahabi, he gave them (bifulu, hats) to them, in which we have w + aku-fba as pronominal infix 3rd pers. pl.-fha as stem+bi as pronominal suffix used as object. Bakutuheye, they gave him to in which we have b(a) -f aku^tu the pronominal infix + h(a) the stem + eye the pronominal suffix as object. Wakucimpa, he gave it (cifulu, hat) to me, in which we have w + aku + ci the pronominal infix used as direct object + m the pro- nominal infix used as indirect object -f pa (§ 31). Rem. Even in the case of the ist pers. sing, pronominal infix as direct object, we may sometimes have for the direct object a suffix PRONOUNS. 39 rather than an infix form. Hence we may also say wakumpaci, he gave it to me. (c) As an indirect object when there is also connected with the same verb a direct object pronoun which is 2nd pers. sing, or pi., or ist pers. pi., or 3rd pers. pi. of class I. When the direct object is a pronoun referring to any noun other than one belonging to class I, this direct object becomes the pronominal suffix and the indirect object becomes the pronominal infix. Wakukuheye, he gave you to him] wakubaheye, ^ gave them to hi m] wakukuhabo, he gave you to them] wakubahabo, he gave them to them] wakumuhabi, he gave them (bifulu, hats) to him] waku- bahabi, he gave them (bifulu, hats) to them. 125 . In the compound tenses, i.e., those tenses formed with an auxiliary and a participle, the pronominal suffix comes after the auxil- iary. Kuakadibo badima, where they were working. 126 . When a noun is used as subject the pronominal suffix cannot also be used at the same time, but this subject noun comes after the verb just as the pronominal suffix w’ould do, only the noun is not in- flected as a part of the verb. Hakufika Kasongo ku musoko, wakuxikama, when Kasongo reached the village he sat down. Relative Position of Pronominal Infixes and Suffixes. 127 . It is important to note the relative position of the pronominal infixes and suffixes. In order further to illustrate the principles of the preceding rules [§§ 116, 117, 120 to 124 (o)-(c)], the verb ha, to give, is conjugated with the prefixes and suffixes. The 3rd pers. sing, of the Past Indefinite tense of the indicative mood is taken, in which w is the pronominal prefix and aku the tense sign. Of course the prefix and the tense sign do not affect the infixes and suffixes. Observing carefully the laws of euphony, we have then the following: (a) Conjugation of verb with pronominal infixes: SINGULAR. I. ist pers. infix wakumpa, he gave to me, or he gave me (dir. obj.); I. 2nd “ '■ wakukuha. “ ‘ ' you it ($. c/ you ii ii 1.3rd “ “ wakurauha. ii << him tt ii tt him ii ii II. “ " wakuha. “ tt it, t t tt 'i it ii ti III. “ “ “ wakumuha. tt ft tt tt ii “ tt tt IV. “ ‘‘ “ wakuluha. •t tt ii ii ii tt tt V. “ “ “ wakudiha. “ << tt ft tt ii ii ii ii VI. “ “ wakubuha. tt tt tt tt tt ii ii ii VII. “ “ *' wakuciha. <1 tt tt tt it ii ii VIII. " “ “ wakukaha. It a “ tt ii it tt ii ii 40 PRONOUNS. PLURAL. I. I St pers. I. 2nd I. 3rd II. III. IV. innx waKuii wakunuha, wakubaha, wakuiha, you them or he gave us (dir. obj.) • “ “ “ you “ “ “ “ “ them “ “ V. ‘ VI ‘ VII. ‘ VIII. ‘ wakuaha, “ wakubiha, “ wakutuha, Note. Of course the inhx may be used as direct or indirect object, this to be determined by the context. {h) Conjugation of verb with pronominal suffixes, using ha-, when, as subordinating particle: SINGULAR. Class I. hakuheye. when he gave; < < II. hakuhau, when it gave; < < III. hakuheye, i i i 1 11 « i IV. hakuhalu. ft i 1 l€ € i V. hakuhadi, 4 < Cl tl f 1 VI. hakuhabu. 11 1 1 ( i i i VII. hakuhaci. i 1 11 6 i t i VIII. hakuhaka. i i it • c PLURAL. Class I. hakuhabo. when they gave; i « II. hakuhai, i. 4i .< i t III. ( t “ “ “ 1 i IV. “ ll ft < t t < V. hakuha, 1 1 VI. 11 a suffixing -uka to the verb root after dropping the final a. Wakuandamuka, he has turned around] mulondo wakucibuka, the jar has broken] mbuxi wakuhatuka, the goat has gone out. Rem. I. These middle voice forms are treated as intransitives in the dictionary. Rem. 2. There is nearly always a corresponding active transitive form having the suffix -una or -ula or -ola; as, wakuandamuna nsubu, he has turned the house around] wakucibula mulondo, he has broken the jar] wakuhatula mbuxi, he has driven out the goat. Rem. 3 . The middle voice forms are inflected exactly as the active forms Rem. 4 . Sometimes the suffixes -ika and -ma seem to be used in the middle voice sense; as, mucima winyi wakubandika, my heart has split, i.e., I am very much frightened] nakusokoma, I hid myself. 202. The Passive Voice may be expressed in several ways; (a) By the indefinite 3 rd pers. pi. active voice (§ 189 ), thus avoid- ing the passive construction, which is used much less frequentl^than in Eng lish. When the agerTfT^ mentioned this is preceded by the prepositional word kudi, by. Bakuxiha mbuxi, the goat has been killed, lit. they have killed the goat. Bakuxiha mbuxi kudi Kasongo, the goat has been killed by Kasongo {b) By the various tenses of the verbs meaning to be used as auxil- ■ iaries with the passive past participle. The participle then becomes - only an adjective taking the ordinary primary prefixes. It will be/ noted that this construction conforms to the English passive. Cf. § 251 ./ j 6o VERBS. Ndi mutaha, / am {have been) struck. Nsolo idi mixilia, the chickens are killed. Kasongo udi inutalia kudi Kabata, Kasongo was struck by Kabata. Rem It is very important to note here the difference between the primary and the secondary prefixes with the participle. As we shall see later (§§ 244 and 252), the secondary prefixes make the verb active. Hence udi mutaha means he is struck, but udi utaha means he struck. (c) By use of the suffix -ibua added to the verb root. It is interest ing to note that, like the middle voice forms, this also has the regular active voice inflection throughout. Hence the word kutahibua means to be struck. The form is active, but the meaning is passive. Udi utahibua, he is being struck', udi mutahibue, he has been struck. Utu watahibua, he is always getting struck. Utadi utahibua, you are about to he struck. Xeatahibue, he will be struck. 203. For the sake of comparison, note the three voices on the same root: Active: wakucibula muci, he broke the stick. Middle: muci wakucibuka, the stick has broken. Passive: muci wakucibibua, the stick has been broken. 204. These middle and passive voice forms will be treated again under Derivative Verbs. §§ 341-345. Auxiliary Verbs. 205. The Auxiliary Verbs are those used to aid in the formation of certain tenses. The majority of these are somewhat irregular and defective. Some of the more important of them are now given. Rem. There are no auxiliaries corresponding to our have and had — these are expressed either by one of the forms to be given below or by the past tense signs. I. Di, to he. 206 . The root of this word was perhaps originally la which under the influence of i has become d. Rem. A form having the root ena and taking the regular negative prefixes is used as the present tense negative of di. 207. This verb, which is found only in the past tense (aflflrmative and negative) and in the affirmative present, is used in the formation of the following tenses in the indicative mood: Present Progressive, Present Perfect Progressive, Past Progressive, Past Perfect Progressive. In addition to these it also furnishes through ena the negative of certain other tenses: Present Imminent, Second Present Actual, Present VERBS. 6i Repetitive, Past Repetitive, Future and Future Imminent. It also furnishes the auxiliary for formation of the Past Tense Subjunctive. Present Tense. Affirmative. Negative. 208. Formation: pro. prefix + di. 209. Formation: neg. pro. prefix + ena. Past Tense. Affirmative. 210. Formation: pro. prefix + aka the tense sign + di. ’Negative. 211. Formation: neg. pro. prefix + aka the tense sign + di. II. Cidi, to be. 212. Perhaps the original root was cila, but this has become cidl under the influence of i. Rem. a form having the root cena and taking the regular negative prefixes is used as the present negative of cidi. 213. This verb, which is found only in the past tense (affirmative and negative) and in the affirmative present, is used in the formation of the First Present Actual tense, indicative mood. Rem. Sometimes the past tense of cidi is used as auxiliary, making much the same sense as the past progressive. Present Tense. Affirmative. 214. Formation: pro. prefix + cldl. Negative. 215. Formation: neg. pro. prefix + cena. Past Tense. Affirmative. 216. Formation: pro. prefix + aka the tense sign + cidi. Negative. 217. Formation: neg. pro. prefix + aka the tense sign + cidi. III. Tadi (or Kadi), to he about to. 218. The stem of this verb was perhaps tala or tana. Rem. I. The Baluba say kadi and the Bena Lulua tadi — the latter is used in the paradigms. Rem. 2 . We find on this root only the present affirmative; the nega- tive is expressed on the root ena. § 206 , Rem. Affirmative. Negative. 219. Formation: pro. prefix + 220. Formation: use the neg. ena. tadi. 62 VERBS 321. This auxiliary is used in the formation of the Present Immi- nent and the Future Imminent tenses, it is also used much as the verb dl, to be, when not employed as auxiliary. IV. Tu, Co be (habitual). 233. This word is used only in the formation of the Present Habitual tense and has only the present tense, affirmative and negative. Present Tense. Affirmative. Negative. 333. Formation: pro. prefix + tu. 334. Formation: neg. pro. prefix + tu. V. The Negative I, not to be. 225, This form seems to be found only in the present negative and is used by the Baluba sometimes in place of the negative ena (§ 206, Rem.), It is specially used in formation of the negative in the Present Subjunctive in conditional sentences and in the negative of relative clauses. Present Tense. 336. Formation: neg. pro. prefix +i. VI. Ikala, to be. 227. This verb is regular throughout and is used in some places where di is defective; especially is this true in the formation of the Present Subjunctive and the Future Indicative. Biwikala muana wa Nzambi, Nzambi neakusungile, if you are a child of God, God will save you. Biwenza nunku, newikale ne bualu, if you do thus, you will be in trouble. 338. The verb anza followed by the infinitive means to have just done-, the negative has the idea of not to have yet done. Wakuanza kulua, he has just come-, kena muanze kulua, he has not yet come. VII. Other Auxiliary Words and Constructions. 339. Quite a list of verbs and verbal combinations are used in an auxiliary sense, followed most often by the infinitive mood or by the VERBS. 63 purportive. These must be learned mostly from experience, as only the more important ones can be mentioned here. 330. The English can, he able, etc., may be expressed in several ways: (1) By the auxiliary di followed by mua and infinitive. Ndi mua kumema mux6te, I can lift the box. ( 2 ) By the verb mona followed by mua and the infinitive. Ndl mona mua kumema mux6te, I can lijt the box. ( 3 ) By the verb munya followed by mua and the infinitive. Ndl mumunye mua kumSma muxete, I can lift the box Rem. There seems to be some difference between mona and munya; the former has more the idea of physical, the latter of mental, ability. 331. The English* may, meaning permission, is expressed by the purportive mood. § 312 ( 6 ). 333. For the English must and ought no satisfactory equivalents have yet been found in the Buluba-Lulua. The same can perhaps be said of most other Bantu languages. This seems very unfortunate, for these words are so forceful in English. It is also interesting to note that such equivalents are also wanting in the Hebrew. Wherever the word must occurs in the English translation of the Old Testament, it represents merely some idiomatic expression conveying that meaning. In Buluba-Lulua these ideas must be expressed by the simple tense forms. Perhaps the phrase bualu bukale, followed by the Causative Form (§ 333 ) etc.) of the verb, will express the idea of must with some accuracy; in the same way we may use bualu buimbe or bimpe, followed by the infinitive, for ought, 333. Note these words which are generally followed ii. construction by the infinitive: banga, begin to\ dianjila, be first to; banga, fail to; sua, want to; mona, finish {to). Rem. The word lua, go to, often expresses a future idea, just as in English we say I am going to do. The Second Present Actual is a favorite tense in this construction; as, ulualua kusungula bantu band!, he is going to choose out his people. Formation of Moods and Tenses with their Uses. It will prove helpful to study these moods and tenses, as they are explained, in connection with the paradigms. § 318 . Further study and investigation will undoubtedly reveal additional tenses and verbal' forms and combinations, but certainly the more common and useful are given below. 64 VERBS. IMPERATIVE MOOD 334. The simple Imperative forms have only the present tense, afl&rmative and negative, and their uses are the same as in English. Affirmative. 335. Formation: (a) The 2 nd pers. sing, is the simple stem of the verb. {b) The 2 nd pers. pi. is formed by changing final a of the stem toi. Negative. 336. Formation: (а) Second pers. sing, is formed by prefixing ku to the stem and changing final a to i. Rem. I. When the verb stem ends in ia, we have simple i resulting after the addition of i of the negative imperative; hence kydii becomes kudi, don’t eat. Rem. 2. When the verb stem ends in ua, we have left simply u, the i of the neg. being omitted; as, kulu, don’t come, for kului. Rem. 3. When the verb ends in na, y is inserted after the n upon addition of the neg, i [§ 34 (^)> Rem. ; as, kusunyi mi, don’t carry water, for ku- suni; \iucinyi, don’t he ajr aid, for kucini. (б) Second pers. pi. neg. is formed thus: ka+nu + stem with final a changed to i. Rem. In the case of verbs ending in ia, ua and na, see § 236 (a), Rems. 1-3. 337. Some peculiar imperative constructions must be noted: (a) Ku is added to the stem sometimes for emphasis, especially in 2 nd pers. sing, affirmative Taku, go, he gone, or don’t he afraid to go; ambaku, speak. (b) In many cases, especially after verbs of motion, where in English the two verbs are imperative, the Buluba-Lulua puts one in the imperative and the other in the purportive mood. VERBS. 65 Ya uxihe nsolo, go and kill the jowl. Lua undexe makela, come and show me the eggs. (c) The Hortative Imperative idea is expressed in several ways: (1) For ist pers. pi. we generally find a form made thus: ist pers. pro, prefix + root with final vowel changed to i. Tuyi, let us go, tudimi, let us work. (2) There is also a common hortative following the analogy of § 237 { b ). Lua tuye, come (sing.), let us go\ lui tuye, come (pi.), let us go^ (3) We may have the simple ist pers. pi. purportive mood, which seems to correspond to the Latin amemus, let us love\ as, tuye, let us go. (4) The purportive mood is also used to express the hortative idea in 3rd pers. sing, and pi. Alue, let him come; balue, let them come. ( 5 ) In view of § 161 we may have the emphatic prefix ka with ist pers. pi. purportive mood; as, katuye, let us go. (6) We may also have the emphatic suflSx ku corresponding to § 237 (a); as, tuyaku, let us go. (d) There is also heard a weaker imperative form expressing a simple wish This is found in 2nd pers. sing, and pi., and corresponds to these forms found in the present subjunctive. § 306 (c), Rem. 2. Waya biebi bimpe, go well, good journey to you. Nualala bienu bimpe, sleep well. INFINITIVE MOOD. 338. The Infinitive is formed by prefixing ku to the stem. 339. Remembering that the infinitive is the abstract idea of the verb and consequently in most cases is a noun, we find the most common uses of the infinitive to be as follows; (a) It may be used as subject of the sentence; as, kuambila bantu bakuabo bualu bua Nzambi kudi kuhita kuxikama cinana, to tell other people the palaver of God is better than to sit idle. 66 Verbs. (b) It may be used as part of an adjective phrase [§ 87 (/)J; as^ bintu bia kudia, things to eat; mbuxi \va kula ulualua, a goat to buy is coming] luvu lua mbua kudila, a trough for dogs to eat out of. Rem, I. Note the locative forms corresponding somewhat to the forms mentioned in § S‘]{d) and Rem. i. Ndi nkeba kua kuteka bintu, I am looking for a place to put the things, I am looking where to put the things. Rem, 2. Also note mua with infinitive after constructions meaning to know how to, to be able to, etc. § 230. Ciena mumunye mua kusonga buatu, I don't know how to make a boat. (c) It may be used adverbially to modify the predicate in expressing end or purpose; as, bakuya kuluangana nvita, they have gone to fight. id) It may be used as direct object; as, ndi musue kuya ku Ibanj, I want to go to Ibanj. {e) It may be used as complement of the predicate modifying the subject, Cf. kuflta under § 239 (a). 240 . It is important to note that the use of the infinitive in English does not always correspond to its use in the Buluba-Lulua. The different uses in the two languages must be learned by experience, re- membering that the infinitive is more common in English. As a general rule, which will cover the majority of cases, we may say that when the subject of the first verb is also the subject of the second, the infinitive is used for the latter; when, on the other hand, the subjects of the two verbs are different, the purportive mood is used with the latter. §§ 461, 462. Ndl musue kuya, 7 want to go; bakuya kuluangana, they have gone to fight; ndi nkeba muntu aye ku Luebo, I am looking for a person to go to Luebo. Rem. There is also heard in this connection a peculiar construction in which the infinitive is used even w'hen its subject is different from that of the leading verb. Sometimes the infinitive seems to take here the pronominal sufl&xes. Lua ne bia mulunda winyl kudia (or kudieye), bring something for my friend to eat. But the most common way of saying this is lua ne bia kudia mulunda winyi adie. 241 . The infinitive may take all the ordinary concomitants of the verb, such as direct object, indirect object, prepositional phrases, etc. / VERBS. 67 PARTICIPLES. 242. The Participles, which are used for the most part as verbal adjectives in the formation of compound tenses (§ 194), agree in number and class with the suoject or word to which they refer; the present participle also agrees in person, Rem. Note that the participles take all the usual concomitants of the verb, such as direct object, indirect object, prepositional phrases, etc. 243. There are three participial forms: the Present Active, the Past Active and the Past Passive. I. Present Participles. 244. The Present Participles are formed by prefixing the ordinary pronominal prefixes of all classes, numbers and persons directly to the stem of the verb, but before the pronominal infix if one is used. 245. The present participles are used in the formation of the follow- ing tenses, all in the indicative mood: Present Progressive, First Present Actual, Present Imminent, Present Progressive, Rem. Observe the use of the present participle as predicate adjective after other words than those meaning to be. Udi wenda uzobela, he walks limping. 246. When n of ist pers. sing, is prefixed directly to the stem, it is necessary to note carefully the resulting euphony. Some examples are here given to refresh the memory: (a) When the stem begins with h, the n becomes m and the hap. § 32. Ndi mpa mukuxi lueho, I am giving the woman some salt (from the stem ha). (&) When the stem begins with 1, this letter becomes d. § 29. Ndi ndexa, I am showing (from the stem lexa). (c) When the stem begins with a vowel, the n becomes ng. § 33. Ndi ngamba, / am speaking (from the stem amba). Ndi ngenza, I am making (from the stem enza). Ndi ngimuna, I am standing (from the stem Imuna). {d) When the initial letter of the stem is b or p, the n becomes m. § 31- Ndi mb&la, I am counting (from stem bala). 68 VERBS. (e) When the stem begins with m or n, the n of the pronominal prefix is elided. § 33, Rem. 2. Ndi mona, I am looking., ndi nua mi, I am drinking water. 347. The same rules hold good for the use of n when it comes before the pronominal infixes. Ndi mumona, I am looking at him (for nmumona); ndi numona, I am looking at you (for nnumona); ndi mbamona, I am looking at them (for nbamona); ndi ngumona, / am looking at it (for numona, with a noun in the sing, of class II understood); ndi ngimona, I am looking at them (for nimona with a noun in the pi. of class II under stood). 348. The above rules apply equally regularly in the future indicative and in the purportive mood, where we also have an n prefixed either immediately to the stem or to the pronominal infix if one is employed. II. Active Past Participles. 349. The Active Past Participles are formed thus: primary ad- jective prefixes -f stem with final vowel change to e. Hence we have mulue, from kulua, to come\ mudime, from kudima, to work. Observe that the infinitive sign ku is elided. Rem. Note that the active past participles do not indicate the person of the subject; they all have the third person form. If the subject belongs to class I, ist pers. sing, or 2nd pers. sing., the participle takes mu; if the subject belongs to class I and is ist pers. pi. or 2nd pers. pi., the participle takes ba. 350. The active past participles are used in the formation of the Present Perfect Progressive and Past Perfect Progressive tenses of the indicative mood. Rem. It must be borne in mind that some verbs, though passive in meaning, are active in form. Cf. § 202 (c). III. Passive Past Participles. 351. The Passive Past Participles are formed thus: primary ad- jective prefixes + stem. Hence we have mutaha, from kut&ha, to strike-, muhanda, from kuhanda, to split. Rem. Note that the passive past participles, following the analogy of the active past participles, do not indicate the person of the subject Apply the principles of § 249, Rem. VERBS. 69 252 , The passive past participles are always transitive verbs used with some part of the verb to be to express the idea that the subject has been acted upon. The auxiliary may be present tense, but the participle is always past in significance, in fact nothing nore than the predicate adjective. Mud udi mucibula, the stick is {has been) broken\ bintu bid! biuvua kudi Kabata, the things have been washed by Kabata. 253 . It is very important to note here the difference between the two past participles, active and passive, when they are used as pure verbal adjectives. The active past participle is used when the verb is intransitive or middle voice in meaning; the passive past participle is used when the verb is transitive and an agent can be employed, §§ 85, 201-203. Muntu mufue means a dead person, one who has died (intransitive). Muntu mutaha means a wounded person, a person who has been struck by another (transitive). Mud mudbuke means a broken stick, from the intransitive or middle voice verb kudbuka, which means to break of its own accord', on the other hand muci mucibula means a broken stick, from the transitive verb kucibula which means to break. 254 . There are two rarer participal forms, one used in the formation of the Present Habitual tense, indicative mood, the other in the forma- tion of the Future Imminent tense of the same mood. The letter a prefixed to the root is the sign of the Present Habitual tense form, while the Future Imminent form has as sign the letters aku. The first of these takes the ordinary pronominal prefixes corresponding to the person, number and class of the subject; the second form takes also the same prefixes save in class I, where u(w) is found throughout in the sing, and ba throughout in the pi. See §§ 268, 269, 296. INDICATIVE MOOD. 255 , The names given to the tenses are more or less arbitrary — in fact some difficulty has been found in getting suitable names — but those have been adopted which, either from usage or from the ordinary meaning of the word, would convey some idea of the import of the tense. Some tenses of the indicative mood are simple, others are compound. §§ 193, 194- The uses of this mood are in general the same as in English. 70 VERBS. Present Affirmative. 356. Formation: pres, tense of auxiliary di followed by pres, participle. Progressive. Negative. 357. Formation: pres neg. of auxiliary ena followed by pres, participle. 358. The Present Progressive tense is used to indicate continuous or progressive action or being in present time, %vithout ariy idea as to when the action began or when it will be completed. Udi udila, he is crying-, udi ulua, he is coming. Rem. I. There is also to be observed a strong tendency to throw the future back into this present tense form; in fact the negative of the future is always the negative of the present progressive tense. § 294 . Rem. 2 . Several other tenses which lack a regular negative seem to use the negative of the present progressive, such as the present imminent, the second present actual, the present repetitive and the future immi- nent. Perhaps, however, it would be more correct to say that these tenses form their negative with the auxiliary ena. Present Perfect Progressive, Affirmative. 359. Formation: pres, tense of auxiliary dl followed by active past participle. Negative. 260, Formation: pres. neg. of auxiliary ena followed^ by active past participle. 361.’ The Present Perfect Progressive denotes a finished or com- pleted action which has just been going on within the present time limit. Ndl mudile, I have been crying {to-day, for example, hut am not crying now). Udi mulue, he has come (i.e., he has been coming to-day, hut is not coming now, for he has already arrived). First Present Actual. Affirmative. 263. Formation; pres, tense of auxiliary idi followed by pres, participle Negative. 363. Formation: pres, tense neg. of auxiliary cidi followed bv pres, participle. § 212 , Rem. 364. The First Present Actual tense denotes that the action is 3 .ctually in progress at the moment of the speaker’s utterance. Rem. It is difficult to distinguish clearly between the rst pres. VERBS. 71 actual and the second pres, actual and the pres, progressive, for the latter, as has been seen, also indicates an action which is in progress at the moment of the speaker’s utterance The present progressive, however, may often indicate a state rather than an action at the moment. For example, udi udila may mean that I am tn the crying way ( r state (as is the native custom upon the death of a friend), but perhaps not actually cr}dng at this moment. On the other hand, ncidl ndila can only mean 7 am crying at this moment. For use of second pres, actual see below. Second Present Actual. Affirmative. 265. Formation, pronominal pre- fix + stem + stem. Rem. Note that only the pure stem is r peated; as, ndom- balomba, 1 am begging (from the stem lomba). Negative. 266. The neg. of pres, progressive is used as neg. of second present actual. 267. The Second Present Actual is used much as the first present actual. Rem. I. The second present actual is used mostly with monosyllabic verb stems, though polysyllabic stems are sometimes found to take this tense also, as, ulualua, he is coming, from the root lua; ndiadia, I am eating, from dia^ utuatua, she is pounding, from tuaj ngen- denda, 1 am going, trom stem enda (note ng and the elision of final a of stem before e). Rem. 2. Sometimes this second present actual has a future significa- tion, very much as in the English sentence I am going to-morrow\ for this the Baluba say nyaya makelela. Present Habitual.^ Affirmative. 268. Formation; pronominal pre- fix +tu, followed by a par ticipial word formed as follows: pronominal prefix -t-a the tense sign + stem. Negative. 269. Formation : neg. pronominal prefix + tu, followed by a participial word formed as indicated under § 268. * Sometimes this Present Habitual tense idea is expressed by the use of a verb ya followed by the infinitive. To the word yaare prefixed directly the ordinary personal pronominal prefixes, as.nya kunua makanya. / smoke tobacco, ciya kunua makanya / don’t smoke tobacco. 72 VERBS. 270. This tense is used to denote present habitual or customary action. Ktu ngalamba bidia, 1 cook food (that is my business or work). Citu nganua makanya, I don't smoke tobacco, i.e., it is not my custom. 271. The letter g is inserted between n and a in first pers. sing. § 33- Past Indefinite. Affirmative. 272. Formation, pronominal pre fix + aku the tense sign -H stem. Negative. 273. Formation; neg. pronominal I refix + aku the tense sign 4- stem . 274. The Past Indefinite is the common tense for indicating simple completed action in past time, without any special reference to near- ness or remoteness in the past. It seems to correspond very nearly to the Aorist of the Greek. It is to expressed in English according to circumstances, either by the simple past tense, such as he loved, he went, etc., or by the present perfect tense, he has loved, he has gone, etc. Only the connection can determine wiiich English tense to use. Wakuya, he has gone, he went', wakudila, she has cried, she cried. 275. For the omission of the g in ist pers. sing, affirmative see § 33, Rem. i. Past Perfect. Affirmative. 276. Formation: pronominal pre- fix 4- aka the tense sign 4- stem Negative. 277. Formation neg. pronominal prefix -i- aka the tense sign 4- stem. 278. The Past Perfect tense is used to denote an action that was completed before some other action or event took place. This action or event need not always be expressed, but it is understood in the mind of the speaker. There is also the thought of the action being completed or done once for all, irrevocably. This tense is liable to be confused wuth the past indefinite. Perhaps an example w’ill illustrate, in a general way, the difference: wakuya (past indefinite), he has gone, he went, without any thought of a con- comitant event; wakaya (past perfect), he had gone {before you came), or he has gone {and there ts no recalling him). 279. For the omission of g in ist per. sing, affirmative see § 33, Rem. I. VERBS. 73 Past Progressive. Affirmative. 280. Formation: past tense of auxiliary di followed by present participle. Negative. 281. Formation: neg. past tense of auxiliary di followed by present participle. 282. The Past Progressive tense denotes an action as having been going on in past time, as progressive, but is now completed and was completed before the time limit of the present was reached. Wakadi udila, he was crying. 283. This tense is easily confounded with the present perfect pro- gressive. This latter tense, however, is used of completed action within the present time limit, whereas, as has been stated, the past progressive is used of completed action before the present time limit. ITakadi udila, he was crying (e.g., yesterday), udl mudile, he has been crying (e.g., to-day) Past Perfect Progressive. Affirmative. 284. Formation: past tense of auxiliary dl followed by past active participle. Negative. 285. Formation: neg. past tense of di followed by past active participle. 286. The Past Perfect Progressive is used to indicate an action as going on before some other action in past time took place. See §283. Wakadi mudile, he had been crying. Present Repetitive. Affirmative. 287. Formation: pronominal pre* fix -I- stem. Note. The form must be re- peated once or twice. Negative. 288. No distinct neg. for this tense Perhaps the neg. of the Present Progressive could be used, if ever needed. 289. The Present Repetitive tense expresses repeated action in present time or a succession of similar acts performed by different persons or things. N’solo yinyi ifua ifua, my fowls die and die, i.e., they are dying one at a time. 74 VERBS. Nkuna nkuna mamina, kena aniena, I plant and plant the seeds, they do not sprout, i.e., I am continually planting. Rem. This tense (with the form used only once) may perhaps also have the sense of a general or universal present. Past Repetitive. Affirmative. 290. Formation: pronominal pre- fix + a the tense sign + stem. Note. The form must be r e - peated once or twice. Negative. 291, No distinct neg. for this tense. Perhaps the neg. of pres perf, progressive could be used, if ever needed. 292. The Past Repetitive is used to express repeated action in past time or a succession of similar acts performed in past time by different persons or things. Ngakuna ngakuna mamina, kena mamene, I planted and planted the seeds, they have not sprouted. 3Ibuxi yandi yafua yafua, his goats died and died. Rem. This tense (with the form used only once) may perhaps also have the sense of a general or universal past. Affirmative. 293. Formation; tense sign ne + pronominal prefix + stem with final a changed to e. Note i. This is the only case in which the tense sign comes before the pronominal prefix. Note 2 . The pronominal prefix of 3 rd pers. sing, of classes I and 111 is a instead of u. Note 3 . Some seem to make the tense sign na (nga) throughout instead of ne. Negative. 294. There is no dis- tinct future form for the neg. When needed, use neg. of pres, progressive. 295. The Future Tense corresponds almost exactly to the future of the English, the only difference being that the Buluba-Lulua does not use the future form so frequently, tie present progressive being employed in its stead, or the infinitive moo after the verb kulua. to come. § 233, Rem. VERBS. 75 Future Imminent. Affirmative, 296. Formation: pres, tense of auxiliary tadi followed by a participial form con- structed as follows: second- ary prefix -}-aku the tense sign -t- stem. Note i.. The for n following the auxiliary is participial in its inflection and is so treated. § 254 - Note 2. In class I note the pre- fix u(w) throughout in the sing, and b(a) throughout in the plural. 298. The Future Imminent is used when an action is represented as liable to happe i or about to happen or is impending. There is some danger of confusing this tense with the present immi- nent, but the latter always means that which is just about to be done or to happen, wdthin the present time limit, while the future imminent is more indefinite as to the time limit. Two examples will illustrate: ntadi nya, I am about to go (spoken by one who has been sitting near you just as he rises to go); lufu lutadi luakulua, death is impending {may come any time). INEGATIVE. 297. No distinct neg. for this tense. The neg of pres, progressive can be used, if needed. Present Imminent. Affirmative. 299. Formation: pres, tense of auxiliary tadi followed by pres, participle. Negative. 300. No distinct neg. form. Use neg. of pres, progressive. 301. The Present Imminent tense is used to indicate an action as just about to take place within the present time limit, and is to be expressed in English by about to or going to. § 298. 302. For the use of kadi instead of tadi, see § 218, Rem. i. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 303. The Subjunctive mood is used in certain conditional or con- tingent clauses, though not in all conditional clauses. 76 VERBS Present Tense. Affirmative. 304 . Formation- pronominal pre fix+a the tense sign 4- stem. Note i. Because of the subor dinating particles bi- and ha- which are i sually em- ployed with this tense, the 3rd pers. prefi es are seldom used. § 124(a). Note 2. For omission of ginist pers. affirmative and negative, see § 33, Rem. i. Negative. 305 . Formation: regular affirma- tive pres, subjunctive of ikala (§ 227), followed by present tense of auxiliary verb i (§ 225), followed by past active participle. 30 G. The Present Subjunctive is used as follows: (a) In the protasis of present general conditional sentences, taking the subordinating conjunctive prefix bi-, if. § 459 (a). Biwikala muana wa Nzambi, kuena muivi, if yon are a child of God, you don't steal, or are not a thief. {h) In the protasis of future conditions, taking also the subordinating conjunctive prefix bi-, if. § 459 (b). Biwadima bimpe, nenkuhe lukama lua mibela, if you work well, I shall give you one hundred cowries. (c) In the various subordinate clauses introduced by the subordi- nating conjunctive prefix ha- (or hu-), meaning when, ajter, until, all having a more or less future or contingent idea. § 458 {a) (c). Hawalua nenkuhe lukama lua mibela, when you come {after you come), I shall give you one hundred cowries. Rem. I Sometimes the subordinating particle is omitted, but it may be understood; as, nendue ngondo walua, I shall come next month, i.e., when the moon comes. Rem. 2. Under this same head may be noticed the weak impera- tive forms referred to under § 237 {d)\ as, biwasua kumpa, wampa, if you wish to give me, give me (i.e., if you choose)-. (d) In certain contingent clauses expressing the idea of if you choose, where you choose, etc.; as, teka cintu hawateka, put the thing where you choose. VERBS. 77 Rem, Note that the Locative Prefixed form is used in such cases. § 321. (e) In relative clauses with a future or contingent idea; as, funda bintu biwaya n’abi ku Ibanj, write down the things which you will take to Ibanj. Cf. § 172. Past Tense. Affirmative. 307. Formation: past tense of auxiliary di followed by infinitive mood. Negative. 308. Formation: past tense neg. of di followed by infinitive mood. 309. The Past Subjunctive is used in the apodosis of past or im- possible conditional sentences. § 459 (c). Bu wewe mulue lukusa, Lazalus kakadi kufua, if you had come quickly, Lazarus would not have died. Bu nuenu badime bimpe, nakadi kunuha lukama lua mlbela, if you had worked well, I would have given you one hundred cowries. Rem. The same tense is sometimes used in neg. past tenses with munyi? why? § 420 (h), Rem. 2. PURPORTIVE MOOD. Present Tense. Affirmative. 310. Formation: pronominal pre- fix + stem w'ith final a changed to e. Note. In 3rd sing, of classes I and III the u beco es a. Negative. 311. Formation: neg. pronominal prefix -h stem with final a changed to e. 312. The Purportive mood, which, as far as investigated, seems to have only one tense, is used quite extensively to express various rela- tions, the most common being that of end or purpose, which fact fur- nishes the name for the mood. The most common uses of this mood are as follows: (a) To express end or purpose, generally rendered into English by in order that, that, so that, to with the infinitive mood, lest, in order that not, etc. § 461 and Rem. Lua ne bldia, mulunda winyi adie, bring the bread that my friend may eat Ndi nkgba muntu aye ku Ibanj, I am looking for a man to go to Ibanj. 78 VERBS. Ndi ntenga buteya, nkuate nipuku, I am making a trap in order that I may catch some rats. Tula cikuku, kacitahe bantu ku niakusa, pull up the root that it may not strike people on the jeet. {h) In asking permission, or in inquiring as to the desirability of doing something. These ideas are most often expressed in English either by the future indicative or by may or shall and the infinitive, Tubale raibela? shall we count the cowries? Nye ? may I go? (c) In the expression of various imperative ideas, especially the hortative. § 237 {h) and (c) (3) (4). PECULIAR NEGATIVES, 313 . In addition to the above moods and tenses there are two pecu- liar negative tenses which it may be as well to group together. One of these we shall call the Munyi Negative, the other the Ci Negative. The first of these is thus called because it is always found with munyi ? why {not)? The other is so called because ci is its tense sign. Rem. Just as we have found some tenses used only in the affirma- tive with no distinct negative, so here we find negatives with no dis- tinct afifirmatives. The Munyi Negative. 314 . This tense form, which is found only in the negative, is made thus: neg. pronominal prefix + stem with final a changed to i. Note Verbs ending in ia, ua and na have the same changes here as were indicated in the neg. imperative, § 236, Rems. 1-3. 315 . This form is used after munyi? why {not)? § 420 {b). Munyi kuyi? why don't you go? Munyi kudimi? don't you work? The Ci Negative. 316 . This tense form, which is found only in the negative, is made thus: neg. pronominal prefix +ci the tense sign -h stem with final a changed to i. Note. Verbs ending in ia, ua and na have the same changes here as were indicated in the neg. imperative. § 236, Rems 1-3. 317 . This tense is used as a sort of half command and half ques- tion, especially when it is used in 2nd and 3rd persons. In the ist pers. it has an aflSrmative significance, though a neg. form. VERBS. 79 Kucibikidi Kasongo, call Kasongo, or why don't you call Kasongo? or ij you have not called him, do so. Katuciyi, let us go, or why not go ? VERB PARADIGMS. 318 . Below are given the various Mood and Tense forms, first of the Auxiliary verbs and later of the verb suma, to bite. These should be carefully studied and incessantly practised, for the success or failure of speaking the language depends upon the degree of accuracy with which the verbal inflections are used. A. Auxiliary Verbs. I. Di (neg. ena), to be. Present Tense — I am, etc. Affirmative. Negative. Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. I. ISt p. ndi tudi ciena katuena 2nd p. udi nudi kuena kanuena 3rd p. udi badi kcna kabena II. < i udi idi kawena kayena III. udi idi kena kayena IV. ludi idi kaluena kayena V. < didi adi kadiena kena VI. budi adi kabuena kena VII. i i cidi bidi kaciena kabiena VIII. ‘ ‘ kadi tudi kakena katuena Past Tense — I was, etc. Affirmative. Negative, Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. I. ISt p. nakadi tuakadi ciakadi katuakadi 2nd p. wakadi nuakadi kuakadi kanuakadi 3rd p. wakadi bakadi kakadi kabakadi II. wakadi yakadi kawakadi kayakadi III. wakadi yakadi kakadi kayakadi IV. < i iuakadi yakadi kaluakadi kayakadi V. diakadi akadi kadiakadi kakadi VI. buakadi akadi kabuakadi kakadi VII. ciakadi biakadi kaciakadi kabiakadi VIII. ' kak di tuakadi kakakadi katuakadi 8o VERBS. II Cidi (neg. cena), to he. Present Tense— -7 am, etc. Affirmative. Negative. Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. I. I St p. ncidi tucidi cicena katucena 2ndp. ucidi nucidi kucena kanucena 3rd p. ucidi bacidi kacena kabacena II. ucidi icidi kaucena kaicena III. ucidi icidi kacena kaicena IV. lucidi icidi kalucena kaicena V. < dicidi acidi kadicena kacena VI. t bucidl acidi kabuccna kd^cena VII. i cicidi bicidi kacicena kabicena VIII. i kacidi tucidi kakaceria katucena Past Tense — 7 was, etc. Affirmative Negative. Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. I. isX p. nakacidi tuakacidi ciakacidi katuakacidi 2nd p. wakacidi nuakacidi kuakacidi kanuakacidi 3rd p. wakacidi bakacidi kakacidi kabakacidi II. wakacidi yakacidi kawakacidi kayakacidi IIL f « wakacidi yakacidi kakacidi kayakacidi IV. “ luakacidi yakacidi kaluakacidi kayakacidi V. ( • diakacidi akacidi kadiakacidi kakacidi VI. ( ( buakacidi akacidi kabiiakacidi kakacidi VII. “ ciakacidi biakacidi kaciakacidi kabiakacidi VIII. kakacidi tuakacidi kakakacidi katuakacidi III. Tadi (or Kadi) , to he about to. Present Tense — I am about to, etc. Affirmative. Negative. Singular. Plural. I. I St p. ntadi tutadi 2nd p. utadi n utadi 3rd p. utadi batadi II. i i utadi itadi For neg. use the root ena, III. ( » utadi itadi the pres. neg. of di. IV. t t lutadi itadi § 318, A I. V, t i ditadi atadi VI. < < butadi atadi VII. t i citadi bitadi VIII. 1 1 katadi tutadi VERBS. 8l IV Tu, to be (Habitual). Present Tense — I am, etc. Affirmative. Negative. Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. I. I St p. ntu tutu citu katutu 2nd p. utu nutu kutu kanutu 3rd p. utu batu katu kabatu II. i utu itu kautu kaitu III. i utu itu katu kaitu IV. € lutu itu kalutu kaitu V. t ditu atu kaditu kAtu VI. t butu atu kabutu kAtu VII. i i citu bitu kacitu kabitu VIII. 1 i katu tutu kakatu katutu V. Negative I, not to be. Present Tense— T am not, etc. Singular. Plural. I. ist p. ci katui 2nd p. kui kanul 3rd p. kai kabai II. ‘ ‘ kawi kayi III. “ kai kayl IV. “ kalui kayi V. ‘ ' kadi k&i VI. “ kabui k^i VII. “ kaci kabi VIII. kakai katui B. Paradigm of Regular Verb Suma, to bite. I. Imperative Mood. Present Tense — Bite thou, etc. Affirmative Negative Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. 2nd p. suma sumi kusumi kanusuml II. Infinitive Mood. Present Tense — To bite. kusuma. 82 VERBS. III. Participles (a) Active, Present Tense — Biting. Past Tense — Having bitten. Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. I. ist p. nsuma tusuma musume basume 2nd p. usuma nusuma musume basume 3rd p. usuma basuma musume basume II. “ usuma isuma musume misume III. “ usuma isuma musume misume IV. “ lusuma isuma lusume misume V. “ disuma asuma disume masume VI. “ busuma asuma busume masume VII. “ cisuma bisuma cisume bisume VIII. “ kasuma tusuma kasume tusume {b) P a s s : i V e . Past Tense— -Bitten. Singular. Plural. I. ist p, musuma basuma . 2nd p. musuma basuma 3rd p. musuma basuma II. ‘ ‘ musuma misuma III. “ musuma misuma IV. “ lusuma misuma V. “ disuma masuma VI. “ busuma masuma VII. “ cisuma bisuma VIII. “ kasuma tusuma IV, Indicative Mood. (a) Present Progressiv Tens — / am biting, etc. Affirmative. Singular. Plural. I. ist p. ndi nsuma tudi tusuma 2ndp. udi usuma nudi nusuma 3rd p. udi usuma badi basuma II. “ udi usuma idi isuma III. “ udi usuma idi isuma IV. “ ludi lusuma idi isuma V. " didi disuma adi asuma VI. " budi busuma adi asuma VII. cidi cisuma bidi bisuma VIII. kadi kasuma tudi tusuma VERBS. 83 Negative. Singular. Plural. I. ist p. Ciena nsuma katuena tusuma 2ndp. kuena usuma kanuena nusuma 3rd p. kena usuma kabena basuma II. “ kawena usuma kayena isuma III. “ k na usuma kayena isuma IV. “ kaluena lusuma kayena isuma V. “ kadiena disuma kena asuma VI. “ kabuena busuma kena asuma VII. " kaciena cisuma kabiena bisuma VIII. ** kakena kasuma katuena tusuma ib) Present Perfect Progressive Tense— -I have bitten, etc. Affirmative. Singular. Plural. I. ist p. ndi musume tudi basume 2ndp. udi musume nudi basume 3rd p. udi musume badi basume II. “ udi musume idi misume III. “ udi musume idi misume IV. “ ludi lusume idi misume V. “ didi disume adi masume VI. “ budi busume adi masume VII. “ cidi cisume bidi bisume VIII. ** kadi kasume tudi tusume Negative. Singular. Plural. I. ist p. ciena musume katuena basume 2ndp. kuena musume kanuena basume 3rd p. kena musume kabena basume II. “ kawena musume kayena misume III. ‘‘ kena musume kayena misume IV. “ kaluena lusume kayena misume V. '* kadle a disume kena masume VI- “ kabuena busume kena masume VII. “ kaciena cisume kabiena bisume VIII. “ kakena kasume katuena tusume 84 VERBS, (c) First Present Actual — I am now biting, etc. Affirmative. I. ist p. 2nd p. 3rd p. II. “ III. “ IV. “ V. “ VI. VII. “ VIII. “ Singular, ncidi nsuma ucidi usuma ucidi usuma ucidi usuma ucidi usuma lucidi lusuma dicidi disuma bucidi busuma cicidi cisuma kacidi kasuma Negative. I. II. III. IV. V. VI. VII. VIII. Singular. 1st p. cicena nsuma 2nd p. kucena usuma 3rd p. kacena usuma “ kaucena usuma kacena usuma kalucena lusuma “ kadicena disuma “ kabucena busuma “ kacicena cisuma kakacena kasuma Plural. tucidi tusuma nucidi nusuma bacidi basuma icidi isuma icidi isuma icidi isuma acldi asuma acidi asuma bicidi bisuma tucidi tusuma Plural. katucena tusuma kanucena nusuma kabacena basuma kaicena isuma kaicena isuma kaicena isuma kacena asuma kacena asuma kabicena bisuma katucena tusuma {d) Second Present Actual — I am biting, etc. Affirmative. Negative. Singular. Plural. I. ist p. nsumasuma tusumasuma 2ndp. usumasuma nusumasuma 3rd p. usumasuma basumasuma II. III. “ usumasuma usumasuma isumasuma isumasuma Use neg. of Present Pro- gressive. § 318 B IV (a). IV. lusumasuma isumasuma V. “ disumasuma asumasuma VI. “ busumasuma asumasuma VII. “ cisumasuma bisumasuma VIII. “ kasumasuma tusumasuma VERBS, 85 (e) Present Habitual — / bile, etc. Affirmative. Singular. Plural. I. ist p. ntu ngasuma tutu tuasuma 2ndp. utu wasuma nutu nuasuma 3rd p. utu wasuma batu basuma II. “ utu wasuma itu yasuma III. ‘ ‘ utu wasuma itu yasuma IV. “ lutu luasuma itu yasuma V. " ditu diasuma atu asuma VI. “ butu buasuma atu asuma VII. citu ciasuma bitu biasuma VIII. “ katu kasuma tutu tuasuma Negative. I. II. III. IV. V. VI. VII. VIII. Singular. ist p. citu ngasuma 2nd p. kutu wasuma 3rd p. katu wasuma “ kautu wasuma “ katu wasuma *• kalutu luasuma “ kaditu diasuma kabutu buasuma “ kacitu ciasuma kakatu kasuma Plural. katutu tuasuma kanutu nuasuma kabatu basuma kaitu yasuma kaitu yasuma kaitu yasuma katu asuma katu asuma kabitu biasuma katutu tuasuma (/) Past Indefinite — I bit, etc. Affirmative. Negative. Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. I. ist p. nakusuma tuakusuma ciakusuma katuakusuma 2nd p. wakusuma nuakusuma kuakusuma kanuakusuma 3rd p. wakusuma bakusuma kakusuma kabakusuma II. “ wakusuma yakusuma kawakusuma kayakusuma Ill “ wakusuma yakusuma kakusuma kayakusuma IV. “ luakusuma yakusuma kaluakusuma kayakusuma V. “ diakusuma akusuma kadiakusuma kakusuma VI. “ buakusuma akusuma kabuakusuma kakusuma VII. “ ciakusuma biakusuma kaciakusuma kabiakusuma VIII. “ kakusuma tuakusuma kakakusuma katuakusuma 86 VERBS. (g) Past Perfect — I had bitten, etc. Affirmative. Negative. Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. I. ist p. nakasuma tuakasuma ciakasuma katuakasuma 2ndp. wakasuma nuakasuma kuakasuma kanuakasuma 3rd p. wakasuma bakasuma kakasuma kabakasuma II. “ wakasuma yakasuma kawakasuma kayakasuma III. " wakasuma yakasuma kakasuma kayakasuma IV. “ luakasuma yakasuma kaluakasuma kayakasuma V. “ diakasuma akasuma kadiakasuma kakasuma VI. “ buakasuma akasuma kabuakasuma kakasuma VII. “ ciakasuma biakasuma kaciakasuma kabiakasuma VIII. '• kakasuma tuakasuma kakakasuma katuakasuma {h) Past Progressive — I was biting, etc. Affirmative. I. ist p, 2nd p. 3rd p. II. “ III. •' IV. “ V. “ VI. “ VII. “ VIII. “ Singular nakadi nsuma wakadi usuma wakadi usuma wakadi usuma wakadi usuma luakadi lusuma diakadi disuma buakadi busuma ciakadi cisuma kakadi kasuma Plural. tuakadi tusuma nuakadi nusuma bakadi basuma yakadi isuma yakadi isuma yakadi isuma akadi asuma akadi asuma biakadi bisuma tuakadi tusuma Negative. Singular. I. ist p. ciakadi nsuma 2nd p. kuakadi usuma 3rd p. kakadi usuma II. “ kawakadi usuma III. “ kakadi usuma IV. “ kaluakadl lusuma V. “ kadiakadi disuma VI. “ kabuakadi busuma VII. “ kaciakadi cisuma VIII. “ kakakadi kasuma Plural. katuakadi tusuma kanuakadi nusuma kabakadi basuma kayakadi isuma kayakadi isuma kayakadi isuma kakadi asuma kakadi asuma kabiakadi bisuma katuakadi tusuma VERBS. 87 (i) Past Perfect Progressive — I had been biting, etc. I. I St Affirmative. Singular. p. nakadi musume Plural. tuakadi basume II. 2nd p. .vakadi musume 3rd p. wakadi musume • ‘ Avakadi musume nuakadi basume bakadi basume yakadi misume III. i wakadi musume yakadi misume IV. i 1 luakadi lusume yakadi misume V. i diakadi disume akadi masume VI. % ( buakadi busume akadl masume VII i 1 ciakadi cisume biakadi bisume VIII. i i kakadi kasume tuakadi tusume I. I St Negative. Singular. p. ciakadi musume Plural. katuakadi basume II. 2ndp. kuakadi musume 3rd p. kakadi musume “ kawakadi musume kanuakadi basume kabakadi basume kayakadi misume III. i i kakadi musume kayakadi misume IV. i t kaluakadi lusume kayakadi misume V. ( ( kadiakadi disume kakadi masume VI. C t kabuakadi busume kakadi masume VII. t t kaciakadi cisume kabiakadi bisume VIII. i t kakakadi kasume katuakadi tusume (7) Present Repetitive — 7 keep biting and biting, etc. Affirmative. Singular. Plural. I. ist p. nsuma nsuma tusuma tusuma 2nd p. usuma usuma nusuma nusuma 3rd p. usuma usuma basuma basuma II. “ usuma usuma isuma isuma III. “ usuma usuma Isuma isuma IV. “ lusuma iusuma isuma isuma V. “ disuma disuma asuma asuma VI. “ busuma busuma asuma asuma VII. “ cisuma cisuma bisuma bisuma VIII. “ kasuma kasuma tusuma tusuma Negative. Use neg. o f Present Pro- gressive. § 318 B IV {a). 88 VERBS. {k) Past Repetitive — / kept biting and biting, ^ etc. Affirmative. Negative. Singular Plural. I. ist p. ngasiuna ngasunia tuasuma tuasuma 2nd p. wasuma wasuraa nuasuma nuasuma 3rd p. wasuma wasuma basuma basuma Use generally II. “ wasuma wasuma yasuma yasuma neg. of Pres. III. “ wasuma wasuma yasuma yasuma Perf. Pro- IV. “ luasuma luasuma yasuma yasuma gressive. V. “ diasuma diasuma asuma asuma § 318 B IV VI. “ buasuma buasuma , asuma asuma ih). VII. “ ciasuma ciasuma biasuma biasuma VIII. ** kasuma kasuma tuasuma tuasuma (/) Future— ■7 shall bite, etc. Affirmative. Negative. Singular. Plural. I ist p nensume netusume 2nd p. neusume nenusume II. III. IV. V. 3rd p. neasume “ neusume “ neasume “ nelusume “ nedlsume nebasume neisume nelsume neisume neasume Use neg. 0 f Pres. Pro- gressive. § 318 B IV (a). VI. “ nebusume neasume VII. “ necisume nebisume VIII. “ nekasume netusume (w) Future Imminent — 7 am about to bite. Affirmative. Negative, Singular. Plural. I. ist p. ntadi wakusuma tutadi bakusuma 2nd p. utadi wakusuma nutadi bakusuma 3rd p. utadi wakusuraa batadi bakusuma II. “ utadi wakusuma itadi yakusuma III. “ utadi wakusuma itadi yakusuma IV. “ lutadi luakusuma itadi yakusuma V. “ ditadi diakusuma atadi akusuma VI. “ butadi buakusuma atadi akusuma VII. citadi ciakusuma bitadi biakusuma VIII. “ katadi kakusuma tutadi tuakusuma Use neg. o f Pres. Pro- gressive. § 318 B IV (a). VERBS, 89 (n) Present Imminent — I am just about to bite, etc. Affirmative. Negative. Singular. Plural. I. I St p. ntadi nsuma tutadi tusuma 2nd p. utadi usuma nutadi nusuma IL III. 3rd p. utadi usuma “ utadi usuma “ utadi usuma batadi basuma itadi isuma itadi isuma Use neg. 0 f Pres. Pro- gressive. § 318 B IV (a). IV. “ lutadiTusuma itadi isuma V. ‘‘ ditadi dismna atadi asuma VI. “ butadi busuma atadi asuma VII. “ citadi cisuma bitadi bisuma VIII. “ katadi kasuma tutadi tusuma V. Subjunctive Mood. Present Tense — (//) I bite, etc.* Affirmative. Singular. [Plural. I. ist p. nasuma tuasuma 2nd p. wasuma nuasuma 3rd p. wasuma basuma II. ‘ ‘ wasuma yasuma III. ‘ ‘ wasuma yasuma IV. ‘ ‘ luasuma yasuma V. “ diasuma asuma VI. “ buasuma asuma VII. ‘ ‘ ciasuma biasuma VIII. “ kasuma tuasuma Negative. Singular. Plural. I. Ist p. nyikala ci musume tuikala katui basume 2nd p. wikala kui musume nuikala kanui basume 3rd p. wikala kai musume bikala kabai basume II. ' ‘ wikala kawi musume yikala kayi misume III. “ wikala kai musume yikaia kayi misume IV. “ luikala kalui lusume yikala kayi misume V. ** dikala kadi disume ikala kai masume VI. “ buikala kabui busume ikala kai masume VII. “ ctkd,la kaci cisume bikala kab! bisum e VIII. “ kikala kakai kasume tuikala katui tusume * Though the Pres. Subiunctive forms are nearly always found with the sub- |j ordinating prefixes bi. ha. when etc., with the consequent pronominal I suffixes in all .^rd person forms, yet the pronominal prefixes are used in the j paradigm. Compare § 306 (c) Rems, i and 2. 90 VERBS. Past Tense — / would have bitten ^ etc. Affirmative. Singular. I. ist p. nakadi kusuma 2nd p. wakadi kusuma 3rd p. wakadi kusuma Plural. tuakadi kusuma nuakadi kusuma bakadi kusuma II. “ wakadi kusuma yakadi kusuma III. “ wakadi kusuma yakadi kusuma IV. “ luakadi kusuma yakadi kusuma V. “ diakadi kusuma akadi kusuma VI. “ buakadi kusuma akadi kusuma VIL “ ciakadi kusuma biakadi kusuma VIII. “ kakadi kusuma tuakadi kusuma Negative. Singular. I. ist p. ciakadi kusuma 2nd p. kuakadi kusuma 3rd p. kakadi kusuma II. “ kawakadi kusuma III. “ kakadi kusuma IV. “ kaluakadi kusuma V. “ kadiakadi kusuma VI. “ kabuakadi kusuma VII. “ kaciakadi kusuma VIII. “ kakakadi kusuma Plural. katuakadi kusuma kanuakadi kusuma kabakadi kusuma kayakadi kusuma kayakadi kusuma kayakadi kusuma kakadi kusuma kakadi kusuma kabiakadi kusuma katuakadi kusuma VI. Pur por live Mood. Present Tense — That I may bite, etc. Affirmative. Negative. Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. I. ist p. nsume tusume cisume katusume 2nd p. usume nusume kusume kanusume 3rd p. asume basume kasume kabasume II. “ usume isume kausume kaisume III. “ asume isume kasume kaisume IV. “ lusume isume kalusume kaisume V. “ disume asume kadisume kasume VI. “ busume asume kabusume kasume VTI. “ cisume b isume kacisume kabisume VIII “ kasume tusume kakasume katusume LOCATIVES WITH VERBS. 91 VII. The Peculiar Negatives. (a) The Munyi Negative — Why don't I bite?, etc. Singular. Plural. I. ist p. cisumi katusumi 2 nd p. kusumi kanusumi 3 rd p. kasumi kabasumi II. “ kausumi kaisumi III. “ kasumi kaisumi IV. “ kalusuml kaisumi V. “ kadisumi kasumi VI. “ kabusumi kd.sumi VII. “ kacisumi kabisumi VIII. “ kakasumi katusumi (&) The Ci Negative — Why don't I bite?, etc. Singular. Plural. I. ist p. cicisumi katucisumi 2 nd p. kucisumi kanucisumi 3 rd p. kacisumi kabacisumi II. “ kaucisumi kaicisumi III. “ kacisumi kaicisumi IV. “ kalucisumi kaicisumi V. “ kadicisumi kacisumi VI. “ kabucisumi kacisumi VII. “ kacicisumi kabicisumi VIII. “ kakacisumi katucisumi LOCATIVES WITH VERBS. 319. The locatives, mu and ku and ha, when inflected with the verb, need careful study, for they are of frequent occurrence. The locatives may be either suffixed or prefixed directly to the verb. I. The Locatives Suffixed. 320. The locatives are suffixed directly to verbs, affirmative and negative, when there is the idea of place expressed or understood in the sentence. In such cases the locative is to be translated by in it, in them, at it, at them, on it, on them, thither, within, without, hence, thence, hither, etc. Rzm. I. The locative word to be employed depends upon the loca- tive expressed or understood in the course of the conversation. 92 LOCATIVES WITH VERBS. Rem. 2. In compound tenses the locatives are suffixed to the par- ticiple rather than to the auxiliary. Rem. 3. Observe that hu is preferred to ha as the suffixed form. Examples of locative suffixed: Xdimu, 1 am in {it); ndiku, I am at {it)i ndihu, I am on {it). Cifulu cidi ha mesa? cidihu, is the hat on the table? it is on {it). Wakuxikama mu nsubu? nakuxikamamu, did you sit in the house? I sat in {it). Wakayaku, he has gone to it {thither). Lua ne cisuka, ng:elemu [§ 312 (a)] bintu, bring the basket in order that I may put the things in it. Kenaku, he is not here, or is not there. II. Locatives Prefixed. 321 . The locatives are prefixed to the finite parts of the verb, not to participles or infinitives. They are thus used in many kinds of subordinate clauses expressing place, especially in indirect questions and in relative clauses which in English are introduced by where, whither, whence, whereon, wherein, etc., in which the antecedent with its governing locative is unexpressed, but understood. Cf. § 169, Rem. \di munya kuakukulukeye, I know where he fell. Kena mumunye hanakuya, he does not know where I went. Undexe hakucitekeye, show me where he put it (cifulu, hat). Ciena mumunye mudiye, I don't know in what (e.g., house) he is. Wakumona hadi bakuxi badima? have you seen where' the wcnnen are working ? Tumbele tuakadi muakulaleye, the peanuts were {in the house) in which he slept. Rem. I. Note the following use with ne, whether, if. Ya uk6ba ne mudi bixi, go and see if there are any insects in {it), lit. go and see whether therein are insects. Rem. 2. We have a somewhat similar construction with the infini- tive, but the locative in such cases preceded the -a, meaning to or for. Cf. § 239 {b), Rem. i. Ciena ne mua kutekela bintu biinyl, I have no place in which to put my things. Rem. 3. In all cases where the locatives are used with the finite parts of the verb, the subject, if third person, is the pronominal suflhx. Cf. § 124 (a). Rem. 4. The locatives are prefixed to the auxiliary in compound tenses, not to the participle as in the case of the locative suflSx. Cf. § 320, Rem. 2. DERIVATIVE VERBS AND NOUNS. 93 Rem. 5. It is of importance to distinguish when to use the locative suflSxed and when the locative prefixed. As a general rule the former are translated by the simple phrases in it, in them, etc., whereas the latter are translated by where, whither, wherein, whereon, etc., in sub ordinate clauses with the antecedent omitted. Rem. 6. The locative word to be employed depends upon the loca- tive expressed or understood in the course of the conversation. Rem. 7. The above use of the locative prefixes in subordinate clauses is not to be confounded with the locatives prefixed in simple sentences (§ 1 15), or with the relative clause when locative and antecedent are expressed, though the principle is the same in all. Rem. 8. The locative prefixed construction is used in direct ques- tions with the verb di, to he. § 381. Wakuya kudi kunyi ? where has he gone? lit. he has gone to it is where? Rem. 9. As w’e have seen under § 106 (c) (i), the locatives do not stand immediately before the disjunctive personal pronouns of class I and the sing, of class III. In these cases we have the locative pre- fixed construction with some verb meaning to he. In fact we often find this construction not only with the pronoun, as above mentioned, but also with nouns, where in English the simple preposition with the pronoun or noun would be used; as, lua kundi, come to me, i.e., where I am\ ya kudiye, go to him, i.e., where he is] ya kudi mamu*ebi, go to your mother. DERIVATIVE VERBS AND NOUNS. 322 . The Buluba-Lulua language is very rich in derived verbs and nouns, and these add much to the flexibility and precision of ex- pression. As a general rule, we may say that the agglutinative process is the principle on which the majority of such derivatives are made. Naturally such words occupy a large and an important place in the language. One w'ould suppose that, having stated the general laws governing the formation and meaning of the various derivatives, only the root w'ord need be introduced in the Vocabulary, but often the derived form comes to have a special meaning w’hich demands for it a place in the Vocabulary. On the other hand certain English words have as their equivalents some of the derived forms, and these must of necessity be introduced. But these derived forms have not been put into the Vocabulary except when necessity seemed to demand it, other- wise the number of words would be almost indefinitely large. 94 DERIVATIVE VERBS AND NOUNS. I. Derivative Verbs. 323. Nearly every simple verb root in the language may have one or more derivative forms which modify in various ways the root idea. This modification is made by means of certain suffixes, whereas, in English, such modifications are made by pre-fixes, for the most part. Thus, in English, we say make, remake, unmake', form, reform, trans- form, conform', etc. In the Buluba-Lulua we have, for example, from the root sanga, to put together, some such derived forms as sangila, sangixa, sangakana, sangakanya, sangangana, sanguluka, etc. 324. Of course not every verb root can have, as a fact, all the de- rived forms, for often the root meaning would preclude it. 325. All of these derived frrms are, in every sense, verbs, and they take the usual pronominal prefixes, suffixes and infixes, and have all the usual verbal adjuncts. 1 326. Sometimes we may find two or more suffixes at the same time, \ added to the same root, thus still farther modifying the meaning. 327. Some verbs are simple roots, though they have apparently a derived form. On the other hand some verbs evidently have a de- rived form but have lost the derivative signification. Applied Forms. 328. What is called the Applied Form of the verb is obtained by changing the final vowel of the root to ila or ela or ina or yina, in ac- cordance with certain rules which will be stated later. The resulting form expresses the idea of advantage or disadvantage to the person or thing affected; or it may in a general way denote an action done to some object or done on behalf of some object or because of some person or thing, and hence can generally be translated into English by to, for, against, etc. banda, to climb, gives bandila, to climb for {one)', * ‘ iba, to steal, gives ibila, to steal for {one)’, songa, to carve, gives songela, to carve for {one)', tuma, to send, gives tumina, to send to {one)’, suna, to fetch water, gives sunyina, to fetch water for {one). Rem. I. The Applied Form is often used where in English we find a prepositional phrase indicating instrument or purpose, and hence . is sometimes to be translated by with or for or other appropriate prepo- sitions. This same form has an extensive use in asking the question why? what for? etc. § 420. * Observe that the simple roots are translated as infinitives. DERIVATIVE VERBS AND NOUNS. 95 L'di uyila ku Ibanj cinyi? why are you going to Ihanj? ■ Wakfidila makela cinyi? jor what reason did you buy the eggs? Ndi nk^ba iuvu lua mbua kudila, I am looking jor a trough jor the dog to eat out oj. Rem. 2. Often these Applied Forms can scarcely be translated into English. Yila (from ya, to go) eku, go around this way. 329. The rules for the formation of the Applied Forms are as follows: (a) Ila is used when the last vowel of the root (not counting the changeable final a) is a, a, i, i, u, u, or a monosyllabic stem like ya, to go. § 26. banda, to climb, gives bandila, to climb jor) t^ha, to cut, gives t^hila, to cut jor-, iba, to steal, gives ibila, to steal jor) xiha, to kill, gives xihila, to kill jor) sumba, to buy, gives sumbila, to buy jor) Ibuka, to build, gives ibukila, to build jor) ya, to go, gives yila, to go jor. Note. Sometimes the roots in I give ela; hence we may from the root xiha have both xihila and xlhela. {b) Ela is used when the last vowel of the root (not counting the changeable final a) is e, 6 or o. § 26. - teka, to put, gives tekela, to put jor) kgba, to search jor, gives k^bela, to search jor jor) lomba, to beg, gives lombela, to beg jor. (c) Ina or ena is used when the last syllable of the verb has m or the double consonant ny. § 15 (b) (i), Rem. tuma, to send, gives tumina, to send jor) abanya, to divide up, gives abanyina, to divide up jor) k^ma, to wonder, gives kemena, to wonder jor. Rem. The Applied Form of xima, to tell jalsehood, is ximinyina, to tell jalsehood on. {d) Tina or yena is used when the stem of the verb ends in na. § 34 (<2), Rem. suna, to bring water, gives sunyina, to bring water jor. {e) When the last syllable of the unchanged root is a diphthong, the second letter of the diphthong generally determines the suffix in accordance with the rules above given. hueka, to go down, gives huekela, to go down jor) buika, to shut, gives buikila, to shut jor. 96 DERIVATIVE VERBS AND NOUNS. (/) When the final a is itself part of a diphthong, ua or ia, the form in 11a is used. dia, to eat, gives dila, to eat for; fua, to die, gives fuila, to die for. 330. It has been already noted (§ 326) that sometimes two or more suffi.xes may be added to the same root at the same time. Here it must be observed that certain irregularities occur when the Applied Forms are added to verbs already having the derivative suffixes -akana, -angana, -una and -ula. The other suffixes add ila, ela, etc., regu- larly. (a) Verbs in -akana give -akena; hence endakana, to walk about, gives endakena, to walk about for. Cf. § 339. (b) Verbs in -angana give -ilangana, -elangana, -inangana, -enangana, -yinangana, -yenangana; in other words, angana is simply added to the regular Applied Forms. Hence tahangana, to strike each other, gives t^hilangana, to strike each other for; henda, to offend, gives hendelangana, to offend each other for, abanya, to divide up, gives abanyinangana, to divide up among each other for. (c) Verbs in -una give -ulna. § 341. andamuna, to turn over, gives andamuina, to turn over for. {d) Verbs in -ula give -uila. § 341. cibula, to break, gives cibuila, to break for. 331. Further observation may lead to the discovery of other methods of forming the Applied derivatives, but the great majority of verbs will be found to come under one or the other of the above rules. 332. The Applied Forms are generally regarded as transitive, taking a direct and an indirect object, but sometimes we find only the indirect object. Note that the indirect object immediately follows the verb. Wakusunyina Malendola mi, she has brought water for Malen- dola. Wakatufuila, he died for us. Causative Forms. 333. The Causative Form of the verb is obtained by changing the final vowel of the root to Ixa, exa, uxa or yixa, in accordance with rules which will be given later. The resulting form is always a transi- tive verb which signifies making or causing a person or thing to do or be the thing implied in the original verb root. banda, to go up, gives bandixa, to cause to go up, i.e., to raise; flka, to be black, gives flkixa. to cause to be black, i.e., to blacken. DERIVATIVE VERBS AND NOUNS. 9 ^ 334 . The rules for the formation of the Causative Forms are as follows; (a) Ixa is used when the last vowel of the root (not counting the changeable final a) is a, &, i, i, u or u. § 26. banda, io go up, gives bandixa, to cause to go up, to raise] taha, to cut, gives tihixa, to cause to cut, flka, to be black, gives flkixa, to cause to become black, to blacken] tuta, to come back, gives tucixa, to cause to come back (§ 30); ibuka, to build, gives ibukixa, to cause to build. (b) Exa is used when the last vowel of the root (not counting the changeable final a) is e, e or o, § 26. teka, to put, gives tekexa, to cause to put] k^ba, to search jor, gives kebexa, to cause to look for] lomba, to beg, gives lombexa, to cause to beg. (c) Uxa is generally used when the form to be made causative ends in ula. § 26, Rem. ula, to be full, gives uxa, to cause to be full, i.e., to fill. (d) Yixa is used when the stem of the verb ends in na. Cf. § 34 (a), Rem. cina, to fear, gives cinyixa, to cause to fear, i.e., to frighten. (e) When the last syllable of the unchanged root is a diphthong, the second letter of the diphthong generally determines the suffix in ac- cordance with the rules above given. hueka, to go down, gives huekexa, to cause to go down] buika, to shut, gives buikixa, to cause to shut. (/) When the final a is itself part of a diphthong, ua or la, the form in Ixa is used. dia, to eat, gives dixa, to cause to eat, i.e., to feed] hua, to be completed, gives huixa, to complete. 335 . Just as other derivative forms are sometimes given the Applied Form, in the same way we fi/fjl that other derivative forms may, as occasion demands, take the Causative Form. Here we must note a few peculiarities; (a) The Cusative Form is made Applied or Reciprocal by adding the regular Applied or Reciprocal suffixes, bandixa gives bandixila, munyixa gives munyixangana 98 DERIVATIVE VERBS AND NOUNS. (b) Verbs in -akana (§ 339) change this to -aku\a or -akanya. tanibakana, to go back and forth, gives tambakuxa or tamba- kanya, to cause to go back and forth. Rem. The form in -akuxa is Buluba, that in -akanya is Lulua. (c) Verbs in -uka give -uxa, those in -uka give -uxa, those in -adika give -adixa. dimuka, to he informed, gives dimuxa, to inform', tangaluka, to scatter (intr.), gives tangaluxa, to scatter (trans.); tangadika, to scatter (intr.), gives tangadixa, to scatter (trans.). {d) There are a number of other forms which have some peculiari- ties in the formation of the Causative or transitive construction. We have words in -ala (-ala) having the Causative in -axa (-axa); some words in -ela take Causative in -exa; some words take -ikixa; some take -ika; some in -oboko have -oboxa; some in -akala give -aktixa. sangala, to amend, gives sangaxa, to cause to amend', buela, to go in, gives buexa, to cause to go in', sela, to move sidewise, gives sexa, to cause to move sidewise', fuana, to be alike, gives fuanyiklxa, to cause to he alike [§ 34 (a), Rem.]; lala, to lie down, gives ladika, to cause to lie down', vuala, to put on one's clothes, gives vuadika, to clothe', xikama, to sit down, gives xikika, to seat {one)', nyongoboka, to he crooked, gives nyongoboxa, to cause to be crooked', zakala, to tremble, gives zakuxa, to cause to tremble. Rem. There are a few other peculiar forms, but the great majority of the verbs make the'Causative in one or the other of the ways in- dicated above. 336 . It will be observed that the vowel assimilations for the Causa- tive Forms are almost the same as those for the Applied. Note, how- ever, that the forms with m and ny take ixa or exa, depending upon the vowel of the root rather than upon the presence of m or ny. § 329 (c) . turn a, to send, gives turn ixa, to cause to send', abanya, to divide up, gives abanyixa, to cause to divide up. ( 337 . It is important to note that the Causative Form of the verb is extensively used to express the English idea of to help to do, to aid in doing, etc. In this case the person or thing helped comes imme- 1 diately after the verb. Wakusunyixa Malendola mi, she helped Malendola to carry the water. DERIVATIVE VERBS AND NOUNS. 99 Ya wibukixe Kasongo nsubu wandi, go and help Kasongo to huild his house. Xakumudimixa, I helped him to work. Bakukombexa Buabu, they helped Buahu to sweep. 338. The Applied Form of the Causative means to ha e something done for or to get something done for; as, from enza, to do, we have enzela, to do for, and enzexa, to help to do, and enzexela, to cause to do for one, i.e., to have done or get done for one. Intensive Forms. 339. The Intensive Form of the verb is formed by changing the final vowel of the root to -akana, which gives to the root the idea of intensity of action or movement, and can generally be translated by hack and forth, over and over again, constantly, etc. Sometimes there is a thought of many doing the same thing, each independently. In many cases the intensive form cannot be translated into English. enda, to go, gives endakana, to go about from place to place; huyakana, to pant; tamba, to go by, gives tambakana, to go back and forth. Rem. I. Verbs in -nia have the Intensive suffix -enena. nema, to be heavy, gives nemenena, to be heavy. Rem. 2. For Applied Form of these verbs in -akana, see § 330 (a). Reciprocal Form. 340. The Reciprocal Form of the verb is obtained by changing the final vowel of the root to -angana, and it conveys the idea that the action of the original word is carried on mutually by two or more persons or things with reference to one another. seka, to laugh, gives sekangana, to laugh at each other; taha, to cut, gives tahangana, to cut each other; munya, to know, gives munyangana, to know each other. Rem. I. Sometimes this suffix -angana is used to express custom or habit; as, mbua udi usumangana, the dog bites. Rem. 2. For Applied Form of these verbs in -angana, see § 330 ih). Active Transitive and Middle Voice Forms. 341. As we have already seen under § 201, a Middle Voice form is obtained by displacing the final a of the root and suffixing -uka (sometimes -ika or -ma). In many verbs having this Middle Voice form, there is also a corresponding Active Transitive Form which is lOO DERIVATIVE VERBS AND NOUNS. obtained by displacing the 6nal a of the root and suffixing -una or -ula. Hence we have Active Transitive. Middle Voice, andaniuna, to turn over, andamuka, to turn over; sabula, to put one across a stream, sabuka, to go across a stream; cibula, to break, cibuka, to break; tula, to pull out, tuka, to come out. Rem. I. A few middle voice forms in -ma have a corresponding transi- tive form in -ka; as, sokoma, to hide {one's self), gives sokoka, to hide (trans.). Rem. 2. For Applied Form of verbs in -una and -ula, see § 330 (c) and {d). 342 , It has been noted (§ 333) that many intransitive and middle voice verbs are made transitive by means of the Causative suffixes. It is sometimes difficult to determine whether some suffixes ought to be classed under Causative Forms or under the active transitive. 343 , A few verbs have a middle voice or intransitive form in -eka (-oka), without any corresponding transitive suffix. ona, to corrupt, gives oneka (onoka), to become corrupt; mona, to see, gives mueneka, to become seen, i.e., to appear. Passive Voice Forms. 344 , As we have seen under § 202 (c), one method of expressing the Passive Voice is by means of the suffix -ibua, which has the regular active forms in conjugation Expansive or Reversive Forms. 345, The Expansive or Reversive Forms are obtained by displacing the final a of the root and suffixing -ulula or -ola or -olola. The resulting form expresses with more or less regularity the idea of ex- pansion, elongation, separation, opening, reversion, etc. Often the thought is expressed in English by the prefix un-. The above-mentioned suffixes, -ulula, -ola and -olola, are active transitive; there are also the corresponding middle voice or intransi- tive forms in -uluka, -oka and -oloka. Cf. § 341. Active Transitive, sangulula, to scatter, abulula, to separate, fululula, to raise to life, ololola, to unfold, sulula, to unfasten, hikula, to redeem Middle Voice, sanguluka, to scatter; abuluka, to separate; fululuka, to arise from death; ololoka, to unfold; suluka, to become unfastened; muhika, a slave). DERIVATIVE VERBS AND NOUNS. lOI Repetitive Forms. 346. These forms are made by using the suffixes -ulula and -ununa, the resulting form having the idea of repetition of the action, amba, to tell, gives ambulula, to tell over and over-, dima, to work, gives dimununa, to work over and over again. 347. There are other verbal suffixes of more or less definite mean- ing, but it hardly seems profitable to introduce more of them here. The most common and important have been mentioned. 348. We must note that some verbs are derived from nouns; as, hikula, to redeem, from muhika, a sla v^ Imn a, to cohabit with, from mulumi, won; etc. II. Derivative Nouns. 349. The more common Derivative Nouns are obtained from other nouns, or from adjectives, or from simple or derived verbs, or from certain prepositional forms. Each of these classes of derived nouns is now taken up. Nouns jrom Other Nouns. 350. The prefix bu- (class VI), used with the root of a noun belong- ing to any other class, conveys the idea of abstract state or condition, and is generally to be translated into English by the suffix -ship or -hood. mukelenge, chief, gives bukelenge, chiejship', muana, child, gives buana, childhood. Rem. It has already been noted that the language of a people is expressed in the same way. § 55 , Rem. i. 351. An ironical word can be made by using the prefixes of class VII and the suffix -ana. cilumiana, a big man, from mulumi, man -, cikuxiana, a big woman, from mukuxi, woman. 352. Words indicating worthlessness or iiicongruousness may be made by using the prefixes of class VII and doubling the root of the word. See § 356 (^). 353. When the speaker does not care to bother with mentioning the name of the person or thing, or if he has forgotten the name, an indefinite reference may be made by suffixing -ana; as, mulumiana, a man whose name has been forgotten, or whose name you don't care to bother with mentioning-, mukuxiana, a woman whose name, etc. 102 DERIVATIVE VERBS AND NOUNS. Rem. The words muntinyi (from muntu, person, or cintu, thing) and kampa da (class I) have the same meaning as mulumiana, etc. These words have an adjective force and may take the prefix of the class of the noun referred to. Hence we have, according to class, muntinyi, J antinyi, cintinyi, luntinyi, etc.; also bakampanda, cikampanda, etc. Nouns from Adjectives and Numerals. 354. The abstract idea of the adjective is expressed by prefixing i bu- (class VI) to the root of the adjective. toke, white, gives butoke, whiteness’, nine, large, gives bunine, largeness. Rem. The same form is used with numerals to express entirety. § 95 (a). Butanu buabo bakuya, all -five of them went. 355. The expressions how often and how many times are made by prefixing ciaka- (sing.) and biaka- (pi.) to the numerals. § 95 (&). ciakabidi, second time’, biakabidi, two times, twice. Rem. Note also diakamue, ciahamue and diacimue. § 95 ( 6 ), Rems. I and 2. Nouns from Verbs. 356. We find several forms of noun derivatives from verbs: (a) The agent *or performer of an act is expressed by changing the final a of the verb root to 1 and using the prefixes of class I. muibi, a thief, from iba, to steal’, mutudi, a blacksmith, from tula, to forge’, musungidi, a savior, from sungila, to save. Rem. In the same way the noun denoting the sufferer of the action, the noun denoting the one who causes the action, the noun denoting the one who acts for another, may be obtained from the Passive, the Causative and the Applied Forms of the verb respectively. The same is true of the other verbal derivatives. 1 {b) The place where an action is usually performed is expressed by suffixing -ilu (-elu) and prefixing ci- and bi- (class VII) to the root of the verb. Perhaps it would be better to say that the final a , of the Applied Form is changed to u. cibandilu, a stairway, from banda, to go up’, cilambilu, a kitchen, from lamba, to cook’, cixikidilu. destination, from xika, to end. DERIVATIVE VERBS AND NOUNS. 103 (c) The way or manner of doing is expressed by using the prefixes \ of class VII and the Applied Form of the verb with final a changed to i. cienzedi, way of doing, from enza, to do\ cilambidi, way of cooking, from lamba, to cook. Kuena mumunye cilambidi cikuabo ? donH you know another way of cooking ? Rem. Sometimes we find the place and the manner forms used interchangeably; this is doubtless due to differences of dialects. {d) An abstract idea of the verb root may often be expressed by | using the sing, prefix of class IV (lu-), with the final vowel of the root changed generally to u or o. luendu, a journey, from enda, to go, to walk', lulelu, power to give birth, from lela, to give birth', lufu, death, from fua, to die. Rem. I. This derivative form in lu- may often be used to express j habit, ability, persistence or perseverance in an action; as, muntu • wa lulombo, a begging person’, muena lulombo, a beggar-, mulumi eu udi ne luendu, this man has the power to walk much, or he does much going about. Rem. 2. From the verb sua, to love, we have not lusu, as might be expected, but luse, love. (e) We have a few noun derivatives from verbs put into class VI; as, budimi, field, from dima, to cultivate-, bulalu, bed, from lala, to lie down. if) The bad or wrong or careless way of doing anything is expressed ^ by the prefix bu- (class VI) and the suffix -afl (-afl). buluatafi, slovenliness, from luata, to wear-, buelafi, bad aim, from ela, to shoot. {g) The idea of worthlessness or incongruousness is expressed by the prefixes of class VII and the doubling of the root of the word. These derivatives can be made either from nouns or from verbs. See § 352. cilumilumi, a worthless man, from mulumi, wan; cisubusubu, a worthless house, from nsubu, house-, cielele, a no-account knife, from kele, knife-, cianana, a no-account child, from muana, child-, citokatoka, an albino, from toka, to be white-, cilambalamba, bad cooking, from lamba, to cook-, ciakulakula nonsense, gibberish, from akula, to talk', ciendenda, vagrancy, from enda, to walk. 104 DERIVATIVE VERBS AND NOUNS. \ {h) The past active participle of some verbs may be used as nouns, muhote (class I), a fool, from hota, to be foolish. {i) The infinitive of the verb is used as a noun to express the simple abstract idea of the verb root. In this case the infinitive sign ku- furnishes the prefix for the concord. Kudima kudi kutamba kuxikama cinana, to work is better than to sit idle. Nouns from Locative Forms. 357. From the forms kuinyi, kuetu, kuenu, etc., we have by using the prefixes of class 1 a group of nouns meaning my fellow towns- mauy etc. Cf. § 142. mukuetu, our (or my) fellow townsman\ bakuabo, their fellow townsman. Rem. Much like this is mukua, one from the village of. § 87 {d), Rem. 2. 358. From kunxi, down at, we have dikunxi (V), a pillar, post. 359. There is quite a number of words, gotten by the combination of the locative and an inseparable substantive form, which come to have in English the force of a noun, though retaining the prepositional form and construction. Some of the more common are the following: Munda, the inside, the abdomen', kuntaku, at the butt end', kun- kuci, at the center', mundankulu, midnight', hanxi, floor, on the ground', haciacia, daybreak, at the dawning', kumanda, stern, at the lower end', kukala, beach, at the edge. § 423 (2) (b). 360. Reference has already been made to nouns of foreign origin. See § 55, Rem 2, with Notes i and 2. 361. There are some other derived nouns, but it hardly seems profitable to mention more of them here, since the most common have been treated. Great caution must be exercised in presuming from analogy that because certain nouns derived in a certain way have a certain fixed meaning, therefore other nouns formed in a similar way will have a similar meaning. This does not always follow. It seems highly probable that some lexicographers have gone too far in this respect and have brought words into the language which have no place there, because they are not used by the natives. The same caution must be observed in the case of the derived verbs. Let it be ^ ntinually borne in mind that as a general rule the native avoids the complicated derived ADVERBS. loS form, both in nouns and in verbs, and usually throws his sentences into the simplest form both as regards the words and the constructions used. ADVERBS. 363. The Buluba-Lulua language is comparatively poor in regular | ^ adverbs. This lack is supplied for the most part by the use of nouns, 1 j prepositional phrases, locative formations and other idiomatic expres- • i sions. In many cases the adverbial idea is contained in the verb; as, kusa- buka, io go over) kubika, to stand up. Some of the more common English adverbs and adverbial phrases, with the Buluba-Lulua equivalents, are now given. Others cai be gotten from the Vocabulary. I. Adverbs of Place. 363. Here the locatives, mu and ku and ha, play a most important part. They are used separably or inseparably, in connection with nouns and adjectives and certain inseparable words to express these various place relations. The particular locative to be used is deter- mined by the context or the thought in the mind of the speaker. 364. Above, up, upwards, on high, etc.: 1 hlu, mhlu, heulu. The stem in these forms is -ulu which is inseparable. Note heulu instead of haulu. Rem. Note the expression bika hanxi, get up, because ha means either down on or up from. 365. Across, on the other side, Qic.: dixia, a noun belonging to class V. Ya dixia, go across. 366. At the same place, at one place, together, etc.: mumue, kumue, hamuc, from mue, one) kaba kamuc (diminutive of muaba, place)) muomumue, kuokumue, hohamue, from -o-umue(mue), § 96, Rem. 2. 367. Before, in front, forward, etc.: ku mpala, kumudilu (in- separable). Rem. Sometimes the noun forms diambed i nd dibedi are used in this sense. They belong to class / 368. Behind, in the rear, etc.: ku nyima, haxixe (inseparable). 369. Down, downwards, etc.: munxi, ku xi, hanxi, from the inseparable -nxi which in ome diale ts means the ground. (a) Munxi means down under, down in, underneath. {b) Kunxi means down at or down near. (c) Hanxi means down on or simply down. io6 ADVERBS. 370. Elsex L’here, somewhere else, etc.; mukuabo, kukuabo, hakuabo; munga, kunga, hanga. These are from the adjectives kuabo and nga meaning another. 371. Everywhere: kuonso, from the adjective onso, all. Note. Possibly muonso and honso may be used, but they are very rare. 373. Far, jar away, etc.: mule, kule, hale, from the adjective le, long. (a) Mule means jar inside. (b) K le means jar away at (by far the most common of the three forms). (c) Hale means jar away on. 373. Here, h ther, hence, et~.: emu, eku, aha; munemu, kuneku, hanaha; also the emphatic emonstratives with ka; sometimes the Locative Suffixed construction. §§ 163, Note 3, 320. 374. Hither and thither: this idea is perhaps best expressed by means of the Intensive For of the verb having the suffix -akana. § 339 - 375. In, inside, etc.: generally use the simple verb, or mu in Locative Suffixed construction (§ 320); as, buela, go in] buelamu, go in {it). 376. Near: muihi, kuihi, hihi, ha buihi. All these forms are made on the root of the adjective ihi, short. Rem. I. Sometimes we hear hehi instead of hihi. § 23 , Rem. 4 . Rem. 2 . The prepositional phrase near to is expressed by hehi ne. Teka bintu hehi ne nsubu, put the things near to the house. 377. Outside, out, etc.: this is best expressed in most cases by the verbal suffixes -ula and -uka (§§ 341 , 345 ), or by mu in the Locative Suffixed construction. (§ 320 .) Luhuka, go out] luhula bintu, put the things outside] umukamu, get out {oj it). 378. Somewhere: muntu, kuntu, hantu. Rem. I. It will be noted that these words are formed on the same stem as muntu, person, and cintu, thing. Rem. 2 . In the case of a place which you have forgotten or do not care to mention, use the locatives with kampanda or ntinyi. In these cases the preposition is inseparable. § 423 ( 2 ) (a). 379. There, thence: muamua, kuakua, haha; muomuo, kuokuo, hoho; amu, aku, aha. § 163, Notes 3 and 4. Rem. The emphatic forms kamumu, kakuku and kahaha may mean either here or there. 380 . Under, underneath: munxi. Cf. § 369 {a). ADVERBS. 1C7 381 . Where? whence? whither?: kunyi? hanyi? (from the same root as cinyi, § 175, Rem. i). Munyi ? seems to be seldom used. These forms are sometimes used alone, coming at the end of a sen- tence, as is the usual custom with interrogative words, but the m.ost common method is to have them precede it by the Locative Prefixed form of the verb di. to he. The locative prefix is the same for the verb and for the interrogative word. § 321, Rem. 8. Wakuya kud kunyi? where did he go? lit. he has gone to it is where? Udi uxikama hadi hanyi ? where are yon sitting? Note i. We have mentioned above that munyi seems to be seldom used; for it we may have kunyi, even to the extent of having a different locative before the verb di. Udi ubuela mudi kunyi? where are yon going in? Note 2. For where in adverb clauses and in indirect questions we use the Locative Prefixed construction. See §§ 321, 457, 472 (c). 38 ^, It is interesting to note that some of these adverb forms have a substantive use when they are followed by a noun in an adjective prepositional phrase. Ya munxi mua mesa, go under the table, i.e., go to the underneath the table. Ta kulu kua nsubu, go to the top oj the house. Ya dixia dia mi, go across the water. II. Adverbs of Time. 383 . Again: kabidi. § 95 (6), Rem. i. Rem. Kabidi seems to be used almost exclusively when there is no special reference as to the exact number of times. Cf. §§ 394, 395. 384. Ago, long ago, etc.: kale, bangabanga, diambedi. Rem. Long ago, in the sense of not far in the past, is expressed by musangu mule. Nakukubikila musangu mule, munyi kuiu? I called you long ago, why^id yon not come? (Perhaps it was early in the morning and it is now noon.) 385 . Always, ceaselessly, constantly, ever, forever, etc.: matuku onso, ku dituku ku dituku, ku dici ku dici, cendelele, lahalaha, kaxidi, to. See Vocabulary under ceaselessly. (a) The phrases matuku onso and ku dituku ku dituku and ku dici ku dici mean a long time or a long succession of days, used espe- cially with reference to the present or the past. Wakadi ufunda mikanda matuku onso, he was always writing letters. io8 ADVERBS. {b) Cendelele and lahalaha are used with special reference to the future. Wakaya cendelele, he has gone forever, i.e., for good. 386. At the same time, at one time, simultaneously, etc.; ciamumue, ciahamae, diakamue, diaciniue. § 95 {h), Rem. 2 . 387. Before, first: diambedi, dibedi, kuniudilu (inseparable), ku mpala, also the verb dianjila (§ 233 ). 388. Daily: ku dituku ku dituku, ku did ku did. 389. Early (in the morning), soon: dinda, haciacia, lunkelu. Rem. Dinda is a noun belonging to class V; lunkelu belongs to class IV. Haciacia is gotten by doubling the root of the verb da, to break day, and prefixing ha. 390. Evening, afternoon: dilolo, a noun belonging to class V. 391. Frequently: see § 394 . 393. Noon, midday: munda munya. 393. Now, at once, immediately, instantly, etc.: katataka, mpin- deu, diodiono 394. Often, many times, frequently, etc.: use any word meaning times, s ch s misangu (II), bikondo (VII), misunsa (II), followed by -a bungi. Nakumumona misangu ya bungi, I have seen him many times. Rem. The same idea may ofte i be expressed by the Repetitive or Habitual tenses. 395. Once, twice, thrice, etc. (numerical adverbs) : dakamue, dakabidi, etc.; diakamue; kabidi, kasatu, etc. Cf. § 95 {b), Rems. I and 2 . 396. Soon: see §§ 389 and 393 . 397. To-day: lelu. This very day is expressed by lelu eu. 398. To-morrow, yesterday: maloba, makelela. Rem. I. Only the context can determine whether to-morrow or yester- day is meant. Rem. 2. Day after to-morrow is expressed by mailii. 399. To-night: butuku, bufuku. These words belong to class VI. 400. When? diba hanyi? diba ki? dituku ki? ngondo ki? cidimu ki? Rem I. There is no indefinite word for when- use one of the bove phrases according to sense, remembering that diba and dituku are n ) ns belonging to class V, ngondo to class III and cidimu to class VII. Rem. 2. For when in indirect questions, see § 472 {b). ADVERBS. 109 III. Adverbs of Degree and Quantity. 401. As . as. See § 90 (d). 402. How many? how much? See § 41 1, Note i. 403. More — Comparison of Adverbs. The comparative degree of the adverb as well as the superlative is expressed by the verbs tamba and hita, to excel, having thus the same construction as the comparison of adjectives (§ 88). Note the following examples as being the most common construc- tions for comparison of adverbs: Wakuntamba lubilu, he ran jaster than I, lit. he excelled me in haste. Kabata udi utamba Kasongo kunsua, Kabata loves me more than Kasongo. 3Iulumi wakutamba mukuxi kuela muci, the man threw the stick farther than the woman. Mukuxi udi utamba mulumi kulamba bidia, the woman beats the man cooking. 404. Much: the phrase ya bungi seems to be most commonly used in this connection. The adverb little, when used in the same way, is perhaps best expressed by the word kakise. Wakunsua ya bungi, kakise, he loves me much, little. 405. Too: see § 90 {b). 406. Very: see § 90 (c). IV. Adverbs of Manner. 407. Backwards: cianyima. 408. Certainly, truly, truthfully, etc.: bulilela, buinabuina, buala- buala, buxua, buikuxa. All of these W'ords are nouns belonging to class VI. 409. Gently, slowly, patiently, carefully, quietly, feebly, etc.: bite- kete, bitulu. 410. Hastily, in a hurry, quickly, etc.: lubilu, lukusa. These words belong to class IV. 411. How? in what way? munyi? bixi? These words come last in the sentence, as might be expected. Udi ucibula luhanza munyi? how do you open the tin? Note i. Munyi and bixi are also used to modify adjectives or rather the substantive form of the adjective. There is also the adjective form nga. § 178. Nsolo webi udi bunine munyi? how large is your fowl? Udi ne nsolo bungi munyi? how many fowls have you? no ADVERBS. Mici inga? how many sticks? Note 2. For how? in indirect questions, see § 472 (d). 413. So: see Vocabulary. 413. Thus, in this way, so: nunku. Sometimes this word is pro- nounced nenku or nanku. V. Adverbs of Affirmation and Negation. 414. No (negative answer to a question): naxa, buala, nanyi, bi. Rem. I. Sometimes one of these negative words is put for emphasis at the end of a sentence and after the ordinary negative pronominal prefixes. Katuakuhidia bualu bua Nzambi, naxa, we have not rejused God's palaver, no. . Rem. 2. When the question is in negative form, the Baluba and Bena Lulua affirm or deny the truth of the question rather than the fact asked for by the questioner. It is very important to note this difference in idiom between the English and the Buluba-Lulua, for, owing to this difference, confusion and misunderstanding are often produced. Kuakuya lelu? E, didn't you go to-day? No. 415. Not: generally use the negative pronominal prefixes inflected directly with the verb. § 198. Rem. I. The word not when standing before a single word such as a personal pronoun or a noun is expressed by ka; as, ka wewe, not you\ ka tuetu, not we. Note. If, however, the copula is considered as being omitted we have the construction with kan-. § 199. Rem. 2. Naxa is sometimes heard in the sense of either ... or if not .. . then. Usuasua cinyi? Naxa lueho, naxa cilulu, what do you want? (I want) either salt or cloth, i.e., if not salt, then cloth. 416. Yes: e. Wakuya ku Kasenga? E, did you go to Kasenga? Yes. Rem. For negative question, see § 414, Rem. 2. VI. Formation of Adverbs from Adjectives. 417. Adverbs are formed from adjectives by prefixing bi- to the stem of the adjective; as, bimpe, well, from impe, good-, bibi, badly, from bi, had’, bitekete, slowly, from tekete, weak) bikale, strongly^ from kale, strong. ADVERBS. Ill VII. Miscellaneous. 418. Only, just, for nothing, etc.: hatuhu, b6, cinana. Tudi tusomba b6 (or hatuhu, cinana), we are just talking. 419. Therefore, hence, consequently, so, wherefore, etc.: ka, bu- (bualu understood) with Applied Form of verb. 31ulunda winyi udi ubela, ka nakulua, or mulunda winyi udi ubela, bunakuluila, my friend is sick, therefore I have come. 430. Why? what for? etc.: cinyi? cinganyi? munyi? buacinyl? bixi ? bualu ki ? (a) When the question is affirmative we find most commonly the Applied Forms of the verb followed by cinyi ? or cinganyi ? or bixi ? Udi udidiia cinyi? why are you crying? Udi uyila ku musoko cinyi? why are you going to the village? Wakhdila makeia bixi ? why did you buy the eggs ? Rem. The Applied Forms of the verb are not generally used with bua cinyi? and bualu ki? Udi udila bua cinyi (or bualu ki) ? why are you crying? {h) When the question is negative we find most frequently munyi? beginning the sentence, followed by the 3Iunyi Negative. §§ 314, 315. Rem. I. We may sometimes, however, hear in the negative the ordi- nary negative tenses of the Applied Form of the verb followed by cinyi, etc. Kuakuluila cinyi? why did you not come? Rem. 2. When the question is past tense negative we sometimes hear the munyi? with the past tense negative of the auxiliary di, to be, fol- lowed by the infinitive mood (thus making the past subjunctive or an impossible condition). Munyi kuakadi kula makeia? why did you not buy the eggs? Note. Even in these past tense negative forms we generally hear the simple Munyi Negative tense. Munyi kulu? why didnH you come? (c) For why in indirect questions, see § 472 {e). 431. Very, exactly, just, absolutely, etc.: mene. Ya ku musoko lelu mene, go to the village this very day. II2 LOCATIVES AND OTHER PREPOSITIONS. LOCATIVES AND OTHER PREPOSITIONS. 422 , There are few pure prepositional words in the Buluba-Lulua language. Just as in the case*of adverbs (§ 362), this lack is supplied by the use of noun forms and other constructions. Often the prepositional idea is contained in the verb; as, kus^buka mi, lo cross over the water', naki^dila Kasongo lueho, I bought the salt jor Kasongo. The English, owing to its lack of complicated in- flections, is rich in prepositions, and it is of no small importance to know the corresponding equivalents of these in a language strikingly lacking in such forms. Often the idioms in the two languages are entirely different. I. Locatives. 423 . We have often had occasion to refer to the locatives mu, ku and ha. Their construction and use in the sentence are so different, in some respects, from anything found in English that they demand special attention. Since many of these peculiarities have already been treated of under the different headings, as it became necessary, we shall now, in order to refresh the memory, gather up the most important of these uses and refer the reader to the section where fuller treatment will be found, at the same time mentioning such new constructions as need attention. (1) They often have the force of a noun (§ 61) in that they may furnish the concord for succeeding words. This concord is found in the follow- ing cases: (а) With the possessive pronoun forms. §§ 139, 140. (б) With the several demonstrative forms. § 163 and Notes. (c) With verbs as prefix — Locatives Prefixed. §§ 321, 115 and Rems. I and 2, 124 (a), 441 (d), 468, 472 (c). (d) With verbs as a suffix — Locatives Suffixed. § 320. (e) With certain adjectives. § 79. (/) With the preposition -a, of. § 87 (d) and Rem., 87 (e). ig) With relative clauses. § 168 {a). (2) There is a considerable class of nouns in which the ordinary prefix is displaced by the locative words. (a) Some of these we have already noted in the case of such a form as ham’bldi (for ha mubidi), on the body [§ 24 (d)]; also in the forms kuitu (for ku ditu), heku (for ha diku), muisu (for mu disu), § 47, Rem. LOCATIVES AND OTHER PREPOSITIONS. 113 Here might also be mentioned muntu, kuntu, hantu, and the loca- tives with kampanda and ntinyi. § 378 with Rems, i and 2. (b) In the words just mentioned the noun has its ordinary prefix which is only temporarily displaced by the locative, but there is a class of words which seem to have lost entirely the prefix and only the inseparable forms with the locatives are found. Some of these come to have an adverbial force and have been referred to under adverbs. The more common of these are the following (cf. § 359) : Munda, the inside', kunxi, munxi, hanxl (§ 369); kunxikidilu, at the end', munkuci, hankuci, kunkuci, in or at the middle', mfilu, kfilu, heulu (§ 364); kumudilu (§ 367); kumanda, mumanda, at or in the bottom’, kukala, at the edge, the beach', munkulu, in the center\ haciacia, at the dawning] hax'ixe, at the rear] kunyi? and hanyl? (§381); raxinA2in\L\x\\x, at midnight] \Lxintsk.\in, at the butt end. (3) To show that the substantive idea in these locative combinations has been preserved we often have the adjective phrase with -a, of, following them, and that, too, in constructions where in English a simple preposition is used. Hence we do not say munxi mesa, but munxi mua mesa, under the table, lit. the underneath of the table] munkuci mua nsubu, in the center of the house] kftlu kua nsubu, on top of the house] etc. (4) Note the noun forms mukua and mukuetu. §§ 87 {d), Rem. 2, 142. 424 . We shall now consider the special meaning and uses of the three locatives. (1) As a simple preposition mu implies a state«of rest in, or motion into or out of, a place which is enclosed. The following English prepo- sitions and prepositional phrases are usually expressed with more or less certainty by mu: in, in among, among, amongst, in the midst of, inside of, within, along (a path), into, out of, out from, outside of. Wakuenda mu nxila, he went along the path. Umuxa bintu mu nsubu, put the things out of the house. (2) As a simple preposition ku implies motion toward or from a place, or rest at a place. The following English prepositions and prepositional phrases are expressed with more or less certainty by ku: at, by {close to), for, in (at), in (a line), over, around, by (hold by), to, towards, unto, from, away from, for (price), against. Wakuhana nsolo ku cilulu, he sold the fowls for cloth. Wakukuata muana ku diboko, he caught the child by the arm. Wakulua ku musoko, he came from the village. Imiini ku mulongo, stand in a line. (3) As a simple preposition ha implies rest on or upon, or motion 114 LOCATIVES AND OTHER PREPOSITIONS. towards or jrom, a surface. The following English prepositions and prepositional phrases are' expressed with more or less certainty by ha: on, upon^ onto, over, down on, down upon, up jrom, off from. Buikila cilulu ha bintu, put a cloth over the things. Umuxa malonga ha mesa, remove the plates from the table. Bixa bintu ha muxete, lift up the things from the box. Rem. The time relations in and within are expressed by ha. Nendue ha matuku atanu, I shall return within five days. II. Other Prepositions. 425. The preposition -a, of, so far from furnishing any concord for following words, is itself made to concord within the word preced- ing it, whether that word be a simple noun or a locative word or a loca- tive phrase. The uses of -a have been discussed under §§86 and 87, and it is not necessary to repeat them here. 426. The preposition ne is uninflected and expresses the idea of instrument or accompaniment, and is generally expressed in English by with or and. Udl ukosa muci ne muele, he is cutting the stick with a knife. Ya ne Kasongo, go with Kasongo. Rem. I. Recall the peculiar use of the possessive forms with ne instead of the personal pronouns. § 107. Rem. 2 . A most common construction is the use of ne with one of the verbs meaning to be, by which the English to have {to possess) is expressed. Ndl ne nsolo, I have a fowl. Rem. 3 , Note the peculiar phrase muan’abo ne, etc., meaning brother of, sister of, one of same kind, etc. Cf. § 138, Rem. 5. Rem. 4 . It is often difficult to determine whether the ne is to be regarded as a preposition {with) or a conjunction {and). Fortunately it does not make much difference, since the constructions are the same. 427. The word kudi, by, is used with the agent in the passive voice. § 202 (a). 428. The words bu and buina furnish no difficulties in inflection and have the meaning of like, similar to, etc. Cifulu eci cidi bu clacia, this hat is like that one. Rem. Note the combination bu -a. Mubidi wandi wakadi bu wa muntu, his body was like that of a person. 429. Some of the more common remaining English prepositions and prepositional phrases have the following equivalents in the Buluba- Lulua language: LOCATIVES AND OTHER PREPOSITIONS. I15 (a) After, behind, in the rear of, etc.: ku nyima kua. ib) Around: ku or ku nyima kua. Unyengele muoxi ku muci, wind the string around the stick. Udi ucimbakana ku nyima kua nsubu, he is going around the house, (c) Before, in front of, etc. : ku mpala kua, kumudilu kua. Ta ku mp^la kua Rabuya, go before {in front of) Kabuya. {d) Beside, near to, by, etc.: ha buihi ne, hehi ne. Muci udl ha buihi ne (hehi ne) nsubu, the stick is near the house. Lua ha buihi n’inyi, come near to me. § 107. {e) Across, on the other side of: dixia dia, ku nyima kua, dia mua- mua dia (doubtless dixia understood). 31 usoko wandi udi dia muamua dia ml, his village is on the other side of the water. Musoko wandi udi dixia dia mi, his village is on the other side of the water. Muci udi ku nyima kua lumbu, the tree is on the other side of the fence. Rem. Note that the words dixia and nyima are nouns belonging to classes V and III, respectively. (/) On this side of: dia munemu dia, dixia dia munemu dia. Musoko u kulukulu, -a kale, become, vi, kulukuxa, kulumpa. Aggravate, z;/. ( annoy), kuacixaor ufuixa with the word cixi(7); tacixa; flkixa munda; ken- gexa; lambakana; hotela; lobola. (be aggravated), vi., kuata or ufua or unva followed by cixi(7); tata; di ne munda muflke; di ne cixi(7). Ago, adv., long, kale, banga- banga, diambedi. (near, as compared with kale), musangu(2) mule. Agony, w. ( mental), kanyingan- yinga, 8. Agree, z;.(be same or alike), aka- nangana, fuanangana, kele- mene, di with muomumue or -o-umue. (come to same conclusion), use such expressions as di(5) diakuakanangana dimue, di(5) diakuhungakana, hun- guluxa di. (consent), itabuxa. (fit, match), vi., akanangana, akana, dieleka; vt., akuxan- gana, fuanyikixa, kelemexa, akuxa. Agreeable, be, v., to taste, xema- kana, di ne nse (pi. of 3 or 4). Agreement, n., cifufu, 7. make, hunga di(5). Ahead, adv., ku mpala, kumu- dilu. of, ku mpala kua, kumudilu kua. (pass on ahead), v., hita, tamba, dika. Aid, vt., see help. Aim, V., dingila, lama, ludikila, idikixa, elekexa. miss, hanga, ela hanxi. n., good, ndudi, 3. bad, buelafi, 6. Air, w. ( movement of air by fan- ning, wind), luhehele, 4. Ajar, be, vi., unzuluka. set, vt., unzulula. Alarm, ■a/. (frighten), cinyixa, han- dixa or zakuxa followed by mucima(2). give, V., kobola(kubola), ela bila (pi. of cila), bingila. (startle), tabuluxa; vi., tabu- luka. Alarum, n., cila, 7. give, ela bila, bingila, kubola. Albino, n., seka-n uabi (pi. seka- miabi, 2), citokatoka, 7. Alert, be, vi., dimuka. Alike, be, vi., fuanangana, kele- mena, dieleka. (identical), muomume, o-umue. make, fuanyikixa, kelemexa. ALIVE— ANGUISH. 147 Alive, be, vi., di ne muoyo(2). All, ad]., onso. This word takes Secondary Prefixes. * (all of them), buonso(6) followed by possessive pronoun. § 182, Rem. (all day long), dinda to ne dilolo. (all night long), butuku to ne with lunkelu or dinda. (entire), xima. Allow, •y^.(consent), itabuxa. See PERMISSION. Allure, vt., ibidixa, teya, mun- yixa or iyixa followed by bualu bubi. Allurement, n., buteyi, 6. Almanac, n., alamanaka(Eng.), 3. § 55> Rem. 2. Almost, adv., use ph. kaba (dimin. of muaba, place), kabale or kaba kakise with the verb amba, to be about to-, as, nakuamba kuhona kaba ka- bale, / almost jell. The verb amba with infinitives alone often has this idea. Alone, adv. or ad]., ne -ine, see § 80; the indeclinable mene; compound pronominal form nkiyinyi, etc., see § 109. (in a place alone), ha bu- joined with poss. pro. forms, see § 141, Rem. 2. let, vt., lekela. Along, prep., in the path, mu nxila(3). (go along with), vt., fila. with, ne {con].). Already, adv., most often ex- pressed by past tense of the verb. Also, adv., kabidi, ne {con].). Alternate, vi., tompakana, xin- takana; vt., tompakuxa, tompakanya, xintakuxa. Altitude, n., bule, 6. Altogether, adv., use the sub- stantive buonso, 6. Always, adv., see ceaselessly. Amaze, vt., kemexa. (be amazed), vi., kema, bingila, ela bila (pi. of 7), tua cike- ma(8). Amazement, n., cikema, 7. cry of, cila, 7. Ambassador, n., muena(i) mu- kenji(2); muloho, 2. -VMEND, vi., in health, sangala, kusa mubidi(2), sanguluka. \merica, n., Ameleka. American, n., muena(i) Ameleka. Amiability, n., kalolo, 8. AxMIABLe, ad]., -a kalolo(8). .\mong, prep., mu. (into midst of, in among), han- kuci ha, munkuci mua, mu bunine(6) bua. Amount, n., full, buonso, 6. (be full amount), vi., kumbana, vuia; vt., kumbaxa, vudixa. .Amputate, vt., kala, kosa. Amuse, x;/.(make to laugh), sekexa. (be amused), vi., scka. (play with), sabixa, saba ne, sabila, nayixa, naya ne. Amusing, be, ■!;. (producing laugh- ter), sekexa. Anaesthetize, vt., leula. Ana\thema, n., mulau, 2. Anathematize, vt., ela mulau(2). Ancestor, «. (grandparent), kaku, i; nyinka, i. Ancient, adj., -a kale, kulu, nunu, kulukuxe, kulukulu. And, con]., ne. both . . . and, ne . . . ne. Angel, n., muanjelo(i), pi. ban- jelo. From Greek. Anger, n., cixi, 7. vt., see annoy. Angle, «. (corner of house), di- tumba, 5. Angry, be, vi., di ne cixi(7), cixi cidi cikuata, unva or ufua with cixi, di ne munda mu- flke. make, vt., kuacixa cixi, ufuixa cixi, hkixa munda. Anguish, n., kanyinganyinga, 8. 148 ANIM AL— AP PEASE. Animal, n., nyuma, 3. tame, cimuna, 7. Animosity, n., lukuna, 4. Ankle, (ankle bone), kahombo, 8; dikoyabolo, 5. Anklet, n., lukanu, 4. Announce, v., amba. Annoy, vt., kuacixa or ufuixa with cixi(7), tacixa, tikixa munda, kengexa, lambakana, hotela, lobola. (be annoyed), kuata cixi(7), ufua or unva with cixi, tata, di ne munda muflke, di ne cixi. (provoke anything to bite), keba luoxi(4). Anoint, v., ela minyi (pi. of 5). Another, adp, kuabo, nga. (of one kind ... of another kind), ha bu- ... ha bu-. § 186. (one another, reciprocal), use verbal suffix -angana. § 340. Sometimes a ph. with the inde- clinable bende is used. Answer, z/.(when called), itaba. Ant, w. ( driver), luhumbe, 4. (large black), dixindi, 5. (making large hill), cintunte, 7. (making low hill), lusua, 4. (small red), kangencne, 8. (white), musuasu, 2. (winged), mulonga, 2. The mulonga, cintunte and lusua are edible. Ant-eater, w. ( scaly manis), nka- ka, 3. Antelope, n. There are many different species, the more common of which are ngu- lungu, 3; lusumbi, 4; kabu- luku, 8; cintumbindi, 7; ntundu, 3; muhala, 2. Ant-hill, w.(made by the bin- tunte), mutunda, 2. (small black), ditua, 5. Anticipate, v.{io do first), dian- jila followed by infin., when necessary. Antipathy, w.(enmity), lukuna, 4. Anxiety, n., kanyinganyinga, 8. Anxious, be, vi., handika or nyingala with mucima(2) as subject. Any, adj., onso. Generally use pi. The word any is often not ex- pressed; as, muntu uyaya ku musoko? is any person going to town. Anybody, «., bantu bonso. Some- times we find the sing. Anything, w., bintu bionso. Some- times we find the sing. Anywhere, adv., kuonso, honso, muonso. § 363. Locatives with onso. (anywhere you choose), this is generally expressed by the Pre- fixed Locative and Subjunctive Mood; as, teka cintu hawa- teka, put the thing anywhere {you choose). Apart, adv., use generally the Ex- ansive Form of the verb- 345 - Apologize, v., there is no satisfac- tory word, try tokexa munda, bomba. Apology, n., lubombo(4), from bomba, to apologize. Apostle, n., muloho, 2; mutan- gadiki, i. Apparel,, n. pi., bilulu (sing, cilulu); bilamba (sing, ci- lamba). Apparition, n., mukixi, 2; mu- xangi, 2. Appear, x/f.(be seen), mueneka, mueka. (appear different from reality), use ph. ku mesu; as, cilulu cidi cimpe ku mesu, lit. the cloth is good to the eyes. (as moon), bala. Appease, ^;^.(as thirst), muna or huixa with miota(nyota); taluxa or holexa with ha diminu(5) or ha muminu(2). APPEASE— ASK. 149 Appease {continued). (be appeased of hunger), difu as subject of verb ukuta. Appetite, nsala, pi. of 3. have an, be hungry, di ne or ufua or unva with nsala, suma or sama with nsala as subject and the person as object. Appoint, vt.{io an office), ha or buexa mu or dixa followed by the abstract name of the office. a day, amba dituku(5). Apportion to, v., abanya, aban- yina, abuluxa. Apprehend, ^//.(catch), kuata, angata. (know), munya. Approach, v., ya or lua or flka with ha buihi(6) or hehi. Approve, vt., itabuxa. April, n., Apila(Eng.). Arbitrate, v., lumbulula. Arbitrator, n., mulumbuludi, i. Arduous, adj., kale, from v. kala, to be arduous. Argue, v., ela or elangana or di ne with mpata (sing, luhata, 4). (quarrel), tanda, tandangana. Argument, n., luhata, 4. settle an, vt., tuixa. Arise, v., from sitting position, bika, juka. (ascend), banda. (as sun), banda, hatuka, lu- huka. from the dead, bika ku lufu(4), fululuka. to the surface, tunduka. Arm, ».(of the body), diboko, 5. (left), diboko dia bakuxi (pi. of i). (of tree), ditamba, 5. (right), diboko dia balumi (pi. of i). Army, n. pi., bena (sing, muena) nvita(3), masoladi (sing, di- soladi, 5). Aroma, n., muhuya(2) muimpe. Around, prep., ku, ku nyima kua. go, cimbakana, nyunguluka, luila, yila. Arouse, r;/.(as from sleep), bixa. Arrange, vt., longolola. (separate and arrange), tahulula. Arrest, vt., kuata. Arrive, vi., flka. Arrogance, n., cikama, 7; dika- makama, 5; dintanta, 5. Arrogant, be, vi., ena ne bundu (6), di ne cikama(7), di ne dikamakama(5), di ne din- tanta(5), disua, ibidila. Arrow, «.(with iron point), mu- kete 2. (without iron point), lubale, 4. (with blunt end for killing birds), nkoyi, 3. (poison used on arrows), lulen- gu, 4 Artery, n., mujilu, 2. Artful, (cunning), -a budi- mu(6); dimuke, from v. dimuka, to be artjul. Article, «. (thing), cintu, 7. .Vs, aiv. and con]. as . . . as, see § ^o{d). as far as, to, ku. (like), see § 465. as soon as, see § 458 {a). not so . . . as, see § 90 (e). .VsCEND, vi.{go up), banda. .^SHAMED, BE, V., di ne or ufua or unva with bundu(6) or bun- vu(6); bundu or bunvu as subject of the verb kuata with the person as the object. (be not ashamed), use neg. of above expression or ume (p.p. of uma, to be dry) mu mesu. make, vt., kuacixa or ufuixa with bundu or bunvu. Ashes, n., butue, 6. .A^SIDE, turn, vi., sesuka, ehuka (ahuka). Ask, 'y.(beg), lomba. (ask one to pay a debt), nana. (inquire about), ebexa, konka. permission, see permission. ASLEEP— AWAY. 150 .\SLEEP, BE, vi., lala, lala tulu (pi. or 8). Ass, kabalu, 8. Assemble, vi., sangakana, tuta- kana, lua cisumbu(7), di- sanga, diunguixa, kunga- kana, sanibakana, dikunga; vt., sangixa, tutakuxa, tuta- kanya, kungixa, sangila, sanga, sangakanya, sanga- kuxa, sambakanya, saraba- kuxa. Assembly, (crowd), cisumbu, 7. Assent, n., nod, xukula mutu(2). give, V., itabuxa followed by verbal noun in lu-. See per- mission. Assert, v., amba. Assertion, «., di, 5. Assist, vt., enzexa. This idea is most often expressed by the Causative Form of the verb. Assort, vt., tahulula, sungulula (arrange), longolola. Astonish, vt., tabuluxa, kemexa. (be astonished), vi., tabuluka, kema, tua cikema(7). Astonishment, n., cikema, 7. Expressed by a grunt, cry of, cila, 7. Astray, adv., go, be lost, vi., hambuka. (lead away, entice), vt., mun- yixa or iyixa or ibidixa with the ph. bulau bubi. (show wrong path), vt., ham- buxa. At, prep., ku. bottom of, hanxi ha. once, see now. the village or home of, kua, mua, ha. I 87 {d), Rem. It most often happens that at is expressed in the verb; as, mona, look at; ela nibuxi muci, throw a stick at the goat. Atone, t-/.(pay a debt for), fucila. (die for), fuila. Atonement, make iox,vph., fucila dibanza(5). Attempt, v,, labila, teta, idikixa, elekexa. and fail, hanga. Attend, i;/.(accompany), fila, xindikixa. (as slave his master), lamata. (listen), unva, telexa macu (sing, dicu, 5). (look after, tend), lama. .Attendant, n., mulamacl, i; muana, i. (for the foreigner), mboi(Eng.), I. (slave), muhika, i. .Attention, pay, v., telexa. .Attorney, n', muambididi, i; muakuidi,i; mulumbuluidi,!. .Attractive, adj., -a kalolo(8). .Attracttceness, 11., kalolo, 8. .Attune, vt., sukila hamue, aku- xa, suka. .Aubergine, n., lujilu, 4. .Audacious, be, vi., ena ne bundu(6), di ne with cika- ma(7) or dikamakama(5) or dintanta(5), disua, ibidila. .Audacity, n., cikama, 7; dikama- kama, 5; dintanta, 5. .August, n., Agusite(Eng.). Aunt, n.{on the mother’s side), an elder sister of the mother is mamu(i) mukulu, a younger sister of the mother is mamu(i) muakunyi. (on the father’s side), tatu(i) mukuxi(i), mankuxi(i). .Authority, w.(chicfship), buke- lenge, 6; bunfumu, 6. .Await, vt., Indila, kuba. .Awake, vt., bixa ku tulu (pi. 8), katamuxa. be, vi., bika, tabala, katamuka. (keep awake all night), lala citabala(7). .Aware, be of, t’/.(know), munya. make, dimuxa, munyixa. .Away, be, vi., use neg. ena with Locative Suffixed construction. § 320. far, kule. go, ya, umuka. AWE— BARE. .^VVE, n., buowa, 6. Axe, n. cisui, 7; cikenge, 7. (battle-axe of Zappo Zapps), cilonda, 7. B. Babble, v., akula biakulakula [§356 (^)L pl- of 7; labakana. Baby, nuiana(i), or the dim. kana ( 8 ). new-born, katoto, 8. Bachelor, n., mujike, 7. Bachelorship, (state of being unmarried), bujike, 6 . Back, n., nyima, 3. come, vi., aluka, alukila, hin- gana, tuta, tucila, hingu- luka. (go back and forth), tambakana. of knife, imiongo, 2. send or bring, vt., alukixa, hingixa, tucixa. Backbite, vt., songuela. Backbiter, 71., muena(i) bun- songe(6), muena(i) muko- sa(2), musonguedi(i). B.ACKBIting, bunsonge, 6; mu- kosa, 2. Backbone, muongo, 2. Backwards, adv., cianyima. fall, vi., dixinda biialama (adv.) (go backwards and forwards), vi., tambakana. Baco.N, n., munyinyi(2) wa iigu- lube(3). Bad, adj., bi. (go bad, become useless), vi., onoka, nyanguka. (make to go bad), vt., ona, nyanga. (rot), vi., bola. (srnell bad), v., nunka muhu- ya(2) mubi. jADGE, 71 ., cimonyinu, 7. Jadly, adv., bibi. Bad.ness, 71 ., biibi, 6 . Pag, 71 ., cibombo, 7; luhiya, 4. (large open scrip), nsaho, 3. 151 Bake, vt., oxa mu uvuma(Eng.). As a fact the native never bakes. Bald he.ad, 71., dibala, 5. Bale, 71., dikutu, 5. V., kuta. out water, vt., tua. Ball, «., cibulunge, 7; dibulunge, 5 - (bullet), mutelengo, (2)wa lu- tende(4). make into a, vt., bulunguxa. of rubber, dibulu, 5. of twine, cikata, 7. Bamboo, ti. The midrib (mukuo- lo, 2) of the palm is sometimes thus improperly called. The hard outside part of the mid- rib is called luscle(4) or lubale(4) or lubaxe(4). The last word is Buk. (found in forest and used for making fence), cinkete, 7. Banana, 71., dibote(5), used either of the bunch* or the single fruit. hand of, cisangi, 7. stalk of, cikuondekuonde, 7. Band, «. (crowd), cisumbu, 7. (strip), luhola, 4. (stripe), muhola, 2. B.ank, «. (beach), muelelu(2) or musala(2) or kukala or bu- cika(7) or kusula or kunfu- dilu or kusala followed by the adjective phrase -a mi. See .§423 (2) (*)■ high, cibungubimgu(7), mu- bangu(2). of earth piled up, miikixi, 2. sand-, lusenga, 4. Baptize, v., batiza (from Greek), miamina mi. Barb.arian, 71 ., musenxi, i. This is an imported word. Barber, «., mubeyi, i. B.are, adj., -headed, ku mutu(2) kutubu. (to shave the head bare), vt., kungula. 152 BARGAIN— BEAUTIFY. Bargain, muxinga, 2. drive a, tua muxinga. Bark, v.{a,s dog), buluka. (strip off), ubula. «., of a tree, cibusu, 7; cizubu,7. Barrel, n., of gun, mulonda, 2; muxiba, 2. Barren, person or animal, n. nkumba, 3. Barter, z^.(buy and sell), enda or endulula with muxinga(2). (buy), ula, sumba. (sell), hana. Base, w.(at the base of), kumanda, kunxi. See § 423 (2) (&). (bottom), citaku, 7. (bad), adj., bi. Bashful, be, vi., di ne bundu(6). Bashfulness, n., bundu, 6 ; bun- vu, 6. Basin, n., dilonga, 5. Bask, v., ota munya(2). Basket, n. (fish -trap), mukinda, 2. (for carrying fowls), musasa, 2. (large with top), dikumbu, 5. (long for carrying on head), cisuka, 7. (small with top), nkobo, 3. Bass, voice, nph., di(5) dinine. Bastard, nph., muana(3) wa masandi (pi. of 5 or 6). BAT(rodent), «. (large), mudima, 2. (small), kahulukusu, 8; kaku- lukuku, 8. Bathe, vi., owa; vt., owexa. Batten, n., lubambalu, 4. These are tied crosswise on the rafters. Battle, 71., nvita (nflta), 3. Battle-axe, «., cilonda, 7. Made by the Zappo Zapps. Bawl, "y.(as cow), dila. Be, vi., di, cidi, tadi (kadi), tu, ikala; also the negatives ena and i and cena. §§ 205, etc. Sometimes the verb to he is omitted, then we have n pre- fixed to predicate word. § 445 . Beach, n., muelelu(2) or musa- la(2) or kukala or kusula or kunfudilu or kusala or Beach {continued). bucika(6) followed by the ad- jective ph. -ami. §423(2)(6). on the, mpata, 3. Bead, n., dibue, 5. Each variety has a distinct name; as, kahaha(8), lumbidi(4), luhote(4), kaluaci(8). Beak, n., muinu, 2. Beam, w. ( stick), muci, 2. Bean, w. (black -eyed pea), lu- kunde, 4. a large, cikundekunde, 7. Bear, ^;.(as cassava, potatoes, etc), ika. (as tree), kuama. (bring forth, give birth), lela. (carry), tuala. Beard, n., muevu, 2; muedi, 2. a hair of, lusuki, 4; lunyonyi,4. Beast, n., nyuma, 3. Beat, ■y.(strike), kuma, tuta. down, as grass, xindika. down, as loose dirt, beta, down the price, huekexa or tekexa with muxinga(2). (drive away), ihata. drum, imba. (excel), tamba, hita. fine, as powder, botexa. (heart), vph., kuma munda. in a mortar, tua. out, as dust from a mat, tutida. out iron, forge, tula, fula. (overcome), use verb tamba or hita followed by one of the nouns bukale(6) or ngulu(3) or dikanda(5); cimuna. (punish), kengexa, nyanga, ona with fist, kuma or tuta or tua with cisusu(7). with knuckle, tua lukonyi(4). with open hand, kuma with luhi(4) or dihi(5). up, as eggs, vundula. Beautiful, adj., impe, akane. lengele, -a mpoci (slang) Beautify, ^//.(make good), len- gexa. BEAUTY— BELONG. 153 Beauty, n., buimpe, 6; buakane, 6; buiengele, 6; mpoci (slang), 3. Because, sub. conj., bua. See § 466. (on account of), bualu(6) bua, muanda(2) wa. Beckon, v., with hand, loba. Become, vi. This idea may be expressed in four ways: (1) With the verbs kudimuka, andamuka, lua. (2) Pres. Imminent tense of amba followed by infin.; ci- lulu cikadi cianiba kufika, the cloth is becoming black. (3) Pres, or Past Progressive tense of the verb; as, udi utoka, he is becoming 'white. (4) Pres. Imminent tense of lua followed by adj.; as, ukadi ulua mubi, he is becoming bad. chief, etc., dia bukelenge(6). Bed, «., bulalu, 6; ciladilu, 7. Bee, m. ( honey-), lubulubulu, 4; lunyeke, 4. (sweat-), karabuinkidi, 8. (insect), cixi, 7. Beef, nph., munyinyi(2) wa ngorabe(3). Beer, «.(made from maize or mil- let), malua, pi. of 5; maluvu, pi. of 5. to brew, vt., enga. Beeswax, n., dikaci, 5; dihula, 5. Beetle, n. (goliath-), kababu, 8. (very large), ntambangoma, 3; dingonge, 5. Before, sub. conj., see § 458 {b). adv.{do before), anticipate, v., dianjila. (go before), hita or tamba or ya followed by ku mpala or ku- mudllu or diambedl. prep.{in front of, ahead of), ku mpala kua, kumudilu kua. Beforehand, adv., diambedl. Beg, V., lomba. Beget, t/.(male), imicixa; lelamay sometimes be used figuratively. Beggar, n., mulombi, i; mue- na(i) lulombo(4). Beggary, n., lulombo, 4. Begin, i;.(start at the beginning), tuadixa, bangila, angacila kabidi. to do, banga. Beguile, vt., dimba, xima, dinga. Behead, vt., kosa mutu(2). Behind, adv., ku nyima(3), ha- xixe. prep., ku nyima kua. (the one behind), -a kunxiki- dilu, -a haxixe. §423(2)(&). (be behind or last in doing), t'., xixa. Behindhand, be, or do, v., xixa followed by infin., when neces- sary. Behold, 7;. (look at), mona, tan- gila, xoxa (look steadfastly at without speaking), mona talala. Belch, v., biola, beula. Belief, n., use infin. of itabuxa. Believe, v., itabuxa. Belittle, vt., kehexa. Bell, «.(largeEuropean, as church bell), ngonga(3). This word doubtless comes from the Low- er Congo. (native manufacture, made of iron), lumembo, 4. ring a, vt., ela, imba. (small European with rattles), kadibu, 8. (small, for wearing), ludibu, 4. (wooden, tied around dogs in hunting), cidibu, 7. Bellow, v., dila. Bellows, w., mubanze, 2; mudua, 2. blow, vt., imba. Belly, n., difu, 5; munda [S 427 (2) {b)l Belong to, v. This idea is gener- ally expressed by some one of the words meaning to be fol- lowed by the adjective ph. with -a. BELOW— BITE. 151 Below, adv. and prc[>., muiixi or iminxi imia. Belt, mukuba, 2. Bemoan, vt., dila, jinga. Bench, w., ditanda, 5. Bend, t’/.(as a stick, wire, etc.), tonya, tonta, kobeka, konya, henguluxa, nyongoboxa. (fold), biinya. (stoop), inuma. straight, olola, ludika. the edge of anything, bonda- mixa; vi., bondania. (be bent, crooked), vi., konyan- gala, tonyunia, kobania, henguluka, nyongoboka. n., dintonya, 5. Bendable, be, vi., xoboka, nyen- gabala, di nc nujxobo(2). Beneath, adv. and prep., munxi or munxi mua. Benevolence, n., diha, 5. Benevolent, adj., -a diha(5). person, cihahi, 7. Bequeath, vt., ha buhianyi(6). Beseech, -y/. (plead with), sengela, sengelela. Beside, prep., ku, kunxi kiia, ha buihi ha (ne), hehi ne. con). (also), ne, kahidi. Bestow, vt., ha, anibika(Buk.). Bet, vph., dia luhiku(4). 11., luhiku, 4. gain a, binga. loose a, hila, luhiku as siibjc( t of the V. kuata. (put up anything for a bet), vt., hikila. Sec ( amble. Betray, v., a secret, sokolola. (accuse behind the back), son- guela. Betrothed, be, u.(the man), banga. (the woman), use passive cf banga. Better, be, (comparative degree of good), tamba or hita with buimpe(6). Better, be {contimiea). (convalescent), sangala, kusa raubidi(2), sanguluka. Between, prep., use mu, ku or ha with the insep. -nkuci. § 423 (2) {b). Bewail, vt., dila, jinga. Beware, u.(be warned), dimuka. Bewilder, vt., tuhakuxa, tuha- kanya, buandakijxa, buan- dakanya; vi., (uhakana, buandakana. (be lost in way), hambuka. Bewttch, vt., Iowa. Beyond, adv., ku nyima(3); inua- niua or kuakua or haha, de- pending upon the sense. prep., ku nyima kua. be, vi., tamba, hita. Bible, nph., mukanda(2) w'a Nzambi. Bicker, v., tanda, tandangana. Bid, u.(command), amba, ambila. Big, adj., nine. Bill, «.(beak), muinu, 2. BILLOV^', n., divuala, 5. Bind, ^’A(tie), suika, xika, inya. (wrap around), jinga, jingila, vunga, vungila, nyengela. Bird, n., nyunyvi, 3. Birth, to give, v., lela. cause to give, act as midwife, vt., lelexa. ])ower to give, r., buledi, 6; I lulelu, 4. Birthright, nph., bintu bia muan’a bute(6). Biscuit, ;/., cisikit(Eng.), 7. § 55, Rem. 2, Note 2. Bishop, n., the jT. mulan i(i) wa bantu ba Nzambi. Bit, w. (small piece cut off), cituha, (small piece split off), cih^su, 7. A small quantity is generally ex- pressed hv the diminutive pre- fixes of class "NTIT. Bitch, nph., nnikuxi’a mbua(3). Bite, vt., sum a. excite to, keba luoxi(4). BITE— BODY. 155 Bite {continued). off with front teeth, to gnaw, kunya. (a biting animal), di no liioxi. Bitter, be, vi., lula. Often the substantive form bululu(6) is used; as, ciombi cidi bululu, the r. a ioc is bitter. Bitterness, n., bululu, 6. Black, aij., fike (p.p. of fika, to be black). Blacken, vt., fikixa. Black-eyed pea, n., lukunde, 4. Blackness, w., buflke, 6. Some- times the infin. kulika, to be black, is used in comparative constructions. § 90 (^). Blacksmith, n., mutudi, i; n.sen- da, 3; mufudi, i. shop, citudilu, 7. Bladder, n., cinyu, 7. Blade, n., of grass, dixinde, 5; dibexi, 5; diinyi, 5. of knife, muele, 2. back of, muongo, 2. (shoulder-), cikiyakiya, 7; di- keha, 5. Blame, vt., falsely, banda. Blank, adj. (empty), cinana (inde- clinable), tuliu. Blanket, n., mbulankote(Eng.),3. Blaspheme, vph., tela dina dia Nzambi. Blaze, nph., ludimi(4) lua ka- hia(8). Bleach, vt., tokexa. Bleat, v., dila. Bleed, w.(nose), miluluba (pi. of 2) idi ituka. vt., sumika. (small gourd used for bleeding or cupping), lusumu, 4. Bless, ‘Pi!.(make happy), sankixa; vi., sanka. (praise, as God), tendelela, tum- bixa, inyixa. Blind, be or become, vi., fofa, xibala mesu. (white spot in pupil), lusongo, 4. Blindness, n., bufofo, 6. Blister, ;/.(made by fire, hot water, etc.), dibuba, 5. Blood, n., maxi, pi. of 5 or 6. from (the nose), miluluba, pi. of 2. Bloom, Blossom, ii ., cilongo, 7; cisu, 7. V., vunguluka, baluluka. Blot out, vt., jimixa, jirna. Bl0W4 n., mukumu, 2; mututu, 2. away by wind, vt., hehula; vi., hehuka. bellows, vt., imba with mudua(2) or mubanze (2). breath, vt., ela muhuya(2). down, as tree, vt., ximbula; vi., ximbuka. fire, vt., temexa, huxa, huhixa. (hit with fist), vt., kuma or tuta or tua with cisusu(7) or di- sundu(5). (hit with knuckles), vt., tua lu- konyi(4). (hit with open hand), vt., kuma or tuta with dihi(5) or luhi(4). horn, whistle, vt., ela. meat, as by flies, vi, ela eiku- su(7). nose, hemba with lusole(4) or tumina pi. of 8). out, extinguish, vt., jima. (pant), V., huyakana. violently, as storm, v., Iniha. Blue, adj., tike (black), fikuluke. These words are p.p. of flka and fikuluka. Blunder, v., tuhakana. Boar, n., ngulube, 3. (male), mulumi(i) wa ngulu- be(3). Board, n., dibiya, 5. (piece of board for bottom of basket), cibasa, 7. Boast, v.(be proud), disua. Boat, «. (canoe), buatu, 6. (steamer), dikumbi(5) dia mi; maxua, pi. of 5 or 6. Body, n., mubidi, 2. (corpse), citalu, 7; muxangi (Buk.), 2. BOGIE— BRACES. 156 Bogie, n., mukixi, 2; niuxan- gi(Buk.), 2. Boil, w., ciuxa, 7; disungu, 5. (sore), mputa, 3. (very small), luhusu, 4. vi.{si 5 > water), s&ba, bila. vt., tumpa, sabula. (render oil or evaporate for salt), enga. Bold, adj., see brave. Boldness, n., see bravery. Bondage, w., buhika, 6. Bonds, n., lukanu, 4. put in, vph., ela mu lukanu. Bone, n., mufufa, 2; mufuba, 2; mukuha, 2. of fish, dieba, 5. PI. meba. Book, n., mukanda, 2. leaf of, diinyi, 5; dibexi, 5. Boot, «.(shoe), cisabatu, 7. Border, n., of path, field, cloth, etc., muelelu, 2; musala, 2; bucika, 6; also the Locative words kusula, kunfudilu, kusala. § 423 (2) {h). (dividing line), mukalu, 2. vi., tuangana. Bore, vph., tubula disoso(5). Borer, w.(an insect), mbumbu, 3. Born, be, vi., use any auxiliary verb meaning to he followed by pass, past part, of lela. first-, muan’a bute(6). last, muan’a mukala(2). new-born child, katoto, 8. (still-born child), kana(8) ka- bixe. (be born again, metempsycho- sis), vi., sanguka, tanda, lenguluka. Borrow, z^^.(with the idea of return- ing the exact article), hanza. (with the idea of not returning the exact article borrowed, but its equivalent in kind), somba. Bosom, n., ciadi, 7. Both, cow;. ( both . . . and), ne . . . ne. w.(in sense of all two), bu- bidi, 6. § 95 (a). Bother, Z'/.(annoy), tacixa, 1am- bakana, hotela, lobola. (be bothered), vi., humba, tata. (interrupt), vt., humbixa, kose- xa, humbakuxa. Bottle, w., mulondo, 2. Bottom, w.(base), citaku, 7; also the Locative words kimianda, mumanda. (bottom on the inside), hanxi ha. Bough, n., ditamba, 5. Bounce, vi. lundumuka. Bound, z;f.(jump), tuhika. (rebound), lundumuka. w. (limit), see boundary. Boundary, w,(edge of field, path, etc.), muelelu, 2; musala, 2; bucika, 6; also the Locative words kusula, kunfudilu, ku- sala, kukala. line, mukalu, 2. Bow, w.(rain-), muazankongolo, 2. (-string), mulemu, 2. (to put on bowstring), lema buta(6). (weapon), buta, 6. See KNOT. V., inuma, inyika mutu(2). Bowels, w.(intestine), dila, 5. action of, v., nyina. (peristaltic movement with noise), V., nyenga. running off of, vph., huya or ela or uha with munda. Bowl, w., dilonga, 5. . Bowstring, n., mulemu, 2. put on, vt., lema. Box, n., muxete, 2. Boy, n., muana(i) mulumi(i). (lad), songalumi, i; muhian- kunde, 2. (the foreigner’s personal attend- ant), mboi(Eng.), i. This . term is also applied to a female attendant. Boyhood, w., bunsongalumi, 6; buhiankunde, 6. Bracelet, n., lukanu, 4. Braces, w. ( suspenders), mikuba (pi. of 2) ya mihanu (pi. of 2). BRAG— BRING. 157 Brag, v., disua. Braid, ^'^.(plait), luka cihia(7). Brain, n., buongo, 6. Branch, of a tree, ditamba, 5. w‘.(as a stream or path), handu- luka, abuluka, tahuluka. Brand, w.(sign), cimonyinu, 7; cilexilu, 7. (fire-), cimunyi, 7. Brass, n., there is no distinct word, use ciama(7) cikunze or lu- kanu(4) lutoke. rod, used in some places as cur- rency, mutaku, 2. Brave, adj., -a dikima(5), -a bukitu(6), -amucima(2) mu- kale. be, vi., teka dikima(5). Bravery, w., dikima, 5; bukitu, 6; mucima(2) mukale. Bray, v., dila. Bread, n., bidia, pi. of 7; nxima, pi. of 3 or 4. (European bread made from wheat flour), bidia biamampa (this word from Lower Congo). Breadth, n., the Locatives mu or ku followed by buihi(6) or bukise(6); ntanta(3) muihi; bunlne is used often when there is no comparison between length and breadth, r Break, vt., cibula; vi., cibuka. (as day), butuku(6) as subj. of verb cia. (as dish), vi., fua, handika; vt., xiha. (as fire-wood), vt., caba. (as friendship), xiha with bu- lunda(6) or bunyana(6). down, be exhausted, vi., hanga; vt., hangixa. in, as thief, vt., handa. loose, vi., tuka; vt., tula, wind, ela muxa(2). £ Breakfast, n., bidia (pi. of 7) bia dinda(0* ( Breast, w. ( chest), ciadi, 7. f (heart, conscience), muoyo, 2; mucima, 2. Breast {continued). (teat), dibele, 5. Breath, n., muhuya, 2. blow the, ela muhuya. draw the, eyela or koka or huta with muhuya. Breathe, vi., eyela. (pant), huyakana, eyakana. Breeches, n., muhanu, 2; mu- kiya, 2. The pi. is generally used in each case. Breed, vt., imicixa. Brew, vt., enga. Bribe, vt., futa. 11., difutu, 5. Brick, n., kaxola, 8. Bride, n., mubukibui, i. From pass, bukibua, to he married. Bridegroom, w., mubuki, I. This w'ord is generally followed by the ph. wa mukuxi. Bridge, n., cilamba, 7; cilanda, 7; dis6ke, 5. Briefly, adv.{\.o speak briefly), use neg. of lunguluka. Brigand, n., munyengi, i. Bright, a(/y.(smart), -a lungen- yi(4); -a mexi (pi. of 5); -a lukanyi(Buk.), 4. be, vi.{io glisten, shine), enge- lela, balakana. Brighten, ’t'/.(make to shine), balakuxa, engelexa. (whiten), tokexa. Brightness, w. ( intelligence), lun- genyi, 4; mexi, pi. of 5; lukanyi(Buk.), 4. (of color), butoke, 6. (of moonX dikenka, 5. (of sun), munya, 2. Brim, n., mubangu, 2; mulemu (mulomo), 2; muxuku, 2. Bring, vt., lua ne. about, to cause, use Causative Form of verb. (accompany, conduct), flla. back, alukixa, tucixa, hingixa. (carry), tuala. forth, lela(woman), kuama(tree), ika(cassava, potatoes, etc.). BRING— BUSH. 158 Bring {continued). out, iimuxa, hatiila, luhiila. to mind, vulula, vuluxa. to, resuscitate, sanguliixa, tuyi- xa, fulula. up, rear, dixa, kalexa. water, suna. Brink, (cliff), cibungubungu, 7. (beach), muelelu(2) wa mi. Broad, ad j. (large), nine. Broaden, vt., diundixa, lundixa. Brood, v.{as hen), ladila. over, bungama. Brook, n., musulu, 2. Broom, n., lukombo, 4. Broth, n., musoxi, 2; mukele- kele, 2; nsupu(Eng.), 3. Brother, n., there is no general name for brother save the in- definite ph. muan’etuinuluini, etc. § 138, Rem. 5, Note 2. (elder), mukulu, i. (younger), muakunyi, i. The words mukulu and mua- kunyi are generally followed by the poss. pro. as enclitic. § 138, Rem. 2. Brother-in-law, w. (brother or sister of wife), bukonde, i. (brother or sister of husband), mbi-(poss. pro.)-eina. §§ 138, R m. 3 and Note; 42, Note 2. Bro*v, ;e( forehead), nip ala, 3. eye-, dikiki, 5. knit the, vph., nyenga or fudika with mpala(3). Brown, adj., kunze, kunzubile, kunzuluke. These words are p.p. from the verbs kunza, kunzubila and kunzuluka. Brush, w. ( broom), lukombo, 4. -wood, cisala, 7. ■y. (sweep), komba. (as clothes), kuhula. Brushwood, n., cisala, 7. Brutal, adj., -a lukuna, 4; -a cinyangu, 7. Brutality, n., lukuna, 4; cin- yangu, 7. Brute, «. (animal), nyuma, 3. (person), muena(i) with luku- na(4) or cinyangu(7). Bubble, n\, lututu, 4; lukende, 4. Bubo, n., ciuxa, 7. Bud, 71 ., lutonga, 4; muscle, 2. vi., mena, sampila, toloka, tempela. Buffalo, mbowo, 3. Bug, w. ( generic), cixi, 7. Bugle, n., mpungi, 3. Build, vt., ibuka, asa (see under asa in B.L.-Eng.). Building, w. ( house), nsubu, 3. BuLL,«.,mulumi(i) wa ngombe(3) Bullet, n., lutende, 4; mute- lenge, 2; mutelenge(2) wa lutende(4). Bunch, w.(of bananas), dibote, 5. (of plantains), dikuonde, 5. (hand of bananas or plantains), cisangi, 7. (of palm nuts), cinguji, 7. (of things tied together), cisum- bu, 7. Bundle, w.(bale), dikutu, 5. (of grass or other material tied up), cisumbu, 7. (roll), muvungu, 2. (small), mubombo, 2. Burden, 71., see load. Burn, vt., oxa, hixa; vi., hia. (roast), oxa. (scorch, as food), vt., xidixa, lunguxa; vi., xila, lungula. (set on fire), oxa. (singe), 1'/., babula; x^i., babuka. (smart), oxa, liiakana, susuma. Burnt offering, n., see sacrifice. Burrow, v., imba, umbula. Burst, vt., handixa, tayixa(to- yixa); vi., bandika, tayika (toyika). (crack, as nuts), vt., bela, bula, bosa, totobula, taya (toya). Bury, vt., jika. Bush, w. (forest), ditu, 5. PI. metu. (copse on plain), cihuka, 7. BUSHMAN— CARDINAL 159 Bushman, w., miisenxi, i. An imported word. Business, (occupation), mudi- mu, 2. (affair), bualu, 6; muanda, 2. Busy, be, v., dl ne mudimu(2). But, conj.y tadi, kadi. These words are not used as fre- quently as the English equiva- lent. Butt end, n., citaku, 7; also the loc. word kuntaku, § 423 (2) {h). B UTTER, minyi (pi. of 5) a ngombe(3), manteke (pi. of 5 )- Butterfly, «., cibiyibiyi, 7. Buttock, n., ditenge, 5 ; ditaku, 5. Button, w., mbote, 3. -hole, disu(5; dia mbote. Buy, vt.y ula, sumba. (buy and sell, trade), enda or endulula with miixinga(2). By, prep.{nea.v to), ku, kiinxi, lia buiiii(6) ne, helii, kuihi. (agent), kudi. C. Cack«le, vph.y tuta or ela with mukuekue(2). Case, n., musasa, 2. (pen), cikumbi, 7. Calamity, nph., bnalu(6) with the adjectives bubi or biikale. Calf, n., muan’a ngombe(3). of leg, difu(tc) dia mukolo(2). Call, v., bikila. (by beckoning with hand), loba. one’s name behind one’s back, tela. to fight, kobola. to mind, vi., vuluka; vt.y vulula, vuluxa. (to name), idika, inyika. Calling, w. ( occupation), mudimu, 2. Calm, be, vi., hola, talala, dl with hola or talala as advs. Calmly, adv., hola, talala. Calumniate, v., songuela, banda. Calumniator, n., muena(i) with bunsonge(6) or mukosa(2). Calumny, n., bunsonge, mu- kosa, 2 Camel, n., kamelo(Eng.), 8. Camwood, n., kakula, 8. Can, n., luhanza, 4. v.(be able), see § 230. Cancel, z;^.(blot out),jimixa, jima. Candle, n., kahia, 8; kadilu, 8; muinda(muendu), 2. This last word is perhaps from the Lower Congo. Cane, n., sugar-, muenge, 2; ci- lengelenge, 7. walking, cibangii, 7. Cannibal, n., mudlanganyl, i. Cannon, ditende, 5. Canoe, n., buatu, 6. Canvas, w.(for wrapping around bales), dikutu, 5. Caoutchouc, n., ndundu, 3. Cap, w.(for head), cifulu, 7. (percussion), lufataci, 4. Capable, be, m‘.(be able), munya or dl or mona followed by mua and infin., see § 230. Capital, w.(very large village), cimenga, 7; cihunda, 7. Capsize, vi., ielklla; vt., icikixa. Captain, w., kaplten(from French or Eng.). Captious, be, v., tontolola. Capture, vt., kuata. Caravan, nph., batuadi(i) ba bintii(7) inu nxila(3). Carcass, ??.(dead body of person), citalu, 7; muxangi(Buk.), 2. (skeleton), use pi. of words for hone, mifuba, mikuha, mi- fufa. Cardinal points, n. The natives have no names for these. For brevity and convenience in teaching, the following nativ- ized Eng. words are suggested: North, n., Nata, 3. South, 11., Santa, 3. i6o CARDINAL— CAUTIOUS. Cardinal points {continued) . East, w., Isita, 3. West, w., Wesita, 3. For East we may also have the ph. kutu kualuhuka diba or kutu kuahatuka diba. For West we may also have the ph. kutu kuabuela diba or kutu diba diabuela. Care, w. ( affair, concern), bualu, 6; muanda, 2. (attend), lama. for, vt., nanga, sua ha luse (4). Carefully, adv., bitekete, bia- kane, bimbe, bitulu. Careless, be, vi., cimba, cimba- kana, humbakana. Carelessly, adv., bikale, lubilu, lukusa, bibi. Caress, vt.^ hotela, lambakana, bomba. Carnal, adj., -a mucima(2) mubi. knowledge, w., masandi, pi. of 5 or 6. Carpenter, nph.^ muena(i) ma- biya (pi. of dibiya, 5). The term kapita(8) is used for the West Coast men. The word is from the Portuguese, meaning headman. Carriage, n., suggest some such ph. as cintu(7) cikoka kudi tubalu (pi. of kabalu, 8). Carrier, nph., mutuadi(i) wa bintu. Carry, vt., tuala, mema, angata, ya ne, lua ne. across a stream, etc., sabula. water, suna. Cartridge, n., mutelenge, 2. (ball),mutelenge wa lutende(4). (loaded with shot), mutelenge wa tundimba (pi. of 8). Carve, •y/.(as meat), seya, saya. (as wood), songa. Carver, n.{oi wood, etc.), mu- songi, I. Case, m. ( affair), bualu, 6; muan- da, 2. (box), muxete, 2. Case {continued). (sheath for knife), cibubu, 7; luhaha, 4; cimanga, 7. Cassava, n., ciombe, 7. (leaves of, used as greens), ma- tamba (pi. of 5), kalexi(8). to soak the, vt., ina, zabika. the unsoaked, ciombe cia mpete (pi. of 4). Cast, v/.(about, scatter), tanga- luxa, tangadixa; vi., tanga- luka, tangadika. away, as useless, imaxa, sum- bula, nyuka. leaves, hohoka. out, vt., hatula, lubula, umuxa, tambula(Buk.); vi., hd^tuka, luhuka, umuka, tambuka (Buk.). (throw), ela. Castrate, vt., tungula, hakula. Cat, w.(wild-), mbalabala, 3. (domestic), kambixi, 8; mpus (Eng.), 3. Cataract, n., cibila, 7. Catch, vt., kuata. (by throwing hands down on), uhukila. disease, the person catching the disease is the obj. of the verb kuata, while the disease is the subj. (in hands, as ball), akidila. (to snare), teya. (with hook, as fish), loha. Catechism, nph., mukanda (2) wa dilongexa(5). Catechumen, n., muena(i) dilon- gexa(5). Caterpillar, «. (edible), dixi, 5. PI. is mexi. (not edible), cixi, 7. Cause, n., bualu, 6; muanda, 2. vt., use the Causative Form of verb. (for what cause?), see why? without, cinana, hatuhu. Caution, vt., dimuxa. Cautious, be, vi., dimuka. CAVE— CHATTERING. i6l Cave, w., lubinga, 4; lubue, 4. in, vi., bumbuka. Cavil, v., tontolola. Cease, vi., from, lekela. raining, tangadikaor tangaluka with nvula as subj. C E ASELESSLY, adv. This idea may , according to sense, be ex- pressed in several ways: (1) By the adv. to. (2) By one of the Repetitive tenses. §§ 287-292. (3) , By the Pres. Habitual tense. (4) By the verb in -akana. § 339. (5) By the verbal suffix in lu-. § 356 {d), Rem. i. (6) By the phs. matuku (pi. of 5) onso, ku dituku ku dituku, ku dici(5) ku dici. (7) In sense of forever, by laha- laha, cendelele, kaxidi. Celestial, adj., -a diulu(5). Cemetery, n., use pi. of lukita(4) or ciduaya(7). Censure, vt., diula, nyoka. Centipede, n., luminyiminyi, 4. Centre, n., mu bunine(6); also the insep. loc. words munkucl, kunkuci, hankuci, munkulu. § 423 (2) { h ). Certain, see certainly. Certainly, adv., use the substan- tive forms bulilela, buxua, bualabuala, buinabuina, bui- kt^xa. Certainty, n., bulilela, 6; buxua, 6; bualabuala, 6; buina- buina, 6; buikuxa, 6. Certify, v., amba. Chaff, n.{oi com, rice, etc.), cisote, 7. Chagrin, n., bundu, 6; bunvu, 6. (cause one chagrin), vt. ufuixa bundu. have, V., ufua or unva with bundu. Chain, n., lukanu, 4. vt., ela mu lukanu. Chair, n., nkuasa, 3. Chalk, n., luhemba, 4. Chamber, n., nsubu, 3. See ROOM. Chameleon, n., lungonyonyi, 4. Change, 1;/. (alternate), xintakuxa, tompakanya, tompakuxa, xintakanya; vi., tompakana, xintakana. (act of metempsychosis), lengu- luka, sanguka, tanda. (become different, be trans- formed), vi., kudimuka, an- damuka. (exchange, trade), xintakuxa, xinta, xintakana, xintakan- ya, hingakanya, hingakana, sombakuxa, hingakuxa. mind, vt., kudimuna or anda- muna with mucima(2) or muoyo(2). (turn around or over), vt., kudi- muna, andamuna; vi., kudi- muka, andamuka. Character, n., see kind. Charcoal, n., dikala. Charge, ^/.(ask a price), lomba. deny a, viia. Chariot, n., see carriage. Charity, w.(pity), luse, 4. In expression “faith, hope, char- ity,” it is perhaps best to use infin. kunanga, kusua, etc. (generosity), diha, 5. Charm, n., see medicine. Chase, vt., away, ihata. out, luhula, umuxa, hatula, tambula(Buk.). (hunt with dogs), ta. Chaste, ad/.(good), impe, akane, lengele. be, vi., ena ne masandi (pi. of 5 or 6). Chasten, vt., see chastise. Chastise, vt., kuma, tuta, ken- gexa. Chastisement, n., dikengexa, 5. Chatter, v. ( speak rapidly), laba- kana. Chattering, n., ciakulakula § 356 {g). i62 CHE AP— CLAPPING . Cheap, adj. pli., -a mii.\inga(2) mutekete. Cheapen, (bring down price), tekexa or liuekexa with mu- xinga(2). Cheat, ■p.(steal), iba. Check, •y^.(stop), lekexa. Cheek, n., ditama, 5. Cheer, z’/. ( console), samba, ka- lexa mucima(2), bomba. (give alarum), ela bila (pi. of cila, 7), bingila. (make glad), sankixa. Cheese, n., cisi(Eng.), 7. § 55, Rem. 2, Note 2. Chest, w.(box), muxete, 2. (of body), ciadi, 7. Chew, vt., botexa. (as bones or dried corn), bele- keta. (with unpleasant noise), tan- funya. Chicken, «., nsolo, 3. Chief, mukelenge, i; tatu, i; nfunui, I. Chiefship, bukelenge, 6; biin- fiimu, 6. Child, v., muana, i. (about three or four years old), citendi, 7. (be with), di ne with difu(5) or dimi(5), imita. (be with by, beget), imicixa. (first-born), muan’a biite(6) . (last born), muan’a mukala(2) or muan’a lukala(4). (new-born), katdto, 8. own, muana miilela. (still-born, foetus), kana (dimin. of muana) kabixe. Child-bearing, n., lulelu, 4; bu- ledi, 6. Childhood, n,, buana, 6. Childless woman, n., nkumba, 3. Chilliness, n., citelele, 7; ciaxi- ma, 7; maxika, pi. of 5 or 6. Chilly, adj., see cold. Chin, n., cibanga, 7; lubanga, 4. Chip, n., cihatu, 7. Chirography, n., cifundidl, 7. Choir, n., kuia(Eng.), 3. Choke, vph. {with food), kuata ha withmuminu(2) or diminu(5). (throttle), vt., fiekela nxingu(3). Choose, vt., sungula. Chop, 'P/.(as wood), kosa, kala^ taha, kuota. into small pieces, to hash, zaza. n.(food), bidia, pi. of 7; bia kudia. Chorus, n., kolus(Eng.), 3. Christ, n., Kalistu (Kalisitu). Christian, nph., muntu(i) wa Nzambi. Christianity, nph., bualu(6) biia Nzambi. Christmas day, nph., dituku(5) dia Santa Klas, Church, «. (building), nsubu(3) wa Nzambi. members of the, bantu baNzam- bi. Cicatrice, n., cibangu, 7. Circle, n., eijengu, 7; cifundu, 7; citanga, 7. go around in a, v., nyunguliika. Circular, adj., -a cijengu(7); -a cifundu(7); -a citanga(7). Circumcise, vt., tengula. be circumcised, use passive forms of tengula. § 202. Circumstance, n., bualu, 6; muanda, 2. Citizen, n., muena, i. fellow, muan’etu, etc.; mxiena kuetu, etc.; mukuetu, i, etc. City, n., musoko, 2; ditunga, 5. (large collection of villages), cimenga, 7; ciliunda, 7. CmL, adj., -a kalolo(8). Civility, n., kalolo, 8. Clan, n., see tribe. Clap, w.(of thunder), dikubakuba, 5 - V., the hands, tuta or knma with lukuxi(4). the hand crosswise in expression of regret, tuta cibubu(7). Clapping, n., of the hands, lukuxl, 4; cibubu, 7. CLASP— CLOTHES. 163 Clasp, (embrace), uhukila. (catch in the hands), akidila. hands, kuatangana ku bianza (pi. of 7). Class, catechumen, dilongexa 5 - (group), disanza, 5 ; cisumbu, 7. See KIND. Claw, n., luzala, 4; luzadi, 4; luala, 4. Clay, «.(ior making pots), dibiim- ba, 5; dima, 5 (the pi. is mema). white, used for whitewashing, luhemba, 4. Clean, adj., toke (p.p. of toka, to he clean)', impe; pass. p.p. of j verbs uvua, sukula (Lower 1 Congo), kuhula. person, -a mankenda (pi. of 5 or 6). z;.(to whiten), tokexa. (to rub or brush), kuhula. (to wash), uvua, sukula. Cleanliness, «.(of person), man- kenda, pi. of 5 or 6. Cleanness, «. (whiteness), butoke, 6 . Cleanse, vt.{a.s clothes, etc.), uvua, sukula (Lower Congo). (give a bath), owexa. Clear, vt., a field, sola, away, uinuxa. away, as sweeping, boya. vi., away as mist or cloud, tanga- luka, sanguluka. cd).(transparent), toke (p.p. of toka, to he white). Cleave, (stick together), lama- [ ta, kuatakana. ■yi'. (split), handa. Clench, vph., the fist, tonyaminu (pi. of 2). I Clever, adj., -a lungenyi(4), -a mexi (pi. of 5). The phrases di ne muhongo(2) and di ne buloxi(6) have the secondary meaning of clever, ingenious, etc. Cleverness, n., lungenyi, 4; mexi, pi. of 5; lukanyi(Buk.), 4; muhongo(2) and buloxi(6) also have a secondary meaning corresponding to cleverness, dexterity, etc. Click, vi.{a.s gun), aba. (in the throat to indicate anger), sodia. Cliff, ??.(a great depression formed by landslide), lubuyi, 4; cibu- yubuyu, 7. (near to water), cibungubungu, 7 - Climb, vi., a tree or hill, banda. (as vine), lamba. Clock, n., diba, 5. PI. is meba. This word is used because the clock indicates the position of the sun. (o’clock), for divisions of the day and night, see d.\y. Clod, n., dibu, 5. Close, vt (as box, book), buikila. (as bracelet), bangika. (as door), inxila, xibika. (as eyes), buika ku mesu. (as path, so no one can pass), nyanga, ona. (near to), see by. (stand or be close together), vi. imunangana, kuatakana. See TOGETHER. Closeness, «. (nearness), buihi, 6. Cloth, n., cilulu, 7; cilamba, 7. There are different names for the various kinds of European cloth ; as, cimaza(7), diJesa(5'), kakangala(8), kandolo(8'l, mungulumungu(2), ndunga (3), kandangama(8). (native cloth made from the palm), didiba, 5 ; cinsanki, 7; mpualala, 3. (small piece of cloth worn in front and behind), lubondia, 4. Clothe, vt., luaeika, luaeixa, vuadika. Clothes, n., bilulu, bilamba Both pi. of 7. 164 CLOUD— COME. Cloud, ditutu, 5; dibuba, 5. (not heavy), ciululu, 7. Cloudy, be, w. (threaten rain), flnda. Cloven foot, n., mukono(2) mu- handike. Coagulate, w., kuatakana. Coal, n., dikala, 5. oil, petroleum, mpitolo(Eng.), 3. Coast, n., iiiuelelu(2) or musa- la(2) or bucika(6) or the loca- tive words kukala, kusula, kunfudilu, kusala, all fol- lowed by the adj. ph. -a mi. Coat, n., cikowela, 7; kazaku, 8; cinkutu, 7. ^'.(as paint), whitewash, laba. Coax, vt., sengela, sengelela. Cob, n., cikumbuxi, 7; cikumbu- kumbu, 7. Cobweb, n., buntate, b; buta- tande, 6; bukuondo, 6. Cock, w. ( rooster), citila, 7. (first cock to crow in the morn- ing), citila cibedi. vt., gun, bangula. COCKCROWING, «^/i.(dawn), hadl hasama nsolo, ha bitila. Cockroach, n., luhenzu, 4. Cocoa, n. koko(Eng.), 3. Coerce, vt., use Causative Form of verb. Coffee, n., kafl(Eng.), 3 or 8. Cohabit, v., luma, lala ne, lu- mixa, tentemexa. Coil, vt., vungila, jingila, jinga, vunga, nyengela. Coin, n., mpalata, 3. Cola, nut, n., diku, 5. These are eaten with the palm wine. Cold, adj., -a maxika (pi. of 5 or 6), -a citelele(7), -a cia- xima(7). be or feel, vph., maxika as sub- ject of V, kuata with person as object, or the person as subject of V. unva with maxika as object. (be not warmed),‘yi.,talala, hola. make, vt., taluxa, holexa. Cold {continued). M.(a cough), lukosolo, 4. (catarrh in nose), cimpumpu, 7. Coldness, w., maxika, pi. of 5 or 6; citelele (citalele), 7; cia- xima, 7. Collect, vt., tutakanya, tuta- kuxa, sangixa, sambakanya, sambakuxn, sangakanya, sangakuxa, kungixa, sangi- la, sanga. Collide, v., kumangana, tutan- gana. Color, n., mubidi, 2. There are only three definite words expressing color, viz., toke(white), fike(black), kunze(red). These are really past participles derived from the verbs toka, fika, kunza, respectively. From the three words above mentioned are derived words which express the intermediate colors as fol- lows: (blue, green), flkuluke. (brown, yellow), kunzubile, kun- zuluke. (gray), tokoloke. Sometimes blue and green are represented by like, yellow and brown by kunze. (spotted), di ne matoba(pl. of 5) or di ne mabaxi (pi. of 5). (striped), di nemihola (pi. of 2). Comb, n., cisaku, 7; cisamuinu, 7. of fowl, mualala, 2. of honey, dikaci, 5; dihula, 5. vt., samuna. Combine, vt., sangixa, sangakan- ya, sangakuxa, sangila, san- ga, tutakanya, tutakuxa, sambakanya, sambakuxa; vi., sangakana, sambakana, tutakana. Come, v., lua. after, follow, londa. around to other side, luila. (arrive at), fika. COME— CONCEIT. Come {continued). back, aluka, alukila, hingana, tu^a, tucila, andamuka. down, tiiluka, ika. from, lua with proper locative, fuma. in, into, buela. into view, mueneka, mueka. off, as skin, laniuka, huluka. out, as blade out of handle, kuka. out of, luhuka, umuka, hatuka. out of place, tuka. over, as water, sabuka. past, hita, tamba. slowly, stealthily, onguela. to consciousness, fululuka. together, sangakana, tutakana, lua cisumbu(7), diunguixa, disanga, sambakana, kunga- kana, dikunga. to mind, vuluka. with, accompany, flla. Comfort, z;/. (console), samba, bomba, kalexa mucima(2). (when crying), kosexa or huixa with muadi(2). Command, v., amba, ambila, tu- mina di (5). not, prohibit, kanda. n., see commandment. Commandment, w., di, 5. PI. isme. (negative), mukandu, 2. (positive), mukenji, 2. Commence, v., again, tuadixa, bangila. to do, banga. Commend, vt., inyixa. Commingle, vi., buelakana. Commit, v (do), enza, osa, kixa (Buk.). adulterv, enda masandl (pi. of 5 or 6), sanda. rape, kuata mukuxi(i) ku bii- kalet 6). suicide, dixiha, dlowa(by hang- ing). Common, adj.{he of little account), -a cinana, -a hatubu, -a b6. have things in, vph., sangixa bintu. 165 Commotion, w. ( disturbance), diyo- yo, 5. Communion, w. (Lord’s Supper), bidia (pi. of 7) bia Nzambi. wine, mi a Nzambi. Companion, n., mulunda, i; nya- n(a), i; muan’etu, etc., § 138, Rem. 5. Companionship, «., bulunda, 6; bunyana, 6. Company, «. (crowd), cisumbu, 7. Compare, vt., idikixa, elekexa. Compassion, n., luse, 4. teel, V., ufua, or unva with luse. have for, ha luse, samba. Compel, v., use Causative Form of verb. Compensate, vt., futa. Compensation, n., difutu, 5. Competent, be, 7;.(able), munya or di or mona followed by mua and infin. § 230. Complain, v., about, tontolola. of before another, songueia. Complaint, w.(have against one), bualu, 6 , muanda, 2. Ndi n’ebi bualu, I have a com- plaint against you. Complete, be, w.(exact number), ula, xika. Cinunu with ciule or cixike, an exact thousand, vt., muna, miinyixa, xikixa, hiuxa; vi., hua, xika. (full quantity or measure, be), vi., kumbana, vula; vt., kum- baxa, vudixa. adj., xila, kanda. Compliment, vt., inyixa. Compliments, n., muoyo, 2. give, V., ha or ela or cbexa with muo,yo(2). Comprehend, ^'.(hear), unva (known), munya. Compress, vt., kama, mata. (press down), bambila, nyeme- nena, xindika. Conceal, vt., sokoka; vi., soko- ma. Concede, v.. itabuxa. Conceit, w. ( pride), disanka, 5. CONCEITED— CONSTANT. 1 66 Conceited, be, z*/.(proud), disua. Conceive, v., imita with difu(5) or dimi(5). This latter word seems to be used only of women. cause to, iniicixa. (think), ela or elanfrana fol- lowed by lungenyi(4) or mexi (pi. of 5) or mueima(2). Concern, «. (matter), bualu, 6; imianda, 2. Concerning, prep., bualu(6) bua. Conciliate, vt., sunga. Conclude, ^’.(comie to same con- clusion after consultation), di(5) diakuakanangana di- mue, hunguluxa di, akuxa me. (finish), muna, miinyixa, xi- kixa, huixa. (resolve), amba. Concourse, «. (crowd), cisumbu, 7. Concubine, «. (general term for wife), mukuxi, i. (first concubine taken), cilon- de(7) niuadi(2). CONTDEilN, vt., hixa. (be condemned, convicted), vi., hila. (not to praise), r/., diula, nyoka. CONT)EMNATlON, ;/.(doom), mulau, 2. CONTDITION, «., suggest infin. kui- kala. CONT)UCT, vt., flla, xindikixa, ya ne, lombola. n., cilele, 7, eienzedi, 7; cibi- lu, 7. Conductor, ;?.(leader), mulom- bodi, i; mudianjidi, i. Confer, x'.fgive an ofl&ce to), ha or dixa followed by abstract name of office, together, ela cifufu(7). Conference, (private), eifufu, / • Confess, v., itabuxa, sokola, ton- da. di«onguela. Confidence, have in, vt., teke- mena. Confluence, n., disangu, 5. Gen- erally used in pi. Conform to, z’.(be like), fuanan- gana, akanangana, dieleka. Confound, i 7 .,buandakuxa,buan- dakanya, tuhakuxa, tuba- kanya; vi., tuhakana, buan- dakana. Confuse, vt., buandakuxa, buan- dakanya, tuhakiixa, tuha- kanya; vi., tuhakana, buan- dakana. (miss path), hanibuka. (put in disorder), tangadixa, tangaluxa, muanga, niuan- galuxa; vi., tangadika, tan- galuka, muangaluka. Confusion, «. (noise), diyoyo, 5. be in, vi., tangadika, tangaluka, muangaluka. put in, vt , tangadixa, tanga- luxa, muangaluxa. Congeal, v., kuatakana. Congo Independent State Gov- ernment, with all officials, n., Bula 3 Iatadi (Lower Congo). Congratulate, vt., sekelela. Congreg.^te, vi., sangakana, tu- takana, lua cisun.bu'7\ di- sanga, diunguixa kunga- kana, sambakana, dikunga. Congregation, tz. (crowd), cisum- bu, 7. Conjure, ? 7 . (bewitch) Iowa, (divine), buka, tempa, tempexa. (do sleight-of-hand trick), enza di jimbuv'5). Conjurer, n., see sorcerer. Conquer, vt., hita or tamba fol- lowed by bukale(6) or ngu- lu(3); cimuna. Conscience, ;z.,mucima, 2; mur- yo, 2. Conscious, of v., munya, unva ufua. Consecrate, vt., see sanctify. Consent, v., itabuxa. See permission. CONSEQUENCE— CONVULSE. 167 Consequence, of no, kakuena bualu(6); -a cinana; -a hatuhu. Consequently, adv., see there- fore. CONSroER, v.y ela or elangana fol- lowed by lungenyi(4) or mexi(5) or mucima(2) or lukanyi(4). (reckon), amba. Consistent, adj. ph., -a di(5) dimue. Console, vt.y samba, kalexa mu- cima(2), bomba. (when crying), kosexa or huixa with muadi(2). Conspicuous, be, vi.{he seen), mueka, mueneka. [ Conspiracy, n., cifufu(7) cibl. Conspire, v., ela cifufu(7) cibi. Constantly, adv., see ceaseless- ly. Constipation, n., cinyenga, 7. (be constipated), v., nyenga with munda as subj., di ne cin- yenga. Constrain, t;/. ( hinder), humbixa, humbakuxa, kosexa; vi.y hiimba. (cause to do), use Causative Form ! of verb. i Construct, t;/. ( build), ibuka, asa (see note in B.L.-Eng.). (make), enza, osa, kixa. - Consult, vt., for advice, konka, ebexa. medicine man, tempa, tempexa, buka, nua ciala(7). together secretly, ela cifufu(7). i Consultation, n., secret, cifufu, 7. ) Consume, vt., oxa. (be consumed by fire), hia. (be finished), xika, hua. (spend, eat up), dia. Contagious, be, vi., tampakana, ambulukila, sambulukila. Contain, it., di ne. 1 Content, be, vi., sanka, muci- ma(2) udi with mutalale or muhole. Content, be {continued). The last two words are p.p. of talala and hola. Contention, «. (dispute), luh&ta, 4 - have a, di ne or ela or elangana with mp^ta (pi.). Contentment, n., disanka, 5. Contiguous, be, vi., tuangana, kuatakana. Continually, adv., see cease- lessly. Continue, 7/.(reside), ikaia. (persevere), use neg. of lekela or hanga, or Pres. Habitual tense. Contract, w.(a secret agreement), cifufu, 7. make a, v., hunga di(i;). a vT-itten, mukanda, 2. (shorten), vt.. ihihixa, kehexa. (as a bug when touched), vi. fulama. Control, vt.(as mother a child), bulukila, samina, bela, nan- ga. Controversy, n., luhata, 4. engage in a, v., di ne or ela or elangana followed by mpata (pi.). settle a, v., tuixa. Comvalesce, vi., sangala, kusa mubidi(2), sanguluka. Com^ERGE, vi., sambakana, sanga- kana, sangila. Conversation, n., muaku, 2. hold a, V., somba. Converse, vi., somba. Convert, vt., kudimuna, anda- muna. (be converted in religious sense), kudimuka muntu(i) wa Nzambl. n., muntu wa Nzambi. Convict, vt., hixa. (be convicted), vi., hila. Convince, vt., itabuxixa. Com^ULSE, vi.(to have a fit), ha- luka, fua vdth ciseke(7) or tungulungu (pi. of 8). i68 CONVULSION— COUGH. Convulsion, w.(fit), ciseke, 7; tungulungu, pi. of 8; nkoyi, 3. The latter word is used only of children. Cook, v., lamba, ihika. (be half cooked), tuya. (boil, stew), turn pa. (dry by fire, as meat), inyika, nanga(nana). (fry), kanga. (roast in a pot, as corn, peanuts, etc.), kanga. (roast in fire), oxa. (with seasoning, such as salt, pep- per, oil, etc.), lunga. W., kuku(Eng.), mulambi(i), muihiki(i). house, kitchen, cikuku(Eng.), 7. Cool, see cold. Coolness, n., see coldness. Copper, n., ciama(7) cikunze. Sometimes ciombo(7) seems to be used for copper, but this latter word may mean either copper or iron made into crosses. Note that ciama means either iron or copper, the distinction being made with the adjectives like and kunze, respectively. Copse, n., cihuka, 7. Copulate, v., luma, lumixa, ten- temexa, lala ne. Copy, n., cidikixilu, 7; cimon- yinu, 7; cilexilu, 7; cidiki- xu, 7*; luedi, 4; luelekexi, 4; luidi, 4. v.y idikixa, elekexa. Cord, n., muoxi, 2; muxinga, 2. Cork, ^.(stopper of bottle), cixi- biku, 7; cibuiku, 7; cibui- kilu, 7. Corn, w.(maize), dianva, 5; di- tala, 5. Generally used in pi. to express quantity. Dianva and ditala mean one ear of corn. cob of, cikumbuxi, 7; cikum- bukumbu, 7. shuck of, cihusu, 7. Corn {continued). silk of, beard, munyanvudi, 2. stalk of, cikolakola, 7; lubala- bala, 4; musengeleke, 2. tassel of, luzeba, 4. Corner, n., of house, ditumba, 5. Cornet, w., mpungi, 3. Corpse, m., citalu, 7; muxangi (Buk.), 2. Corpulent, grow, vi., diunda, lunda. Correct, adj., impe, akane, len- gele, o-umue, muomumue (adv.) ^/.(rebuke), bela, nanga. (scold), samina, bulukila. Correctly, aJ‘y.(truly), bulilela, buinabuina,bualabuala, bui- kuxa, buxua. These words are really adjectives with bualu(6) understood. (rightly), bimpe, biakane. Correctness, n., see truth. Correspond to, vi., fuana, fuan- angana, akana, akanangana dieleka, di with bu or buina. (write to each other), fundilan- gana mikanda (pi. of 2). Corrode, z'.(rust), kuata dimo- ma(5). Corrosion, w.(rust), dimoma, 5. Corrupt, ad/.(bad), bi. (be rotten), vi.y bola. (make rotten), vt.^ bolexa. (make to go bad), vt., ona, nyanga; vi., onoka, nyan- guka. (spoil, as a child), vt., ibidixa bualu(6) bubi. Corruption, w. ( badness), bubi, 6. Cost, w. ( price), muxinga, 2. Costive, be, v., di ne cinyenga(7), nyenga munda. Costiveness, n., see constipation. Costly, adj., -a muxinga (2) mu- kale. Cotton, n., buanda, 6. Couch, n., bulalu, 6. Cough, n., lukosolo, 4. V., kosola. COULD— CRANE. i6g Could, v., see able. Use the proper past tense. Council, n., ciiumbu, 7. (hold a council or court), v., lumbulula, xambula(Buk.). Councilor, ^.(attorney, one speak- ing for another at court), muambididi, i; muakuidi, i; mulumbuluidi, i. Counsel, vt., ambila, ha with lun- genyi(4) or mexi(5) or lu- kanyiU). (warn), dimuxa. n., lungenyi, 4; mexi, pi. of 5; lukanyi, 4. Count, v., bala. Countenance, n., see features. Countless, adj., use neg. of munya or mona or ena with mua kubala, to count. Country, n. The country of a certain clan or tribe is gener- ally expressed by giving the simple name of the people. We may also have the indefi- nite misoko {towns). (down-country), kumanda. §423 (2) (6). of the foreigner, mputu, 3. This word is a corruption of the name Portugal. Countryman, n., muena, i; mu- kua, i; muan’etu, etc.; mue- na kuetu, etc. ; mukuetu, etc. §§ 138, Rem. 5; 141, Rem. i; 142; 87 (d), Rem. 2. Couple, «.(all two), bubidi, 6. Courage, n., dikima, 5; bukitu, 6; mucima(2) mukale. have, V., teka dikima or bukitu or mucima mukale. Courageous, adj., see brace. Court, w., of justice, ciiumbu, 7. (enclosure), use mu with lu- hangu(4) or cihangu(7) or lumbu(4). (talk palaver at court), v., lum- bulula, xambula(Buk.). (yard, open space in village), lu- banza, 4; bula, 6. Court {continued). 7/.(woo), endela. Courteous, adj., -a kalolo, 8. Courtesy, n., kalolo, 8. Cousin, n. Generally expressed by the indefinite muan’etu, etc. § 138, Rem. 5. Covenant, n., see agreement. Cover, vt., buikila. a house, finga; kuma. (be covered with, as clothes with dirt), vi., tahakana. «., cibuikilu, 7; cibulku, 7; cixibiku, 7. Covet, vph., use muoyo(2) or mu- cima(2) as subject ofj v sa- mina or kumina, ela mu- cima. Hence we say nakuela cifulu ciandi mucima, I coveted his hat. Covetous, adj., -amucima(2). Cow, n., ngombe(3) mukuxi, mu- kuxi’a ngombe. Coward, n., muena(i) buowa(6), muena mucima(2) mutekete. Cowardice, n., buowa, 6; muci- ma(2) mutekete. Cower, 2;.(as animal), baxa, di ne mbaxibaxi (pi. of 3 or 4). Cowry, «.,mubela, 2; luhaxi(Buk. and Bukuba), 4. Crab, n., nkala, 3; lukala, 4. Crack, n., mutanta, 2. vt., handa mutanta(2); vi., handika mutanta, fua mu- tanta. (as nuts), bela, bula, bosa, toto- bula, taya(toya). Craft, w.(occupation), mudimu, 2. Craftiness, «. (meanness), luki- nu, 4. (sharpness), budimu, 6. Crafty, adj., -a budimu(6), di- muke (p.p. of diniuka, to he crafty). (mean), -a lukinu(4). Cram, (together), bambila, nye- menena, xindika, kamata. Crane, w.(bird), nyunyu(3) wa mudinga(2). 170 CRAWFISH— CRY. Crawfish, n., cisasankala, 7; cisasa, 7. (shrimp), luxixa, 4; luxoxa, 4. Crawl, vi.{a.s caterpillar, lizard), landala, lundamana. (as child), kalaba, jeka. (as snake), enda ujongoloka (from V. jongoloka). Craziness, n., buhale, 6; butom- boke, 6; bubuluke, 6. Crazy, be, vi., buluka, hala, tom- boka. adj., buluke, hale, tomboke. These are p.p. of the above verbs. Crease, n., mufudi, 2. Create, vt., fuka. Credit, 7;. (let one have something as a debt), ha dibanza(5). Hence we have nakuha Ka- songo dibanza diinyi dia cinunu cia mibela, I credited Kasongo for 1,000 cowries, lit. I gave him my debt for 1,000 cowries. Credulity, w., luitabuxu, 4. Credulous, adj., -a luitabuxu(4). Creek, n., musulu, 2. Creep, w.(as child), kalaba, jeka. (as vine), lamba. stealthily, bombelela, tobela. Creeper, (generic), muoxi, 2. There are many species, but the most useful is the lukodi(4), which is extensively employed in making houses, fences, mats, nets, baskets, etc. Creeping thing, w., cixi, 7. Crevice, n., mutanta, 2. Cricket, n., cimpul , 7; cinson- kela, 7. (edible), muenze, 2; muntuntu, 2. Crimson, adj., kunze (pp. of kunza, to he crimson). Cringe, vi., with fear, as animal, b&xa, di ne mbaxibaxi(3). Crippled, be, w.(limp), zobela. Croak, w.(as frog), dila. Crocodile, n., ngandu, 3. Crook, w.(bend), dintonya, 5. Crooked, be, vi., konyangala, tonyuma, nyongoboka, hen- guluka, kobama. Crop, n.{pi bird), dibodio, 5. Cross, w.(like that on which Christ was crucified), muci(2) mucia- makane. iron or copper made into, ciom- bo, 7. (be fretful), vi., nyingabala. (as one path or stick crossing an- other), vi., ciamakana; vt., ciamakuxa. a stream, vi., sabuka; vt., sa- bula. Crossing, w.(ford or ferry), cisabu, 7; dilobo, 5; cisabukilu, 7. Crouch, vi., inuma, butama, batama. Crow, ‘P.(as cock), sama. Crowd, n., cisumbu, 7; disanga, 5; bungi, 6. together, vi., huelekana; vt., buexakana, buelakuxa. Crown, n.,oi head, lubombo, 4. Crucify, vph., xiha ha muci(2) muciamakane. Cruel, adj., -a lukinu(4), -a cinyangu(7). (be cruel toward one) vt., nyan- ga, ona. Cruelty, w.,lukinu,4; cinyangu,7. Crumb, n., cisunsukila, 7; luko- toto, 4; kavuku, 8. Crumble, vt., sunsula. Crunch, vt., beleketa. Crush, 7;/. (grind between stones), hela. (by beating), kuma, tuta. (by rubbing), vinga, sunsula. in mortar, tua. (squeeze), kama. to powder, botexa. Crust, n., lukototo, 4; cilumu- lumu, 7. Cry, V., dila. (console or stop from crying), kosexa or huixa with mua- dl(2). CRY— DARK. 171 Cry {continued). (exclamation used in calling to fight), V., kobola. (exclamation of surprise or joy by a number of people), x’., bingila, ela bila (pi. of 7). for, dila, jinga. ^.(weeping), muadi, 2. (alarum), cila, 7. Crying, w., muadi, 2. Culpable, be, vi., hila. Cultivate, v., dima, ihila. Cunning, adj., -a budimu(6), di- muk« (p.p- of dimuka, to he cunning). Cunningness, n., budimu, 6. Cup, n.y luhanza, 4. (to bleed), vt., sumika. (small gourd for cupping), lusumu, 4. Cure, •y^.(heal), ondaha (used in reference to the person heal- ing), holexa, taluxa, umixa. The last three words have refer- ence to the medicine perform- ing the cure. (be cured), ‘yi.,talala, hola, uma. (to give a present of something to eat to a person wounded, the ^t to be given by the person inflicting the wound), lunga. Curse, x;^.(doom), ela mulau(2). (offend), henda, tuka. «., cihendo, 7. (doom), mulau, 2. Curve, v^.(bend), tonya, tonta, kobeka, konya, henguluxa, nyongoboxa; vi., konyon- gala, tonyuma, nyongoboka, kobama, henguluka. n., dintonya, 5. Custom, n.y cibilu, 7; cilele, 7; cienzedi, 7. CUT, vt.y kosa, taha, kata. (as vine for rubber), taha, benda. away, as trash in field, sengula. away, as large timber for field, sola. (carve), songa. (castrate), tungula, hakula. Cut {continued). (chop), kuota. down, as grass or tree, taha, xumbula, uhula. finger nails, bengula nzadi. fire-wood, handa, taha, kuota. grass with hoe, dima, ihila. open, split, handa. (slice), benga. teeth, mena with dina(5) as subj. up, as an animal killed, seya, saya. up by the roots, jula. up into small pieces, to hash, zaza. (wound), taha mputa(3). w. (wound), mputa, 3. D. Daily, adv., ku dituku(5) ku di- tuku, ku dici(5) ku dici. Daintiness, w., mankenda, pi. of 5 or 6. Dainty, adj., -a mankenda (pi. of 5 or 6). Damage, vt., ona, nyanga. Damn, v., ela mulau(2). Damnation, n., mulau, 2. Damp, adj., -a citelele(7), -a cia- xlmaty). be, vi., talala, hola, bombama. (be wet), vi., bola, toha. Dampen, vt,, taluxa, holexa, to- hexa, holexa, bombeka. Dampness, n., citelele, 7; cia- xima, 7. Damsel, n., see maid. Dance, n., maxa, pi. of 5 or 6. V., xa, xa maxa. Danger, n., bualu, 6; muanda, 2. Dan L ', vi., lembelela. Daring, be, see brave. Dark, adj.{co\or), fike (p.p. from flka, to he dark). (as in closed room, or darkness or night), midima, pi. of 2; muflta, 2. 172 DARK— DECEMBER. Dark {continued). (become dark), see become. (make dark, darken), vt., flkixa. Darken, vt., flkixa. Darkness, w.(as night), midima> pi. of 2; muflta, 2. (color), buflke, 6. Dash, w.(West Coast English for gift, or the extra amount which must always be given in trade), matabixa (pi. of 5 or 6), n e- kididi(3), ntentekedi(3). give a, V., sekidila, tentekela. Date, n. This idea must gener- ally be expressed by reference to the moon (ngondo or muen- xi), or to one of the seasons (muxihii, mayowa, nvula). Daub, v., meta, bua. (be daubed over with, as clothes with mud), tMiakana. Daughter, n., muana(i) muku- xi(i). (one’s own daughter), muana inulela. Dawn, n., haciacia (adv.). § 423, (2) (&). (cockcrowing), hadi hasama nsolo. little after, dinda, 5 ; lunkelu, 4. V., butuku(6) or bufuku(6) with the V. cia. Day, n., dituku, 5; dlfuku, 5; dici (pi. meci), 5. (all day long), dinda(5) to ne dilolo(5). (day after to-morrow), adv., maihi. (day by day), ku dituku ku di- tuk , ku ici ku dici. (daytime), munya, 2. For days of the week, see week. Daybreak, n., haciacia. § 423 (2) {h). Daylight, n., munya, 2. Daytime, n., munya, 2. Dazzle, vph., tuila mu mesu. Dead, adj., fue (p.p. of fua, to die). Deaf, adj., -a mahaha (pi of 5). If one ear only is deaf use the sing., diaaha. person, muena(i) mahaha. Deafness, n. If person is deaf in one ear use dihaha(5), if in both ears use the pi. mahaha. Deal, v., in, trade, enda muxin- ga(2) ne; as, utu wenda muxinga ne ndundu, he deals in rubber. (large amount), -a bungi(6), ngi, ngia-ngi. Dear, (costly,) -a muxinga(2) mukale. make, vt., bandixa muxi ga. Dearth, n., bunyabunya, 6; bu- bale, 6 ; bukise, 6. Death, n., lufu, 4. put, to xiha. (to be very near death, about to die), V., use lufu as subject of v. tonda with the person as obj. Debase vt., kehexa. Debate, w.(dispute), luhata, 4. V., ela or elagana or di ne with luhata. PI. mpata is generally used. Debris, n., see trash. Debt, n., dibanza, 5. ask for the payment of, v., nan a. be in. The debtor is said to possess or get (di ne or angata) the debt of the creditor — just opposite of the English; as, ndi ne dibanza dia Kasongo dia cinunu cia mibela, I am in debt to Kasongo for 1,000 cowries. Sometimes the verb kuata is used with dibanza as subj. and the person who is in debt as the obj. incur a, v., enza dibanza. Decay, vi , bola. Deceit, n., ludimi, 4. Deceive, v., xima, dinga, dimba> December, n,, Disemba(Eng.). DECIDE— DEMENTIA. 173 Decide, (judge), lumbulula. after consultation, di(5) diakua- kanangana diinue, hungu- luxa or akuxa with di(5). on, sungula. (resolve), amba. (settle a dispute), tuixa; kosa or kala with nsambu (pi. of 3 or 4). Declare, v., amba. Decline, (refuse to give), imina. (as price), vi., teketa. (refuse), hidia, benga. Decompose, v. bola. Decorate, vt., lengexa. Decoration, (ornament), ci- lenga, 7. Decorous, adj., -a kalolo(8). Decorum, n., kalolo, 8. Decrease, ■y^.(as price), huekexa or tekexa with muxinga(2). (as swelling), vi , fuba, huhala. (as wages), vt., huekexa difu- tu(5). (as water abating), uma, kama. (in quantity or size), vi., keha, nyana; vt., kehexa, nyan- yixa. Decree, n., di, 5; mukenji, 2. V., amba followed by di( 5 ) or mukenji. Deed, «. (affair), bualu, 6; muan- da, 2. Deep, adj., le. Deepen, vt., lehexa. Deepness, n., bule, 6. Defame, vt., songuela, banda. Defeat, vt., hita or tamba fol- lowed by bukale(6) or ngu- lu(3), cimuna. Defend, vt., sungidila, sungila, handixa. Defender, n., musungidi, i. Deference, n., kalolo, 8. Deferential, adj., -a kalolo, 8. Deficient, be, ^.(be not enough), xala ena ne. Defile, (blacken), hkixa. (make to go bad), ona, nyanga. Define, v., amba. Sometimes bualu bua follows amba. Deformed, adj., in back, hump- backed, kobame (p.p. of ko- bama), ditonte(p.p. of di- tonta), -a dikoko(5). in legs, -a kaneke(8), -a nje- ku(3), -a cibombo(7). Deformity, n., in back, dikoko, 5. in legs, kaneke, 8; njeku, 3. Defraud, vt., iba. Degrade, vt., kehexa. (discharge), fula. Delay, vt., humbixa, lekexa. (remain behind), xala, humba. (stop), vi., lekela. Deliberate, v., ela or elangana followed by mexi(5) or lun- genyi (4) or mucima(2). (hold conference), ela with ei- fulu(7) or cifu(7). Deliberation, n., clfufu, 7; cllu, 7 - Delicate, adj.{not strong), ena ne followed by bukale(6) or ngulu(3). Delight, vt., sankixa; vi., sanka. Delirious, be, ^^.(talk in delirium), akula biakulakula(pl. of 7). § 356 (^). Deliver, ^.(act as midwife), le- lexa. a child, lela. from slavery, redeem, hikula. message, ambila, amba with di(5) or mukenji(2). (save), sungila, sungidila, han- dixa. Deliverance, n., luhandu, 4. Deliverer, w., musungidi, i. Demand, ^.(ask for), lomba. (to que tion), ebexa, konka. Demented, adj., buluke, tom- boke, hale. These are p.p. of buluka, tomboka and hala, respectively, meaning to he demented. Dementia, n., buhale, 6; butom- boke, 6; bubuluke, 6. 174 DEMOLISH— DESTROY. Demolish, vt.y sasula, cibula, handakanya, tangadixa, tan- galuxa, xiha. a village, nyanga, ona, haula. Demon, «. (Biblical sense), mula- maci(i) wa Satana. (devil), Satana, i. (spirit, ghost), mukixi, 2; mu- xangi, 2. (witch), muena(i) muhongo(2), muena buloxi(6), muenamu- loxi(2). Den, n., buina, 6. PI. is mena. Denounce, vt., diula, nyoka. Dense, be, 7;.(as forest), xitakana. Deny, v., hidia, benga. a charge, Vila. (refuse to give), imina. (renounce), hidia, nyoka, ben- ga, diula. Depart, v., ya, umuka, bika. Depose, vt., umuxa, fula. Depress, T;/.(lower), huekexa. (be depressed with sorrow), bun- gama, nyingala niucima(2). Depth, w., bule, 6. Derange, i;/.(disarrange), tanga- dixa, buandakanya, buanda- kuxa, tangaluxa, tuhakuxa, tuhakanya, muanga, muan- galuxa, buexakana, sanga- kuxa, sangakanya; w.(be disarranged), buandakana, tangadika, tangaluka, tuha- kana, muangaluka, buela- kana, sangakana. Deranged, ad;. (mentally), buluke, tomboke, hale. These words are p.p. of buluka, tomboka and hala, respectively, mean- ing to he deranged. Deride, vt., seka. Derision, n., kaseku, 8. Descend, vi.{a.s sun in the heavens) uhuka. (come down from tree), etc. tuluka, ika. (fall), hona, kuluka, mata. (go down-stream), hueka. Descendant, n., muana, i. See GENERATION. Descent, n., line of, generation, cilongo, 7. place of, cihuekelu, 7. Describe, vt., amba. Sometimes bualu bua follows amba. Desecrate, vt., ona, nyanga. Desert, vt., xia, lekela. (move to another place, scatter), muangala. (uninhabited place), nph., mu niuaba(2) kamuena bantu. Deserted village, n., dikolo, 5; cikulu, 7. Deserve, -yf.fbe right or best to do), bualu(6) buimpe or bimpe(adv.) followed by infin.; as, bualu buimpe kumukuma, it is right to whip him, i.e., he deserves a whipping. (be fit or proper), fuana. Desire, v., sua, nanga, inyixa. n., changeable, cisuasua, 7. § 356 (^). Desist, v., lekela. Desolate, vt., haula. Despise, vt., use the ph. di ne lukuna(4) ; neg. of sua, nanga and inyixa. See LOATHE. Despite, n., lukuna, 4. Despoil, vt., haula. Despond, vi., bungama, nyin- gala mucima(2). Despondent, be, vi., see despond. Despot, n., muena(i) cinyan- gu(7). Despotic, adj., -a einyangu(7). Destination, w.(end), cixiki- dilu, 7. Destine, -y/. (choose), sungula. Destitute, ad;.(poor),hele, landa. (be destitute of), use neg. enane. Destitution, «. (poverty), buhele, 6; bulanda, 6. Destroy, vt., xiha, cibula. house, sasula. (pillage), haula. village, nyanga, ona. DETAIN— DIRECT. 175 Detain, vt.^ lekexa, liumbixa, humbakaxa, kosexa. (be detained), vi., humba. Detect, ■y^.(feel, become conscious of), unva, ufua. Deter, vt., humbixa, lekexa, kosexa, humbakuxa. Deteriorate, vi., nyanguka, ono- ka(oneka). Determine, v., see decide. Detest, vt., use the ph. di ne lukuna(4); also neg. of sua and nanga and Inyixa. See LOATHE. Detestation, n., lukuna, 4. Detour, make a, v., sesa, sesuka. Devastate, vt., see destroy. Develop, w.(grow), kala, lunba, diunda, leha. Devil, n., see demon. Devotion, w.(affection), disua, 5; dinanga, 5. (pity), luse, 4. Devour, vt., dia. Dew, n., mume, 2; dime, 5. Dexterity, n., see cleverness. Dialect, n., miiaku, 2; ciakuilu, 7; ludimi, 4; muakuilu, 2. The different dialects may be represented by prefixing bu to the name of the people. § 55, Rem. I. Diarrhcea, 71 ., to have, huya munda, ela munda, uha munda. Die, vi., fua. (be about to die), tonda with lufu as subj. and the person as obj. for, as substitute, fuila. Differ, 'P.(dispute), ela or di ne or elangana followed by mpa- ta(pl. of 4). (be unlike), use neg. of fuanan- gana and fuana and kele- mena and dieleka; also neg v. with muomumue or o- umue. Difference, w.(argument), lu- ll ata, 4. settle a, vt., tuixa. Different, be, vi., see differ. way of doing, «., cienzedi(7) cikuabo. Differently, adv., use the deriva- tive noun forms as described under § 356 (c) followed by the adj. cikuabo, other) as, enza cienzedi cikuabo, do it dif- ferently. Difficult, adj., kale(p.p. of kala, to be difficult). Difficulty, w. ( palaver), bualu, 6; muanda, 2. Diffidence, 71., bundu, 6; bunvu, 6 . Diffident, be, vi., ufua or unva or di ne followed by bundu(6) or bunvu(6). Dig, V., a hole, imba, umbula. (to hoe), dima, ihila. up, as tree, jula. Dilatory, be, vi., xixamuka. Diligent, adj., use some such ph. as -amucima(2) •wamudimu(2); or the neg. v. with bufuba(6) or bukata(6). Dimension, w. ( length), bule, 6; ntanta(3) mule. (width), buihi, 6; bukise, 6; ntanta(3) muihi. (size), bunine, 6. take, measure, vt., idikixa, ele- kexa. Diminish, vi., see decrease. Diminutive, adj. The diminutive idea is generally expressed by means of the prefix ka(pl. tu). There are, of course, the adjs. kise, bale, nya-nya. Dinner, nph., bidia(pl. of 7) bia munda munya(2), bidia bia hankuci. Dip, v. (immerse), in a. in, tua. up, tunta, taha. Direct, ‘P.(show), lexa. (tell, command), ambila. the way, lombola. od;. (straight), lulame(p.p. of lul^ma, to he straight). 176 DIRECTION— DISENCHANT. Direction, (command), di, 5; mukenji, 2. towards, prep., ku. Directly, a). (bend edge of knife), vt., benda- mixa; vi., bendama. (bordering on cloth), luhola, 4. of knife, ku menu(pl. of dinu). (put an edge on), nuona. to have an, be sharp, tua. Edible, adj., -a kudia. Edifice, n., nsubu, 3. Educate, vt., iyixa, munyixa, ambila, Iubukixa(Buk.), lon- Kexa(Buk. or Low’er Congo). Effect, v., see do. n., bualu, 4; muanda, 2. Effervesce, v., saba. Effort, n., make an, see try. (make effort and fail), v., hanga. Effrontery, n., dikamakama, 5; cikama, 7; dintanta, 5. Egg, n., dikela, 5; di(pl. inai, 5). inside of, white or yolk, mulun- ga, 2. lay, vt., ela. Egg {continued). shell of, cihusu, 7; cizubu, 7. white of, milembulembu, pi. of 2. yolk of, bukulukulu, 6. Eggplant, n., lujilu, 4. Egotistical, be, vi., disua. Eight, card, num., muanda mu- kulu. Either . . . or, con]., naxa . . . naxa. Eject, 7;/., hatula, iuhula, umuxa. Elapse, v., use cidimu(season) or dituku(day) with v. lua; or ngondo(moon) with v. bala; also the verbs leha and nenga. Elastic, be, vi., nyengabala. Elbow, n., lukongeba, 6. Elder, (ecclesiastical), imikulu, i; mukulumpe, i; tatu, i. brother or sister, mukulu, i. This word is followed by the poss. enclitic. § 138, Rem. 2. Elect, 7;, (appoint to office), ha or buexa or dixa followed by ab- stract name of office. (choose), sungula. Electric fish, n., nyixi, 3. Elegance, n., buimpe, 6; bulen- gele, 6; buakane, 6. Elegant, adj., impe, Icngcle, akane. Elephant, n., kahumbu, 8; nze- vu, 3. Elephantiasis, n.(of foot), bu- zevu, 6. This word is from nzevu, elephant. Elevate, vt., bixa, bandixa, jula. Else, (other), kuabo, nga. (somewhere else), adv., use loca- tives inseparaby with kuabo or nga. Elsewhere, adv., use locatives in- separably with kuabo or nga. F2maciate, vt., nyanyixa. (be emaciated), vi., nyana, di ne or uma W'ith cionda(7) or cinyanu(7). Emaciation, n., cionda, 7; cin- yanu, 7. I82 EMANCIPATE— ENGAGE. Emancipate, vt., hikula. Emblem, n., cimonyinu, 7. Embrace, vt., uhukila, akidila. Embryo, disu, 5; muoyo, 2. Emerge, x’.(appear), mueneka, mueka. (come out), luhuka, umuka, hatuka. Emigrate, "yz. (scatter), muangala. Eminence, w.(hill), mukuna, 2. (importance), bunine, 6. Eminent, adj., nine, tumbe(p.p, of tumba, to be eminent). Emit, v., an odor, nunka. Employ, vt., see engage. Employment, w. (occupation). This idea is generally expressed in one of three ways; (i) noun derivative of class I. § 356 (a); (2) muena followed by the proper noun, § 84 {b)\ (3) Pres. Habitual tense of verb, to seek, keba mudimu(2). (w'ork), n., mudimu, 2. Empty, adj., tuhu, cinana. The latter word is indeclinable. The locatives are often used be- fore the noun; as, ha mesa hadi hatuhu, the table is empty, mu mulondo mudi miituhu, the jar is empty. r/.(pour out), humuna, icikixa, umuxa, luhula. Emulate, vt., Idikixa, elekexa. (do as another), see § 465. Enchant, vt., Iowa. (divine), buka, tempa, tempexa, nua ciala(7), depending on the form of enchantment em- ployed. See wttch. Encircle, vt., jinga, jingila, nyengela, vunga, vungila, nyungulula. vi.{go around), nyiinguluka, clmbakana. Generally use ph. ku nyima with these words. Enclose, vt., see encircle. Enclosure, «. (fence), luhangu, 4; cihangu, 7; lumbu, 4. (yard, enclosed space, court), lubanza, 4; bula, 6. By using the locative mu wdth the words luhangu and cihangu and lumbu we have other forms for yard, enclosure, court, fold, etc. (pen), cikumbi, 7. Encourage, vt., kalexa mu- cima(2). End, vi., be on, stand, imuna. bring to, finish, vt., muna, mun- yixa, xikixa, buixa. come to, be finished, vi., xika. come to, stop, lekela. come to the, vi., xikila. put on, stand up on, vt., imun- yika. at the hind, the locative words kunxikidilu, haxixe. butt, n., citaku, 7; also the loc. word kuntaku. (destination), cixikidilu, 7. front, ku mpala, ku mutu. lower, kumanda(loc.). of stick, string, etc., the preposi- tional words kusula, kunfu- dilu, kusala. (point of needle, etc.), lusongo, 4- Endeavor, v., see try. (endeavor and fail), hanga. Endlessly, adv., see ceaselessly. Endow, (bequeath), ha buhian- yi(6)- (give), ha, ambika(Buk.). Enema, n., bukanda, 6. give a, V., ela bukanda. Enemy, n., muena(i) lukuna(4). Udi ne Kasongo lukuna, he is an enemy of Kasongo. Energetic, see diligent. ' Energy, w. ( strength), ngulu, pi. of 3; makanda, pi. of 5; bu- kale, 6. Enfeeble, vt., tekexa. Engage, x;.(be engaged, betrothed). When speaking of the man use ENGAGE— ETERNALLY. Engage {continued). the active forms of banga, when of the w'oman use the passive forms of same verb, in fight with, luangana. (hire), ha mudimu(2), buexa ku mudimu. Englishman, w., muena(i) Inge- lexi. Generally used of all who speak English, Enigma, n. (puzzle), dijimbu, 5; dialu, 5. Enlarge, vt., diundixa, lundixa. Enmity, n., lukuna, 4. Enormous, adj., nine. Enough, be, w'.(adequate), fuan- I angana, akanangana, die- ' leka, vula, kumbana, di -a bungi(6), xika. (be satisfied wdth food), i;.,ukuta. Enquire, v., see inquire. Enrage, vt., kuacixa or ufuixa wdth cixi(7), fikixa munda, tacixa. (be enraged), vi., kuata or ufua with cixi, flka munda. I Enrich, vt., luixa bubanji(6). Enslave, vt., ha or buexa mu followed by buhika(6), luixa with muhika(i) or buhika. i Ensnare, vt., teya. j Entangle, vt., in speech, tuha- j kuxa, tuhakanya; w.(be en- tangled), tuhakana. I in net, jingila, jinga; i;f.(be entangled), di jinga. Enter, vi., buela. Entice, vt., munyixa or iyixa or ibidixa with bualu(6) bubi. by leaving something to tempt, to trap, teya. by lying to, dinga, xima, dimba. Enticement, n., buteyi, 6. Entire, adj., onso, xima. Entirety, n., buonso, 6; buxima, 6 . Entrail, «., dila, 5. Entrance, n., muxuku(2) wa mbelu(3), mbelu(3), cibue- delu(7). 183 Entrap, vt., teya. Entreat, vt., sengela, sengelela. Entrust with, vph., xia mu bian- za(pl. of 7). Entwine, vt., Jingila, vungila, jinga, vunga. Enumerate, vt., bala. Envious, ad;. (jealous), -a mu- kau(2). En\ Y, n., mukau, 2. Epileptic fit, «., ciseke, 7; tungu- lungu, pi. of 8. Epistle, n., mukanda, 2. Equal, adj., length, size, number, etc., mue(mo), o-umue; also the indeclinable words bu, buina, muomumue. be, vi., fuanangana, fuana, kelemena. make, vt., fuanyikixa, kele- mexa. Eradicate, vt., jimixa, jima. Erase, vt., jimixa, jima. Erect, x;/. ( build), ibuka, asa. be, vi., imuna, jalama. (cause to stand erect), imun- yika, jadika. Err, V., enza or osa or kixa with the adv. bibi. Escape, v., from captivity, from a fight, from danger, handuka. from trap or when tied, tuka. (run away), nyema, ongoloka. (slip loose, as animal when caught with the hands), tlnuka. Escort, vt., fila. on the way a short distance, then return, vt., xindikixa. Espoused, be, v. When speaking of the man use the act. forms of banga, when of the w’oman use the pass, forms of same verb. Esteem, x^/.(do honor to), nemeka, nemekela, tumbixa, meneka, menekela. (to love), sua, nanga, inyixa. Eternal, adj., -a cendelele, -a lahaldha, -a kaxidi. Etern.ally, adv., see ceaselessly i84 ETERNITY— EXCEPT. Eternity, n. (forever), matuku(pl. of 5) onso, lahalaha, cende- lele, kaxidi. The last three words are advs. Eunuch, n.(one castrated), mu- tungula, I. Evacuate, out from), la- huka, umuka, h^tuka. the bowels, nyina. Evangelist, n., mutangadiki (col- loq.), I. Evaporate, vi., kama, uma. for salt, vt., enga. Even, be, vi., fuanangana, aka- na, akanangana, langakana, hungakana, hunga, kele- mena, dieleka, lamakana; vt., make, akuxangana, lan- gakuxa, ludikila, hunga- kuxa, fuanyikixa, kelemexa, elekexa, akuxa. (be parallel), vi., lulama; vt., make, ludika. Evening, n., dilolo, 5; diba(5) as subj. of V. uhuka. Ever, adv., see ceaselessly. Everlasting, adj., -a cendelele, -a lahalaha, -a kaxidi. Every, adj., onso. Generally use pi. (every one of them, totality), n., buonso(6) with poss. pro. (each, distributive), see § 94 and Rem. -body, bantu bon so. -thing, bintu bionso. -where, use the locatives insep. with onso. Everybody, n., bantu bonso. Everything, n., bintu bionso. Everywhere, adv., use locatives insep. with onso. Evil, n., bualu(6) bubi, muan- da(2) mubi, bubi(6). Often we hear simply mabi and mibi, indicating that the pi. of bualu and muanda are generally used instead of the sing. adj., bi. Exact, be, vi., akanangana, die- leka, kumbana, vula; vt., make, akuxa, akuxangana, kumbaxa, vudixa, elekexa. (exact number), vi., ula, xika; also the adj. forms xila and kanda. Cinunu with ciule or cixike, an exact thousand. Note that ciule and cixike are p.p. Exactly, at/z;. (truly), use the fol- lowing nouns as adverbs: bu- lilela, bualabuala, buikuxa, buxua, buinabuina. (very), mene. Exactness, w., see truth. Exaggerate, vt., diundixaor lun- dixa with bualu(6). Exalt, 2^/. (extol), tumbixa, in- yixa. Examine, vt., by handling, lenga, lamba. by looking at, mona, xoxa, tan- gila. by measuring, idikixa, elekexa. by questioning, konka, ebexa. by tasting, labila. Example, «. (fable), muanu, 2; luximinyinyu, 4; lusumul- nu, 4. (illustration), cifuanyikixa, 7. (sample, specimen, copy), cimon- yinu, 7; cidikixllu, 7; cile- xiiu. Exasperate, see annoy. Excavate, vt., imba, umbula. Exceed, vt., tamba, hita. (be left over), vi., xala. (be more than enough), vi., sambuka. Exceedingly, adv., see very. Excel, vt., tamba, hita. Excellence, n., buimpe, 6; bu- lengele, 6; buakane, 6. Excellent, adj.{good), impe, len- gele, akane. Except, suh. conj., neg. condition equivalent of ij not, unless, vse neg. of usual conditional forms as indicaied under § 460. EXCEPT— EXPLAIN. 185 Except {continued). prep. Perhaps t^st expressed by a vph. with xila; as, bantu bonso bakuya, umue udi mux&le, all the people have gone except one. vt., xia. Excess, be, in v., tamba or hita with bungi(6). Excessively, see very. Exchange, vt., xintakuxa, xinta, xintakana, xintakanya, hin- gakanya, hingakuxa, hinga- kana, sombakuxa. Excite, z//. (frighten), cinyixa; vi. (be excited), handika mucl- ma(2), cina, zakala, kanka. (provoke animal to bite), keba luoxi(4). Exclaim, v., in surprise, k6ma, tua cik6ma(7). (tell), amba. Exclamation, n., cik6ma, 7. make an, v., tua cikgma. See Interjections in Grammar, § 437 - Exclude, vt., hldla, benga, umu- I xa, h&tula, fula. I (except), xia. I Excommunicate, vt., luhula, umu- xa, b^tula. IXCREMENT, »., tufl(tulnvi), pi. ci 8. See B.L.-Eng. hard, as result of constipation, n., mpaka, 3. discharge, vt., nyina. Excuse, vt., see pardon. Exhaust, -y/. (spend), tangadixa, tangaluxa, muangaluxa, nyanga, ona, dia. (be exhausted, spent), vi., tan- gadika, nyanguka, muanga- luka, hua, xika, tangaluka, onoka. (weaken), vt., tekexa, susula; vi.i^it weak), teketa, hanga, susuka. ♦ Exhaustion, butekete, 6; dihangu, 5. Exhibit, v. (show),lexa. Exhort, ■y.(tell), ambila. Exhortation, n., dl, 5. PI. is me. Exist, see be. Existence, n., suggest infin. kui- kala. Exorcise, vt., hongola(?). Expand, vi., tuntumuka, ula, tantamika; vt., tuntumuxa, uxa, tantamixa. Expect, •y/.(look for), tekemena, alamina. Expectorate, v., tuila or ela with lute(4). Note that the pi. of lute is mate. §51. Expectoration, n., lute, 4. The pi. is mate, see § 51. Expedite, vt., endexa. Expel, vt., umuxa, fula, hatula, luhula. Expend, ■y.(pay), futa. recklessly, vt., tangadixa, tan- galuxa, muangaluxa,nyanga, ona, dia; vi.{he expended), tangadika, muangaluka hua, xika, tangaluka, onoka, nyanguka. Expense, w. ( price), muxlnga, 2. (pay), «., difutu, 5. Expensive, adj., -a muxinga(2) mukale. make, vt., bandixa muxinga. Experience, to have, ^.(to know), munya. (be accustomed to), v., Ibldlla, lobokela. Expert, adj., -a lungenyl(4), -a mexi(pl. of 5 or 6). Expire, ‘^.(breathe out), ela mu- huya(2). (die), fua. (of time), V., leha, nenga; as, haleha cituha, nendue, when a short time has expired, I shall come. Explain, v., amba. to, vt., ambila, iyixa, longexa, munyixa, lubukixa. (show), lexa. 1 i86 EXPLODE— FAINTNESS. Explode, v/., jikuka, tayika, xibuka; vt., jikula, tayixa, xibula. Expose, visible), appear, mueneka, mueka. (open), vt., bulula. (show), vt.^ lexa. Extend, z;/.(as hand), olola. (reach down to), tua ku. (reach to), vL, flka. Extended, a ga, 5. PI. maxlmi and ma- dingi. tell a, V., xlma, dinga, dlmba (Buk.). (tell falsehood on one), vt., use the Applied Form ximlnyina, dlnglla, dlmblla. Falsely, accuse, vt., banda. Falter, w., humbakana, tata- kana, di ne mlcima Ibldi, nema with muclma as subj. Fame, w.(report), lumu, 4. (to have fame or be famous), v., tumba. Familiar, be, i;.(accustom to), ibidila, lobokela. Familiarize with, vt., ibidlxa. Family, n., see tribe. Famine, w., dole, 7; lukota, 4. Famish, v., fua nsala(pl. of 3 or 4), ns^la as subj. of xiha with the person as obj. Famous, adj., nine, tumbe(p.p. of tumba, to be famous). Fan, V., uha(as one’s self), heha. (blow away, as chaff), vt., he- hula, huxa, huhixa. Fancy, ^.(think, imagine), amba; as, wakuamba ne “Nclntu da kudia,** he fancied that it was something to eat. (wish), V., sua, nanga, inyixa. Fang, n., dlnu, 5; luzAdl, 4; luzala, 4; luala, 4. Far, adv., use the locatives insep- arably with le, giving mule, kule and hale. Also the forms kuakua, muamua, haha, § 163, Note 3; we may also have kuntu kule, muntu mule and hantu hale, § 423 (2) (a). (as far as), ku. (be far apart), vi., di with the locatives inseparably connected with le. -famed, adj., see famous. (how far?), bule(6) with munyl? or bixi? Farewell, see adieu. Far-famed, adj., see famous. Farm, n., budlmi, 6; dbidI(Buk.), 7 - Farther, adv., use comparative construction with tamba or hlta; as, mulumi wakutamba mukuxi kuela mud, the man threw the stick farther than the woman. Fashion, w. ( custom), cilele- 7; dbilu, 7; denzedl 7. FASHION— FELLO\\\ 1 88 Fashion {continued). in this, thus, adv., nunku(nenku, nanku). Fast, aJ'y. (quickly), use the noun forms lubilu(4) and luku- sa(4). (tightly), bikale. ■y., jila bidia(pl. of 7). Fasten, 7^/.(as axe, hoe, etc., in handle), bangixa. box, lid, cover, etc., bangika. (lock), ela or xibika followed by nsahi(3). (nail), kumina or hohela fol- lowed by mulonda(2). (strengthen), kalexa. (tie), suika. Fat, w., of an animal, diinyi, 5; the pi. minyi is used after the fat has been rendered, or to represent a quantity of fat. (oil), minyi(pl. of diinyi, 5). grow, vi., diunda, lunda. Father, w., tatu, i; nyisu, i; x*. The last two words always have the poss. pro. enclitic. §§ 138; 42, Note I. Father-in-law, m., tatu-muenu, §42, Note 3; x’-(poss. pro. as enclitic) -muenu. §§ 42, Note 2; 138. The husband may also call his father-in-law muku(i), not so the wife. Fathom, of cloth, lubandu, 4. (two fathoms, half a piece of eight yards), difunka, 5. Fatigue, vt., hangixa, tekexa. (be fatigued), vi., hanga, te- keta. n., butekete, 6; dihangu, 5. Fatten, vt., diundixa, lundixa. Fault, «., bualu, 6; muanda, 2. Favor, w.(mercy), luse, 4. show to, V., ha luse. (have favor with one), di ne dikusa(5) kudi (muntu); as, ndi ne dikusa kudi muke- lenge, I have favor with the chief. Fear, n., buowa, 6. (of animals), mbaxibaxi, pi. of 3 or 4. V., cina. (of animals), v., baxa. Fearful, be, v., cina, di ne buowa(6). (as animals), v.^ baxa, di ne mbaxibaxi(3). Fearless, see brave. Feast, n., bidia, pi. of 7. marriage, bidia bia diban zl- xa(5). Feather, n., lusd.la, 4. Features, n. No distinct word, use mpala(3), the forehead. See FACE. February, n., febluale(Eng.). Fecund, be, ?;.(have power to bear young), di ne followed by lulelu(4) or diminu(5) or buledi(6). ^ Fecundate, (cause to conceive) imicixa. Fecundity, n., lulelu, 4; diminu, 5; buledi, 6. Federation, n., bulunda, 6; bun- yana, 6. Fee, n., difutu, 5. Feeble, adj., tekete(p.p. of teke- ta, to be feeble). Feebleness, «., butekete, 6. Feed, vt., dixa. Feel, v., after, to grope, bubuta. (be conscious of), unva, ufua. Ciakadi munve kabuasa(8) kansuma, I did not feel the jigger biting me. (touch), V., lambila, lamba, lenga. Feign, v., ximixa, dingixa, dim- bixa(Buk.). Fell, vt., xumbula, uhula. Fellow, w. (person), muntu, i. citizen, one of same tribe or family, muan’etu, etc.;muena kuetu, etc.; mukuetu, etc. §§ 138, Rem. 5; 141, Rem. i; 142. FELLOWSHIP— FINGER. Fellowship, w. ( friendship), bu- lunda, 6; bunyana, 6. break off, vt., xiha. form with one another, kuatan- gana followed by bulunda or bunyana. Female, n., mukuxi, i. ad]., kuxi, mukuxi wa or mu- kuxi’a. Feminine, adj., -a bakuxi(pl. of i)- . Fence, n., lumbu, 4; luhangu, 4; cihangu, 7. Ferment, v. ( effervesce), saba. Fern, n., cixiluxilu, 7; lulelelele, 4 - Ferocious, adj., -a cixi(7). (as a biting animal), -a luoxi(4). Ferocity, w. ( anger), cixi, 7. (the biting of an animal), luoxi, 4 - Ferry, n., cisabu, 7; dilobo, 5; cisabukilu, 7. across, vt., sabula; vi.{go across), sabuka. Fertile, adj.{sLS soil), impe, len- gele, akane, kale, -a luiya(4). (producing young), v., di ne followed by diminu(5) or lulelu(4) or buledi(6). Fetch, vt., lua ne. back, alukixa, hinguxa, hin- gixa, tucixa. (carry), tuala. water from stream, suna. Fetid, be, vph., nunka muhu- ya(a) mubi. Fetidness, n., kahambu, 8; mu- huya(2) mubi. Fetish, n., see medicine. Fetter, vt., ela mu lukanu(4). Fetters, n., lukanu, 4. Fever, n., kahia, 8. have, vph., use mubidi(2) as subject of di with kahia as predicate noun. Few, adj., nya-nya, bale, kise, ihi. Fewness, n., bunyabunya, 6; bubaie, 6; bukise, 6. 189 Fibre, n., of palm leaves, used for making cloth, luheku, 4; munyanga, 2. Fickle, be, vi., humbakana, nema with mucima(2) as subj., tatakana, di ne micima ibidi. Fidgety, be, vi., sasakata. Field, n., budimi, 6; cibidi(Buk.), 7 - clear a, vt., sola, sengula. old deserted, n., lububa, 4. (open place, plain), n., mpata, 3. Fierce, adj.{a.ngry), -a cixi(7). (as a biting animal), -a luoxi(4). Fierceness, m. ( anger), cixi, 7. (as of a biting animal), luoxi, 4. Fifth, ord. num., itanu. § 99. Fight, n., nvita(nflta), 3. V., luangana nvita. (call to fight , V., kobola. File, vt., to a point, songa. «.(row), mulongo, 2. Fill, vt., uxa, kumbaxa, vudixa; m'.(be full), ula, vula, kum- bana. up, as a hole, xibikila. Filth, see dirt. Filthiness, «. (untidiness about ones’ person or house), bu- koya, 6. Filthy, see dirty. Fin, n., on back, mualala, 2. (tail fin), cihehe, 7. Find, vt., mona, tangila, xoxa. (be found, appear), vi., mue- neka, mueka. (find and pick up), vt., angula. (meet up with), sangana. something hidden, vt., sokolola. Fine, n., difutu, 5. adj. (good), impe, akane, len- gele. (sharp, as point), tue(p.p. of tua, to be sharp). (small), kise, bale, nya-nya. (be powdered), vi., bota. Finery, n., bllenga, pi. of 7. Finger, n., munu, 2. (additional or sixth), kanene, 8. igo FINGER— FLASH. Finger {continued), little, kantengenene, 8- (thumb), ciala, 7. Finger-ring, w., kakanu(8) ka ku munu(2). Finish, vt., muna, munyixa, xi- kixa, huixa; m.(be finished), hua, xika, muna. (cease), v., lekela. Fire, n., kahia, 8; kadilu, 8. a gun, vt., ela cingoma(7). (be fired or burnt), vi., hia. -brand, torch, n., cimunyi, 7. extinguish, vt., jima. (flame), n., ludimi(4) lua kahia. (make, to burn), vt., temexa, hixa; (by blowing), huxa. (make with sticks by friction), v., vinga kahia. miss, not go off, v., funga. -place, n., diku, 5. PI. is meku. set on, burn, vt., oxa. stir the, vt., sonsola. -wood, n., lukunyi, 4. Gener- ally use pi. Firebrand, n., cimunyi, 7. Firefly, n., kamunyimunyi, 8; kankenyenkenye, 8. Fireplace, n., diku, 5. PI. is meku. Fire-wood, n., lukunyi, 4. Gen- erally use pi. break up, vt., caba. cut, vt., kuota. Firm, adj. {hard), kale(p.p. of kala, to be firm). (be steady), vi., kanana, kan- damana, xindama, jama, kala; vt., kanuxa, kanda- mixa, jamixa, kalexa. Firmament, n., diulu, 5. Firmly, adv., bikale. Firmness, n., bukale, 6. First, adj., in place or time, -a kumudilu, -a ku mpala(3), bedi, -a diambedi(5), -a ku mutu(2). (be or do first in time), v., dian- jila followed by infin. (be, to excel), vi., tamba, hita. First {continued). -born, n., muan’a bute(6); (of twins), cibuabu, 7. adv., kumudilu, ku mpala(3), ku mutu(2). Fish, n., munyinyi(2) wa mu mi. electric, nyixi, 3. (fisherman), cilembi, 7. -hook, ndoho, 3. -trap, mukinda, 2. net, bukuondo, 6. V., with hook, loha. Fisherman, n., cilembi, 7. Fish-hook, n., ndoho, 3. Fish-trap, n., mukinda, 2. Fist, n., cisusu, 7; disundu, 5. clench the, vt., tonyaminu. strike with, vt., tua or kuma or tuta followed by cisusu or disundu. Fit, m.(agree), akana, akanan- gana, dieleka, fuanangana, kelemena; ^;f.(make to), aku- xangana, akuxa, elekexa, fuanyikixa, kelemexa. a(/y. (proper, good), impe,akane, lengele. w. (spasm), cis6ke, 7, tungu- lungu, pi. of 8; nkoyi, 3. be unconscious from, v., fua with any one of the above words, to have a, v., haluka followed by one of the above words. Five, card, num., tanu. Takes Secondary Prefixes. In ab- stract counting use itanu. §97. Fix, ■^.(appoint, as a day), amba. (after being broken or disar- ranged), vt., enza bimpe, lon- golola, akuxa. (fixed firmly), see immovable. Flag, n., nfuele, 3; dibandala, 5. Flame, n., ludimi(4) lua kahia(8). Flap, vt.{as, bird in flying), haha- la. about, vi., dikuha. in the wind, vi., hehuka. Flash, n., of lightning, see light ning. ■y.(as lightning), henya, kenya. FLAT— FOOLISH. 191 Flat, be, vi., batama, butama, landakana. Flatten, vt., batamixa, butamixa, landakuxa, bacika. Flavor, n.(good smell), muhu- ya(2) muimpe, nsunga(3). (good taste), nse(3), kutua(in- fin.) kuimpe. Flaw, w.(crack), mutanta, 2. Flea, n., mukenya, 2. Flee, vi., nyema, cimuka. Flesh, n., munyinyi, 2. (fat), diinyi, 5. (lean), ngulunge, 3. Flexibility, w.,muxobo(mujobo), 2. Flexible, be, vi., xoboka, nyen- gabala, di ne muxobo(2). Flight, put to, vt., ihata, nye- mexa, cimuna. take, as bird in act of flying, v., buka, tuhuka. Flint, n., dibue, 5. Flint-lock, gun, nph., cingoma(7) cia mutengu(2). Float, vi., lelema, lelemuka. Flock, n., cisumbu, 7. Flog, vt., kuma, tuta, kengexa. Flood, be, a, v., use mi as subj. of vulangana or tuntumuka. Floor, n., use generally the prepo- sitional form hanxi ha; as, hanxi ha nsubu, the floor of the house. Flour, n., bukula, 6. Flow, vi., down, hueka. into each other, as two streams meeting, sambakana, sangi- la, tuangana. Flower, n., cilongo, 7; cisu, 7. of palm, mus^keleke, 2. vi., vunguluka, baluluka. Flute, n., luxiba, 4. Fly, v.(rise in flight), buka, tu- huka. (flap the wings in flight), hahala. n., cixi, 7. horse-, cibanda, 7. (which blows meat), lujiji, 4. Foam, n., lututu, 4; lukende, 4. Foe, n., muena(i) lukuna(4). Fcetus, n., immature, kana(dimin. of muana) kabixe. Fog, n., dibungi, 5. Fold, vt., bunya. arms, divunga. back, cibulula. (embrace), uhukila. legs, in sitting position, ditonya, divunga, konya(as women), (roll up), vunga, vungila; (by bending), tonya, konya. up, kuta, i.e., to wrap up. n., see enclosure. Folk, n., bantu(pl. of muntu, i.) Folk-lore, n., muanu, 2; lu.su- muinu, 4; luximinyinyu, 4. Follow, vt., londa, ya ku nyi- ma(3). (as attendant), l&mata. Follower, «. (attendant), muia- maci, I. Folly, «. (acting foolishly), bu- cimbe, 6; bucimbakane, 6; buhumbakane, 6. (stupidity), buhote, 6; buxib^le, 6 . Fondle, vt., hotela, lambakana, bomba. Food, n., bidia, pi. of 7; nxima, pi. of 3 or 4; bia kudia. Fool, «., muhale, i; mubuluke, i; mutombqke, i. These words are noun derivatives from the /Verbs hala, buluka and tom- boka, which mean to he crazy, etc. (one acting foolishly), mucimbe, i; mucimbakane, i; muhum- bakane, i. These words are derived from the verbs cimba, cimbakana and humbakana, meaning to act foolishly. (a stupid person), muhote, i; muxibale, i. These words are from the verbs hota and xibdle, to he stupid, vt., cimbixa, humbixa. Foolish, a^/;.(crazy), hale, buluke, tomboke. These words are 192 FOOLISH— FORETELL. Foolish {continued). p.p. from the verbs hala and buluka and tomboka, to he crazy. (of one acting foolishly), cimbe, cimbakane, humbakane. These words are p.p. of the verbs cimba, cimbakana, humbakana, to act foolishly. (stupid), bote, xibale. These words are p.p. of hota and xib^la, to be stupid. Foolishly, to act, v., cimba, cim- bakana, humbakana. Foolishness, w. ( acting foolishly), bucimbe, 6; bucimbakane, 6; buhumbakane, 6. (dementia), butomboke, 6; bu- hale, 6; bubuluke, 6. (stupidity), buhote, 6; buxi- baie, 6. Foot, n., dikusa, 5. cloven, mukono(2) muhandike. (hoof), mukono, 2. (paw), dikama, 5. sole of, munda rnua dikusa. Footprint, w.,cidiacilu, 7; dikusa, 5; dikama, 5; mukono, 2. For, prep.{do for), use Applied Form of verb. -ever, see ceaselessly. (price in trading), ku; as, wakhla cilulu ku lukama lua mibela, I bought the cloth for 100 cowries. (purpose), generally use the infin. preceded by -a; as, bintu bia kudia, things for eating. § 239 {b). (space of time), simply state length of time without any prepositional word; as, naku- lalamu matuku abidi, I staid there for two days. this reason, therefore, ka. (too . . . for), use the verbal construction with tamba or hita; as, muxete udi untam- ba bujitu, the box is too heavy for me. For {continued). (what for? why?), use Applied Form of verb followed by the interrogatives cinyi, etc. § 420. sub. conj., see because. Forbear, v., lekela. Forbid, vt., hidia, benga, kanda. (taboo), jidika, jila. (thing forbidden), w., cijila, 7. Forbidden thing, n., cijila, 7. Force, «. (strength), bukale, 6; ngulu, pi. of 3; dikanda, 5. (by force), ku bukale. (compel), use Causative Form of verb. Ford, n., dilobo, 5; cisabu, 7; cisabukilu, 7. V., sabuka. Forefather, n., kaku, i; nyin- k(a), i; muena(i) kale. Forehead, n., mpala, 3. Foreign, adj., -a kule, -a ci- samba(7) cikuabo. country of the white man, n., mputu, 3. See note under mputu in B.L.-Eng. Foreigner, n., muena(i) kule, muena cisambu(7) cikuabo, muena mputu(3). Foreleg, n., diboko, 5. Foremost, adj., bedi, -a kumu- dilu, -a ku mpala(3), mutu(2), -a diambedi(5). (be foremost in doing), v., dian- jila. Forenoon, n. There is no speciai W'ord for the entire forenoon, use some such ph. as dinda(5) to ne ku munda munya(2). about middle of, misasa, pi. of 2. Foreordain, vph., sungula diam- bedi. Foreskin, n., musundu, 2; mu- soso, 2; bukutu, 6. Forest, n., ditu, 5. PI. ismetu. (copse on a plain), cihuka, 7- Foretell, vph., amba diambedi bualu(6) kabui buanza(e)ku- lua. FOREVER— FRAGMENT. 193 Forever, adv., see ceaselessly. Forewarn, vt., dimuxa. Forfeit, ^.(pay), futa. (lose in gambling). The person losing is the obj. of the v. taha. Forge, vt., tula,fula. Forget, v. Use any one of the following constructions: (1) Muoyo(2) as subj. of the v. hua with the person forgetting as the obj. (2) Use the verb hua with the person forgetting as subj. and muoyo following the verb. (3) Use buila(6) or kafule- mene(8) as subj. of the v. kuata with the person forget- ting as the obj. (4) Use V. hanga, especially when forgetting a person is meant. Forgetful, adj., -a clhua(7) muoyo(2), -a buila(6), -a kafulemene(8). The last word is Buk. Forgetfulness, «., cihua(7) muo- yo(2); builu, 6; kafule- mene(Buk.), 8. Forgive, see pardon. Fork, w.(for table), nkalafa, 3. of river, path, disangu, 5. PI. is generally used. of stick or tree, cibanda, 7; mpandakanya, 3. (forked stick), muci(2) wa ci- handa, mud wa mpanda- kanya. Form, w.(shape), mubldi, 2. ?;/.(create), fuka. (cut or carve), songa. (forge), tula, fula. friendship with one another, kuatangana followed by bu- Iunda(6) or bunyana(6). (make), enza, osa, kixa. pots, fumba, fimba(fuimba). Fornication, n., masandi, pi. of 5 or 6. commit, v., enda masandi, sanda. P'ornicator, «., muena(i) ma- sandi(pl. of 5 or 6). Forsake, vt., (leave), xia, lekela. (refuse), hidia, benga. Forth, adv. This is generally ex- pressed in the verb root; as, luhuka and umuka and ha- tuka, to go forth from. (go back and forth), vi., tamba- kana. Forthwith, adv., katataka, dio- diono, mpindeu. Fortitude, w., dikima, 5; bukitu, 6 . Fortunate, be, v., di ne followed by dikusa(5) dimpe or mu- abi(2) or diese(5) or mubi- di(2) muimpe. Fortune, n., bad, dikusa(5) dibi, mubidi(2) mubi. good, dikusa dimpe, muabi(2), diese(5), mubidi muimpe. (wealth), bintu, pi. of 7; biuma, pi. of 7; luhetu, 4. Forward, adv., ku mpala(3), ku- mudilu, ku mutu(2). (be forward or first in doing), v. dianjila followed by infin. Forwards, adv., see forward. (go backwards and forwards), v., tambakana. Foul, see dirty, bad, rotten. Foulness, w.(of person), bukoya, 6; manyanu, pi. of 5 or 6; mbindu, pi. of 3 or 4. Fountain, w.(spring), mpokolo, 3. Four, card, num., ni. Takes Sec- ondary Prefixes. In abstract counting use ini. § 97. Fourth, ord. num., ini. § 99. Fowl, n., nsolo, 3. (cock), citila, 7. guinea-, dikangala, 5. (hen), cikukue, 7. Fracture, vt., cibula; w.(be frac- tured), cibuka. Fragile, adj., tekete(p.p. of te- keta, to be fragile.) Fragment, n., of anything broken or cut off, cituha, 7. 194 FRAGMENT— FROTH. Fragment {continued). of anything split, cihesu, 7. Fragrance, w., muhuya(2) mu- impe, nsunga(3). Fragrant, adj., -a muhuya(2) muimpe, -a nsunga(3). Frail, adj., tekete(p.p. of teketa, to he frail). Franc, n., nfulanka(French), 3. Fraud, w.(a lie), dixima, 5; di- dinga, 5. PI. of these words generally used, which is ma- ximi and madingi. Fraudulent person, w.(liar), muena(i) ludimi(4), muxi- mi(i),mudingi(i), muena fol- lowed by maximi(pl. of 5) or madlngi(pl. of 5) or mafi(pl. of 5). The sing, of maximi and madingi is dixima and didinga, respectively. (thief), muibi, i; muivi, i; muena mucima(2). Free, x;/. ( acquit), bingixa. (let loose), lekela, kuhola, su- lula, kutula; vi.{get free), tuka, suluka, kulioka(ko- hoka). -man, n., muntu(i) wa bende, muana(i) mulela, muntu mudixikamine. (redeem from slavery), vf., hi- kula. adj. {(or nothing), -a hatuhu, -a cinana. Free-born person, n., muana(i) mulela, muntu(i) mudixi- kamine, muntu wa bende. Freedom, n., budixikamine, 6. to give, see free. Freeman, n., muana(i) mulela, muntu(i) mudixikamine, muntu wa bende. Frequently, adv. Use pi. of musangu(2) or cikondo(7) or musunsu(2) followed by any word meaning many. This idea may sometimes be ex- pressed by the Repetitive or Habitual tenses of the verb. Fresh, adj. {as palm wine, not strong), tekete(p.p. of teketa, to be fresh). become, vi., bixika. (green or uncooked), bixe. (new), hia-hia. Fret, v., nyingabala. Fretful, be, vi., nyingabala. Friction, make fire by, v., vinga kahia(8). Friday, n., dituku(5) ditanu. Friend, w., mulunda, i; nyan(a), I. Friendship, n., bulunda, 6; bun- yana, 6. break, vt., xiha. form, vt., kuatangana. Fright, n., buowa, 6. (as of frightened animals), mb^- xibaxi, pi. of 3 or 4. Frighten, vt., cinyixa, handixa mucima(2), zakuxa mucima; vi.ifoe frightened), handika mucima, cina, zakala, kan- ka, buowa as subj. of kuata with the person as obj. (be timid, as wild animal), vi., b^xa, di ne mbd,xibaxl(pl. of 3 or 4). (startle), vt., tabuluxa; vi., tabuluka. Frivolous, adj., -a tus6ku(pl. of (be always laughing for nothing), lembakana. Frog, w. ( large), mbondo, 3. (small), ludimba, 4. From, prep., ku. (from . . . to, until), ku ... to ne ku, ku . . . ne ku, or sometimes simple ne connect- ing the two parts. Front, n., end, ku mutu(2), ku mpala(3). in, ku mp^la, kumudilu, ku mutu. (in front of), ku mp^la kua, kumudilu kua, ku mutu kua. leg, diboko, 5. Froth, n., lututu, 4; lukende, 4. / FROWN— GAMBLE. 195 Frown, nyenga or fudika with mpala(3). Fructify, -y. (cause to conceive), imicixa. Fruit, n., dimoma, 5. This word is not applied to bananas, plantains, or pineapples; it has reference only to such fruits as grow on trees or shrubs. bear, vt., kuama. Some of the more common fruits are as follows: banana, dibote, 5. lime, dilala, 5. mango, nsafu, 3. See note under nsafu. papaw, dihahi, 5. pineapple, kangujinguji, 8; di- kaka, 5; cikakakaka, 7. plantain, dikuonde, 5. small yellow fruit growing on the plains, dixonde, 5. Fruitful, be, w.(female), di ne with lulelu(4) or diminu(5) or buledi(6). Fruitfulness, «. (power to bear young), lulelu, 4; diminu, 5; buledi, 6. Frustrate, vt.^ humbixa, kosexa, ela mukosa(2). (be frustrated), vi., humba. Fry, vt., kanga. Frying-pan, n., civuadi, 7; luesu, 4; nyingu, 3. Fuel, n., lukunyi, 4. Generally use pi. Fugitive, n., munyerai, i. Fulfil, vt., xiklxa; vi.{he ful- filled), xika. Full, be, vi., ula, vula, (after eating), vi., ukuta. -grown, vi., kala. measure or quantity, vi., kum- bana, vula; 7 /^(make full measure), kumb 3 .xa, vudlxa. moon, vph., ngondo(3) followed by the v. lua clbaiu(7); ngondo may also be subj. of tentama. Full, be {continued), adj. Use the indeclinable tente (from tentama, to be full ) ; as, mulondo udi mi tente, the jar is full of water. Fun, w.(laughter), kaseku, 8. have with, to play with, vt., saba ne, sabila, naya ne, sabixa, nayixa, sekexa. (joke), n., citedi, 7. PI. gener- ally used. (make fun of), vt., s6ka. (to jokp), V., ela bitedi, hunga. Funny, be, ^.(producing laughter), s§kexa. Furious, be, m.(angry), di ne or utiia or unva with cixi(7); or cixi as subj. of kuata with the person as obj. Furnace, w.(for smelting iron ore), cikutu, 7. Fury, w.(anger), cixi, 7. Fuss, n., diyoyo, 5; mutayo, 2. Future, nph., use matuku(pl. of 5) followed by -a ku mpS,la(3) or -a kumudilu. The words ngondo(moon) and cidimu (season) may be substituted, according to sense, for matuku. The future idea in the verb is expressed by future tense. G. Gabble, v., akula biakulakula(pl. of 7), labakana. Gain, v., a bet or cause at court, binga. by trading, vph., endulula mu- xinga(2) muimpe. at gambling, v., taha. The per- son losing is the obj. of the v. Gale, w.(wind), luhehele, 4. a strong, cihuhu, 7. blow a, V., huha. Gall, n., nyongangandu, 3; ka» bululu, 8. Gamble, ^.(gain at), taha. The person losing is the obj. of the V. 196 GAMBLE— GIl, OINESS. Gamble {continued). (lose at), V. The person losing is the obj. of the v. taha; as, bakuntaha bintu biinyi, I have lost my things. (tossing flat seeds or other ob- jects), t;., ela nxobo(pl, of luxobo, 4, which is one of the pieces tossed). See BET. Game, n., disaba, 5; dinaya, 5. Gape, v., ela muau(2). w., muau, 2. Garbage, n., bilu(7), bisonso(7). Garden, w. ( field), budimi, 6; cibidi(Buk.), 7. (small patch in swamp in dry season), cisenze, 7. (small patch near house), ci- bunda, 7. Garment, w,,ciliilu, 7; cilamba,7. Gash, n., mputa, 3. V., taha. Gate, w., cibi, 7. Gather, vt.{a.s corn, fruit), huo^, kuola. (as leaves of the matamba), aka. (as millet), nowa. together, vt., tutakanya, tuta- kuxa, sangixa, sangakanya, sangakuxa, sambakanya, sambakuxa, kungixa, san- gila, sanga; vi., tutakana, sangakana, sambakana,kun- gakana, disanga, diunguixa. up, as trash, boya. Gaze, v., fixedly, mona or tangila or xoxa followed by talala (adv.). Gender, see § 56. Generate, ‘P.(beget), imicixa. (give birth), lela. Generation, w.(line of descent), cilongo, 7. Generosity, n., diha, 5. Generous, adj., -a diha(5). person, n., cihahi, 7. Genius, w. ( knowledge), lungenyi, 4; mexi, pi. of 5. or 6 ; lu- kanyi, 4. Gentile, nph.^ muntu(i) kai Muyuda(i). Gentle, be, vi., hola, talala, -a kalolo(8), -a lutulu(4). Gentleness, n., lutulu, 4. (attractiveness), kalolo, 8. Gently, adv., bitekete, bimpe, bitulu. Germ, n., in seed, disu, 5; muoyo, 2. Germinate, (sprout), m^na. Get, V., accustomed to, vi., ibidila. angry, vi., di ne cixi(7). anything done for another, use Applied Form of Causative, away, to escape, vi., tuka, ongo- loka, handuka. (become), see becxdme. (bring), vt., lua ne. down, vi., tuluka, Ika. drunk, v., kuacixa maluTU. dry, vi., mna. fat, vi., diunda, lunda. hot, vi., lua kahia. in, into, vi., buela. loose, untied, vi., tuka, suluka, kuhoka. mad (crazy), vi., buluka, hala, tomboka. out, vi., luhuka, umuka, ha- tuka. out of the way, vi., sesuka, ehuka, umuka. palm wine, v., ema. (take up), vt., angata, arabula, mema. up, vi., bika, juka. up a tree, to climb, v., banda. water from spring or stream, vt., suna. well, convalesce, vi., sang^la, kusa mubidi(2), sanguluka. worse, V., nemenena, nema. Ghost, n., see spirit. Gibberish, n., ciakulakula, 7. § 356 (^). Giddiness, n., dinyungu, 5 ; kan- tetu, 8; lunyungu, 4; kan- yungunyungu. GIDDY— GO. 197 Giddy, be, vph.{d\zzy), di ne fol- lowed by dinyungu(5) or kantetii(8) or lunyungu(4) or kanyunganyungu(8). Gift, n., ciha, 7; also the infin. kuha. Jisus nkuha kua Mzambi kuakutuheye, Jesus is the gift of God which he has given to us. (extra amount given to conclude trade), matabixa, pi. of 5 or 6; nsekididi, 3; ntentekedi, 3. Giggle, vph., di ne kaseku(8). Pi. generally used. Giggling, «., kaseku, 8. PI. gen- erally used. Gird, v., up the loin, ela muki- ya(2). (wrap around), jingila, jinga, nyengela, vunga, vungila. Girdle, n., mukuba, 2. Girl, n., muana(i) mukuxi(i). (lass), muxikankunde, 2; son- gakuxi, I. Girlhood, «., buxikankunde, 6; bunsongakuxi, 6. Give, z/., ha, ambika(Buk.). a name, v., idika, inyika. birth to, V., lela. (hand to, pass to), hetexa, hetela. light, z'.,ditemena,temena, toka. permission, see permission. suck to, vt., amuixa. to drink, vt., nuixa. to eat, vt., dixa. up, hanga, lekela. Gizzard, n., dinkidingila, 5; dintumbu, 5. Glad, be, vi., sanka. Gladden, vt., sankixa. Gladness, n., disanka, 5. Glance, v., off, tuya, sesuka, ehuka. Glass, (looking-), ludimuenu, 4; lurauenu, 4. (tumbler), nglas(Eng.), 3. Gleam, z;. ( glisten), engelela, bala- kana. (shine), ditemena, temena. Glisten, v., engelela, balakana. Glitter, v., engelela, balakana. Globe, n., cibulunge, 7; dibu- lunge, 5. Gloominess, w.(darkness), midi- ma, pi. of 2; muflta, 2. Glorify, vt. tumbixa, meneka, menekela, nemeka, neme- kela, tendelela. Glorious, adj., nine, tumbefp.p. of tumba, to be glorious). Glory, w. ( greatness), bunine, 6. Glow, v., ditemena, temena. Glutton, nph., muena( i) followed by lumpukusu(4) or cihu- su(7) or mudiu(2). Gluttonous, adj., -a lumpu- kusu(4), -a cihusu(7), -a mudiu(2). Gluttony, n., lumpukusu, 4; cihusu, 7; mudiu, 2. Gnash, v., diangana menu. Gnat, n., kixi, 8. Dimin. of cixi. Gnaw, v., kunya. Go, V., ya, enda. about, from place to place, vi., endakana. across a river, vi., sabuka. across a path, vi., sambuka. after, to follow, vt., londa, ya ku nyima(3) kua. ahead of, vt., ya with ku mpa- la(3) kua or kumudilu kua, hita, tamba. around, vi., cimbakana, nyun- guliika. away, vi., umuka, ya. back, to return, vi., aluka, alukila, hingana, hingila, tuta, tucila, andamuka, hinguluka. back and forth, vi., tambakana. backwards, vi., ya cianyima. bad, vi., bola, onoka, nyan- guka. down, vi., hueka, huekela, uhuka. first, vi., dianjila kuya. in, into, vi., buela. let, vt., lekela. 198 GO— GRANDPARENT. Go (conlintied) . mad, vi., buluka, hala, tom- boka. off accidentally, as gun, vi., flnukila, sohoka, disoho- kela. on a journey, vi., ya ku luen- du(4). out, vi., luhuka, hatuka, umu- ka, tambuka. out, as fire, vi., jima. past one, vt., hita, tamba. up, vi., banda. with, to accompany, vt., flla. Goat, n., mbuxi, 3. (half-grown), lutumbatumba, 4. he, mpumbu, 3. she, dixina, 5. Has borne young. Go-between, n., in marriage, cibanji, 7. God, n., Nzambi, i. While this is not the word native to the Baluba and Bena Lulua, yet it is very extensively used and has been adopted for use in the literature and preaching. It comes from the Lower Congo. No worship is paid to God, though there is everywhere a distinct idea and a name for the Supreme Being, who at least creates if he does not afterwards direct affairs by his providence. For the Supreme Being the Bena Lulua use Nfldi Mukulu, the Baluba use Nfldi Mukulu or Muloho or Muloho Muowe- xanangila. Gold, nph., lukanu(4) lukunze. Goliath-beetle, n., kababu, 8. Good, adj., impe, lengele, akane. (attractive), -a kalolo(8). keep, as salt preserving meat, vt., lengexa. make, beautify, vt., lengexa. (taste good), v., xemakana. Good-bye, see adieu. Goodness, n., buimpe, 6; bulen- gele, 6; buakane, 6. (attractiveness), kalolo, 8. Goods, n., bintu, pi. of 7; biuma, pi. of 7; luhetu, 4. Gospel, nph., bualu(6) bua Nzambi. Gourd, n., dried, ciloa, 7; cibu- lubulu, 7. green, ciioaioa, 7. (split crosswise), cihuiu, 7; ci- tonga, 7; cihundu, 7. (split lengthwise), lubaiu (for water), 4; cibaiu (for bread), 7- neck of, cikolokolo, 7. Govern, x».(as chief his people). Perhaps best expressed by the ph. niukelenge(i) wa, chief of; as, Lukengu udi miike- lenge wa Bakuba, Lukengu governs the Bakuba, i.e., is their chief. (as mother her child), bulukila, samina, b61a, nanga. Government, n., bukelenge, 6; bunfuniu, 6. Governor, n., mukelenge, i; nfumu, I. Grab, vt., bakula. Grace, m. ( mercy), luse, 4. Gracious, adj., -a luse(4). be to, vph., ha luse. Grain, n., of corn, ditete, 5; mu- tonda, 2; ditungu, 5. of sand, kasoka, 8; kasenga, 8; kaseie, 8. These words are dimin. of iusoka and lusenga and lusele, respectively. See SEED. Grandchild, n., muikilu, i. Grandfather, n., kaku(i) mu- lumi(i), nyink(a)(i) muiu- mi(i). Grandmother, n., kaku(i) mu- kuxi(i), nyinka(a)(i) mu- kuxi(i). Grandparent, n., kaku, i; nyin- k(a), I. GRANT— GROUP. 199 Grant, t'/.(give), ha, ambika. permission, see permission. Grapes, nph., inamoma(sing. di- moraa, 5) a kuenza n’a fol- lowed by vinyo or maluvu a mputu. Grape-vine, nph., muoxi(2) wa mamoma a kuenza n’a fol- lowed by vinyo or maluvu a mputu. Grasp, vt., kuata, angata, flekela. Grass, n., dixindc, 5. tall, as on plain, cisuku, 7; bicici (Buk.), pi. of 7. (used in -covering houses), luan- yi, 4; cisoso, 7; lusono, 4. PI. generally used. (very tall and coarse), disele, 5. Grasshopper, n., luhasu, 4. Grateful, adj., -a cinemu(7). be to, t>., sekelela, ha muoyo(2), inyixa. See note under thank. Gratefulness, «., cinemu, 7. Gratis, n., hatuhu, cinana. These are really adverbial words. Gratitude, n., cinemu, 7. From V. nemeka. Gratuitously, adv., cinana, ha- tuhu. Grave, n., lukita, 4; ciduaya, 7. Graveyard, see cemetery. Gravy, n., musoxi, 2; mukele- kele, 2. Gray, ai;'.(color), tokoloke(p.p. of tokoloka, to he gray). There is no distinct name, hair, n., lungufu, 4; luvi, 4. Graze, ^.(eat grass), dia ma- xinde(pl. of 5). Grease, n., see fat. V., laba minyi(pl. of 5). Great, ai;.(famous), nine, tum- be(p.p. of tumba, to he great). (large\ nine, make, vt., tumbixa. Greatness, n., bunine, 6. Greediness, n., lumpukusu, 4; cihusu, 7; mudiu, 2. Greedy, adj., -a lumpukusu(4), -a cihusu(7), -amudiu(2). Green, (color), flke(p.p.of fika, to he green), fikuluke(p.p. of flkuluka, to he green). (new), hia-hia. (not ripe), bixe. (unripe, be), vi., bixika. Greens, w. ( leaves of cassava), ma- tamba, pi. of 5; kalexi, 8. Other varieties: citekuteku, 7; mulengalenga, 2; niutete, 2; nsampu, 3. Greet, see salute. Gree ing, see salutation. Grief, n., cixi, 7; kanyingan- yinga, 8. Grieve, v., dila, ufua or unva followed by cixi(7), muoyo*(2) or mucima(2) as subj. of nyingala, cixi as subj. of kuata and the person as obj., di ne with cixi or kanyingan- yinga(8). for, inga. Grin, v., tua mimuemue(pl. of 2). n., mumuemue, 2. Grind, z;.(as corn between two stones), hela. fine, vt., botexa. (grit the teeth), diangana or zekexa with menu(pl. of 5). (sharpen), nuona. Grindstone, n., dibue(5) dia ku- nuona. Grip, vt., kuata. Gripe, v., nyenga with munda as subj. Grit, v., the teeth, diangan'a or zokex with menu(pl. of 5). Groan, v., huma, tua mukema(2). «.(as of pain), mukema, 2, Grope, vi., bubuta. Ground, «.(loose dirt), malobo, pi. cf bulobo(6). on the, the loc. word hanxi. (world), bulobo, 6. Group, n., cisumbu, 7; disanga, 5 - 200 GROVE— GUN. Grove, w. (copse on a plain), cihuka, 7. Grow, v., kale, lunda. (grow large), v., diunda. (grow tall), V., leha. (grow thin), v., nyana. Growl, z;.(as a dog), ela ma- kanda(pl. of 5), kanga. (grumble), v., tontolola, tonto- mona. n., dikanda, 5. Grown, be, vi., kala. person, n., muntu(i) mukale. Grub, w.(a worm), dikubu, 5; luhose(found in the palm), 4. Both kinds are eaten, up, vt., jula. Gruel, n., musabu, 2. Grumble, v., tontolola, tonto- • mona. (mutter in low tone), nungana. (with a click of the throat), sodia. Grunt, -y. (expressing surprise), kema, tua cikema(7). (groan in pain), huma, tua mukeina(2). #.(of astonishment), cikema, 7. (of pain), mukema, 2. Guarantee, w.(pawn), cieya, 7. to leave as, vt., eyeka. Guard, (watch), lama, be on one’s, vi., dimuka. put on one’s, vt., dimuxa. n., mulami, i. Guess, v., cinka. Guest, n., muenyl, i. Guide, v., lombola. n., mulombodi(i) wa nxila, mudianjidi(i). Guilt, n., bualu(6) bubi, muan- da(2) mubi, bubi(6). We often hear simply the pi. of the adjectives mabi and mibi. Guiltless, adj.{goo^, impe, len- gele, akane. (be acquitted), vi., binga. declare, vt., bingixa. Guilty, be condemned as, vi., hila. declare, vt., hixa. Guinea-fowl, n., dikangala, 5. Gully, n., mutubu, 2; nkoka, 3; muexi, 2. Gun, n., cingoma, 7; buta, 6. This last word originally meant how. cannon, n., ditende, 5. cap gun, n., cingoma cia lufa- taci(4). flint-lock, n., cingoma cia mu- tengu(2). pistol, n., kahambala, 8. rifle, n., cingoma cia lutende(4). shotgun, n., cingoma cia tun- dimba(pl. of 8). barrel, n., mulonda, 2; muxiba, 2, bullet, n., lutende, 4; mute- lenge(2) wa lutende. cap, n., lufataci, 4. cartridge, n., mutelenge(2) wa Iutende(4). flint, n., dibue, 5. hammer, n., dikusa, 5. muzzle, n., muxuku, 2. nipple, n., disu, 5. powder, n., kahia, 8; difuanda, 5 - ramrod, n., nfukete, 3. shell, n., mutelenge(2) wa tun- dimba(pl. of 8). shot, n., kandimba, 8. trigger, n., mulemu, 2. wadding, n., dihusa, 5; cinyu- ka, 7. aim, V., dingila, lama, ludikila, idikixa. click (when cocked), vi., aba. cock, vt., bangula. fire, vt., ela cingoma. go off accidentally, vi., sohoka, disohokela, flnukila. hit, vt., lonza, kuma. load, vt., soma. miss aim, v., ela cingoma hanxi, hanga. miss fire, not go off, vi., funga. GUNPOWDER— HARD. 201 Gunpowder, m., kahia, 8; di~ fuanda, 5. Gut, w., dila, 5. H. Habit, n., cilele, 7; cienzedi, 7; cibilu, 7. bad, use any of the above words with the adj. bi. For habitual action use Pres. Habitual tense. Habitually, see ceaselessly. Habituate, vt., ibidixa. (be habituated), vi., ibidila, lobokela. Haggard, be, vi., nyana, di ne or uma followed by cionda(7) or cinyanu(7). Haggardness, n., cionda, 7; cin- yanu, 7. Hail, ■y^.(call), bikila. from, vi., fuma. (greet), see salute. -stone, n., dibue(5) dia nvula(3). Hair, w. ( beard or hair on head of person), lusuki, 4; lunyonyi, 4- gray, n., luvi, 4; lungufu, 4. (on l3ody of person or animal), luoso, 4. Note that pi. is mioso(2). § 45, Rem. Half, n. There is no word ex- pressing this idea exactly. If anything is cut into two parts, whether they be equal or not, each part is called cituha(7); if the thing is split, each piece is called cihesu(7). (cut half in two), v., kosaor kala followed by hankuci or kun- kuci. -way, the loc. words hankuci and kunkucl. Hallow, z;/.(to honor), tumbixa, nemeka, nemekela, meneka, menekela, tendelela. Halt, v.{he lame), lema. (limp), zobela, tebuka. Halt {continued). (stand), imuna. (stop), lekela. Hammer, n., lukonko, 4. of gun, dikusa, 5. z;.(drive a nail), kumina, hohela. (forge), V., tula, fula. Hammock, n., buanda, 6. Hand, n., cianza, 7. in the, ku minu(pl. of 2). left, cianza cia bakuxi, cianza cia luboko(4), cianza cia , munyinyi(2). (left-handed person), muena(i) with ciboko(7) or lumosa(4). of banana or plantain, cisangi, 7. palm of, munda mua cianza. right, cianza cia with balumi or bukale or bidia. (sleight-of-hand trick), dijimbu, 5; dialu, 5. (to pass to), vt., hetexa, hetela. (writing), n., cifundidi, 7. Handful, n., difuka, 5. Handle, n.,-oi knife or hoe, cilabi, 7; cikuacilu, 7; mulabi, 2. of cup, mukolokolo, 2. (fasten handle in axe, hoe, etc.), vt., bangixa. V. (examine), lenga, lamba, 1am- bila. Handsome, adj., impe, akane, lengele, -a mpoci(slang). Handsomeness, n., buimpe, 6; buakane, 6; bulengele, 6; mpoci(slang), 3. Hang, v., a person, owa. down, vi., lembelela. one’s self, diowa. up, vt., kudika. Happen, vi., lua. Happiness, n., disanka, 5. Happy, be, vi., sanka, generally with muoyo(2) or mucima(2) as subj. make, vt., sankixa with muoyo or mucima as obj. Hard, adj., to the touch, kale(p.p. of kala, to be hard). make, vt., kalexa. 202 HARDEN— HEADLONG. Harden, v/., kalcxa. (accustom to), vt., ibidixa; i;z.(bc accustomed to), ibidila, lobo- kela. Hardness, n., bukale, 6. Harlot, nph., nuikuxi(i) wa ma- sandi(pl. of 5 or 6). Harm, w. ( danger, trouble, palaver), biialu, 6; muanda, 2. enzela bibi. Harmless, adj. This idea may generally be expressed by the sentence ena mua kuenza cintu, {it) can do nothing. Harmonium, w., cisanji, 7. Harmonize, z;/.(put in tune), suka. (put out of harmony or tune), vt., sukula. (tune instruments to each other), sukila or akuxa with hamiie. (sing. in harmony), akuxame(pl. of 5) hamue. (be out of harmony or tune), vi., sukuka. Harmony, see harmonize. Harp, w., cisanji, 7. This is made by fastening small pieces of iron of different lengths a»d sizes to a hollow piece of wood. Harvest, «.(time). There seems to be no word expressing the idea of harvest time. Use some explanatory ph., such as cidimu(7) cia, season of, or ngondo(3) wa, month oj\ as, cidimu cia kukuola manva. ciakiilua, the corn harvest time has come. There being no general word for harvest it is necessary to mention the name of the thing harvested. x^/.(as corn), huola, kuola. (as millet, rice), nowa. (as peas), aka. Hash, vt.{a.s> meat), zaz . Haste, n., lubilu, 4; lukusa, 4. See note under lubilu. Hasten, vi., generally use the spe- cific verb with lubilu or lukusa. Hasten {continued) . (hurry up, make to do in a hurry), vt., endexa or enzexa followed by lubilu or lukusa. Hat, n., cifulu, 7. Hatch, vt., totobula, taya(toya). Hatchet, n., kacui, 8. Dimin. of cisui(7). Hate, v., kina, di ne lukuna(4), neg. of sua or nanga or inyixa. (loathe, as bread), vt., tonda. Hateful, adj., toward, -a lu- kuna(4). Hatred, n., lukuna, 4. Haughtiness, n., disanka, 5. Haughty, be, vi., disua, sanka. Have, x^.(possess). Use one of the verbs meaning to he followed by ne. not, ena ne. to, must, see must. For have or had as auxiliary in formation of compound tenses see § 205, Rem. To have something done for one, use Applied Form of the Causative. § 335 (a). Hawk, n., nkumbikumbi, 3. He, pers. pro. (1) Simple Disjunctive form, yeye. § 105. (2) Compound Disjunctive form, biandi. §§ 108, no. (3) Conjunctive forms used as (a) Pro. prefix. §§ 113, 114. {h) Pro. suffix. §§120,123. Head, n., mutu, 2. Some say mutue. -ache, n., mutu followed by mubele or musame. bald, n., dibala, 5. crown of, lubombo, 4. -long, mutu munxi. of millet, muehu, 2. of stream, mutu, 2. Headache, nph., mutu(2) followed by mubele or musame. Headlong, adv., use ph. mutu(2) munxi. HEADMAN— HENCEFORTH. 203 Headman, n., kahita, 8. From Portuguese. Heal, v., see cure. Health, n. There is no definite word. For good health use such expressions as bukale(6) or ngulu(3) or mubidi(2) mukale. For had health use disama(5) or dibedi(5) or bubedi(6) ormubidi(2) mute- kete. Healthy, adj., -a bukale(6), -a ngulu(3), -a mubidi(2) mu- kale. Heap, w.(a large pile), muxiki, 2. (a small pile, such as can be held in two hands), difuka, 5. up, pile one on top of the other, vt., tentekuxa, tenteka, ten- tekanya, ambakanya, amba- kuxa; ‘y/.(be one on top of the other), tentama, ambakana. Hear, v., unva, ufua. Note that the obj. of this verb is di(5), word, ciona, sound of rain, etc., and not a j>erson; as, nakun- va di diandi, I heard him, lit., his word. We may also use the form nakunvamuakuam- beye, I heard him, lit., what he sail. each other, understand, unvan- gana. listen to, vt., telexa. Hearken, v., see heed. Hearsay, n., lumu, 4. Heart, n., di, 5. PI. is me. lose, V., cina. take, V., kalexa, with muoyo(2) or mucima(2). In the figura- tive sense of heart, mucima(2) and muoyo(2) are often used interchangeably. See these two words in B.L.-Eng. Hearth, n., diku, 5. PI. ismeku. Heartless, see merciless. Heartless JESS, n., lukinu, 4; cinyangu, 7. Heat, n., of fire, kahia, 8. of sun, munya, 2. Heat {continued). (warmth of body or fire or air), luiya, 4; ciyuya, 7. vt., hixa; t^f.(be heated), hia. over again, as food, vt., babaxa; vi.{he heated again), babala. Heaven, 7 iph., musoko(2) wa Nzanibi. (firmament), diulu, 5. Heavenly, adj.{oi the firmament), -a diulu(5). Heaviness, n., bujitu, 6. Heavy, be, v., di bujitu(6), di ne bujitu, nema, nemenena. Heed, v.(obey), tumikila, enza mu- followed by proper tense and person of amba, itabuxa mu di(5), unva, ufua. take, be warned, vi., dimuka. Heedless, see obstinate. Heedlessness, see obstinacy. Heel, n., cikankanyi, 7; ciken- kibu, 7. He GOAT, n., mpumbu, 3. Height, n., bule, 6. Heir, n., muhianyi, i. (be heir to, inherit), v., hiana. Hell, n., ngena, 3. From Greek jeevva. Helmet, n., cifulu, 7. Help, v. This idea is generally expressed by the Causative Form of the verb. In a gen- eral sense we may use the Causative Form enzexa. Ta umudimixe, go and help him to work’, wakumuenzexa, he helped him to do it. Hemp, Indian, n., diamba, 5. Smoked by the natives. Hen, n., cikukue, 7. Hence, adv.{irom here), emu, eku, aha, munemu, kuneku, ha- naha. § 163, Note 3. Use also the I ocative Suffixed con- struction. § 320. (therefore), ka, bu- with Applied Form of verb. § 41Q. Henceforth, see hereafter. 204 HER— HINDRANCE. Her, pers. and poss. pro. (1) As pers. pro. see him, remem- bering that there is no differ- ence in the rendering of her and him. § 105, Rem. 4. (2) As poss. pro., andi. §§ 132, 133 - Herald, «. (messenger), muena(i) mukenji(2), muloho(2). Herd, n., cisumbu, 7. Herdsman, n., mulami, i. Here, adv. Use the proper Loca- tive with demonstrative sign e, denoting near objects, thus giving emu, eku, aha. § 163, Note 3. Note also the doubled forms munemu(munomu), kuneku(kunokii), hanaha. § 163, Note 2. (from here, hence), use the Loca- tive Forms as indicated above; as, wakuluhuka miinemu, he has gone out jrom here. (here and there, hither and thither), use Intensive Form of verb. (here it is, etc.), use the particle ka-. § 159. Sometimes the Locative Suffixed construction furnishes the idiom; as, udihu, he is here. § 320. Hereafter, adv. ph., matuku(pl. of 5) followed by -a ku mpala(3) or -a kumudilu. The words ngondo, moon, or cidimu, season, may be sub- stituted, according to sense for matuku. Heritage, n., buhianyi, 6; bintu bia buhianyi. Hers, see HIS. §132. Herself, pers. pro., see himself. The forms for herself and him- self sore identical. § 105, Rem. 4 - Hesitate, “y. (vacillate), lemba- kana, humbakana, nema with mueima(2) as subj., ta- takana di ne micima ibidi. Hiccough, n., clnsukunsuku, 7. Hide, vt., sokoka. one’s self, vi., sokoma. w.(skin), cis^ba, 7. High, adj., le. on, adv., khlu, mhlu, heulu. § 423 (2) (b). voice, n., di(5) dikise. High priest, nph., naukulenge(i) wa bambi(pl. of i) ba bua- lu(6) buaNzambi. Highway, n., nxila(3) munine, musesu(2). robber, n., munyengi, i. Highwayman, n., munyengi, i. Hill, n., mukuna, 2. ant-, mutunda(made by the bintunte), 2; ditua(small black in the forests), 5. down-, kumanda. § 423 (2) {h). Him, pers. pro. (1) As direct or indirect obj. u.se the pro. infix mu. §§ 116, 1 1 7. N ote the use of pronomi- nal suffixes (§ 123), under cer- tain circumstances, as direct or indirect obj. § 124 (6) (c). (2) For use with prepositions, see §§ 106 (c) and 107. Himself, pers. pro. (1) Compound Disjunctive form, nklyandi. §§ 108, 109. (2) When reflexive, use the re- flexive prefix of the verb, -di-. Note that this construction may be used either as subj. or obj. § 118. (3) See B.L.-Eng. under ine. Hind leg, n., lower part of, mu- kolo, 2. upper part of, cibelu, 7. part, citaku, 7; nyima, 3. Hinder, vt., humbixa, humba- kuxa, lekexa, kosexa; ^'^.(be hindered), humba. Hindermost, adj., -a ku nyima(3). -a kunxikidilu,-a haxixe. be the, v., xixa. Hindrance, n., mukosa, 2. HIP— HORSE-FLY. 205 Hip, w., lukundu, 4; cikundu- kundu, 7. Hippopotamus, n., nguvu, 3. Hire, v., see engage. His, poss. pro., andi. When used as predicate adj., see § 135. Hit, vt., kuma, tuta. (in shooting), lonza, kuma. with arrow, asa. with fist, kuma or tuta or tua with cisusu(7) or disundu(5). withknuckl s, tua lukonyi(4). with open hand, kuma with dihi(5) or luhi(4). Hither, adv., see here. Use some- times the Locative Suffixed construction, § 320. (hither and thither), use Inten- sive Form of verb. Ho-A-RSE, be, V. use di( 5 ) as subj. of V. xib&la or hata. Hobgoblin, n., mukixi, 2; mu- xangi(Buk.), 2. Hoe, n., lukusu, 4. handle o^, mul&bi, 2; cikua- cilu, 7; cilabi, 7. V., d ma, ihila. put handle in, v., bangixa. Hog, n., ngulube, 3. Hoist, vt., bandixa, bixa. Hold, vt., kuata. out hand, olola cianza(3). Hole, n., in the ground, dina(pl. mena), 5; cina, 7. key-, disu(5) dia nsahi(3). make a to dig, imba, umbula. of rat, buina, 6. P . is mena. (pierce through), vt., tubula di- soso. through something, n., disoso, 5; dikela, 5. Holiness, n., buimpe, 6; bua- kane, 6; bulengele, 6. Hollow, n.{\n tree), mulundu, 2. (low ground), cibanda, 7; lu- hongo, 4. Holy, ad;. (good), impe, akane, lengele. Spirit, see spirit. See SACRED, Homage, pay to, vt., see honor. Home, w. ( house), nsubu, 3. at, mu nsubu, ku nsubu, mu or ku used inseparably with the poss. pro., § 140. Honest, ad;. (good), impe, akane, lengele, -a kalolo(8). (one not stealing), use neg. of Pres. Habitual tense of v. iba, or ena ne with buibi(6) or buivi(6) or blanza(pl. of 7) bile. Honesty, w. ( goodness or fairness), kalolo, 8 ; buimpe, 6; bua- kane, 6 ; bulengele, 6. Honey, n., buici(buiki), 6. -comb, dihula, 5; dikaci, 5. Honey-bee, n., lubulubulu, 4; lunyeke, 4. Honeycomb, n., dikaci, 5; dihula, 5 - Honor, vt., nemeka, nemekela, meneka, menekela, tum- bixa, tendelela. Honorable, ad;’. (great), nine, (honored), tumbe(p.p. of tumba, to he honorable). Hoof, n., mukono, 2. Hook, n., fish-, ndoho, 3. wooden, lukobo, 4. fish with, vt., loha. Hop, V., tuhlka. (as flea), tuloka. (as frog), soloka. Hope, z;.(look for, expect), teke- mena, ela muoyo(2). n., the infin. kutekemena is suggested. Horn, n., lusengu, 4. (for blowing), mpungl, 3. Horrify, vt., cinyixa, handixa mucima(2), zakuxa muclma. (be horrified), vi., cina handika or zakala followed by muci- ma. Horror, n., buowa, 6. Horse, n., kabalu, 8. From Portuguese. Horse-fly, n., cibanda, 7. 2 o 6 HOST— HUNGER. Host, h. ( crowd), cisumbu, 7. (great number), bungi, 6. Hostage, nph., muntu(i) wa lukole(4). PI. is bantu ba nkole. A person of same vil- lage or family as the debtor who is held for the debt. Hostile, adj., -a lukuna(4). Hostility, lukuna, 4. Hor, adj., -a kahia(8). be, vi., Ilia, lua kahia. make, vt., hixa. Hour, see time. House, n., nsubu, 3. batten, lubarabalu, 4. These are tied crosswise on top of the rafters, door, cibi, 7. door-post, cilua, 7; cixiki, 7. doorway, muxuku(2) wa mbe- 111(3), mbelu(3), cibuedelu ( 7 )- -fly(insect), lujiji, 4. grass for covering, luanyi, 4; bisoso, pi. of eisoso(7); lu- sono, 4. palm leaves for covering, malala, pi. of dilala(5). partition, cididi, 7. post in the wall, cilua, 7; cixiki, 7 - post to support veranda, di- kunxi, 5. rafter, lusokolo, 4; dihilu, 5. ridge-pole, mutandala, 2; niu- tamba, 2. roof, ciniunu, 7. side, wall, cimunu, 7. space in front of door, ku mbelu(3). to cover a, vt., flnga, kuma. top of roof, musonga, 2. to tie the battens, vt., bambala. Household, see tribe. Hover, ^’.(as hawk), lembelela. How, interrog. adv., munyi? bixi? mua(indirect question). (1) For the expression, in what way?, see § 411- (2) As modifying adjectives of How {continued). quantity or quality, see § -.11, Note I. (3) For use in indirect questions, see § 472 ( peanuts), bela, bula, bosa, totobula, taya(toya). (as peas, by beating), xuliula, suanga. Humane, adj., -a kalolo(8), -a Iuse(4), inipe, akane, len- gele. Humanity, n., buntu, 6. (kindness), luse, 4; kalolo, 8. Humble, be, vi., use neg. of disua, ena ne with dikamakama(5) or cikama(7) or dintanta(5), di ne or ufua or unva with bundu(6), di ne with muci- ma(2) mutekete or kalolo(8). make, vt., tekexa, kehexa. Humid be, vi., talala, hola, di ne with citelele(7) or ciaxiina(7). Humidity, n., citelele, 7; ciaxi- ma, 7. Humiliate, vt., kehexa, tekexa, kuacixa or ufuixa with bun- du(6). (be humiliated), vi., ufua or unva with bundu. Humility, n., bundu, 6; bunvu, 6; kalolo, 8. Humor, n., bad, cixi, 7. be in good, vi., sanka. (joke), 11., citedi, 7. Humpbacked, adj., -a dikoko(5), ditonte, kobame. Hundred, n., lukama, 4. Hundred thousand, n., cixikilu, 7 - Hunger, n., nsala, pi. of 3 or 4. HUNGRY— IGNORANT. 207 Hungry, be, v., use nsala(pl. f 3 or 4) as subj. of suma or sama wiuU the person as obj., di ne nsala. Hunt, v., for, keba, keja, teta. with dogs, ta. Hunter, n., cilembi, 7; cihinda, 7 - Hunting, bute from ta, to hunt), 6. net, muxinga(2) wa bute. Hurricane, n., cihuhu, 7, Hurriedly, adv., use the noun forms lubilu and lukusa. Hurry", v., generally use specific verb with lubilu or lukusa. be in a, restless, vi., sasakata. up, make to do in a hurry, vt., ende.xa or enzexa with lubilu or lukusa. «., lubilu, 4; lukusa, 4. Hurt, 7;. (ache), sama. (burn, .smart), suma, oxa, su- suma, hiakana. (as stomach), nyenga. Husb.ynd, n., mulumi, i; mbi(pl. bambi), i. For mbi, see § 42, Note i. Hush, vt., huxa or taluxa or hoi xa or x kixa or kosexa with muaku(2) or mutayo(2) or diyoyo(5). (stop talking), lekela followed by muaku(2) or mutayo(2) or the infin. kuakula; hua. Husk, «., cihusu, 7; cizubu, 7. v.(a.s corn), uvula. (as peas by beating), xuhula, suanga. Hymn, n., musambu, 2. H\t>ocrisy, n., see lie. Hypocrite, n., see li.yr. I. I, pers. pro. (1) Simple Disjunctive Form, meme. § 105. (2) Pro. prefix, n(m). §§ 113, 114. 1 {continued). (3) CompoundDisjunctiveForm, biinyi, etc. §§ 108, no. Identical, adj., o-umue, muomu- mue. (very), niene. Yeye mene, the identical{very) one. See SAME. Identity', n., buobumue, 6, Idiocy, n., buhale, 6; bubuluke, 6; butomboke, 6. .DIOM, n., ciakuilu, 7. Idiot, see fool. Idle person, n., mufuba, i. This word seems to be used only a a noun, not as an adj. adj. ph., -a bufuba(6), -a bu- kata(6). Idleness, n., bufuba, 6; bukata, 6. Idol, n. There are no idols stric ily speaking, only charn s, which are supposed to exert a good influence in behalf of the owner, and sometimes an evil in- influence on an enen.y. If it is carved to represent a person it is called luliingu( 4 ); if made of anything else, it is called buanga(6). No special worship, apart from certain in- cantations(tendelela),isshown to these charms, make an, vt., huka, songa. maker of, n., mpuka(i) n anga, musongi(i) Ava mpingu, mu- huki(i) wa manga. If, sub. conj., bu, bi-. For full dis- cussion of Conditional sen- tences, s e §§ 459, 460. Ignite, vt., oxa. by friction with sticks, vt., vinga kahia(8). Ignoramus, n., muhote, i; muxi- bale, I. Ignorance, w. ( stupidity), buhote, 6; buxibale, 6. Ignorant, adj., hotefp.p. of hota, to he ignorant), xibale(p.p of xibala, to he ignorant). (not to know), v., use neg. of mfinya. 2o8 ILL— IMPLORE. Ill, be, v., see sick. treatment, cihendo, 7; ma- tandu, pi. of 5 or 6; cin- yangu, 7. (wish ill to), V., ela mulau(2). Illegal, something forbidden, n., cijila, 7. This word generally has a superstitious idea. Illegitimate c ild, n., muana(r) wa raasandi(pl. of 5 or 6). Illness, see sickness. Ill-treat, see .abuse. Illustrate, ■y/. (compare), idi- kixa, elekexa. (show), lexa. Illustration, w. (example), ci- fuanyikixa, 7. (sample, copy, mark), cimon- yinu, 7; cidikixilu, 7; cile- xilu, 7. (story, fable), luxiininyinyu, 4; muanu, 2; lusumuinu, 4. Illustrious, see famous. Image, n., see idol. (likeness), cifuanyi, 7; cifuan- yikixa, 7. (reflexion, photograph), mundi- dimbi, 2; mudingidi, 2. Imagination, «. (thought), lun- genyi, 4; mexi, pi. of 5 or 6; lukanyi, 4. Imagine, v.{ fancy), amba. Wa- kuamba ne cin^u cia kudia, he imagined that it was some- thing to eat. Imbibe, v., nua. iUiT.ATE, V., idikixa, elekexa. (do as another), see § 465. Immature child, n. (foetus), kana (dimin. of muana) kabixe. Immediately, adv., katataka, mpindeu, diodiono. Immense, adj., nine. Immerse, vt., ina, inyixa. Imminent, adj. This idea is gener- ally expressed by the Future Imminent tense of the verb. Immodest, be, ■y.(indecent), di ume(p.p. of uma, to he dryj mu Immodest, be {continued). disu(5), di ne buluatafl(6), ena ne bundu(6). (saucy), ena ne bundu(6), di ne with cikama(7) or dikama- kama(5) or dintanta(5), di- sua, ibidiia. Immodesty, .., v;ikama, 7; dika- makama, 5; dintanta, 5. (slovenliness in dress), bulua- tafi, 6. Immoral, adj.{ha.d), bi. (adulterous), -a masandi(pl. of 5 or 6). Immorality, «.(adultery),masandi, pi. of 5 or 6. Immortal, adj., -a matuku onso, -a lahalaha, -a cendelele, -a kaxidi. be, vi., use neg. of fua, to die. Immovable, be, v., kala, xindama, kandamana, jama, kanana. Impair, vt., ona, nyanga; ^^^.(be impaired), onoka, nyanguka. Imp.atience, n., disasakata, 5. Impatient, be, w.(restless), sasa- kata. Impede, z;/.(cause to fail, to miss), humbixa, lekexa, kosexa. Impediment, n., in speech, stutter- ing, cikukumina, 7; dikuku- mina, 5. have, to stutter, v., kukumina. Impend, v.. use generally Future Imminent tense of the verb lua. Impenitent, adj., -a mucima(2) mukale. Imperfect, be, vi., use neg. of forms under perfect. Impertinence, n., dintanta, 5; cikama, 7; dikamakama, 5. Impertinent, be, vi., disua, ibi- dila, ena ne bundu(6), di ne with dintanta(5) or dikama- kama(5) or cikama(7). Implement, n., ciama, cintu(7) cia kuenza n’aci. See note under machine. Implore, v., sengela, sengelela. IMPOLITE— INDIAN. 209 Impolite, be, vi., ena ne kalolo 8), di ne with dikamakama(5) or cikama(7) or dintanta(5). Impoliteness, w., cikama, 7; dika- makama, 5; dintanta, 5. Importance, bualu(6) bunine, muanda(2) munine. Important, adj., nine, tumbe (p.p. of tumba, to be important). Importunate, adj.^ in begging, -a lulombo(4). See PERSEVERE. Impossible, be, v., use neg. of con- structions mentioned under § 230. Impotent, adj., tekete(p.p. of teketa, to be impotent). Impoverish, vt., helexa, luixa with buhele(6) or bulanda(6), xixa mu with buhele or bulanda. Impregnate, i//. (cause concep- tion), tmicixa. Imprison, vph., buexa mu nsubu wa maxika. Improve, v., in health, convalesce, sangala, kusa mubidl(2), sanguluka. Impudence, n., dintanta, 5; ci- kama, 7; dikamakama, 5. Impudent, be, see saucy. Impure, ad;.(adulterous), -a ma- sandi(pl. of or 6). (bad), bi. Impurity, w.(adultery), masandi, pi. of 5 or 6. (badness), bubl. (trash), cilu, 7; cisonso, 7 In, prep., mu. front, ku mpala(3), kumudilu. order that, use Purportive Mood without any subordinatirg word. § 461. the hand, ku minu(pl. of 2). the midst of, see midst. the same place, hamue, hoha- mue. In some cases the in is contained in the verb root. Inadequate, vi., use neg. of forms under enough. Inattentive, be, vi., hungakana, humbakana, neg. of unva or ufua. be toward, vt., humbaki'ixa, hungakdxa. Incantation, do before fetish or charm, tendelela, sekelela. Incapable, be, vi., use neg. of form under capable. Incessantly, see ceaselessly. Incite, v., generally use Causative Form of verb, dog to bite, keba luoxi(4). Incline, vi., inuma, sendama; vt., sendeka, sendemexa, inyika. against, vi., eyema; vt., eye- mexa, eyeka. Inclose, vt., see encircle. Incoherently, speak, v., akula biakulakula(pl. of 7). Incompetent, be, v., use neg. of forms under § 230. Incomplete, be, vi.{noi finished), use neg. of muna or xika or bua. Incorrect, adj., use neg. v. with impe or o-umue or muomu- mue. Increase, z;/. (enlarge), diundixa, lundixa; vi., diunda, lunda. in number or quantity, vi., vula; vt., vudixa. (lengthen), vt., lungakuxa, lun- gakanya, lehexa, lunga; vi., lungakana, leha. price, vt., kalexa or bandixa with muxinga(2); vi., muxinga as subj. of kala or banda. Incur, v., a debt, enza dibanza(5). Indecency, see immodesty. Indecent, see immodest. Indeed, ad'V.(truly), bulilela, bu- xua, buikuxa, bualabuala, buinabuina. These are really nouns of class VI. (very, absolutely), mene. Indian corn, n., see corn. Indian hemp, n., ■ diamba, 5. Smoked by the natives with injurious effect. 210 INDIA-RUBBER— INNUMERABLE. India-rubber, n., ndundu, 3. ball of, dibulu, 5. (fruit of rubber vine), lubulu, 4. Indicate, t;.(show to), lexa, tan- gidixa, muenexa. (point with finger), funkuna. Indifferent, be, vi., see inatten- tive. Indignant, see angry. Indignation, n., cixi, 7. Indistinctly, adv., to see, use neg. of V. mona followed by bimpe. to hear, use neg. of v. unva or ufua followed by bimpe. to speak, use neg. of v. akula followed by bimpe; also akula with cidimify) or cilafi(7). Indolence, n., bufuba, 6; bu- kata, 6. Indolent, adj., -a bufuba(6), -a bukata(6). person, inufuba, i. Induce, vt.{cause to assent), ita- buxixa. from doing, humbixa. Industrious, see diligent. I.N'iusTRY, ^.(occupation), mudi- mu, 2. Infancy, n., buana, 6. Infant, see child. Inferior, adj.{oi no consequence), -a finana, -a hatuhu, -a be. Infinite, be, v., use the verbs tamba or hita with the proper adj. or V. Infirm, adj., tekete(p.p. of teketa, to be infirm). Infirmity, «. (weakness), buteket , 6. Inflate, vt., tantamixa tuntu- muxa, uxa; vi., one’s self, tantamika, tuntumuka, ula. Inlfexible, be, vi., kayabala, tantamana, tandabala. Influence, vt., itabuxixa. (greatness), n., biinine, 6. (have influence with one), vph., di ne dikusa(5) kudi mun- tu(i). (strength), n., bukale, 6. Influential, adj., nine. (famous), tumbe(p.p. of tumba, to be influential). Inform, (teach), iyixa, mun- yixa, longexa, tayila, lubu- kixa. (tell to), ambila. (warn), dimuxa. Information, w.(news), lumu, 4. (word), di, 5. PI. is me. Ingenious, see ci.ever. Ingeniousness, see ingenuity. Ingenuity, «., lungenyi, 4; mexi, pi. of 5 or 6; lukanyi, 4. Muhongo(2) and buloxi(6) come to have a secondary meaning corresponding lo in- genuity. Ingratitude, n., dikamakama, 5; eikama, 7; dintanta, 5. Inhabit, v., ikala mu. Inhabitant, n., of, use muena(i) or inukua(i) followed by name of the place. §§ 84 {b), 357, Rem. Inhale, (drawing in the breath), kokaor huta with muliuya(2), eyela. Inherit, vt., hiana. Inheritance, n., buhianyi, 6; bintu bia buhianyi. Inhuman, a(fy.(cruel), -a cinyan- gu(y), -a lukin u(4). Inhumanity, n., cinyangu, 7; lukinu, 4. see guilt. Inj jrc, i;/.(accuse falsely), banda. (do wrong to one), enzela bibi. (make to go bad), ona, nyanga. Injustice, n. (dishonesty), buivi, 6; buibi, 6. (wrong), bubi, 6; bualu(6) bubi; muanda(2) mubi. Ink, nph. mi a mikanda(pl. of 2). Innocent, be, v.{he acquitted), binga. pronounce, vt., bingixa. Innumerable, adj., use neg. of munya or mona or ena with mua kubala, to count. INQUIRE— INTERCESSOR 2II Inquire, vt., ebexa, konka. Inquisitive, be. v., di ne with luebexixa(4) or lukonkono ( 4 ). Inquisitiveness, n., luebexixa, 4; lukonkono, 4. Insane, adj., buluke, hale, tom- boke. These are p.p. of bu- luka, hala and tomboka respectively, meaning to he insane. Insanity, n., butomboke, 6 ; bu- hale, 6; bubuluke, 6. Insect, cixi, 7. Insensibility, «.(from fall or blow or smothering), cifuidixe, 7; cihuka, 7. (from fit or spasm), ciseke, 7; tungulungu, pi. of 8; nkoyi, 3 - Insensible, be, •y.(from fall or blow or smothering), fua with ci- fuidixe(7) or cihuka(7). (from fit or spasm), fua wi h ciseke(7) or tungulungu(pl. of 8) or nkoyi(3). (not to feel), neg. of unva or ufua. (not to know), ncg. of munya. Insert, vt., buexa mu. Inside, adv. Use generally mu and Locative Suffixed con- struction; as, buclamu, go inside. § 320. o , prep, ph., mu, munda mua. n., munda. § 423 (2) (b). Insipid, be, ^.(be without sah or other seasoning), talala, hola. Insolence, n., dintanta, 5; ci- kama, 7; dikamakama, 5. Insolent, see impertinent. Inspect, ■y/.(look at), mona, tan- gila, xoxa. Instantly, see immediately. Instigate, vt., generally use Causa- tive Form of verb. Instruct, vt., iyixa, munyixa, longexa, ambila, lubukixa. (show), lexa. Instructor, n., muiyixi, i; mu- munyixi, i; muambidi, i; muambi, i. Instrument, n. Some of the dif- ferent kinds of musical instru- ments are: cisanji, 7, lun- zenze, 4; lunkombe, 4; ngoma, 3; ciondo, 7; K xiba, 4; lunkunvu, 4; madimba, pi. of 5; lumembo, 4; ludibu, 4; musakuci, 2; dikusa, 5; musui, 2. play on, vt., imba. play on by blowing, vt., ela. See machine. Insubordinate, adj., -a cicu(7), -a cixiku(7), -a buhidia(6), -a cibengu(7). Insubordination, n., cicu, 7; cixiku, 7; buhidia, 6; cl- bengu, 7. Insuificient, be, V., use neg. of forms mentioned under enough. Insult, vt., henda, tuka. n., cihendo, 7. Intact, arf7'.(whole), onso, xima. Integrity, w.(goodness), kalolo, 8; buimpe, 6; buakane, 6; bulengele, 6. Intellect, n., lungenyi, 4; mexi, pi. of 5 or 6; lukanyi(Buk.), 4. Intellectual, adj., -a lungen- yi(4), -a mexi(pl. of 5 or 6), -a lukanyi(4). Intelligence, n. (intellect), lun- genyi, 4; mexi, pi. of 5 or 6; lukany i(Buk.), 4. Intelligent, adj, -a lungenyi(4), -a mexi(pl. of 5 or 6), -a lukanyi(4). Intend, v., amba followed by infin. Intently, look, v., talala with any verb meaning to see. Inter, ^;^.(bury), jika. Intercede, vt., for, akuila, am- bidila, lumbuluila. Intercessor, n., muakuidl. i; muambididi, i; mulumbu- luidi, I. 212 INTERCOURSE— IRON. Intercourse, have with one an- other in travelling, v., endan- gana. have sexual with, vt., luma, lumixa, tentemexa, lala ne. Interdict, ^'/.(as food, etc.), jila^ jidika. (the interdicted thing), n., cijila, 7- See note under jidika. Interest, w.(business), bualu, 6; muanda, 2. on something borrowed, kasom- belu, 8; matabixa, pi. of 5 or 6; nsekididi, 3; ntente- kw^i, 3. pay, V., tentekela. Interfere with, vL, humbixa, humbakuxa. in one’s business or friendship with another, ela mukosa(2), kosexa, di ne mucaudi(2). Interference, n., mukosa, 2; mucaudi, 2. Interior, w., munda. § 423 (2) ( 6 ). Intermarry, v., bukangana. Intermediary, n., in marriage, cibanji, 7. Intermingle, vt., sangixa, sanga- kuxa, sangakanya, samba- kanya, sambakuxa, tuta- kuxa, tutakanya, sala, sala- kana, buelakuxa, buexa- kana; vi., sanga, sangakana, sainbakana, tutakana, bue- lakana. Internal, adj., -a munda. § 423 (2) (0- Interpret, i;/. (translate), kudi- muna or andamuna with muaku(2). Interrogate, vt., ebexa, konka. Interrupt, vt., humbixa, hum- bakuxa, lekexa, kosexa. (be interrupted), vi., humba. Interruption, n., mukosa, 2. Intervene, ^.(come between), lua with the locative words han- kuci or kunkuci or munkuci. Intervene {continued). in quarrel, sunga. See ELAPSE. Intestine, n., dila, 5. Intimidate, vt., cinyixa. Into, prep., mu. See IN. Intoxicate, vt., hadixa. (be intoxicated), see drunk. Intoxication, n., buhale(6 or bubuluke(6) or butomboke(6) followed by maluvu. Intractable, be, vi., use neg. of tumika or tumikila, di ne with cicu(7) or cibengu(7) or buhidia(6) or cixiku(7). Inveigle, vt., teya. Invent, vt., fuka, dianjila kuenza. Invert, v/.,andamuna,kudimuna, cingululd. Invisibility, n., the state of, nsamu, pi. of 4. See INVULNERABLE. Invisible, be, vi., neg. of mueneka or mueka. (a medicine or charm which is said to make one invisible), n., buanga bua nsamu(pl. of 4). (to become invisible in battle), V., sama. See invulnerable. Invoke, z//.(call), bikila. (implore), sengela, sengelela. (worship), tendelela, tumbixa, inyixa. Invulnerability, n., ntuixa, pi. of 4. Invulnerable, be, tuixa. May come from tuya, to glance off. (a charm to make one invulner- able), n., buanga bua ntui- xa(pl. of 4). See invisible. Inward, adv. Generally use Loca- tive Suffix construction with mu. § 320. uJ;. (internal), -a munda. Iron, n., ciama(7) ciflke. clothes, vt., hela. IRON— JOINT. 213 Iron {continued). (laundrj^), n., mpelu, 3. ore, kabanda, 8. (when made into crosses), n., ciombo(7) ciflke. See note under copper. Irre\t:rence, n., cikama, 7; dikamakama, 5 ; dintanta, 5. Irreverent, adj., -a cikama(7), -a dikamakama(5), -a din- tanta(5). Irritable, be, v., di ne or unvaor ufua \vith cixi(7), nyinga- bala, cixi as subj. of kuata with the person as obj. Irritate, vt., kuacixa or ufuixa with cixi(7), tacixa or flkixa with munda, hotela, lobola. l s, see BE. Island, «., cisanga, 7. Issue, v., a decree, amba followed by di(5) or mukenji(2). (come forth), vi., luhula, umu- ka, hatuka. ^.(offspring), muana, i. lt, pers. pro. The agreement is always made with the class of the noun to which the pronoun refers. (1) Simple Disjunctive Forms. § 105. (2) Compound Disjunctive Forms*. §§ 108, no. (3) Conjunctive Forms; (a) As prefixes. §§ 113, 114. {b) As infixes. §§116,117. (c) As suffixes. §§ 120, 123, 124 {h) (c). _ (4) The use with prepositions. §§ 106 (c), 107. Itch, vi., sasakana, salala. Itinerate, vi., endakana. Its, poss. pro. Use the sing, forms of classes II-VIII, as indicated under § 133. When used as predicate adj., see § 135 - Itself, pers. pro. (i) Compound Disjunctive Form. §§ 108, lOQ. Agreement is Itself {continued). made with the class of the noun to which the pronoun refers. (2) When reflexive, use the re- flexive prefix of verb, -di-. § 1 18. Note that this con- struction may be used either as subj. or obj. (3) See B.L.-Eng. under ine. Ivory, n., mubanga, 2. J. Jabber, v., akula biakulakula(pl. of 7). Jackal, n., mubuabu, 2. Jail, n., nsubu(3) wa maxika. Jailor, «., mukelenge(i) or mu- lami(i) with wa nsubu(3) maxika. Jam, «., jam(Eng.). January, n., Januale(Eng.). Jar, M.(for water), mulondo, 2. Jaw, n., lower, lubanga, 4. Jealous, adj., -amukau(2). Jealousy, n., mukau, 2. Jest, see joke. Jesus, n., Jisus. Jew, n., Muyuda, i. Perhaps a’so Mujuda(i). Jigger, «., kabuasa, 8; dile- bele(Buk.), 5. Join, v.{a.s rivers, paths, etc.), san- gakana, sambakana, sangila. (become one of a party), buele- kana, buela. (be next to), kuatakana, tuan- gana. (cause to come together), vt., sangakuxa, sangakanya, bambakuxa, bambakanya, sambakuxa, sambakanya, kuatakanya, kuatakuxa, tuanguxa, tuanganya. to, lengthen, add one to another, vt., lungakanya, lungakuxa, lunga, lehexa. Joint, n., dinungu, 5. 214 JOKE— KING. Joke, i’/.(play on one), sabixa, nayixa. (pretend not to know), v.^ hunga. with, ela bitedi(pl. of 7), cini- bixa, humbixa. w., citedi, 7. PI. generally used. Journey, w., luendu, 4. go on a, vph., ya ku luendu. Joy, «., disanka, 5. Joyful, see happy. Judge, »., mulumbuludi, i. V., lumbulula, kosa nsambu(3). Judgment, «. (damnation), mulau, 2. pronounce, vL, lumbulula, kosa nsambu(3). (trial), cilumbu, 7. (wisdom), lungenyi, 4; mexi, pi. of 5 or 6; lukanyi, 4. Jug, «.(jar), mulondo, 2. (pitcher), mplca(Eng.), 3. Juice, «., mi, pi. of 5 or 6. July, n., Juli(Eng.). Jump, v., tuhika. (as flea), tuloka. (as frog), soloka. n., cidi, 7. Junction, n., of paths or rivers, disangu, 5. PI. generally used. June, «., Junyi(Eng.). Junior, .^ee younger. Just, adv.{\.o have just done), use the verb anza and infin. §228, adj., see honest. as conj. mu- (insep.) with the verb. §465- See §§ 418, 421. Justice, n., see honesty. Justified, be, ^.(be acquitted), binga. Justify, vl.^ blngixa. K. Keep, v ., awake, tabala, lala citabala' 7)- doing, use Pres. Habitual tense, (feed), vl., dixa. Keep {continued) . for, tekela. from, abstain, hidia, benga, jila. (look after for), muenena. silence, lekela muaku(2), hua. (watch flocks, etc.), vt., lama. Keeper, «., mulami, i; mutan- gidi, i; mumonyi, i; mu- muenenyi, i. Keepsake, m., cimonyinu, 7. Kernel, «.(germ of the kernel), muoyo, 2; disu, 5. Kettle, «., civuadi, 7; luesu, 4; nketel(Eng.), 3. Key, w., muan’a nsahi(3), luvun- ¥ula(4). Keyhole, n., disu(5) dia nsahi(3). Kick, v., tua with dikusa(5) or museba(2), n., museba, 2. Kid, n., muan’a mbuxi(3), lutum- batumba(4). Kidney, kamoma, 8. Kill, vt., xiha. by hanging, owa. Kind, n., of same, this idea may be expressed in several ways: (1) By the verbs fuanangana, kelemena, fuana, dieleka. (2) By the words bu or buina. (3) By the words muomumue or o-umue. (4) By the ph. muan’abo ne. of different, use neg. with above forms. (of one kind ... of another kind), ha bu- ... ha bu-. § 186. (what kind of a ?), ki? § 176. a bula, jula. the voice, bandixa or ambuluxa or ambulula or kalexa with di( 5 ). to life, fululula. Ram, w.(male of sheep), cimpanga, 7 - i’.(as a gun), soma. Ramble, vi., endakana. Ramrod, n., nfukete, 3. Rank, «.(of high, chiefship), bu- kelenge, 6 ; bunfumu, 6. (row), n., mulongo, 2. Ransom, (redeem), hikula. Rape, commit, vph., kuata mu- kfixi(i) ku bukale(6). Rapidity, n., lubilu(4), lukusa(4), kalubilubi(8). This last word has also the idea of careless- ness. Rapidly, adv., lubilu, lukusa. These are really nouns of class IV. Rapids, w. ( falls), cibila, 7. Rascal, n., muntu(i) mubi. Rascality, n., bubi, 6. Rat, n., mpuku, 3. The dimin. is kahuku. For varieties of, see MOUSE, -hole, buina, 6. PI. is mena. -trap, n., buteyi, 6 ; lukinda, 4. Rather, had, z;.(prefer), sungula. Rat-hole, n., see under rat. 246 RATTLE— REDEEM. Rattle, w. ( gourd with seeds in- side), dikusa, 5; musui, 2; musakuci, 2. (for dogs in hunting), cidibu, 7. V., imba. Rat-trap, n., see under rat. Ravage, z;/,(plunder), haula. Ravish, v., see rape. Raw, adj., bixe. Razor, n., dihi, 5; nteula, 3. Reach, ‘^.(arrive at), flka. out, as hand, olola. to, to extend to, tua ku. to, as with hand, beta, to, to hand something to one, vt., hetela, hetexa. Read, v., bala, luida(Eng.). Ready, be, z;f.(be finished), muna, hua, xika. Real, ad;.(true), lilela, ikuxa, -a buxua(6), -a bulilela(6), -a buinabuina(6), -a buikuxa (6), -a bualabuala(6). Sometimes the postpositive mene is used. Reaiity, n., bulilela, 6; buxua, 6; buinabuina, 6 ; bualabuala, 6; buikuxa, 6. Really, arf‘y.(truly), use the noun forms bulilela, buxua, buina- buina, bualabuaia, buikuxa. Sometimes the adv. mene is used. Reap, t;;. (gather corn), huola, kuola. (gather millet), nowa. (gather peas), aka. See HARVEST. Rear, w., at the, ku nyima(3), haxixe. be in the, be last, vi., xixa. part of, kumanda, ku citaku(7), kuntaku. See § 423 (2) (b). vt., dixa, kalexa. Reason, «. (cause), buala, 6; muanda, 2. for this, therefore, adv., ka. for what ?, see why. (intelligence), lungenyi, 4; mexi, pi. of 5 or 6; lukanyi, 4. Reason {continued). (think), V., ela or elangana wnth lungenyi or mexi or lukanyi. Rebel, against, vt., hidia, benga. Rebound, vi., lundumuka. (jump), tuhika. Rebuke, vt., bela, samina, bulu- kila, nanga. Recall, t;/. ( cause to return), luixa, alukixa, hingixa, tucixa, hinguxa. (remember), vi., vuluka. Receive, z//.(accept), itabuxa. (get), angata. Reckless, a, 4; luidi, 4. Rumor, it., lumu, 4. Run, V., ya or nyema with lubilu. against, dituta, dianda. a race, idikixa or elekexa with lubilu. (as water), v., hueka. away, ya or nyema with lubilu, ongoloka. off at the bowels, v., uha or ela or huya with munda. over, as water in vessel, icikila. rapidly, nyamuka. Runt, n., njeku, 3; cihindi, 7; cituha, 7. be a, vi., xunguka. Runty, adj., -a njeku(3), -a cihindi(7), -a cituha(7), xunguke(p.p. of xunguka, to be runty). Rust, n., dimoma, 5. V., kuata dimoma. Rusty, be, v., kuata dimoma(5). Rut, n., (in ground), nkoka, 3; muexi, 2; mutubu, 2. S. Sabbath, n., Lumingu(Lubingu), 4. From Portuguese. Sack, n., cibombo, 7; luhiya, 4. ■y.(pillage), haula. Sacred, adj. ph., -a bualu(6) bukale. (interdicted), -a cijila(7). Sacrifice, ^'^.(kill), xiha. (offering as a due or tribute), vt., lambula. to, vt., xihela. Sad, be, v., di ne kanyingan- yinga(8), di ne or ufua or unva with cixi(7), muoyo(2) or mucinia(2) as subj. of nyingala, cixi as subj. of kuata and the person as obj. Sadden, vt., ufuixa or kuaeixa with cixi(7). Sadness, n., kanyinganyinga, 8; cixi, 7. Safe, be, w.(be escaped from danger), handuka. Safety, n., luhandu, 4. Sagacious, adj. dimuke(p.p. of dimuka, to he sagacious), -a budimu(6). Sagacity, n., budimu, 6. Sail ho, inter jec., selo. Sake, (cause), bualu, 6; muan- da, 2. Salad, n., nsalata, 3. Doubt- less from Portuguese through Lower Congo. Salary, n., difutu, 5. Sale, w.(market), cisalu, 7. Saliva, n., lute, 4. PI. is mate. §51. Salt, n., lueho, 4; mukele, 2; ngala(Bukuba), 3. coarse in sacks, lueho lua nsoka(sing. lusoka, lump). (native salt made from a kind of grass), lueho lua mbanda. This is not sodium chloride. Saltless, be, vi., hola, talala. Salutation, n., muoyo, 2. give, V., ela or ha or ebexa followed by muoyo. give to a chief, vt., sekelela, menekela, nemekela, me- neka, nemeka. .A.mong the Baluba the first per- son speaking says inyixaku (sing.) or inyixi(pL), the per- son responding says ndi muln- yixe. These forms are from the verb inyixa, to adore. Among the Bena Lulua both persons say muoyo. Among the Bakete the first per- son speaking says wibika, the one responding says dibika. Among the Bakuba the first person says winung, the one responding says dinung. SALUTATION— SAYING. 253 Salutationt {continued). Sometimes the Baluba are heard to say ixaku(sing.) and L\i(pl.), as if from a verb ixa. Salute, vt., ela or ha or ebexa, followed by muoyofa). a chief, vt., sekelela, meneka, menekela, nemeka, neme- kela. (go out to meet and embrace), vt., akidila. Salvation, n., luhandu, 4. (life), niuoyo, 2. Same, adj.{oi same kind). Ex- pressed in several ways: (1) By . the verbs fuanangana, kelemena, fuana, dieleka. (2) By the words bu or buina. (3) By the adj. o-umue or the adv. muomumue. (4) By the ph. muan’abo ne. (at, in, or on the same place), adv., kumue, mumue, hamiie, kaba(dimin. of muaba) ka- mue. length, size, number, adj., mue (mo). make the, vt., fuanyikixa, kele- mexa, elekexa. (the very same), adv., mene. Sameness, w.(likeness), eifuanyi, 7; buobumue, 6. Sample, n., cimonyinu, 7; cile- xilu, 7; cidikixilu, 7. Sanctification, (cleanness), bu- toke, 6. (goodness), buimpe, 6; buakane, 6; bulengele, 6. Sanctify, i;/. ( interdict), jila. (make clean), tokexa. (make good), lengexa. (set apart), tekela. Sand, n., grain of, kasoka(dimin. oflusoka),8; kasenga(dimin. of lusenga), 8; kasele(dimin. of lusele), 8. loose, difukenya, 5; pi. of lusenga(4) and lusele(4). Sand-bank, n., lusenga, 4; lu- sele, 4. Santa Claus, n., Santa Klas. Satan, Satana. (demon or devil), mulamaci(i) wa Satana. Satchel, w. ( scrip), nsaho, 3. Satiate, be satiated, vi., difu(5) as subj. of ukuta. Satisfied, be., v., after eating, difu(5) as subj. of ukuta. (content), adj., -a mucima(2) with the participial words mu- talale or muhole. with, V., itabuxa. Satisfy, vt., with food, ukucixa. with water when thirsty, taluxa, or holexa with ha diminu(5) or ha muminu(2), muna or huixa with miota(nyota). Saturday, n. dituku(5) disam- bombo Saucer, n., dilonga, 5. Sauciness, n., cikama, 7; dika- makama, 5; dintanta, 5. Saucy, be, v., ena ne bundu(6), di ne with cikama(7) or di- kamakama(5) or dintanta(5), disua, ibidila. Save, vt., sunglla, handixa, sun- gidila; (be saved), handa, handuka. up, vt., lamina, teka. Savior, n., musungidl, i; mu- handixi, i. Savor, vi., of, tua. n., use infin. kutua as noun. See TASTE. Savory, be, vi., xemakana, di ne with nse(3) or kutua ku- impe. Saw, n., cikuaka, 7. vt., crosswise, kosa, kala. lengthwise, handa. Sawyer, n., muena(i) with ma- biya(pl. of 5) or bikuaka(pl. of 7). Say, V., amba, taya(Buk.). to, ambila. Saying, m. ( proverb), muanu, 2; lusumuinu, 4; luximinyin- yu, 4. 254 SCAB— SEARCH. Scab, n., cilumulumu, 7. tear off a, vt., lamuna; (come off), vi., lainuka. Scabbard, n., luhaha, 4; ci- manga, 7; cibubu, 7. Scald, vt., hixa(?) mu mi a kahia; z'i.(be scalded), hia(?) mu mi a kahia. Scale, n., of fish, dibamba, 5. (scrape off), vt., hulula, kuhula; vi., huluka, kuhuka. Scar, n., cibangu, 7. Scarce, adj., kise, bale, nya-nya. Scarcity, n., bukise, 6 ; bubale, 6 ; bunyabunya, 6. Scare, cinyixa; (be scared), cina. (be much scared), vi., mucima(2) with the verbs handika or zakala; vt., handixa, or zakuxa with mucima(2) as obj. Scarlet, adj., kunze(p.p. of kun- za, to be scarlet). Scatter, vt., tangaluxa, tanga- dixa, muanga, muangaluxa; vi., tangaluka, muangaluka, tangadika, muangala. (as a contagious disease), vi., sambulukila, tampakana, ambulukila. (as clouds after a rain), vi., sanguluka. ScEMT, n.(bad smell), muhuya(2) mubi, mukuhu(2), kaham- bu(8), lusu(4). (detect the odor), v., unva, ufua. emit a, v., nunka. (odor, good or bad), n., muhuya, 2; dihembu(pl, generally used), 5; nsunga, 3; muen- yi, 2. (perfume), n., mananaxl, pi. of 5 or 6. r^.(to smell), nunkila. Scholar, n., muena(i) mikauda muiyidi(i). School, n., mu mikandafpl. of 2); suggest also sukulu(Eng.). Scissors, n., luxola, 4. The dimin. pi., tuxola, is generally used. Scoff, at, vt., seka. Scold, vt., bela, nanga, samina, bulukila. Scorch, z^/.(as food), xidixa, lun- guxa,babula; w.(be scorched), xila, lungula, babuka. Scorn, i;/.(deny), hidia, benga. show, by clicking with the tongue, vt., sodia. Scorpion, n., kaminyi(kaminyi- minyi), 8. Scour, t;/.(scrape), kuona, heya. (scrape off), vt., kuhula, hulula. Scourge, ■p/.(beat), kuma, tuta. Scowl, v., nyenga or fudika with mpala(3). Scrape, vt., kuona, heya. off, vt., kuhula, hulula. Scratch. v.{as fowls), kala. (in case of itching), kuinya. make a, vt., flta. out, to erase, jima, jimixa. with nails or claws, v., tua or asa with luzadi(4) or lu- zala(4) or luala(4). PI. of these words generally used. n., mufunda, 2. Scream, ‘P.(to cry loud), tayika. (in terror), v., handalala. Screw, n., mulonda, 2; lusonso, 4 - vt., around, jekexa, nyenga. Scribe, n., mufundi, i. Scrip, «.(bag), luhiya, 4; ci- hombo, 7. (large open), nsaho, 3. Scriptures, nph., mukanda(2) wa Nzambi. Scrotum, n., cibudi, 7. Scrub, i’/.(scrape), kuona heya. (scrape off), kuhula, hulula. Scum, w. ( froth), lututu, 4; lu- kende, 4. Sea, w. ( ocean), mi manine. (lake), dixiba, 5. Seal, w.(mark), cimonyinu, 7. Search for, vt., keba, keja, teta. SEASON— SENSELESS. 255 Season, n., cidimu, 7. dry, muxihu, 2. rainy, mayowa, pi. of 5 or 6; nvula(pl. generally used), 3. There is no division of the seasons into spring, summer, autumn and winter. See sum- mer, WINTER. v.^ lunga. Seat, «. (chair), nkuasa, 3. (made with palm ribs), ditanda,5. xikika. take a, vi., xikama. Second, ord. mim., ibidi. § 99. Secret, n., musokoko(musoko), 2. keep a, vt., sokoka. tell a, vt., sokolola. Secretary, n., mufundi, i. Secrete, vt., sokoka; w.(one’s self), sokoma. Section, n., see part, country. Security, for debt, cieya, 7. give, vt., eyeka. (safety), n., luhandu, 4. Sediment, n., see dregs. Seduce, (entice), munyixa or iyixa or ibidixa with bua- Iu(6) bubi. (to commit adultery with one), V., enda n’aiidi masandi(pl. of 5 or 6). See, vt., mona, tangila, xoxa (joxa). (know), munya. Seed, w.(for planting), diminu, 5; buhu, 6. germ of, disu, 5; muoyo, 2. of corn, ditete, 5; mutonda, 2; ditungu, 5. (offspring), n., muana, i. of millet, ditete, 5. of pumpkin, lutete, 4. Seek, vt., keba, keja, teta. Seem, ■pf.(appear), mueka, mue- neka. (seem what it is not), use the ph. ku mesu; • as, cilulu cidi cimpe ku mesu, the cloth seems good, i.e., to the eye. Seen, be, w. ( appear), mueneka, mueka. Seer, see prophet. Seize, vt., kuata, fiekela. (embrace), uhukila. (pounce upon), tuhikila, uhu- kila. (snatch, grab), bakula. things by force, nyenga. Select, ^/.(choose), sungula. Self, when emphatic use: (1) The compound disjunctive pro. forms nkiyinyi, etc. § 109- (2) The adjective ph. ne Ine. § 80. _ When reflexive use the reflexive prefix -di-. § 118. Selfish, be, z/. ( conceited), disua. (stingy), -a citu(7), -a buimln- yi(6), -a cianza(7) cikale, -a cilema(7). toward one, vt., imina, hala. Selfishness, m. ( stinginess), citu, 7; buiminyi, 6; cianza(7) cikale; cilema, 7. Sell, vt., hana, leka. (buy and sell, trade), enda or endululu followed by mu- xinga(2). to one, udixa. Semen, n., bana, pi. of muana(i); bilumi, pi. of cilumi(7). Send, vt., tuma. away, to dismiss, vt., fula, umuxa. back, vt., alukixa, hinghxa, hingixa, tucixa. to, tumina. Senior, w.(elder brother or sister), mukulu, i. of twins, cibuabu, 7. (oldest child), muan’a bute(6). Sense, w. ( wisdom), lungenyi, 4; mexi, pi. of 5 or 6; lukanyl, 4. Senseless, be, z'f.(unconscious), fua followed by any word meaning spasm or pt or faint- ness. (stupid), adj., hote, xibSle. These are p.p. from hota and xibala, to he stupid. SENSIBLE— SHAKE. 256 Sensible, a)’ adj., -a mucima(2) mukale. STEW— STOVE. 267 Stew, v., tumpa, sabula. Stick, n., muci, 2. for leading a dog, n., luobo, 4. in, vt., asa, tua, ximika. (in animal pit), n., disongo, 5. in, as mud, vi., kandamana, jama, kanana; vt., kanda- mixa, jamixa, kanuxa. out, vi., hatuka, tuka. through, as needle through cloth, vi., sompoka; vt., soni- pola. through, to punch hole through, vt., tubula. to, to adhere, vi., lamata, kua- takana; vt., lamika, lama- cixa, kuatakuxa, kuata- kanya. together, •yf.,lamatangana, kua- takana, lamakana. walking-, n., cibangu, 7. Stiff, be, •y/. (inflexible), tanta- mana, tandabala, kayabala. Stifle, vt., jika cifuidixe(7). (be stifled), v., di ne cifui- dixe(7). Still, be, vi., hola, talala, di with hola or talala. make to be, to quiet, vt., taluxa, holexa, kosexa or xikixa followed by diyoyo(5) or mu- tayo(2) or muaku(2). (stop noise), v., lekela with di- yoyo or mutayo or muaku or the infin. kuakiila. Still-born child, kana(8) ka- bixe. Stimulate, ^^/.(strengthen), ka- lexa. Sting, vt., suma. Stinginess, n., citu, 7; buiminyi, 6; cilema, 7; cianza(7) ci- kale. Stingy, adj., -a citu(7), -a bui- minyi(6), -a cilema(7), -a cianza(7) cikale. toward, vt., imina, hala. Stink, n., muhuya(2) mubi, mu- kuhu(2), lusu(4), kaham- bu(8). Stink {continued). V., nunka followed by any of the above words. Stir, vt.{diS mud in water), vuan- dulula, buandulula, buanda- kuxa, soha. fire, vt., sonsola. pot, vt., vundula. together, to mix, vt., sangixa, sangakuxa, sangakanya, sambakanya, sambakuxa, tutakuxa, tutakanya, sala, salakanya, saxa. Stockade, see enclosure. Stocking, n., cimenyi, 7. Stocks, n., muomba, 2; cikunyi, 7 * Stomach, n., difu, 5; the locative word miinda. Stone, n., dibue, 5. for grinding corn, millet, etc., n., mpelu, 3. This is held in the hand. hail-, n., dibue dia nvula(3). Stool, n., nkuasa, 3. go to, V., nyina. Stoop, vi., inuma. (squat), vi., zonzama, susa- mana. Stop, (abstain from, to cease), lekela. (come to end, as path), vi., xikila. one from doing, vt., kosexa, humbixa, lekexa. (stay), vi., ik^la, xikama, la- la. (wait), to stand, vi., imuna. Stopper, n., cixibiku, 7; cibuiku, 7; cibuikilu, 7. Store, n., -room, ncito(Eng.), 3; nsubu(3) wa bintu. away, vt., teka, lamina. Storm, n., cihuhu, 7. Story, «. (fable), muanu, 2; lusu- muinu, 4; luximinyinyu, 4. tell a, V., ela. Stout, adj., nine. grow, vi., diunda, lunda. Stoutness, n., bunine, 6. Stove, n., uvum(Eng.), 3. 268 STRAIGHT— STUMBLE. Straight, be, vi., lulama, ololo- ka; vt., olola(ololola), ludi- kila, lulamixa, ludika. stand up, make perpendicular, V/., jadika; vi., Jalama. Straighten, vt.^ lulamixa, lu- dika. (bend straight, as wire), vt.^ olola(ololola). (put in line), vt., ludika. (stand up straight, make per- pendicular), vt., jadika. Strain, ■y/.(as in travail), tanta- mana. Strange, ad;, (foreign, one from a distance), -a kule. (new), hia-hia. (wonderful), -a kukema. Stranger, «.( visitor), muenyi, i. Strangle, -yL (throttle), flekela nxingu(3). (be strangled, have something in the throat), v., kuata with ha muminu(2) or ha diniinu(5). Strap, n., mukuba, 2. Straw, use any of the words for GRASS, according to sense. Stray, v., about, endakana. (get lost), vi., hanibuka. Stream, n., musuiu, 2. down-, the locative word ku- nianda. § 423 (2) (6). up-, the ph. ku niutu(2). Street, n., nxila, 3. Strength, bukale, 6; dikan- da(pl. generally used), 5; ngulu(ngudu), pi. of 3 or 4. Strengthen, vt., kalexa. (make steady), vt., kanuxa. Stretch, vt., koka, kalexa, huta, hulumuna. one’s self, v., dinana, diolola. out, as hand, vt., olola; vi., ololoka. out, to unfold, vt., vungulula. Strew, vt., tangaluxa, tanga- dixa, muanga, muangaluxa. Strike, vt., kuma, tuta. against, as foot in walking, vt., kuma dikusa(5). Strike {continued). so as to cut, vt., taha. with fist, vt., kuma or tua or tuta with cisusu(7) or disun- du(s). with knuckles, vt., tua lukon- .yi(4)- with open hand, vt., kuma with luhi(4) or dihi(5). n., mukumu, 2; mututu, 2. String, n., mouxi(creeper), 2; muxinga, 2. Strip, w.(band, bordering), luhola, 4- of cloth, n., mulenga, 2; ci- tambala, 7. off, as bark, vt., ubula. off, as clothes, vt., kuhola, vula. Stripe, n., muhola, 2. Striped, be, vi., di mihola(pl. of muhola). Strive, v., and fail, hanga. by measuring or lifting, vt., idikixa, elekexa, labila, teta. Stroll, vi., endakana. .Strong, adj., kale(p.p. of kala, to he strong), di ne with bukale(6) or ngulu(pl. of 3). (be steady), vi., kanana, kanda- mana, xindama, jama. Strongly, adv., bikale. Strut, ^.(to show off), dilexa. Stubborn, adj., -a cicu(7), -a cixiku(7), -a buhidia(6), -a cibengu(7). Stubbornness, n., cicu, 7; cixiku, 7; buhidia, 6; cibengu, 7. Student, n., muiyidi, i; mue- na(i) mikanda(pl. of 2). Study, z'.(learn), iya, iyila. Stuff, vt.. Any a. w.(goods), biuma(sing. ciuma), 7; bintu(sing. cintu), 7; luhetu(4). (rubbish), n., bilu(sing. cilu), 7; bisonso(sing. cisonso), 7. Stuffiness, w., cifuidixe, 7. Stumble, ^.(strike foot against), kuma dikusa( 5 ). STUMP— SUFFERING. 269 Stump, w,, cihidikidi, 7. V., the foot, kuma dikusa( 5 ). Stunned, be, vi., fua with cifui- dixe(7) or cihuka(7). Stunt, vt.y humbakuxa. (be stunted), vi., xunguka, xauka; also the adj. forms -a njeku(3), -a cihindi(7), -a cituha(7). Stupefy, vt.{as drink), maluvu as subj. of kuata with the person as obj. Sometimes the verb xiha is used. (as medicine), vt., leula. (be stupefied, stunned), vi., fua with cihuka(7) or cifui- dixe(7). (be stupefied, as from drink), vi., kuacika maluvu. Stupid, see foolish. Stupidity, see folly. Stutter, vi., kukumina. Stutterer, n., muena(i) with cikukumina(7) or dikuku- mina(5). Stuttering, n., cikukumina, 7; dikukumina, 5. Sty, w.(pen), cikumbi, 7. Style, w.(custom), cilele, 7; cien- zedi, 7; cibilu, 7. See KIND. Subdue, vt., hita or tamba with bukale(6) or ngulu(pl. of 3), cimuna. Subject, (conquer), tamba or hita with bukale(6) or ngulu(pl. of 3), cimuna. (matter), n., bualu, 6 ; muanda, 2. of a chief, «., muana, i; mu- hika, I. Subjection, «.(slaver} 0 , buhika, 6. bring into, see subjugate. Subjugate, vt., hita or tamba with bukale(6) or ngulu(pl. of 3), tekexa. Submit, vi.{he subjugated), te- keta. Subside, vi., uma, kama, hue- kela. Subsist, v.(be, live), ikdla. on, to eat, vt., dia. Substance, w.(goods), biuma(sing. ciuma), 7; bintu(sing. cintu), 7; luhetu, 4, Substitute, z^/.(exchange one for another), xintakuxa, xinta, xintakana, xintakanya. Sometimes the idea may be ex- pressed by the Applied Form of the verb. Subtle, adj., dimuke(p.p. of dimuka, to be subtle), -a budimu(6). Subtlety, n., budimu, 6. Subtract, z;/.(take away), umuxa, fula. Succeed, v., to chiefship, dia bukelenge(6). Succor, vt.{io help), use enzexa or Causative Form of any verb, (to save), vt., sungila, ban- dixa, sungidlla. n., luhandu, 4. Succumb, vi., teketa, hanga. Such, adj. Use the proper de- monstrative adj.; as, clena musue cilulu eci, / do not want such cloth, i.e., this cloth. (in such a way), adv., nunku (nanku, nenku). (like, such as), the indeclinable words bu and buina. Suck, v.(as child or young of animals), amua. (as pipe, etc.), vt., huta, koka. give to, vt., amuixa. Suckle, vt., amuixa. Suddenly, adv., lukusa, lubilu. Suffer, m.(be punished), kenga. (be sick), vi., sama, bela. cause to, vt., kengexa. See permit. Suffering, «. (mental), kanyin- ganyinga, 8. (punishment), n., dikengexa, 5 - (sickness), n., disama, 5; bu- bedi, 6; dibedi, 5. 2/0 SUFFICE— SWEAR. Suffice, vi., fuanangana, akan- angana, dieleka, vula, kuni- bana, di -a bungi(6), xika. Sufficient, be, see suffice. Suffocate, vt., jika cifuidixe(7). (be suffocated), vi., fua or di ne with cifuidixe. Suffocation, n., cifuidixe, 7. Sugar, nsugidi(pl. generally used), 3. From Portuguese, -cane, miienge, 2; cilengelele, 7. Suicide, commit, v., dixlha. by hanging, v., diowa. Suit, vi., akana, akanangana, dieleka, fuanangana, kele- mena; vt., akuxangana, ele- kexa, fuanyikixa, kelemexa. Suitable, BE, “y/., akana, akanan- gana, dieleka, fuanangana, kelemena. (proper, good), adv., impe, akane, lengele. Sulk, vi., sunuka, bungania. Sulky, be, vi., sunuka, bungama. Sullen, be, vi., sunuka, bun- gama. Summer, nph., cidimu(7) cia munya(2). Since the rainy season is also the warm season we may say nvula(3) or mayowa(pl. of 5 or 6). Summersault, turn a, vi., hiluka. Summit, n., mutu, 2. Summon, vt., bikila. Sun, n., diba, 5. PI. is meba. -rise, n., dinda, 5; lunkelu, 4. -set, vph., diba(5) dikadi di- buela. -shine, n., munya, 2. Sunday, n., Lumingu(Lubingu), 4. From Portuguese. Sunrise, «. (about), dinda, 5; lunkelu, 4. Sunset, vph., diba(5) dikadi di- buela. Sunshine, n., munya, 2. Sup, v.(to drink), nua. Superintend, vt., tangila, mona, xoxa, l^ma. Superior, be, •y.(better), tamba or hita with buimpe(6). Supper, nph., bidia bia with bu- tuku(6) or dilolo(5). Lord’s, bidia bia Xzambi. Supple, be, vi., xoboka, nyenga- bala, di ne muxobo(mujobo). Suppleness, n., muxobo(mujobo), 2. Supplicate, z;/. (implore), sengela, sengelela. (pray to God), vt., tendelela. Support, n-/. (strengthen), kalexa. Suppose, z;. (imagine), amba. Surely, adv., bulilela, buxua, buikuxa, bualabuala, buina- buina. These words are really nouns. Surety, n., cieya, 7. leave as, vt., eyeka. Surfeited, be, v., ukuta. Surpass, vt., tamba, hita. Surprise, vt., kemexa. exclaim in, vi., kema, tua ei- kema(7). (startle), vt., tabuluxa. Surrender, vi., hanga, teketa. Surround, vt., nyungulula, cim- bakana, nyengela. (wTap around), vt., jinga, jin- gila, vunga, vungila. Suspend, z'f.(hang down), lembe- lela. Suspenders, n., mikuba(pl. of 2) ya mihanu(pl. of 2). Swallow, v., mina. w.(a bird), kandindi, 8. Swamp, see marsh. Swarm, n., cisumbu, 7. Sw'AY, z^/.(as cloth swinging in the wind), lembelela, hehuka, dikuha. Swear, z;.(take an oath), ciha. The reflexive, diciha, is gener- ally used. From the Congo State officials is also derived the expression (uma munu(2) mulu, put the pinger up. at, vt., henda, tuka. (take God’s name in vain), v. SWEAR— TAKE. 271 Swear {continued). tela dina(5) dia Nzambi. Malicious swearing is un- known. Sweat, w., luanga, 4; cisululu, 7 - V., hatuka or tuka with luanga or cisululu as subj. Sweat-bee, n., kambuinkidi, 8. Sweep, vt., komba. Sweet, adj., -a dimeme(5), -a nse(pl. of 3 or 4). (be pleasant to the taste), vi., xemakana. potato, n., cilunga, 7; cinsenga, 7 - Sweetness, n., dimeme, 5; nse, pi. of 3 or 4. Swell, w.(expand), tuntumuka, tantamika, ula; vt., tuntu- niuxa, tantamixa, uxa. (decrease of swelling), vi., fuba, huhala. Swelling, disungu, 5. Swiftly, adv., lubilu, lukusa. Swiftness, n., lubilu, 4; lukusa, 4; kalubilubi, 8. Swim, v.{as fish), enda mu mi. (as person), v., ombela, owe- la. Swine, n., ngulube, 3. Swing, i’f.(sway as in wind), lem- belela, dikuha, hehuka. Switch, n., muxoxo, 2; munyasu, 2; mulangala, 2; kanyanzu, 8 . vt., kuma, tuta. Swollen, be, vi.{a .5 some part of body), ula. Swoon, vi., fua followed by ci- seke(7) or tungulungu(pl. of 8) or cifuidixe(7). Sword, nph., muele(2) wa nvl- ta( 3 ). Syllable, n., disilabel(Eng.), 5. Symbol, n., cimonyinu, 7. Sympathize, v., with, ha luse(4). Sympathy, «., luse, 4. T. Table, n., mesa(from Portuguese). Regarded as pi. of 5. clear the, vt., umuxa bintu ha mesa. leg of, n., dikunxi, 5. set the, vt., longolola bintu ha mesa, sala(Lower Congo). Taboo, vt., jidika, jila. (one not eating with others), n., muena(i) mbala(3). (tabooed things), n., cijila, 7. Tack, w. ( brass chair nail), lufuma, 4 - Tail, «., of animal or reptile, mukila, 2. of bird, fowl, etc., mulundu, 2. of fish, cihehe, 7. Taint, vt., bolexa; 2//.(be tainted), bola. Take, v., aim, dingila, l&ma, ludikila, idikixa, elekexa. a seat, vi., xikama. away, vt., umuxa. back, vt., alukixa, andamuxa, tueixa, hingixa, hinguxa. by, vt., kuata ku. care of, to look after, vt., lama, (carry), vt., tuala. down, vt., tulula, tula, from by force, vt., nyenga. heed, to be W'arned, vi., dimuka. heed, to listen, v., unva, ufua. hold of, vt., kuata. in, into, vt., buexa. oath, V., ciha. off, vt., umuxa. off, as anything sticking, vt., lamuna. off, as clothes, vt., vula, kohola. off from, vt., tentulula. out, vt., umuxa, hatula, luhula. out, as jigger, vt., tubula, lu- hula. . photograph, vt., kuata mu mu- kanda(2). pity, vt., ha luse(4). to, vph., ya ne kudi (Locative Prefixed, § 321). 272 TAKE— TEAR. Take {cojitinued). to pieces, vt., tulakanya. up, vt., angata, menia, ambula, boya. up by roots, vt., jula, xomuna. up something found, vt., angula. Tale, w., muanu, 2; lusumuinu, 4; luximinyinyu, 4. tell a, vt., ela. Talk, v., akula. about, V., amba. against behind one’s back, vt., songucla. angrily, v., tanda, tandangana. a trade, vt., tua niuxinga(2). behind one’s back, vt., tela, briefly, v., kosexa lubilu. in one’s sleep, v., latakana. long time, v., lunguluka. louder, vt., bandixa or kalexa or ambuluxa or ambulula with di(5). loudly or roughly, v., buluka di(5). lowly, to whisper, vi., nungana. rapidly, vi., labakana, di ne kalubilubi(8). to, vt., ambila. together, to converse, vi., somba. Talkative, adj., -a lutiiyitayi, 4. Talkativeness, lutayitayi, 4. Talking, n., muaku, 2; mutayo, 2, Tall, adj., le. become, vi., leha. (slender), adj., -a luselesele(4), -a lusekeseke(4). Tallness, n., bule, 6. (tallness and thinness), lusele- sele, 4; lusekeseke(4). Talon, n., luzadi, 4; luzala, 4; luala, 4. Tame animal, n., cimuna, 7. Tangle, vt., jingakuxa; vi., jtngakana. Tantalize, vt., kuacixa or ufuixa with cixi(7), fikixa munda, lobola, tacixa. Tap, (knock), kuokola, ku- muna, kumina. palm for wine, vt., ema. Tape, n., mukuba, 2. line, n., cidikixilu, 7; cidikixu, 7; luedi, 4; luidi, 4; luele- kexi, 4. Tarry, vi., xala. for, to wait for, vt., indila, kuba. Task, n., mudimu, 2. Tassel, n., of corn, luzeba, 4. Taste, v., labila. be pleasant to the, vi., xema- kana; also the adj. forms -a nse(pl. of 3 or 4) and -a kutua kuimpe. (have the taste of), v., tua. Cintu eci cidi citue bu lueho, this thing tastes like salt. lose for, grow tired of, v., tonda, tua. n., use infin. kutua. Eel cintu cidi kutua kuimpe, this thing has a good taste. Tasteless, be, z'/.(be without seasoning), talala, hola. Tasty, be, v.{he pleasant to the taste, as something sweet), xemakana; also the adj. forms -a nse(pl. of 3 or 4) and -a kutua kuimpe. Tattoo, w., lusalu, 4. vt., taha n.salu(pl.). with burnt rubber, vt., tua. Taunt, vt., seka. Taut, be, vi., tantamana, tanta- mika. Tax, n., mulambu, 2. pay a, vt., lambula. Tea, n., ati(Eng.), 3. Teach, ot., iyixa, munyixa, lon- gexa, ambila, tayila, lubu- kixa(Buk.). a child bad manners, vt., ibidixa bualu(6) bubi. (show), vt., lexa. Teacher, n., muiyixi, i; mu- munyixi, i; muambidi, i; muambi, i. Tear, vt., handa, tuanya; vi., handika, tuanyika. a hole in, as cloth by a stick, vt., tubula. TEAR— THANKFULNESS. 273 Tear {continued). down, as house, vt., sasula. off, as anything adhering, vt., l^muna. off, as meat from bone, vt., tula, off one’s loin cloth, vt., diula. up by roots, vt., tula, jula. to pieces, vt., tuanyangana, tuanyakanya, handakanya. w.(from the eye), cinsonxi, 7. shed, V., hatuka or tuka with cinsonxi as subj. Tease, vt., tacixa, lobola, kua- cixa or ufuixa with cixi(7), fikixa munda. (joke), vt., hunga. (play joke on), vt., sabixa, nayixa. (provoke an animal to bite), vt., keba luoxi(4). Teat, dibele, 5. Tell, v., amba, taya(Buk.). about, V., amba. adieu, vt., laya. a lie, V., xinia, dinga, dimba (Buk.). a lie on one, vt., ximinyina, dingila, dimbila. a secret, vt., sokololo muso- koko(2). a story, fable, etc., vt., ela with muanu(2) or luximinyin- yu(4) or lusumuinu(4). each other, v., ambiiangana. on, vt., songueia. to, vt., ambila. Temperate, be, vph.{no\. given to strong drink), use neg. Pres. Habitual tense of nua, to drink, with maluvu as obj. Tempest, see tornado. Temple, n., nsubu(3) wa Xzambi. Tempt, vt.{to try, to test), teta or buela with munda. (entice), vt., munyixa or iyixa or ibidixa with bualu(6) bubi. with desire to entrap, vt., teya. Ten, card, nutn., dikumi, 5. Tend, i/^(look after), lama. Tent, nph., nsubu(3) wa cilu- lu(7). Ten thousand , n., lubombo, 4. Tepid, be, vi., di ne with luiya(4) or ciyuya(7). Tepidness, n., luiya, 4; ciyuya, 7. Terminate, z;/. ( finish), muna, munyixa, huixa, xikixa. Termination, w. ( destination), cl- xikidilu, 7. Terminus, n., cixikidilu, 7. Termite, «. (white ant), musuasu, 2. Terrapin, n., nkudu(nkuvu), 3. Terrify, vt., cinyixa, zakuxa or handixa with mucima(2); z^/.(be terrified), cina, kanka, handika or zakala with mu- cima. Terror, n., buowa, 6. Terrorize, vt., see terrify. Test, vt., labila. (make trial, as of one’s faith), vt., teta or buela with munda. (try by measuring or lifting), vt., idikixa, elekexa, teta, la- bila. (with view to entrap, vt., teya. w. (ordeal), see ordeal. Testament, n.. New, cifufu(7) cibiacihia. Old, cifufu eikulu. (will), n., mukanda(2) wa bu- hianyi(6). Testicle, w.,musa, 2; muh^sa, 2. Testify, v., amba. Than, conj., use the verbs tamba or hita as indicated in § 464. Thank, vt. The natives have little or no idea of thanking. The words ha muoyo(2) and sekelela and inyixa are used in this way about Luebo. Thankful, adj., -a cinemu(7). From V. nemeka. be to, vt., ha muoyo( 2 ), seke- lela, inyixa. See note under thank . Thankfulness, n., cinemu, 7. From V. nemeka. 274 THAT— THINNESS. That, demon, and rel. pro., sub. conj. (1) As demon, pro., see §§ 152, 153- (2) As rel. pro., see § 164. (3) As sub conj., see §§ 463; 461, and Rem.; 455 {h) (2). Thatch, vt., finga, kuma. Thaw, v., enguluka, fingaluka. Thee, pers. pro., see you. Theft, w. ( thievishness), buibi, 6; buivi, 6. Their, poss. pro., use the pi. forms of third pers. as indicated under § 133. Theirs, poss. pro., see § 135. Them, pers. pro. (1) As direct or indirect obj., use pronominal infixes. §§ 1 16, 1 1 7. Note the use of pro- nominal suffixes (§ 123), under certain circumstances, as direct or indirect obj. § 124 {b) (c). (2) For use with prep., see §§ 106 (c), 107. Themselves, pers. pro. (1) Compound Disjunctive Forms. The agreement is made with the class of the noun to which the pro. refers. §§ 108, 109. (2) When reflexive, use the re- flexive prefix of verb -di-. Note that this construction may be used either as subj. or obj. §118. (3) See B.L.-Eng. under ine. Then, (therefore), ka, bu- insep. with Applied Forms of v. Thence, adv., use the Locative Suffixed construction. § 320. We may also have the usual ad- verbs meaning there: kuakiia, muamua, haha; aku, amu, aha; kuokuo, muomuo, hoho. § 163, Notes 3 and 4. There, adv., kuakua, muamua, haha; aku, amu, aha; kuo- kuo, muomuo, hoho. §§ 163, Notes 3 and 4. There {continued). When used in place of the subj. before the v., see § 441 {d), Rem. Therefore, adv., ka, bu- insep. with Applied Form of v. §419. These, see this. They, pers. pro. Agreement is always made with the class of the noun to which the pro. refers. (1) Simple Disjunctive Forms. § 105- (2) Compound Disjunctive Forms. §§ 108, no. (3) Conjunctive Forms used as (a) Pronominal Prefix. §§113, 114. {b) Pronominal Suffix. §§120, 123 - Thick, at//.(large), nine. (be dense), vi., xitakana. be, not flow well, vi., kuata- kana. Thicket, n., cihuka, 7. Thickness, n., bunine, 6. Thief, n., muibi, i; muivi, i; muena(i) mucima(2). Thievish, adj., -a mucima(2), -a buibi(6), -a buivi(6), -a bianza(pl. of 7) bile. Thievishness, n., buibi, 6; buivi, 6 . Thigh, w.(upper leg), cibelu, 7. Thin, be, 'yf.(lean), nyana, di ne or uma followed by cionda(7) or cinyanu(7). (not thick), adj., kise, bala, nya-nya. (slender), adj., -a luselesele(4), -a lusekeseke(4). Thine, see yours. Thing, n., cintu, 7. Think, v., ela or elangana fol- lowed by mucima(2) or lun- genyi(4) or mexi(pl. of 5 or 6) or lukanyi(4). (imagine), v., amba. Thinness, «. (leanness), cionda, 7; cinyanu, 7. Thinness {continued). (littleness, not thick), n., bukise, 6; bub 3 . 1 e, 6; bunyabunya, 6 . (tallness and thinness), n., luse- lesele, 4; lusekeseke, 4. Third, ord. num., isatu. § gg. Thirst, n., miota(nyota), pi. of 2. quench, vt., muna or huixa with miota, taluxa or holexa with ha diminu(5) or ha muminu (2). Thirsty, be, vi., di nemiota(nyo- ta), miota as subj. of kuata with the pers. as obj. This, demon, pro., see §§ i4g, 150. Thither, adv., generally use the Locative Suffixed construc- tion. § 320. We have also the usual adverbs meaning there: kuakua, mua- mua, haha; aku, amii, aha; kuokuo, muomuo, hoho. § 163, Notes 3 and 4. Thorn, n., dieba, 5. PI. is meba. Thoroughly, adv.{we\\), bimpe. Those, see that. Thou, see you. Thoughtless, be, vi., hala, tom- boka, buluka, cimba, cimba- kana, humbakana. adj., hale, tomboke, buluke. Thoughtlessness, n., buhale, 6; bubuluke, 6; butomboke, 6. Thousand, n., cinunu, 7. Thrash, vt., out, as beans, tua. (beat), vt., kuma, tuta. Thread, n., buanda, 6. Threaten, v., funyina. (be about to), v., amba with in fin. of following verb, rain, v., finda.^ Three, card, num., satu with Sec- ondarv Prefixes. In abstract counting use isatu. § gy. Threshold, n., mbelu, 3. Thrice, adv., biakasatu, pi. of 7; misangrufpl. of 2) isatu; bikondofpl. of 7) bisatu; misunsa(pl. of 2) isatu. Thrice {continued). (third time). Use sing, of above forms with the ordinal numeral. Throat, n., muminu, 2; diminu, 5 - Throb, v , kuma. Throne, nph., nkuasa(3) wa bukelenge(6). Throng, n., cisumbu, 7; bungi, 6 . Throttle, vt., fickela nxingu(3). Through, prep., mu. § 429 {i) and Notes. Throughout, adv., to. Throw, vt., ela. away as useless, vt., imaxa, sumbula, nyuka. back and forth, vt., sambulu- xangana. down, as house, vt., ximbula. in wrestling, vt., flna, xinda. Thrust, vt., at, tua. out, vt., umuxa, hatula. (push), vt., semexa, sekila, sexa. Thumb, n., ciala, 7. Thunder, n., clap of, dikuba- kuba, 5. rolling, n., mukungula, 2. V., use nvula(rain) as subj. of kungula; or nvula as subj. of kuma with dikubakuba as obj. Thursday, n., dituku(5) See WEEK. Thus, adv., nunku(nanku, nen- ku). Thwart, v., ela mukosa(2), kosexa, humbixa; vi.{he. thwarted), humba. Thy, pass, pro., see your. Thyself, see yourself. Tick, n.{ox\ dog), lukuha, 4. z^.(as watch), dila. Tickle, v., afunya. Tidiness, n., mankenda, pi. of 5 or 6. Tidy, adj., -a mankenda(pl. of 5 or 6) . make, vt., longa, longolola. 276 TIE— TO. Tie, vt.^ suika, xika, inya. down on top of, as battens, vt., bambala. Tight, be, i^f.(taut), tantamana, tantamika. Tighten, (strengthen), kalexa. (make taut), vt,, tantamixa, tuntumuxa. Tightly, adv., bikale. Till, conj., see until. ■y, (cultivate), dima, ihila. Time, n., at same, diacimue, 5; ciahamue, 7; ciamumue, 7; diakamue, 5. These are really nouns used as adverbs. § 95 {b) and Rems. (be time for), vph., use diba(5) as subj. of kumbana. day-, n., munya, 2. long, musangu(2) mule, ma- tuku male, ngondo ya bungi, to. (long time ago), adv., kale, bangabanga, diambedi(5). next, musangu mukuabo. night-, n., butuku, 6. (old times), adv., kale, banga- banga, diambedi(5). plenty of, be, vph., diba(5) dicidiku. (repetition, as once, twice, thrice, etc.), see §§ 394, 395. We may also have the words cikondo(7), musangu(2) and musunsu(2) followed by ord. num. Time of day: (dawn), haciacia, butuku or bufuku as subj. of v. cia. (sunrise), dinda, 5; lunkelu, 4. (about 9 a.m.), misasa, pi. of 2. (noon), munda munya, diba hankuci, diba as subj. of v. jalama. (afternoon), dilolo, 5; diba as subj. of V. uhuka. (about sunset), vph., diba di- kadi dibuelai (midnight), mundankulu, a loc, word. Time {continued). (what hour? what o’clock?), diba didi hanyi? diba ki? Timid, be, v., ufua or unva or di ne with bundu(6). (as wild animal), v., baxa, di ne mbaxibaxi(pl. of 3 or 4). (be frightened), vi., di ne buowa(6), cina. Timidity, n., bundu, 6; bunvu, 6. (as of animals), n., mbaxibaxi, pi. of 3 or 4. (fright), n., buowa, 6. Tin, «.(iron), ciama, 7. can, n., luhanza, 4. opener, nph., cintu cia kuxi- bula n’acl mpanza. Tire, vt., hangixa, tekexa, su- sula; m'.(be tired), hanga, susuka, teketa. (be tired of, to loathe), vt., tonda, tua. The thing of which one is tired is the subj., the person is the obj. Tiredness, n., butekete, 6; di- hangu(diliungi) 5. Titter, v., di ne kaseku(8). PI. of kaseku generally used. To, prep., use the locatives mu, ku or ha, according to sense. Ku is the most common. (1) When home of or village of is meant, use mua or kua or ha. § 87 {d), Rem. (2) Sometimes the to is expressed in the verb; as, tulakanya, take to pieces. (3) As sign of the infin. ku is used, but it is always written as part of the verb. (4) For clauses expressing pur- pose, see § 461. (5) From . . . to(till), ku . . . to ne ku, ku . . . ne ku; sometimes we have simple ne connecting the two parts. (6) Often the Locative Prefixed construction is used especially with di and other verbs mean- ing to be; as, ya kudi Ka- TO— TRACE. 277 To (^continued). songo, go to Kasongo. §321 and Rem. 9. Toad, w., ciula, 7; cilua, 7. Toast, ^^.(as bread), nanga, in- yika. Tobacco, w., makanya, pi. of 5; nfuanka, 3. To-day, adv., lelu. (this very day), lelu eu. Toe, n., miian’a nkusa(pl. of 4), munu(2) wa dikusa(5). great, n., muan’a nkusa munine, munu munine wa dikusa, ciana(7) cia nkusa. Together, adv. This idea is gen- erally expressed in the verb; as, sangixa, gather together-, kuatakana, be close together-, etc. There may, however, be the more distinctly adv. forms, mumue, kuniue, haniue; muomumue, kuokumue, ho- hamue; kaba kamue. Toil, see labor. Token, n., cimonyinu, 7. Tomato, n., matamata. From Portuguese. Same form is used for sing, and pi. Per- haps may be regarded as pi. of 5, for we sometimes hear the sing, ditamata. Tomb, «. (grave), lukita, 4; ci- duaya, 7. To-morrow, adv., makclcla, ma- laba. day after, adv., maihl. Tone, n., bass, low, di(5) dinlne. high, di(5) dikise. Tongs, w.(a split stick used by blacksmiths), mpandu, 3. Tongue, n., ludimi, 4. To-night, adv.{\he: night following to-day), butuku, 6; bufuku, 6. Too, a^f^'.(aIso), kabidi. (excess), use verbs tamba and hita. Tool, n., ciama, 7; cintu(7) cia kuenza n’aci. See note under machine. Tooth, n., dinu, 5. PI. is menu, -ache, nph., disama(5) dia dinu. cut, as a young child, vi., mena. grit the, v., diangana or zekexa with menu. knock out, vt., ehula, huola. Top, n., mutu, 2. of head, n., lubombo, 4. of house, n., musonga, 2. (pile one on top of the other), vt., tentekuxa, tenteka, tente- kanya, ambakanya, amba- kuxa; vi., tentama, amba- kana. Torch, n., cimunyi, 7. Torment, vt., tacixa, flkixa munda, ufuixa or kuacixa with cixi(7). (punish), vt., kengexa. Torn, be, vi., handika, tuanyika. Tornado, n., cihuhu, 7. blow as a, vi., huha. Tortoise, n., nkudu(nkuvu), 3. Torture, vt., kengexa, nyanga, ona. Total, adj., onso, xima. Totality, n., buonso, 6; buxima, 6 . (the totality of them, all of them), use buonso followed by poss. pro.; as, buonso buabo ba- kuya, all oj them {people) have gone. § 182, Rem. Totter, vi., tenkakana, nyunga- kana, lenduka, takankana. Touch, ■y^.(feel), lamba, lenga, lambila. together, vi., kuatakana, la- mata, tuangana. Tough, adj. {a.s meat), kale ku menu(pl. of dinu). be, vi., nyengabala. Tour, n., luendu, 4. Towards, prep., ku. Towel, n., citambala, 7; di- tuaya(from Portuguese), 5. Town, n., musoko, 2; ditunga, 5. (large collection of villages) , n., cimenga, 7; cihunda, 7. Trace, see track. 278 TRACK— TREAD. Track, vt., londa with makusa (sing dikusa) or maka- ma(sing. dikama) or mikon- no(sing. mukono). (any marking or tracing on the ground), n., mufunda, 2. (footprint), n., cidiacilu, 7; di- kusa, 5; dikama, 5; mu- kono, 2. of snake, n., cikoka, 7. of railway, nph., nxila(3) wa dikumbi (5)dia bulobo(6). Tractable, be, v., tumikila, tumika. adj., -a kalolo(8). Tractableness, n., kalolo, 8. Trade, t;/. (exchange), xintakuxa, xinta, xintakana, xintakan- ya, fingakana, fingakanya, hingakuxa, sombakuxa(with view of returning exact arti- cles). (go about buying and selling), z’., enda or endulula with mu- xinga(2). (price), muxinga, 2. talk a, vt., tua muxinga. to close a trade by breaking a stick), vt., kosa cici(7). Trader, »., ngenda(i) wa mu- xinga(2), muena(i) cisum- ba(7). Traduce, vt., songuela, banda. Trail, vt.{to drag), koka, huta, hulumuna. (to track), v., londa with ma- kusa(sing. dikusa) or ma- kama(sing. dikama) or mi- kono(sing. mukono). (track), n., cidiacilu, 7; dikusa, 5; dikama, 5; mukono, 2; cikoka, 7. Train, w.(line), mulongo, 2. railway, n., dikumbi(5) dia bulobo(6). (teach), iyixa, munyixa, lon- gexa, ambila, ibidixa. Traitor, n., musonguedi, i. be to, V., songuela, banda. Tramp, v., diata. heavily, v., tua museba(2). on, V., diata mu dikusa(5). «. (vagabond), muena(i) cien- denda(7). § 356 (^). Trample, vt., upon, diata mu dikusa(5). Tranquil, be, vi., talala, hola, di with hola or talala. Transfigure, vt., kudimuna, andamuna; vi., kudimuka, , andamuka. Transform, vt., kudimuna, anda- muna; vi., kudimuka, anda- muka. Transgress, v., enza bibi. Transgression, «.(sin), bualu(6) bubi, muanda(2) mubi, bubi(6). We often hear sim- ply the pi. of the adjectives mabi and mibi. Transgressor, nph., muntu(i) mubi, muena(i) malu(pl. of 6) mabi. Translate, vt., andamuna or kudimuna with muaku(2). Transmigration, see metempsy- chosis. Transparent, adj., toke(p.p. of toka, to he transparent). Transpire, vi., lua. Transplant, vt., tentula, ximika. Transport, ^'^.(carry), tuala. Trap, n., buteyi, 6; lukinda, 4. for fish, «., mukinda, 2. (pit for animals), ■ n., dijimba, 5 - set a, vt., teya ndende(3). trigger of, n., ndende, 3. Trash, n., bilu, bisonso. Both are pi. of 7. Travail, v., to strain in, tanta- mana. Travel, vi., enda, endakana. Traveller, n., muena(i) luendu (4), muendakanyi(i). Treacherous, be toward, vt., songuela, banda. Tread, v., diata. on, vt., diata mu dikusa(5). TREAD— TRUTH. 279 Tread {continued). (tramp heavily), v., tua mu- seba(2). Treasurer, n., mulami(i) wa with mpalata(3) or bintu(pl. of 7). Treat, ^;U(conduct toward one), enzela. disease, vt., ondaha. ill-, see ABUSE, Treatment, n., ill, cihendo, 7; cinyangu, 7; matandu, 7, pi. of 5 or 6. Treaty, n., cifufu, 7. make a, vt., ela. Tree, n., muci, 2. Tremble, vi., zakala, kanka, cikakana. (quake, as earth), vi., taka, cika. Trench, n., mutubu, 2. Trial, n., cilumbu, 7. make a, to attempt, v., see try. Tribe, n. The tribe or clan or nation may be expressed by cisamba(7), cioto(7), mui- lu(2); the family can be ex- pressed by such phrases as -a muxuku(2) wa mbelu(3) and -amudifu(5). The indefinite muan’etu, etc. (§ 138, Rem. 5), though generally meaning brother or sister, may also mean one of the same tribe or clan or family. The people of the different tribes or clans are generally expressed by giving the simple name of the people; as, Bakete, Baluba, Bakuba. But sometimes we have the qualifying words bena(sing. inuena) or bakua(sing. mu- kua); as, Bena Lulua, Bakua 31 buya. §§ 84 {b)\ 87 {d), Rem. 2, Tribulation, n., bualu(6) with bubi or bukale. Tribute, n., mulambu, 2. pay to, vt., lambula. Trick, v/, (conjure), Iowa. Trick {continued). (deceive), vt., xima, dlnga, dimba(Buk.). «. (sleight of hand), dijimbu, 5; dialu, 5. Trickle, vi., down, mata. Trifle, ■y.(not to do one’s work well), lenga, lengakana. Trifling person, n., mufuba, i. adj., -a bufuba(6), -a buka- ta(6). Trigger, n., of gun, mulemu, 2. of trap, n., ndende, 3. Trip, go on a, vi., ya ku luen- du(4). (stumble), v., kuma dikusa(5). (journey), luendu, 4. Trouble, (annoy), tacixa, flk- ixa munda, kuacixa or ufu- ixa with cixi(7). (disturbance), n., diyoyo, 5. make, vt., teka diyoyo, (misfortune), n., bualu(6) with bubi or bukale. Trough, n., for feeding dogs or beating corn, etc., luvu, 4. Trousers, n., muhanu, 2; mu- kiya, 2. The pi. of these words generally used. True, adj., lilela, ikuxa, -a buxua(6), -a bulilela(6), -a buinabuina(6), -a buiku- xa(6), -a bualabuala(6). Sometimes the word mene is used postpositive. Truly, adv., bulilela, buina- buina, buxua, buikuxa, bua- labuala, and sometimes the word mene. Trumpet, n., mpungi, 3. Trunk, w.(box), muxete, 2. of elephant, n., muilu, 2. of human body, n., niubidi, 2. Trust, vt., itabuxa, tekemena(?). Trustworthy, ac?;.(truthful), -a di(5) dimue. Truth, n., bulilela, buikuxa, buxua, bualabuala, buina- buina. These words all be- long to class VIv- 28 o TRUTHFUL— UGLY. Truthful, adj., -a di(5) dimue. Truthfully, see truly. Try, V., a law case, lumbulula. by measuring or lifting, vt., idi- kixa, elekexa, labila, teta. (to attempt and fail), vi., han- ga. (to taste), vt., labila. (to test one), vt., teta or buela with niunda. Tube, w. ( barrel of gun), mulonda, 2 . (pipe stem), muxiba, 2. Tuck up, v/.(gird up the loin), ela mukiya(2). Tuesday, w., dituku(5) dibidi. Tuft, w., of hair, cisuba, 7. Tumbler, w.(glass), nglas(Eng-) 3* Tumult, n., diyoyo, 5. make a, vt., teka diyoyo. Tune, n., musambu, ?. be out of, vi., sukuka; vt.{p\xi out of), sukula. instruments to each other, at- tune, vt., sukila liamue, aku- xa. put in, vt., suka. Turn, v., aside, susuka, ehuka. back, to return, vi., alukila, aluka, andamuka, tuta, tu- cila, hingila, hingana, hin- guluka. handle or anything in a circle, vt., nyungixa, nyunguluxa. inside out, vt., andamuna, kudi- muna. into, to enter, vi., buela. into, to become, vi., andamuka, kudimuka, lua; vt., kudi- muna, andamuna. loose, vt., lekela. off, to discharge, vt., umuxa, fula. one’s back on, v., ela nyima(3). out, to drive out, vt., hatula, luhula, umuxa. over, vt., andamuna, kudimuna. over, to upset, vt., tokola; vi., tokoka. Turn {continued). (revolve), vi., cinguluka; vt., cingulula. round, vi., kudimuka, anda- muka; vt., kudimuna, anda- muna. round and round, vt., nyungu- lula; vi., nyunguiuka. summersault, vi., hiluka. (twist), vt., nyenga, jekexa. Turtle, n., nkudu(nkuvu), 3. Tusk, n., of ivory, mubanga, 2. Twice, adv., biakabidi(pl. of 7), misangu(pl. of 2) ibidi, bi- kondo(7) bibidi, misunsa(2) ibidi. §§ 394, 395. (second time), use sing, of above expressions with ord. num. Twig, n., cisaki, 7. Twin, n., muana(i) wa maha- sa(pl. of 5). the older, n., cibuabu, 7. the younger, 11., nkanku, i. Twine, w., around, jinga, jingila, nyengela. ball of, n., cikata, 7. (string), n., muxinga, 2. Twist, v., nyenga. (as string), vt., jinga, jingila. off, vt., nyengabaxa. (wriggle), vi., nyenga, jeka. Two, card, num., bidi with Second- ary Prefixes. In abstract counting use ibidi. § 97. Type, n. (printing), dileta, 5. From Eng. word letter. Tyrannical, ad]., -a cinyangu, 7. Tyrannize over, vt., nyanga, ona. Tyranny, n., cinyangu, 7. Tyrant, n., muena(i) cinyan- gu(7). U. Udder, n., dibele, 5. Ugliness, n., bubi, 6; nkunyi (slang), 3. Ugly, ad]., bi, -a nkunyi(3). This last word is slang. ULCER— UNEQUAL. 281 Ulcer, n., ciuxa, 7; mputa, 3. (large swelling), disungu, 5. Umbrella, n., dikumbi, 5. Unable, be, v., use neg. of forms indicated under § 230. Unaware, be, v., use neg. of munya, to know. Unbelief, n., buhidia, 6. Unbeliever, n., muena(i) bu- hidia(6). Unbend, i;/.(bend straight), olo- la(ololola); vi., ololoka. Unbending,, be, vi., kayabala, tantamana, tandabala. Unbind, vt., kutulula, jingulula, sulula. (unroll), vt., vungulula. Unbolt, vt., haula. Uncertain, be, w. ( vacillate), lem- bakana, humbakana, nema with mucima as subj., tata- kana, di ne micuna ibidi. See DOUBTFUL. Unchaste, adj., -a masandi(pl. of 5 or 6). Unchastity, n., masandi, pi. of • 5 or 6. Uncircumcised, be, v., di ne with musundu(2) or musoso(2) or bukutu(6); also neg. of v. tengula with pass, forms. Uncivilized person, n., musenxi, I. This is an imported word. Uncle, w.(maternal), manseba, i. PI. is bamanseba. (paternal), tatu(i) mukulu (if older than the father); tatu muakunyi (if younger than the father). Unclean, adj.(a,s clothes), bi, fike(p.p. of flka, to be un- clean). in person, -a manyanu(pl. of 5 or 6), -a mblndu(pl. of 3 01 4). (unchaste), -a masandi(pl. of 5 or 6). (untidy), -a bukoya(6). Uncleanness, n., buflke, 6; bubi, 6 . Uncleanness {continued). on person, manyanu, pi. of 5 or 6; mbindu, pi. of 3 or 4. (unchastity), masandi, pi. of 5 or 6. (untidiness), bukoya, 6. Unconscious, see insensible. Unconsciousness, see insensi- bility. Uncontrollable, be, v., use neg. of tumika or tumikiia. Uncooked, adj., bixe. be, vi., bixika. Uncover, vt., bulula. Under, prep., munxi. This is generally followed by mua. § 423 (3). Underneath, see under. Undersized, adj., -a cituha(7), xunguke(p.p. of xunguka, to be undersized). (dwarfed person), n., njeku, 3; kaneke, 8; cihindi, 7. Understand, v., each other, un- vangana. (hear), unva, ufua. (know), munya. Understanding, w. (knowledge), lungenyi, 4; mexi, pi. of 5 or 6; iiikanyi, 4. Undertone, n., dinunganyi, 5. PI. generally used. speak in, v., nungana. Undo, vt., a knot, sulula, jingu- lula, flnuna. (as stitching), vt., kutula, kutu- lula. (take to pieces), vt., tula, tula- -kanya. (unfasten, as bolt), vt., haula. Undone, come, vi., kutuka, su- luka, finuka. Undress, vt., vula, kuhola(ho- hola). Uneasy, be, w.(restless), sasa- kata. Unequal, be, vi., use neg. of fuan- angana or fuana; also ena followed by bu or buina or muomumue or o-umue. 282 UNEVEN— UNLOCK. Uneven, be, (rough to touch), taha. (unequal), use neg. of fuanan- gana or fuana; also ena fol- lowed by bu or biiina or miiomuniue or o-umue. Unfasten, vt., a bolt, haula. a knot, vt., sulula, jinguluia, flnuna. (as wristlet or latch), vt., ban- gula. (open, as box), vt., xibiila. (be unfastened), vi., suluka, jinguluka, flnuka, hauka, banguka, xibuka. Unfinished, be, vi., use neg. of hua or xika or muna. Unfold, vt.{a.s cloth), vungulula; vi., vunguluka. (as flower), vt., balulula; vi., balnluka. (as wings), vt., olola(ololola); vi., ololoka. Unfortunate, be, vi., use neg. of forms under fortunate. Unfriendliness, n., lukuna, 4; lukinu, 4. Unfriendly, adj., -a lukuna(4), -a lukinu(4). Unfruitful person or animal, n., nkumba, 3. Used only of females. Ungrateful, adj., -a cikama(7), -a dikamakania(5), -a din- tanta(5). Ungratefulness, n., cikama, 7; dikamakania, 5; dintanta, 5. Unhappiness, n., kanyinganyin- ga, 8. Unhappy, be, vi., use neg. of sanka with muoyo(2) or mucima(2) as subj.; also di ne kanyin- ganyinga(8). Unhide, vt., sokolola, sokola. Unholiness, n., bubi, 6. Unholy, ad;.(bad), bi; also neg. V. with akane or impe or len- gele. Unimportant, adj., -a cinana, -a hatuhu, -a be. Uninhabited place, nph., mu muaba(2) kamuena bantu. Unintentionally, see acciden- tally. Unison, sing in, vt., akuxa me hamue. Unit, n.(one), omue. Unite, ^.(as rivers), sambakana, sangakana, sangila; vt., sangakuxa, sangakanya, sangixa, sambakuxa, samba- kanya, sanga. (join, to become one of a party), V., buela, buelakana. (put against), vt., tuanguxa, tuanganya, kuatakuxa, kua- takanya; vi., tuangana, kuatakana. Unity, (sameness), buobumue, 6 . Unjust, adj. (bad), bi; neg. v. with impe or akane or lengele. (be dishonest), v., iba, di ne followed by buivi(6) or bui- bi(6) or bianza(pl. of 7) bile. Unkind, adj., bi; neg. v. with impe or akane or lengele; -a lu- kuna(4), -a lukinu(4), -a cinyangu(7). to, vt., nyanga, ona. Unkindness, n., lukuna, 4; lu- kinu, 4; cinyangu, 7. Unknown, adj., -a musokoko(2); also neg. of munya, to know. Unlatch, vt., bangula; ^7■.(come unlatched), banguka. Unlawful, make, (taboo), jl- dika cijila(7). thing, n., cijila, 7. Unless, sub. conj.{\i not), use neg. of usual conditional form as indicated in §§ 459, 460. Unlike, be, vi., use neg. of fuana or fuanangana or kelemena or dieleka; ena followed by bu or buina or muomumue or o-umue or muan’abo ne. Unload, vt., hatula, umuxa. Unlock, vt., xibula. UNLOOSE— UNTRUTHFUL. 283 Unloose, sulula, kutula, flnuna. a bolt, vt., haula. (set free), vt., lekela, kuhola, kutula. Unlucky, adj., use neg. of forms under fortunate. Unmanageable, be, vi., use neg. of tumikaor tumikila; also di ne with cicu(7) or cibengu(7) or buhidia(6) or cixiku(7). Unmarried person, n., mu j ike, i. Unmerciful, adj., -a lukinu(4), -a cinyangu(7), also the neg. ph. ena ne luse(4). Unmercifulness, n., lukinu, 4; cinyangu, 7. Unmindful, be, vi., hungaka- na, humbakana, cimbakana, cimba. Unmovable, see immovable. Unpalatable, be, vi., use neg. of xemakana, also ena followed by nse(3) or kutua kuimpe. Unproductive, be, i;f.(as land), atuka. Unravel, vt., kutula, kutulula, jingulula; vi., kutuka, jingu- luka. Unrellable, adj., -amaximi(sing. dixima), -a mafl(pl. of 5), -a madingi(sing. didinga). Unreliableness, «., dixima(pl. generally maximi), 5; didin- ga(pl. generally madingi), 5; mafi, pi. of 5 or 6. Unrighteous, adj., bi. Unrighteousness, n., bubi, 6. Unripe, adj., bixe. be, vi., blxika. Unroll, vt., vungulula, jingu- lula; vi., vunguluka, jingu- luka. Unruly, be, vi., use neg. of tumika or tumikila; also di ne with cicu(7) or cibengu(7) or buhidia(6) or cixiku(7). Unsavory, be, vi., use neg. of xemakana; also ena followed by nse(3) or kutua kuimpe. Unseasoned, be, vi., hola, talala; also neg. of lunga. Unselfish, a lekexa, kosexa. Within, prep. Use mu when the noun which it governs is ex- pressed; use the Locative Suf- fixed construction with mu when the noun is not ex- pressed. § 320. Without, prep. Use mu when the noun which it governs is ex- pressed; use the Locative Suf- fixed construction with mu when the noun is not ex- pressed. § 320. Without in sense of not being or not doing is best expressed by the simple neg. of the verb, be, vi., ena ne. Withstand, vph., ela mukosa(2). (forbid), vt., hidia, benga. Witness, w.(one knowing), mu- munyi, i. Witness {continued). (one seeing), n., mutangidi, 1; mumonyi, i. to bear false, v., xima, dinga, dimba(Buk.). to bear false witness against, vt., ximinyina, dingila, dimbila, banda. (to see), vt., mona,tangila, xoxa. Wizard, see witch. Woe, n., mulau, 2. Woman, n., mukuxi, i. (a large woman, generally used ironically), n., cikuxiana, 7. § 351 - (a woman recently confined), n., muviele, i; muadikuxi, i. (a woman who has borne chil- dren), n., muledi, i. a young, n., muxikankunde, 2; songakuxi, i. childless, barren, n., nkumba, 3. Womanhood, n., bukuxi, 6. young, n., buxikankunde, 6; bunsongankuxi, 6. Womb, n., difu, 5; dimi, 5; cile- lelu(?), 7; cibutuilu(?), 7. (the inside), munda. § 423 (2) {b). Wonder, (expressed by grunt- ing), kema, tua cikema(7). n., bualu(6) bua kukema. Wonderful, adj., -a kukema. Woo, vt., endela. Wood, w. ( copse), cihuka, 7. fire-, lukunyi, 4. PI. generally used. (forest), ditu, 5. PL metu. (stick), muci, 2. Wooden, adj., -amuci(2). Wool, n., mioso ya mukoko(2). Sing, of mioso is luoso; see § 45, Rem. Word, n., di, 5. PI. is me. Work, see labor. for, to serve, vt., kuacila or enzela or enzexa with mu- dimu(2). (not to work well, to trifle), vi., lenga, xixamuka. WORKMAN— WRITE. 293 Workman, w., muena(i) mudi- mu(2). World, n. There seems to be no distinct word. BuIobo(6) means more properly the land as distinguished from the water, though it seems to be the best word to use in the sense of world. (figurative, in sense of people), raisoko(pl. of 2) yonso. Worm, n., cixi, 7. (caterpillar), dixi, 5; cixi, 7. PI. of dixi is mexi. earth-, munyenga, 2. grub, dikubu, 5; luhosc, 4. Both kinds are eaten, intestinal, musanda, 2. large green, nyoka’a bundu. This is edible. Worn out, be, v.(as clothes), susuka, onoka, nyanguka. (tired), vi., hanga. Worry, see annoy. Worse, get, ■y.(in health), nema or nemenena with disama, sick- ness, as subj. Worship, vt., tendelela. (extol), vt., tumbixa, inyixa. Worth, w. ( price), muxinga, 2. Worthiness, m. ( goodness), bu- impe, 6; buakane, 6; bulen- gele, 6. Worthless, ad;. (cheap), -a mu- xinga(2) mutekete, -a ci- nana, -a hatuhu, -a be. (lazy), -a bukata(6), -a bu- fuba(6). person, w.(lazy), mufuba, i. to become, vi., nyanguka, onoka. See § 356 ig). Worthlessness, w. ( laziness), bu- fuba, 6; bukata, 6. (of no value), cinana, hatuhu. These are indeclinable. Worthy, ad;. (good), impe, akane, lengele. Would, auxiliary v. (i) In Direct Discourse con- WoULD {continued). structions use the exact words of speaker. § 455 {b) (2) (2) In Past Conditions, see §§ 459 {c), 460 (c). (3) As past tense neg. of will use the past tense of hidia or benga; as, wakuhidia kuya, he would not go. Wound, vt., taha mputa(3). n., mputa, 3. Wounded, adj., taha(p.p. passive of taha, to wound). Wrangle, w. (dispute), luhata, 4. (row), «., diyoyo, 5; mutayo, 2. V., tandangana, ela or elan- gana or di ne followed by mpata(sing. luhata). Wrangling, n., luhata, 4; di- yoyo, 5; mutayo, 2; ma- tandu, pi. of 5 or 6. Wrap, vt., jinga, jingila, vunga, vungila, nyengela. up in, vt., kuta mu. Wrapper, m. (canvas of bales), dikutu, 5. Wrath, n , cixi, 7. Wreck, vt., a village, haula. (tear down a house), vt., sasula. Wrestle, v., luangana bibu- la(sing. cibula 7), finan- gana. (throw in wrestling), vt., flna, xinda. Wrestling, n., cibula, 7. PI. generally used. Wretch, w.(bad person), mun- tu(i) mubi. Wriggle vi., sala, salakana. (as caterpillar), lundamana. (as snake), vi., jongoloka. (as worm), vi., vunguluka. (twist), vi., nyenga, jeka. Wring, vt.{aiS wet clothes), nyenga.- off, vt., nyengabaxa. Wrinkle, n., mufudi, 2. Wrist, n., kansanke, 8. Wristlet, n., lukanu, 4. Write, vt., funda. Sometimes taha has this meaning. 294 WRITER— YOUNGER. Writer, n., mufundi, i. Writing, w., manner of, cifundidi, 7 - Wrong, n., bubi, 6; bualu(6) bubi; muanda(2) mubi. be in the, vi., hila. do, vt., enza bibi. do to one, vt., enzela bibi. judge to be in the, vt., hixa. a Your, poss. pro. (1) Singular, ebi. § 133. (2) Plural, enu. § 133. Yours, poss. pro., sing, and pi. See § 135. Yourself, pers. pro. (1) Compound Disjunctive form, nkiycbi. §§ 108, 109. (2) When reflexive use the re- flexive prefix of the v., -di-. Note that this construction may be used as subj. or obj. § 1 18. (3) See B.L.-Eng. under ine. Yourselves, pers. pro. (1) Compound Disjunctive form, nkiyenu. §§ 108, 109. (2) When reflexive use the re- flexive prefix of the v., -di-. Note that this construction may 295 Yourselves {continued). be used either as subj. or obj. (3) See B.L.-Eng. under ine. Youth, «. (young man), songa- lumi, I, muhiankunde, 2. (young manhood), n., bunsonga- lumi, 6; buhiankunde, 6. Youthhood, n., bunsongalumi, 6, buhiankunde, 6. Z. Zealously, adv., bikale. Zenith, «., hankuci ha diulu(5). Zero, n., cinana, hatuhu. These are indeclinable. Zigzag, m.(be crooked), nyon- goboka, henguluka, kon- yangala; vt., make, nyongo- boxa, henguluxa. II. BULUBA-LULUA-ENGLISH DICTIONARY. BULUBA-LULUA-ENGLISH DICTIONARY. A. -a, prep., of. This is the gen- eral construction jor expressing the English Possessive Case. § 87 («)• When j allowed by the in fin. it expresses the idea of purpose and may he translated by to or for. § 87 (/). This prepositional word has the construction of an adj. and takes the Secondary Prefixes. § 68 (g). Aba, vi., to click (gun). Abanya, vt., to distribute or divide up or share among, apportion, part or separate among. Abanyangana, vt., to distribute or divide into shares among each other. Abanyina, vt., to distribute or part or apportion to, divide up or separate into shares for. Abo, pass, pro., their, theirs. This refers only to nouns of class I. §§ 133. 135- muan’abo ne, mate, match, of same kind or sort or quality or character or species or variety, like or similar. ena muan’abo, to be unlike, dissimilar. Abuluka, vi., to separate (as crowd), part, divide, branch into dif- Abuluka {Continued). ferent directions, diverge, ra- diate. Abuluxa, vt., to separate, divide, part, apportion, cause to branch into two parts. Afunya, vt., to tickle. Agiisite, «.(Eng.), August (the month). Aha, adv., here (on), yonder, there, hence, hither, thither, thence.. § 163, Note 3. .4.ka, vt., to gather the leaves of the cassava or other plants, also peas; hence to harvest (peas), reap. Akana, vi., to agree, match, corre- spond to, be adapted to, be suitable, be even, to fit, to suit, be proper; go to meet and welcome. Akanangana, v., to agree together, fit or match or conform to each other, correspond to, be enough or adequate or sufficient, suf- fice, suit, be suitable, be even or level or exact, be adapted to, be proper or right. di diakuakanangana dimue, to conclude agree, decide, deter- mine. The neg. of this word means to be insufficient, unsuitable. See note undtu ernanagana. 299 300 AKANE— AMBA. Akane, af^y.(p.p. of akana, to be fit, etc.), beautiful, pretty, lovely, fine, good, pure, chaste, guiltless, virtuous, elegant, ex- cellent, worthy, fair or hand- some, fair or just or honest, correct, fit, suitable, right, kind, humane, noble, holy, perfect, righteous, upright, lawful, rich or fertile or pro- ductive (soil). With neg. verb: unjust, unkind, unholy, wrong, not right. Akidila, vt., to catch or clasp in the hands or arms, go to meet and hug or embrace; hence ^ to welcome, salute, greet. Aku, adv., there (at), thence, thither, yonder. § 163, Note 3. Akuila, vt.^ to intercede for, advo- cate for, speak for, plead for. Akula, V., to speak, talk, utter. a. biakulakula, to talk nonsense or incoherently, talk in delir- ium, wander in mind, babble, gabble, jabber, prattle. a. with cidimi(7) or cilafl(7), to pronounce or speak badly or indistinctly. lekela kuakula, stop talking, be silent, hush, be quiet, keep silence, be still. neg. with bimpe, to speak in- distinctly. Note: akula means to speak or talk, while amba means to tell, tell about, narrate. Akuxa, vt., to make to agree, make to fit, make to match, make equal or even or exact, fix, mend, harmonize or tune or attune, adapt to. a. me, to resolve, conclude, de- cide, determine. a. me hamue, to sing in har- mony or unison. Akuxangana, vt., to make to agree to each other, match each other, fit each other, make even or ex- act, make to suit, adapt to. Alakana, vi., to be proud, haughty, vain; vaunt one’s self. Alamanaka, 3, w.(Eng.), almanac. Alamina, vt., to expect, look for, lie in wait for. Aluixa, vt., to recall (cause to re- turn), put back. Aluka, vi., to come back, turn back, go back, retire, return. Alukila, vi., to come back, turn back, return, go back, retire. Alukixa, vt., to send back, bring back, return, fetch or take back, recall, restore. a. bulunda(6), to atone, recon- cile. Amba, v. When followed by the in fin. this word means to be about to, become, get, intend, mean, plan, purpose, reckon, suppose, regard, resolve, con- clude, decide, determine, threaten. Hence we have udi wamba kuya, he is about to go; cilulu cikadi ciamba kutika, the cloth is getting or becoming black. a with in fin. and kaba kabale, nearly, almost. Amba, v., to speak, tell, state, say, command or order, bid, de- clare, announce, certify, ex- claim, explain, think in sense of fancy or imagine, appoint or fix a day, talk about, tell about, narrate, testify, define, de- scribe, proclaim, publish, re- late, reply (to a question), report, respond, utter, assert, mention. a. bualu(6) bua Nzambi, to preach. a. diambedi bualu kabui buanza kulua, to foretell, prophesy, predict. a. with di or mukenji, to deliver a message, issue a proclama- tion or decree. enza followed by mu- insep. with proper form of a., to AMBA— ASA. 301 Amba {Continued) . obey, mind, be obedient, heed, hearken, observe. § 465. neg. and mu- insep. with proper form of a., to disobey, be dis- obedient, be heedless, be ob- stinate, be stubborn, be negli- gent, be neglectful. The in fin. kuamba is sometimes used for sermon, discourse. Ambakana, vi., to lie on top, be piled or heaped on top. Arabakanya, vt., see ambakuxa. Ambakuxa, to add one on top of the other, lay or put or pile or heap one on top of the other. Ambidila to intercede for, plead for, speak for. Ambika, ■y^.(Buk.), to give, endow, bestow, grant, offer, present with, render to. a. ha, to put on, place on. Ambila, vt., to advise, command, order, bid, counsel, deliver a message to, direct, discipline, teach, train, tell to, instruct, explain to, educate, exhort, inform, report to, represent to, say to, speak to, talk to, state to. Ambllangana, v., to tell each other. Ambula, vt., to pick up, get, lift up, raise up, take up. Ambuluixa, vt., to help to lift. Ambulukila, vi., to scatter or spread (as contagious dis- ease). Ambulula, vt., to raise. a. di(5), to raise the voice, talk or speak louder Ambuluxa, vt., see ambulula. Ameleka, n., America, muena A.’, an American. Amu, adv., there (in), thence, thither, yonder. § 1 63 , Note 3 . Amua, v., to suck (as child). Amuixa, vt., to suckle, give suck to, to nurse. Andamuka, vi., to change, be Andamuka {Continued). changed, turn over or around, be turned, be transformed, or transfigured, get or become (different), come back, be con- verted, be changed in mind, return, go back, turn back, turn into (become). Andamuna, vt., to change, turn over or around or inside out, convert, invert, reverse, trans- form, transfigure, turn into, a. muaku(2), to translate, in- terpret. a. with mucima(2) or muoyo(2), to change one’s mind, repent. Andamuxa, vt., to take back, re- turn. Andi, poss. pro., yd pers. sing, of classes I and III, his, her or hers, its. §§ 133, 135. Angacila, v., to begin again, start over, repeat, recommence. This word is usually followed by the adv. kabidi. Angata, vt., to get, lift up, take, pick up, grasp, receive, ac- quire, apprehend, a. dibanza(5) dia muntu(2), to be in debt to a person, to owe. a. difutu, to earn. Angula, vt., to find by accident and pick up, take up. Anza, V. This verb is always fol- lowed by the in fin. and means in the affirmative to have just done; the neg. means not yet to have done. § 228. amba bualu kabui buanza(e) kulua, to foretell, predict, prophesy. Doubtless the p.p. form buanze would be better here, also in the following ex- pression. muambi wamalu kal manza(e) kulua, n.ph., a prophet, seer. Apila, «.(Eng.), April. Asa, vt., to hit or shoot one (as with an arrow), stick into, lance, spear. 302 ASA— BANGABANGA. Asa {Continued) . a. with luzadi or luzala or luala, to pinch, scratch. Asa, vt., to build, construct, erect, make (as house). This word means primarily only the driv- ing oj the sticks into the ground^ but it seems to have the second- ary and general meanings given above. Atuka, vi., to become poor (as land), be unproductive. Aya, vi., to be sour, be acid. B. Baba, i, n., mother, mistress, baba-muenu, n., mother-in-law (used either by husband or wife). PL is bababa-muenu. § 42, Note 3. Babala, vt., to be warmed or heated over again (as food). Baba-muenu, i, n., mother-in-law (used either by husband or wife). PI. is bababa-muenu. § 42, Note 3. Babaxa, vt., to warm or heat over again (as food). Babuka, vt., to be singed or burnt or scorched. Babula, vt., to singe, burn, scorch. Bacika, vt., to mash down flat, flatten down, level down. Bakula, vt., to seize, grab, snatch. Bala, vt., to count, enumerate, number, read, reckon. This word also has a figurative sense to elapse, pa.ss by, in- tervene. ena or neg. 0) munya and mona j allowed by mu a kubala, countless, innumerable. ngondo(3) wakubala, the moon has come, has appeared. Balakana, vi., to be bright, glisten, glitter, shine, gleam, sparkle. Balakuxa, vt., to brighten, make to glisten or shine. Bale, adj., few, small, little, j minute, diminutive, fine, 1 scarce, thin, narrow. See kise. j Baluluka, vi., to open out, unfold; 1 hence to bloom, flower. j Balulula, vt., to magnify (as mi- j croscope), lit., to open out, 1 unfold. Bamba, vt., to mend, patch, sew on or put on a patch; lit., to put on top. Bambakanya, vt., to join together, put together, mend, patch, weld. Bambakuxa, vt., see bambakanya. Bambala, vt., to tie down on top of (as battens on the rafters). Bambila, vt., to compress, press or push or shove or squeeze down upon, cram down together. Banda, vt., to accuse falsely, blame or lay blame on falsely, injure, slander, defame, traduce, be traitor to, be treacherous toward, vilify, bear false wit- ness against, calumniate. Wakumbanda buibi, he ac- cused me (falsely) of stealing. Banda, v., to ascend, climb, go up, rise, arise, mount. Bandixa, vt., to hoist, lift up, raise up, elevate. b. di(5), to talk or speak louder, raise the voice. b. difutu(5), to advance wages. b. muxinga(2), to advance the price, make the price dear, increase or put up the price, make costly or expensive or precious. Banga, v., to commence or start or begin to do; hence to be be- trothed to or engaged to or espoused to. In betrothal the active forms oj this verb refer to the man, the passive to the woman. Bangabanga, adv., long ago, in old times, once upon a time, re- Bangabanga {Continued) . mote or distant times, long since, long time ago. See kale. Bangika, vt., to close or fasten or latch (as bracelet, lid, etc.). Bangila, v., to begin at, begin here or there, commence at, begin to repeat at, start at. Bangixa, vt., to fasten axe, hoe, etc., in the handle. Banguka, vi., to come unfastened or unlatched. Bangula, vt., to cock a gun, open a bracelet, unlatch, unfasten. Banji, ad]., rich, wealthy. Banza, vi., to be married, be brought to home of the groom. This word is used only by the bride. Banzixa, vt., to marry (the rites at the home of the groom). See dibanzixa. Batama, vi., to be flat or level, crouch, settle or sink down (as sediment). Batamixa, vt., to flatten, make flat, level down, mash dowp level. Batiza, vt., to baptize. Introduced jrom Greek. Baxa, vi., to fear, cringe, cower, be frightened or afraid or fearful or timid or shy or wild. Generally used of animals. Be, adv. {postpositive), exceedingly, very, extra, extremely, exces- sively, quite, so. B6, adv. See cinana. -a b., worthless, inferior, com- mon, unimportant, useless. Bedi, adj., first, foremost. citila cibedi, first cock to crow in the morning. Bela, V., to ache, hurt, pain, suffer, be sick or ill or unwell. mutu( 2 ) mubele, headache. See sama. Bela, vt., to warn, admonish, re- prove, control, correct, man- Bela {Continued) . age, discipline, rebuke, scold, reproach, restrain, govern. Bela, vt., to crack (as nuts), burst, shell, hull. Beleketa, vt., to chew or masticate or crunch with back teeth. Benda, vt., to cut the vines for rubber, make rubber. Bendama, vi., to have the edge of a knife bent or made dull. Bendamixa, vt., to bend the edge of a knife, hoe, etc. Bende. An indeclinable nounal word, apparently pi. oj class I. It is always used in such ex- pressions as muntu wa bende, cintu cia bende, etc., mean- ing the person or thing of some one else, not one’s own, of some other one, another’s, muntu wa b., a freeman, free- born person. Benga, vt., to abandon, abstain from, decline, discard, deny, disapprove of, disobey, rebel against, revolt, forbid, forsake, renounce, scorn, spurn, ex- clude, keep from, neglect, disown, dissent, object, pro- hibit, refuse, reject, repudiate, resist, restrain, be unwilling, will not, oppose, withstand, prevent. The past tense, with following in -fin., means would not. Benga, vt., to cut in slices, slice. Bengula, vt., to cut or pare (the finger nails). Beta, vt., to pack down, beat down, pound down (as loose earth with a stick). Beula, V., to belch. Beya, vt., to shave. Bi, ad]., bad, dirty, foul, unclean, soiled, filthy, immoral, impure, disreputable, nasty, naughty, base, vicious, corrupt, wicked, evil, unkind, unjust, profane, repulsive, repugnant, sinful. 304 Bl— BITULU. Bi {Continued). vile, ugly, unholy, unrighteous, unwholesome. muntu mubi, sinner, trans- gressor, rascal, villain. The plurals mabi and mibi, with pi. of bualu and muanda under- stood, mean guilt, sin, iniquity, evil, transgression. Bi-, insep. verbal prefix with jorce of sub. co 7 tj., if; with neg. the meaning is if not, unless, ex- cept. §§ 459> 460. Bi, neg. acit’. (Buk.), no. Bl- {followed insep. by poss. pro.). Compound Disjunctive pers. pro. See §110. Biakane, adv., well, correctly, dis- tinctly, carefully, right, rightly. See bimpe. Bibi, adv., badly, carelessly, rough- ly, w’rongly, wrong, enza or osa or kixa with b., to err, sin, transgress, do wrong, enzela, b., to injure, harm, do wrong to. Bicici, pi. of 7, «.(Buk.), tall grass. Bidi, adj., two. Takes Secondary Pre fixes. Bidia, pi. of 7, n., bread, food, “chop,” feast, meal, nourish- ment, victuals. This word generally refers only to bread, but it may also have a wider significance, as above indi- cated. b. bia with butuku or dilolo, supper. b. bia dibanzixa, marriage or wedding feast, b. bia dinda, breakfast, b. bia mampa, light bread (made from wheat flour), b. bia with munda munya or hankuci, dinner, b. bia Nzambi, communion. Lord’s Supper, cianza cia b., right hand. Bika, vi., to get up, arise, rise, stand up, depart, start out, set out. Bika {Continued) . b. ku lufu, to arise or rise from the dead. b. ku tulu, to arise or awake from sleep. Bikale, adv., firmly, strongly, fast, tightly, vigorously, violently, zealously, carelessly, loud (speaking). Bikila, vt., to call, name, hale, in- voke, summons Bila, vi., to boil (as water), roar (as cataract). Bilehgele, adv., well, correctly, dis- tinctly, carefully, right, rightly. See bimpe. Bimpe, adv., carefully, gently, cor- rectly, earnestly, w’ell, thor- oughly, right, rightly, dis- tinctly (to speak), b. followed by in fin., ought, be under obligation to do, be right to, be duty to do, de- serve, merit. Binga, vi., to be acquitted, be de- clared guiltless or innocent, be justified, be vindicated, gain or win a bet. Bingila, v., to cry out in amaze- ment or astonishment, give alarum, shout, cheer, sqund an alarm . Bingixa, vt., to acquit, let go free, declare guiltless, justify, pronounce innocent, vindi- cate. Bintampi, pi. of 7, n., marsh, mud, mortar, mire, swamp. Bintoci, pi. of 7, n., mud, marsh, mire, swamp, m-ortar. Biola, V., to belch. Bitahi, pi. of 7, n., mud, marsh, swamp, mortar, mire. Bitahikidi, pi. of 7, n., mud, marsh, swamp, mortar, mire. Bitekete, adv., carefully, gently, at slow pace, quietly, slowly, softly, patiently. Bitulu, adv., carefully, gently, patiently, slowly, softly. BIXA— BUALU. 305 Bixa, vt., to lift up, raise up, ele- vate, hoist, rouse up, arouse, b. ku lufu, to resurrect (from the dead). b. ku tulu, to awake, awaken, wake. Bixe, adj., green, raw, unripe, new, fresh (as uncooked meat), un- cooked. lela kabixe, to miscarry, give birth to immature or still-born child or foetus, abort. Note the word bixika. Bixi ? interrog adv., how? what? what is the matter? for what cause or reason or purpose? why? §§177,420,411. bule b.? how far ? how long ? bungi b.? how many? how much ? Bixika, vi., to be green or unripe or fresh or uncooked. Bobo, pers. pro., yd pi. of class I, they. § 105. Bola, vi., to rot, go bad, decay, decompose, be corrupt, be rotten, be foul or spoiled or tainted or putrid, putrefy, be damp or wet or moist or soaked. Bolexa, vt., to putrefy, taint, cor- rupt, spoil, cause to rot or decay, dampen, wet, moisten. Bomba, vt., to comfort, to caress, fondle, apologize, console, cheer up, soothe, solace. This word is used when one has accidentally struck another and wishes to comfort him so he will not fight. Bombama, vi., to be wet or damp or moist or soaked. Bombeka, vt., to wet, dampen, moisten, soak. Bombelela, vi., to creep or move stealthily or slowly or softly, sneak. Bosa, vt., to crack (as nuts), burst, shell, hull. Bota, vi., to be fine or powdered. Botexa, vt., to powder, pulverize, grind or pound or crush or beat fine; hence to chew, mas- ticate. Boya, vt., to take up or gather up in the hand and put in an- other place (as trash), clear away. Bu, prep., like to, such as, equal to, of same or similar kind or sort or quality or character or species or variety; hence used in expressing such ideas as mate, match. di b., to correspond to, resemble, match. ena b., to be unlike or uneven or different or dissimilar or un- equal, differ. Bu, sub. conj., if; in neg. construc- tions it has the meaning of if not, unless, except. §§ 459 (c), 460 (c). Bu-, insep. subordinating particle used with Applied Form of verb, therefore, consequently, hence, for this reason, so, then, where- fore, why. Bualu(6) is doubt- less understood. §§472 (g)(3), 419. Bua, sub. conj., because, since, for. Doubtless bualu(6) is under- stood. § 466. Bua, vt., to daub, plaster. Buakane, 6, n., goodness, excel- lence, purity, holiness, ele- gance, handsomeness, beauty, fairness (in color or in honor), honesty, integrity, justice, righteousness, sanctification, uprightness, virtue, worthi- ness, right. Buala, neg., adv. no. Bualabuala, 6, n. (Buk.), see buli- lela. Bualama, adv., backwards. Used only in sense of fall backwards. Bualu, 6, n., affair, business, care, concern, responsibility, case (law), cause, purpose, reason, 3o6 BUALU—BUB^ Bualu {Continued) . matter, object, effect, result, sake, subject, circumstance, source, fault, palaver, danger, harm, difficulty, deed, doctrine, fact, account, narrative, dis- course. -a b. bukale, sacred, holy, serious. b. bua or bua, because of, on account of, concerning, b. bua kukema, miracle, wonder, b. bua Nzambi, Christianity, the Gospel, the Christian religion, b. bubi, guilt, sin, iniquity, transgression, injustice, wrong, vice, trouble, tribulation, mis- fortune, disaster, affliction, calamity, evil. b. buiiupe followed hy in fin., ought to, be under obligation to do, it is right to do, duty to do, deserve, merit, b. bukale, a serious matter, b. bukale with Causative Form of verb, must, have to, had to, be necessary, be a necessity, b. bunine, importance, b. ki? what is the matter? what is the palaver? why? what for? di b. bua, to be responsible for. di ne muntu b., to have a com- plaint against one. kakuena b., it is no matter, no palaver, never mind, no con- sequence, all right, lumbulula b., to settle a palaver, to judge. muambi wa b. bua Nzambi, priest, preacher, minister, mis- sionary. muena malu(pl.) mabi, sinner, transgressor. mukelenge wa bambi ba b. bua Nzambi, high -priest, munyixa or iyixa or ibidixa with b. bubi, to entice, lead astray, lure, allure, tempt, seduce. Buana, 6, n., childhood, infancy. Buanda, 6, n., thread, cotton; hence hammock. Buandakana, vi., to be confused or perplexed or bewildered or confounded or disconcerted, be mixed up, be deranged, be in disorder. Buandakanya, vt., see buanda- kuxa. Buandakuxa, vt., to confuse, per- plex, bewilder, confound, mix, stir together, mingle up to- gether, derange, put in dis- order. Buanduluia, vt., to stir together, mingle, mix up together. Buanga, 6, n., medicine, remedy, charm, fetish, idol or image in- tended as a charm, b. bua mulungu, poison, b. bua nsamu, a charm for making one invisible, b. bua ntuixa, a charm for making one invulnerable, mpuka manga(pl.) or mubuki wa manga, a doctor, medicine man, diviner, physician, sor- cerer, conjurer, charm or fetish or idol or medicine maker. xlha or taluxa with b., to destroy the power of a medicine or charm or fetish. Buanji, 6, n., acidity, sourness, di ne b., to be acid or sour. Buatu, 6, n., boat, canoe, ship. Bub ale, 6, n., littleness, scarcity, dearth, fewness, smallness, small size, thinness, narrow- ness. See bukise Bubanji, 6, n., riches, wealth, richness. luixa b., to enrich. Bubedi, 6, n., sickness, illness, malady, disease, affliction, pain, bad health, pang, suffer- ing. See disama. Bubi, 6, n., badness, corruption. i5U±5i — U±iA. Bubi {continued) evil, impurity, guilt, sin, vioe, iniquity, transgression, wicked- ness, injustice, wrong, sinful- ness, vileness, ugliness, un- cleanness, dirtiness, unholiness, unrighteousness, viciousness, rascality. Bubidi, 6, n. {derived from num. ibidi, two), both, a couple, two and two, double, all too. § 95 {o)- Bubuluke, 6, w., craziness, insanity, dementia, madness, lunacy, idiocy, viciousness, violence, wildness, foolishness b. maluvu, drunkenness, intoxi- cation, dissipation. Bubuta, V., to feel after, grope (as one blind). Bucika, 6, edge, border, limit, margin, vjundary, side, bank or beach or shore or coast. Bucimbakane, 6, w., see bucimbe. Bucimbe, 6, n., stupidity, folly, foolishness, acting foolishly. Budimi, 6, w., farm, field, garden, plantation. b. bua mioxi ya followed by maluvu a mputu or vinyo, n.ph., vineyard. Budimu, 6, n., craftiness, cunning- ness, slyness, prudence, warn- ing, shrewdness, sharpness, wiliness, sagacity, subtlety, skill, skilfulness, precaution. -a b., crafty, cunning, prudent, shrewd, sharp, sagacious, sly, subtle, wily, artful, skilful. Budixikamine, 6, n., liberty, free- dom, the state of being free. Buela, vi., to enter, pass in, pene- trate, unite with, join, come or go or get in or into, b. munda, to test, try, tempt, make trial of. diba dikadi dibuela, the sun is about to set, be sunset, kutu kuabuela diba or kutu diba diabuela, west. Buelafl, 6, n., bad aim (gun). Buelakana, vi., to be mixed, be intermingled, be mingled, in- termingle, commingle, mingle, be joined together (of same party), unite with, join, crowd together, be disarranged, be out of order, be in disorder, be deranged. Buelakuxa, vt., to mix up, min- gle, put out of order, crowd together, intermingle, disar- range. Buenyi, 6, «., a visit. enda b., to visit, go visiting. Buexa, vt., to drive in, put in, place in, take in. b. ku mudimu, to hire, engage, give work, employ, b. mu, to load (as boat), insert, b. mu buhika, to enslave, b. munxi mua, to put or place under. b. mu nsubu wa maxika, to imprison. b. mu followed by name of office, to appoint or give an office to, make, elect, confer office on. Bakumubuexa mu buke- lenge, they made him chief. Buexakana, vt., to mix up, mingle, intermingle, crowd together, derange, put out of order, put in disorder, disarrange. Bufike, 6, n., blackness, unclean- ness, dirtiness, darkness (color). Buflnu, 6, n., slipperiness, sleek- ness, smoothness, a slip by accident. -a b., slippery, sleek, smooth. Bufofo, 6, n., blindness. Bufuba, 6, n., idleness, laziness, indolence, sluggishness, slow- ness, lethargy, sloth, worth- lessness. -a b., idle, lazy, indolent, trifling, slothful, worthless, ena ne b., to be diligent or indus- trious or energetic or faithful. 3o8 BUFUKU— BUINA. Bufuku, 6, n., night, at night, by night, to-night, night-time. See butuku. Buhale, 6, n., craziness, insanity, dementia, madness, lunacy, idiocy, viciousness, violence, wildness, foolishness. b. maluvu, drunkenness, intoxi- cation, dissipation. Buhele, 6, n., poverty, destitution, need, want, penury. luixa or xixa with mu b., to impoverish. Buhiankunde, 6, n., youth, young manhood, boyhood, youth- hood, adolescence. Buhianyi, 6, n., inheritance, legacy, portion, heritage, ha b., to bequeath, endow, leave (for heir). mukanda wa b., will, testament. Sometimes the ph. bintu bia buhianyi is used with same meaning as buhianyi alone. Buhidia, 6, w., insubordination, disobedience, disapproval, re- fusal, obstinacy, stubbornness, refractoriness, wilfulness, un- belief, negligence, neglectful- ness. -a h., insubordinate, disobedient, obstinate, stubborn, refrac- tory, unmanageable, unruly, intractable, wilful, negligent, neglectful. muena b., unbeliever. Buhika, 6, n., slavery, bondage, subjection. ha or buexa mu or luixa followed by b., to enslave. Buhikudi, 6, n., the goods with which one is redeemed, re- demption price*. Buhote, 6, «., stupidity, ignorance, folly, foolishness. Buhu, 6, n., seed (for planting). Buhumbakane, 6, w., stupidity, foolishness, folly, acting fool- ishly. Buibi, 6, theft, thievishness, Buibi {continued), roguishness, robbery, dishon- esty, injustice. di ne b., to be thievish or roguish or dishonest or unjust. ena ne b., to be honest or just. Buici, 6, w., honey. Sometimes spelled buiki. Buihi, 6, «., nearness, short dis- tance, closeness, sharpness, di- mension or extent or extension (in breadth). ha b. ha {or ne), beside, near to, close to. mu {or ku), b. breadth, width. Buika, vt., to close or shut (the eyes). Buikila, vt., to cover, close or shut (as lid of box or book), lay something over, shelter by covering, put cover on, spread over. Buikuxa, 6, «., see bulilela. Buila, 6, w., forgetfulness. -a b., forgetful. b. as subj. oj kuata, to forget. Buiminyi, 6., n, stinginess, parsi* mony, selfishness, meanness as result of stinginess. -a b., stingy, selfish, parsimo- nious, mean. Buimpe, 6, n., goodness, excel- lence, purity, holiness, elegance, handsomeness, beauty, fair- ness (in color or in honor), honesty, integrity, justice, righteousness, sanctification, uprightness, virtue, worthi- ness, right. Buina, prep., like to, such as, equal to, of same or similar kind or sort or quality or character or species or variety; hence used in expressing such ideas as mate, match. dl b., to correspond to, resemble, match. ena b., to be unlike or uneven or different or dissimilar m unequal, differ. BUINA— BUKULUKUXE. 309 Buina, 6, n., hole of rat or mouse, den. PI. is men a. Buinabulna, 6, n., see bulilela. Buivi, 6, n.y theft, thievishness, roguishness, robbery, dishon- esty, injustice. di ne b., to be roguish or thievish or dishonest or unjust, ena ne b., to be honest or just. Bujike, 6, w., the unmarried state, bachelorship, maidenhood, vir- ginity. Bujitu, 6,.«., heaviness, weight; sometimes used for load, bur- den. -a b., heavy, weighty, idikixa or elekexa with b., to weigh. Buka, V., to consult a medicine man, divine, enchant, conjure. Buka, vi., to fly, take flight or rise in flight (as bird). Buka, vt., to marry, wed. This word is used only by the man. See note under marry. Bukale, 6, n., strength, ability, energy, firmness, force, hard- ness, influence, might, power, vigor, stability, solidness, so- lidity, violence, health. -a b., healthy, strong, vigorous, well. cianza cia b., right hand, ena ne b., to be delicate, be not strong. hita or tamba with b., to con- quer, beat, defeat, overcome, overthrow, excel, win, master, prevail, be victorious, quell, repulse, subdue, subject, sub- jugate, vanquish, kuata mukuxi ku b., to commit rape, ravish, do violence to. ku b., by force, violently. Bukanda, 6, n., enema. A small gour d is used for this pur- pose. ela b., to give an enema. Bukangana, v., to intermarry. Bukankanya. vt., to shake up. Bukata, 6, n., idleness, laziness, indolence, sluggishness, slow- ness, lethargy, sloth, worthless- ness. -a b., idle, lazy, indolent, trifling, slothful, worthless, ena ne b., to be diligent or in- dustrious or energetic or faith- ful. Bukelenge, 6, n., kingship, chief- ship, high rank, kingdom, government, dominion, rule, authority dia b., to become chief, succeed to chiefship. dixa b., to elect or appoint to chiefship, confer chiefship on. Bukise, 6, n., littleness, smallness, scarcity, dearth, fewness, thin- ness, narrowness, small size, mu {or ku) b., breadth, width. Bukitu, 6, w., bravery, courage, fortitude, boldness, valor. See dikima. Bukixa, vt., -to give in marriage, marry one to. Bukonde, i, n., brother-in-law, sister-in-law. This word al- ways means the brother or sister of the wife, never the brother or sister of husband. PI. is babukonde. Bukoya, 6, w., dirtiness, filthiness, untidiness, uncleanness, foul- ness, slovenliness. -a b., dirty, filthy, untidy, un- clean, foul, slovenly. Buku, 6, n., the state or condition of being a mother-in-law or father-in-law. bintu bia b., dowry given at marriage by husband to pa- rents of bride. Bukula, 6, n., flour, meal. Bukulu, 6, n., old age. Bukulukulu, 6, n.j yolk of an egg- Bukulukulu, 6, n., old age. Bukulukuxe, 6, w., old age. -a b., old, ansient. 310 BUKULUMPE— BULUKANA. Bukulumpe, 6., w, old age. -a b., old, ancient. Bukunze, 6, n., redness. Bukuondo, 6, w., net for catching fish or animals, cobweb. Biikutu, 6, n., foreskin. di ne b., to be uncircumcised. Bukuxi, 6, n., womanhood. Bula, 6, yard, enclosure, court, fold, stockade. nyuma wa ku b , domestic animal. Bula, vt., to crack (as nuts), burst, shell, hull. Bulalu, 6, n., bed, couch. Bula Mutadi, w. (Lower Congo), the Congo Independent State and all government officials. Bulanda, 6, n., poverty, need, want, penury, destitution, luixa or xixa mu with b., to impoverish. Buie, 6, n., length, deepness, depth, hcijht, altitude, tallness, dis- tance (long), dimension or ex- tent or extension in length or height or depth. b. bumue, equal or even length, b. munyi ? how far? Buledi, 6, w., the power or capacity to give birth to or bear young, child-bearing, fruitfulness, fe- cundity. di ne b., to be fruitful or fertile or prolific or fecund or pro- ductive (as male or female in producing young). Bulengele, 6, n., goodness, excel- lence, purity, holiness, elegance, handsomeness, beauty, fair- ness (in color or in honor), honesty, integrity, _ justice, righteousness, sanctification, uprightness, virtue, worthiness, right. Bulilela, 6, w., truth, fact, cer- tainty, correctness, exactness, reality, veracity. -a b., real, true. This word has an adverbial use Bulilela {continued) . oj certainly, correctly, indeed, absolutely, truly, truthfully, exactly, really, surely, verily. W ith ncg. verbs we have the mean- ing to be in doubt, be doubtful or uncertain or untrue. Bulobo, 6, n., earth, land, ground, soil, world. b. budi with butaka or bucika, ph. used jor earthquake, dikumbi dia b., railway train, nxila wa dikumbi dia b., rail- way track. The pi. is generally used to ex- press loose earth or dirt r- ground. This word has m e properly the meaning of land as distinguished from water. Buloxi, 6, n., witchcraft, sorcery. This word has a secondary meaning of cleverness, ingen- iousness, dexterity, ingenuity, skill, skilfulness, di ne b., clever, ingenious, :Khlful: muena b., witch, wizard, demon, devil, conjurer, sorcerer. Sometimes this word is pro- nounced muloxi(2). Buluatafl, 6, n., slovenliness or immodesty or shamelessness or indecency in the wearing of one’s clothes. § 356 {g). -a b., slovenly or indecent or immodest or shameless or obscene in the wearing of one’s clothes. Buluka, vi., to bark (as dog). b. di(5), to speak or talk loudly or roughly. Buluka, w., to get or become or go or be crazy or deranged or insane, be demented, be foolish, be mad, be wild, be reckless, be vicious, be violent, be thoughtless. b. maluvu, to be drunk or in- toxicated. Bulukana(?), vi.y to be narrow. BULUKE— BUNINE. Bulukc, adj.{p.p. of buluka, to be crazy), crazy, deranged, de- mented, foolish, mad, in- sane, wild, reckless, thought- less, vicious, violent. Bulukila, vt., to scold; hence second- arily to govern, control, re- buke, admonish, discipline, correct, manage, reprove, re- proach, restrain. This word is sometimes pro- nounced kubulukila. Bulula, vt., to open, expose to view, relax, remove cover, un- cover, reveal. Bululu, 6, n., bitterness, di b., to be bitter. Bulumi, 6, n., manhood. Bulunda, 6, ii., friendship, fellow- ship, companionship, federa- tion. alukixa b., to reconcile, kuatangana b., to form a friend- ship with one another, xiha b., to break off friendship. Bulunga, vi., to be round or spherical. Bulunguxa, vt., to make into a ball, make round. Bumbuka, vi., to cave in, fall in. Bundu, 6, n., shame, bashfulness, timidity, shyness, diffidence, modesty, humility, chagrin, re- pentance, penitence, reproach, disgrace. bualu bua b., a shameful matter, di ne or unva or ufua with b. as obj., or b. as suhj. of kuata, to be ashamed, be bashful, be diffident, be modest, be humble, be mortified, be humiliated, be abased, have chagrin, be penitent, be shy, qe timid. ena ne b., to be immodest, be shameless, be impertinent, be saucy, be impudent, be in- decent, be obscene, be arro- gant, be audacious, ufuixa or kuacixa with b., to Bundu {continued). disgrace, mortify, chagrin, hu- miliate, cause shame, abase’ Bufumu, 6, n., chiefship, king- ship, high rank, kingdom, government, dominion, rule, authority. See bukelenge. Bunga, vt.{with tulu, sleep, as obj.), to doze, nod, nap, be drowsy. b. disu, to wink at. Bungama, vi., to mope, despond, be depressed, be despondent, brood over, pine, pout, be sulky, be sullen, sulk, be morbid, be solemn, be pen- sive. Bungi, 6, n.(from adj. ngi, many), abundance, a great deal, mul- titude, throng, great number, plenty, host, crowd, great quantity, vastness in number. -a b., much, numerous, many, abundant, plentiful, divers, enough, plenty of, several, vast number. b. bumue, the same or even or equal number. b. munyi ? {or bixi ?), how many? how much? what quantity ? di -a b., to abound, suffice, be enough, be sufficient, be ade- quate. ena -a b., to be insufficient, be short of. tamba or hita with b., to be in excess, over- abound, be too much, be too many. Bunguluka, vi., to roll along or over, wallow. Bunine, 6, n., largeness, magnitude, great size, vastness, greatness, stoutness, breadth, width, thickness, dimension or ex- tension or extent in breadth, influence, importance, glory. b. bumue, even or equal or the same size. 312 BUNINE— BUTOMBOKE. Bunine {continued). mu b., in among, in the middle, in the midst, in the center. Bunsongakuxi, 6, girlhood, maidenhood, virginity, young womanhood. Bunsongalumi, 6, n., young man- hood, youth, boyhood, youth- hood, adolescence. Bunsonge, 6, n., slander, back- biting, calumny. From son- guela, to slander, muena b., slanderer, backbiter, calumniator. Buntate, 6., «., cobweb. Buntu, 6, n., humanity (human nature), manhood. Bununu, 6, n., old age. Bunvu, 6, n., shame, bashfulness, timidity, shyness, diffidence, modesty, humility, chagrin, re- pentence, penitence, reproach, disgrace. See bundu. Bunya, vt., to bend, fold. Bunyabunya, 6, n.{jrom nya-nya, small), smallness, littleness, thinness, small size, fewness, scarcity, dearth. See bukise. Bunyana, 6, n., friendship, fellow- ship, companionship, federa- tion. kuatangana b., to form a friend- ship with one another, xiha b., to break off friendship. Bunyengi, 6, n., robbery. Buobumue, 6, n., sameness, simi- larity, identity, likeness, unity, similitude. § 96. Buongo, 6, n., brains, marrow. Buonso, 6, n., totality, entirety, full amount, altogether, the whole of, all of or every one of or each one of them [followed by poss. pro. § 182, Rem.) Buowa, 6, n., awe, dread, fear, fright, horror, terror, wildness, shyness, timidity. Hence secondarily cowardice. Bouwa {continued). b. as sub. of kuata with person as obj., to be frightened, be scared, be timid, be shy, afraid, be fearful, muena b., a coward. Buowa, 6, n., mushroom. Buselu, 6, n., sleekness, slipperi- ness, smoothness. -a b., sleek, slippery, smooth. Busenu, 6, n.{from senena, to be sleek), sleekness, smoothness, slipperiness, softness to touch, -a b., sleek, slippery, smooth, soft. Buta, 6, n., bow (for shooting arrows). This word is some- times used for gun. Butaka, 6, n., nakedness, nudity, di b., to be naked or nude. Butama, vi., to crouch, be flat, settle or sink or level down. Butamixa, vt., to flatten, make flat, level down, mash down level. Butatande, 6, n., cobweb. Bute, 6, n.y used with muan’a to mean first-born or oldest child, senior. PI. is bamuan’a bute. bintu bia muan’a b., birthright, Bute, 6, 71 . {from ta, to hunt), hunting (of animals), muxinga wa b., a hunting net, net for catching animals. Butekete, 6, n., weakness, exhaus- tion, feebleness, fatigue, in- firmity, w^eariness, tiredness, slowness, slackness, softness. Buteyi, 6, n., trap or snare for catching animals; secondarily wile, allurement, enticement. Butoke, 6, n., whiteness, bright- ness, fairness, purity, clean- ness, sanctification. Butomboke, 6, w., craziness, in- sanity, dementia, madness, lunacy, idiocy, viciousness, violence, wildness, foolishness, b. maluvu, drunkenness, intoxi- cation, dissipation. BUTU— CIANYIMA. Butu, 6, mould, mildew, kuata b., to mould, mildew, Butue, 6, n., ashes, Butuku, 6, «,, night, at night, by night, to-night, night-time, bidia bia b,, supper, b, bua lelu, last night, b, to ne with lunkelu or dinda, all night long, b, as subj. of cia, to break day, be dawn, become light, the coming of the morning, the going of the night, b, as subj. of ila, the coming of the night, Buxibale, 6, n., stupidity, folly, foolishness, ignorance, Buxikankunde, 6, n., maidenhood, girlhood, virginity, young womanhood, i Buxima, 6, w,, totality, entirety, the whole, Buxua, 6, n., see bulilela, Buyuka, vi., to be soft (as some- thing rotten), Buzevu, 6, n., a swelling in feet and legs, dropsy, elephantiasis. This word is derived from nzevu, elephant. C. €aba, vt.^ to break up firewood, Cendelele, adv., always, cease- lessly, constantly, continually, endlessly, eternity, ever, for- ever, perpetually, eternally, in- cessantly, habitually, -a c., immortal, eternal, ever- lasting, with neg. v., never again, Ci, interrog. pro., see cinyi ? § 175, Rem, 2, Cia, vi., used with butuku as subj. to mean the disappearing of the night at dawn, break day, dawn, become light, the com- ing of the morning, Cladl, 7, n., chest, bosom, breast. 313 Ciahamue, 7, n., used as adv., at one time, at the same time, simultaneously, § 95 (6), Rem, 2, Ciakabidi, 7, n., second time, § 95 (^)- biakabidi(^/,), twice, Ciakamue, 7, n. used as adv., once, one time, §95 {b). Ciakasatu, 7, n., third time. § 95 biakasatu(/>^.), thrice. Ciakuilu, 7, n., language, idiom, dialect, speech. Ciakulakula, 7, n., chattering, gibberish, nonsense. § 35 6(50 • akula biakulakula, to talk in delirium or incoherently, wan- der in mind, babble, gabble, jabber, prattle. Ciala, 7, a small piece of iron put in the eye as test of guilt, ordeal. muena c., diviner, doctor, sor- cerer. nua c., to consult or divine by this ordeal, enchant. Ciala, 7, n., thumb. Ciama, 7, n., a general term applied to any kind of metallic substance; also a general name for any kind of machine or mill or tool or implement or instrument, c. cifike, iron, c. cikunze, copper, brass. See note under copper. Ciamakana, vi., to cross (as one path another), lie across. Ciamakuxa, vt., to put or lay one thing across another, cross. Ciamumue, 7, n., used as adv., at at one time, at same time, simultaneously. § 95 {b), Rem. 2. Ciana, 7, n., used in ph. c. cia nkusa, great toe. Cianga, 7, n., a species of snake. Cianyima, adv., backwards. Cl ANZA— CIB UEDELU. 314 Cianza, 7, n., hand. -a c. cikale, selfish, stingy, parsimonious. c. cia with bakuxi or luboko or munyinyi, left hand, c. cia with balumi or bidia or bukale, right hand, c. cikale, selfishness, stinginess, parsimony. di ne bianza bile, to be dis- honest, be unjust, be thievish, be roguish. ena ne bianza bile, to be honest, be just. data, 7, n., mat made of papyrus. Ciaxima, 7, n., chilliness, coldness, coolness, dampness, moisture, wetness, humidity, di ne c., to be chilly, be cold, be cool, be damp, be moist, be wet, be humid. Cibakala, 7, «., a small rodent. Cibalu, 7, w., a gourd split length- wise and used for holding the cooked bread. ' ngondo wakulua c., to be full moon. Cibanda, 7, n., valley, vale, hollow. Cibanda, 7, n., large horse-fly. Cibandilu, 7, n., ladder, stairway, steps. Cibanga, 7, w., chin, lower jaw. Cibangu, 7, «., walking-stick, cane, staff. endela ku c., to walk with a staff. Cibangu, 7, n., scar, mark left from sore, pock-mark, cica- trice. Cibanji, 7, n., intermediary or middleman or go-between in arranging a marriage. Cibasa, 7, n., a piece of board put under a long basket to support it. Cibelu, 7, n., upper leg (from hip to knee), upper part of hind leg of animal, thigh, ha bibelu, lap. Cibende, 7, «., a small rodent. Cibengu, 7, n., insubordination, disobedience, disapproval, re- fusal, obstinacy, stubbornness, refractoriness, wilfulness, neg- ligence, neglectfulness, heed- lessness. -a c., insubordinate, disobe- dient, obstinant, stubborn, re- fractory, unmanageable, un- ruly, intractable, wilful, negli- gent, neglectful, heedless. Cibi, 7, w., door, gate., Cibidi, 7, n.{the Bakete say kibidi), farm, field, garden, planta- tion. See budimi. Cibikidilu, 7, n., the name of anything. Cibila, 7, n.{jront bila, to boil), cataract, falls, rapids, water- falls. Cibilu, 7, w., custom, habit, manner or method of doing, mode, nature of, conduct, law, fashion, way, practice, regulation, rule, style, usage. c. cibi, vice, bad habit. Cibiyibiyi, 7, n., butterfly, moth. Cibobo, 7, n., whistling through the hands. ela c., to whistle through the hands. Ciboko, 7, M., left-handedness. muena c., a left-handed person. Cibombo, 7, «., bag, pocket, sack, scrip. Cibombo, 7, n., lameness in the legs of children, deformed person. Cibondo, 7, n., snout. Cibuabu, 7, n., the older or first- born of twins. Cibubu, 7, n., scabbard, sheath, case for knife. Cibubu, 7, n., pith of palm rib. Cibubu, 7, «., clapping of the hands crosswise to express regret. Cibudi, 7, n., scrotum. Cibuedelu, 7, n., entrance, door- way. CIBUIKILU— CIFU. 315 Cibuikilu, 7, a cover, lid, cork or stopper. I Cibuiku, 7, n., see cibuikilu. S' i Cibuka, vi., to be broken, de- molished, destroyed, fractured, to explode. : Cibula, vt., to break, break up or open, demolish, destroy, frac- ture, open (a tin). Cibula, 7, n., wrestling. PL generally used. luangana bibula, to wrestle. Cibulubulu, 7, n., a dried gourd. ‘ Cibulula, vt., to double back, fold back. Cibulunge, 7, n.{from bulunga, to be round), ball, globe, sphere, -a c., round, spherical. I Cibunda, 7, n., garden or small patch about the house in which vegetables are planted. ^ ! This is the proper word jor I garden as generally used hy I . Europeans and not budimi or cibidi. Cibungubungu, 7, n., high bank or cliff or precipice near to stream, brink. Cibutuilu, 7, w., womb(?). Cibuyubuyu, 7, «., high cljff or precipice due to landslide. Cici, 7, n., used in ph. kosa cici, to close a trade by breaking a stick. Cicu, 7, w., insubordination, dis- obedience, obstinacy, heed- lessness, refractoriness, stub- bornness, wilfulness, neglect- fulness, negligence. -a c., disobedient, obstinant, heedless, refractory, stubborn, unmanageable, unruly, intract- able, wilful, insubordinate, neglectful, negligent. Cidi, vi., to be, exist. See § 212. I c. ne, to have, own, possess. I Cidi, 7, n., a jump (with both feet 1 generally). Cidiacilu, 7, «., footprint, track, trace, trail, mark, made by foot. Cidibu, 7, «,. a wooden rattle tied around the dog’s body in hunting. Cididi, 7, n., division or partition in house. Cidikixiiu, 7, n., example, sample, specimen, copy, model, pat- tern, illustration; hence a rule or ruler or measure or tape line, i.e., something to go by in doing. Cidikixu, 7, w., pattern, copy, model; measure, rule, ruler, tape line. Cidimi, 7, «., used as oh], of akula meaning to speak or pronounce indistinctly. Cidimu, 7, n., season (rainy or dry). Two such seasons make a year. c. cia maxika, winter, cool season. c. cia munya, summer, warm season. c. ki ? when ? what season ? ku c. ku c., yearly, season by season. Ciduaya, 7, n., grave, sepulcher, tomb. Use pi. jor graveyard, cemetery. Ciendenda, 7, n., vagabondage, vagrancy. § 356 {g). enda c., to be a vagabond or vagrant or tramp, muena c., vagabond, vagrant, tramp, wanderer. Cienzedi, 7, custom, habit, manner or method of doing, mode, nature of, conduct, way, law, fashion, practice, regula- tion, rule, style, usage, pro- cedure. c. cibi, vice, bad habit, c. cikuabo, a different way of doing, differently, other- wise. Cieya, 7, n., guarantee, pawn, pledge, security, surety. See V. eya. Cifu, 7, n., see cifufu. 3i6 CIFUANYI— CIHUKA. Cifuanyi, 7, n., likeness, image, reflection as in mirror, picture, photograph, representation, re- semblance, sameness, simi- larity, similitude. Cifuanyikixa, 7, n., likeness, im- age, resemblance, reflection as in mirror, example, illustra- tion. Cifufu, 7, n., a secret consultation or conference, plot, agreement, covenant, contract, treaty, de- liberation, c. cibi, conspiracy, c. cihiacihia. New Testament, c. cikulu. Old Testament, ela c., to hold a consultation or conference or deliberation, plan secretly, plot. This word may also he spelled cifu. Cifuidixe, 7, n., faintness, insensi- bility, unconsciousness, stuffi- ness. di ne c., vi., to smother, be stifled, be suffocated, fua c., vi., to faint, swoon, be stunned, be stupefied, be in- sensible, be unconscious. Jika c., vt., to smother, stifle, suffocate. Though the words cisgke and tungulungu and cifuidixe are used interchangeably some- times, yet the general difference seems to he that the two first- named words have the idea oj convulsion or fit, while the last word means faintness or un- consciousness. Cifulu, 7, n., hat, cap, helmet. Cifundidi, 7, n., writing, manner of writing, hand, chirography. Cifundu, 7, n., circle, ring. -a c., circular, round. Cilia, 7, n., gift, offering, present. Ciha, vi., to take an oath, swear, vow. Done hy striking the hand on the ground. The re- flexive diciha is often used. Cihaha, 7, n., the poison cup or ordeal or test given to witches or wizards. muena c., witch doctor. Cihahi, 7, n., a generous or liberal or unselfish or benevolent per- son. Cihala, vi., to be dull (as knife). Cihanda, 7, n., fork of stick. muci wa c., a forked stick. Cihangu, 7, n., fence, wall. With mu this word means en- closure, yard, fold, court, stockade. See enclosure. Cihatu, 7, n., chip. Cihehe, 7, n., tail fin of fish. Cihendo, 7, n., abuse, curse, insult, maltreatment, ill treatment. Cihesu, 7, n., any small piece or division or part or fragment or portion or section or bit split off. Contrast with cituha. Cihia, 7, n., anything braided or plaited. Cihidikidi, 7, n., stump of tree. Cihinda, 7, n., hunter (with gun). Cihindi, 7, n., a dwarf, under- sized person, runt. -a c., runty, dwarfish, under- sized, stunted. Cilioto, 7, n., whistling through the hands. ela c., to whistle through the hands. Cihu, 7., n., oar, paddle. Cihua, 7, n., combined with the word muoyo to mean forget- fulness. -a c. muoyo, forgetful. Cihuba, 7, n., gourd used as pipe. Cihuekelu, 7, n., place of descent. Cihuhu, 7, n., hurricane, tornado, squall, storm, tempest, whirl- wind, strong wind, gale. Cihuka, 7, n., copse, small bush or forest on a plane, grove, thicket, small wood. Cihuka, 7, n., unconsciousness, in- sensibility. CIHUKA— CIKUKUE. 317 Cihuka {continued). fua c., to be unconscious, be insensible, be stunned, be stupefied. Cihulu, 7, n., gourd cut crosswise. Cihunda, 7, n., large town or village, capital, city, metropolis. Cihundu, 7, n., gourd cut crosswise. Cihungulu, 7, n., owl. Cihusu, 7, w., bark, husk, shuck, hull, peel, rind, shell of egg or seed or nut or terrapin, skin of fruit. Cihusu, 7, n., greediness, gluttony, -a c., gluttonous, greedy, muena c., a glutton. Cihuxa, vt., to dull (as knife), make dull. Cijengu, 7, n., circle, ring. -a c., circular, round. Cijila, 7, n., anything forbidden or tabooed or interdicted or illegal or prohibited or against the law or against the regula- tion or unlawful. -a c., holy, sacred, ena c., to be lawful, be right, be permitted. Cika, vi., to move, shake, quake, tremble. Cikahakaha, 7, w., siftings (of corn). Cikakakaka, 7, n., pineapple. Cikakana, vi., to shake, move, quake, tremble. Cikama, 7, n., shamelessness, effrontery, immodesty, imperti- nence, sauciness, arrogance, impudence, indecency, ingrati- tude, ungratefulness, audacity, impoliteness, disrespect, irrev- erence. -a c., arrogant, saucy, immodest, shameless, impertinent, dis- respectful, impudent, indecent, ungrateful, audacious, impo- lite, irreverent. ena c., to be modest, be humble. Cikampanda, 7, n., a thing the name of which you have for- Cikampanda {continued). gotten or do not know or do not care to trouble with mention- ing- § 353> Rem. Cikanga, 7, n., mat made of papyrus. Cikankanyi, 7, n., heel. Cikata, 7, n., ball or roll of twine or string. Cikema, 7, n., exclamation of surprise or astonishment or amazement expressed by grunt- ing. tua c., to exclaim in surprise, wonder, be amazed, be aston- ished. Cikenge, 7, n., axe. Cikenkibu, 7, n., heel. Cikixa, vt., to move, shake, cause to quake. Cikiyaklya, 7, n., shoulder-blade. Cikoka, 7, n., mark or trail or track or trace of something which has been dragged. Cikolakola, 7, n., stalk or stem of corn. Cikolokolo, 7, n., neck of gourd. Cikondo, 7, n., time, bikondo bibidi, twice, bikondo bisatu, thrice, bikondo bia bungi, frequently, often, many times, e. cikuabo, next time, c. cimue, once, one time. See musangu. Cikono, 7, n., shoe. This word is now nearly obsolete as meaning shoe. See mukono. Cikowela, 7, n., coat, dress, shirt, diboko dia c., sleeve. Cikuacilu, 7, n., place for holding; hence handle. Cikuacixi, 7, n., a prop. Cikuaka, 7, n., a saw. muena bikuaka, sawyer. Cikuku, 7, n. {from Eng. cook), kitchen, cook-house. Cikuku, 7, n., an exposed root or snag causing one to stumble. Cikukue, 7., n., hen. CIKUKUMINA— CILUMBU. 318 Cikukumina, 7, n., stuttering, stammering, impediment in speech. muena c., a stutterer, stammerer. Cikulu, 7, n., site of deserted vil- lage. Cikumbi, 7, n., pen, enclosure, sty, cage. Cikumbukumbu, 7, n., cob. Cikumbuxi, 7, w., cob. Cikundekunde, 7, w., a large native bean. Cikundukundu, 7, n., hip. Cikunyi, 7, n., stocks. Cikuondekuonde, 7, n., stalk or stem of plantain or banana. Cikusu, 7, «., maggot. ela bikusu, to blow (meat). Cikutu, 7, w., furnace for smelting iron ore. Cikuxiana, 7, n., a large woman. Generally used in irony. §351. Cila, 7, n., cry of amazement or astonishment, alarum, shout of crowd, cheer. ela bila, to cheer, shout, give cry of alarum. Cilabi, 7, n., handle. Cilabuidi, 7, n., eyelid. Ciladilu, 7, n., bed. Cilafl, 7, n., used as ohj. of akula meaning to speak or pronounce indistinctly. This word may perhaps also mean the doing of anything badly or incon- gruously. § 356 {g). Cilamba, 7, w., cloth, garment. bilamba(/>/.), clothes, apparel. Cilamba, 7, n., bridge made of logs. Cilanda, 7, n., bridge made of logs. Cilata, 7, n., dream, vision. lata c., to dream, have a vision. Cilavinyi, 7, w., eyelid. Cilele, 7, n., custom, habit, law, manner, mode, nature of, con-, duct, fashion, way, method, practice, regulation, rule, style, usage. c. cibi, vice, bad habit. Cilelelu, 7, «., womb(?). Perhaps placenta. Cilema, 7, n., stinginess, parsi- mony, selfishness. -a c., stingy, parsimonious, selfish. Cilembi, 7, n., fisherman, hunter (by trapping or with bow and arrow). Cilenga, 7, n., adornment, finery, . ornament, decoration, luata or vuala with bilenga, to wear ornaments, be adorned, be dressed up. Cilengelenge, 7, n., sugar-cane. Cilengulengu, 7, «., the thing into which a person is changed by transmigration or metempsy- chosis. Cilexilu, 7, 71 ., example, sample, specimen, illustration, brand, copy. Ciloa, 7, n., dried gourd, often used as pipe. Coloaloa, 7, n., a green gourd. Cilonda, 7, n., large battle-axe made by Zappo Zapps. Cilonde, 7, n. {always followed by muadi, first wife), the second wife of polygamist, concubine. Cilongo, 7, n., bloom, blossom, flower. Cilongo, 7, 71 ., generation, line of descent to. Cilu, 7, n.{pl. generally used), dirt, trash, filth, debris, impurity, refuse, rubbish, stuff, waste, weeds. Ciliia, 7, 71 ., post in wall of house, door-post. Cilua, 7, n., toad. Cilulu, 7, n., cloth, garment, c. cisusiike, a worn-out piece of cloth, rag. bilulu(/?/.), clothes, apparel. Sometimes pronounced cidudu. Cilumbu, 7, n., council, court, trial, judgment. lumbulula c., to settle a palaver at court. CILUMI— CINGOMBO. 319 Cilumi, 7, n., semen. PI. generally used. Cilumiana, 7, n., a large man. Generally used in irony. §351. Ciluinulumu, 7, n., crust, scab. Cilunga, 7, n., sweet potato. Cinianga, 7, n., scabbard, sheath, case for knife. Cimaza, 7, a strong European cloth. Cimba, vi., to be stupid, be foolish, be silly, be simple, be thought- less, be careless, be unmindful, act foolishly. Cimbadi, 7, n., a native from the Portuguese territory on West Coast. Cimbakana, vi., to go around, go round about, encircle, sur- round. There is a secondary meaning of to be stupid, be foolish, act stupidly or foolish- ly, be silly, be simple, be un- mindful, be thoughtless, be careless. Cimbakane, adj.{p.p. of cimba- kana), foolish, stupid, silly, simple, thoughtless, careless. Cimbe, adj.{p. p. of cimba), foolish, stupid, silly, simple, careless, thoughtless. Cimbixa, vt., to fool, joke with. Cimena, 7, n., yam (wild). Cimenga, 7, n., large village or town, city, capital, metropolis. Cimenyi, 7, sock, stocking. Cimono, 7, n., the waist. Cimonyinu, 7, n.{from mona, to see), token, example, sample, earnest, specimen, copy, mark, model, brand, sign, illustra- tion, keepsake, proof, remin- der, seal, souvenir, symbol, badge, emblem. Cimpanga, 7, «., ram, male of sheep. Cimpulu, 7, 11., cricket. Cimpumpu, 7, n., cold (catarrh). Cimuka, vi., to retreat, to flee. Cimuna, 7, n., a tame animal. Cimuna, vt., to rout, put to flight, defeat, overcome, vanquish, beat, conquer, subdue. Cimunu, 7, n., roof or wall or side of house. Cimunyi, 7, n., firebrand, torch. Cina, vi., to be afraid, dread, be ex- cited, fear, be frightened, be ter- rified, be fearful, be horrified, be scared, be timid, be shy, be terrorized, be dismayed. Cina, 7, «., hole in the ground, pit. Cina, insep. indeclinable word used with mbi and pass. pro. to mean brother-in-law. § 42, Note 2. Cinana, indeclinable wor'd, empty, blank, vacant, void, worthless- ness, without cause, for noth- ing, greatest, gratuitously, zero, -a c., of no account, worthless, common, of no consequence, inferior, mean (of birth), un- important, of no use, useless. Cindumbi, 7, n., a skin disease, leprosy. muena c., a leper. See note under leprosy. Cinemu, 7, n.{from nemeka), gratitude, thankfulness, grate- fulness. -a c., grateful, thankful. Cinfunde, 7, n., whirlwind. Cinganyi, interrog. pro., what? what is the matter? what for? why ? for what reason ? for what cause ? for what pur- pose?. §175. Cingoma, 7, 11., gun. c. cia lutende, rifle, c. cia mutengu, flint-lock gun. c. cia tundimba, shotgun, ela c., to fire or shoot a gun. ela c. han.xi, to miss aim. kuma or lonza with c., to shoot one with a gun. Cingombo, 7, n., ocra. Note that this is doubtless root of Eng. gumbo soup. 320 CINGUJI— CIONDA. Cinguji, 7, bunch of palm nuts. Cinguluka, vi., to turn around, revolve, rotate, whirl, spin around, be inverted, be turned around. Cingulula, vt., to invert, turn around, reverse, whirl around, spin around, Cinka, v., to guess. Cinkete, 7, n., a kind of bamboo or reed found in the forest and used for making fence. Cinkutu, 7, n. (Lower Congo), coat, dress, shirt, diboko dia c., sleeve. Cinsanki, 7, n., native cloth made from the fibre of palm leaves. The ‘cinsanki means several single pieces of the didiba sewed together. Cinsenga, 7, w., sweet potato. Cinsonkela, 7, w., cricket. Cinsonxi, 7, n., a tear (from the eye). c, as suhj. of hatuka or tuka, to shed a tear. Cinsukunsuku, 7, n., hiccough. Cintinyi, 7, n., a thing the name of which you have forgotten or do not know or do not care to trouble with mentioning. § 353. Rem. Cintu, 7, w., thing, something, object, article, material. -a bintu, rich, wealthy. bintu(/>/.), goods, stuff, riches, possessions, wealth, property, substance, means, mammon, bintu bia buhianyi, inheritance, legacy. bintu bia buku, dowry, bintu bionso, everything, c. cia kuenza n’aci, tool, im- plement, machine, instrument. Cintumbindi, 7, w., a kind of ante- lope. Cintunte, 7, n., an ant making large hills. These are edible. Cinu, 7, w., knee. tua binu hanxi, to kneel. Cinu, 7, M., mortar (in which corn, cassava roots, etc., are beaten). Cinu, 7, n., spool. Cinunu, 7, n., thousand. Cinyangu, 7, n.{jrom nyanga, to abuse), abuse, cruelty, tyranny, brutality, despotism, inhuman- ity, afifiiction, oppression, ill- treatment, maltreatment, mean- ness, heartlessness, merciless ness, pitilessness, unkindness, unmercifulness, persecution. -a c., cruel, mean, merciless, in- human, pitiless, heartless, op- pressive, despotic, tyrannical, unkind, unmerciful, brutal, muena c., tyrant, brute, despot. Cinyanu, 7, w., emaciation, thin- ness, leanness, haggardness, di ne or uma followed by c., to be emaciated, be lean, be thin, be haggard, waste away. Cinyenga, 7, «., constipation, cos- tiveness. di ne c., to be constipated, be costive. Cinyi, interrog. pro., what? what is the matter? wLat for? why? for what reason? for what cause ? for what pur- pose? § 175, Rem. I. Cinyindanyinda, 7, n.{pl. gener- ally used), dregs, sediment. Cinyixa, vt., make afraid, frighten, terrify, alarm, excite, horrify, intimidate, scare, terrorize, dismay. Cinyu, 7, n., bladder. Cinyuka, 7, n., wadding for gun. Cinyumankole, 7, n., oyster. Ciole, 7, n., famine, starvation. Ciombe, 7, n., cassava root, manioc, c. ciampete, dried but unsoaked cassava root. Ciombo, 7, n., copper or iron made into crosses. See note under copper. Cionda, 7, n., emaciation, leanness, thinness, haggardness, di ne or uma followed by c., tO CIONDA— CISUMBU. 321 Cionda {continued). be emaciated, be lean, be thin, be haggard, waste away, Ciondo, 7, w., a drum made by hollowing out a log. Ciono, 7, w., a snore, sound or noise or roar or report of wind or rain or falls, Cioto, 7, M., clan, tribe, nation, race. See TRIBE. Cisabatu, 7, n.{from Portuguese), shoe, boot. Cisabu, 7, n., ford, ferry, crossing, passage, place where landing is made for ferry. Clsabukilu, 7, w., ford, ferry, passage of a stream, crossing, place where landing is made at a ferry. Cisaki, 7, w., twig. Cisaku, 7, n., comb (for hair). Cisala, 7, n., brushwood, brush, Cisalu, 7, n., market, sale, Cisamba, 7, »., clan, nation, tribe, race. -a c. cikuabo, foreign, of another tribe. muena c. cikuabo, a foreigner See TRIBE. Cisambu, 7, n., yam (wild), Cisambusambu, 7, w., a shelter thrown up hastily. Cisamuinu, 7, w., comb (for hair). Cisanga, 7, n., island. Cisangi, 7, «., bunch or hand of bananas or plantains. Cisanji, 7, n., harp, organ, harmo- nium, a musical instrument. The common native instru- ment bearing this name is made by fastening small pieces of iron of different lengths to a piece of wood which has been hollowed out. Cisasa, 7, loft. Cisasa, 7, n., crawfish. Cisasankala, 7, «., crawfish. Cls6ba, 7, n., skin, hide, leather. Ciseke, 7, «., convulsion, fit, epileptic fit, spasm, insensi- bility or unconsciousness from fit or convulsion, fua or haluka with c., to faint, have a fit or convulsion or spasm, be unconscious or. insensible from fit or con- vulsion, swoon. See note under cifuidixe. Cisenze, 7, n., a garden or patch made in the swamp or marsh in dry season. Cisi, 7, «.(Eng.), cheese. Cisikit, 7, w.(Eng.), biscuit. Cisonso, 7, n.{pl. generally used), dirt, trash, filth, impurity, refuse, debris, rubbish, stuff, waste, garbage, weeds. Cisoso, 7, n.{pl. generally used), tall grass used in covering houses. Cisote, 7, n., chaff. Cisu, 7, n., blossom, bloom, flower. Cisua, 7, n., nest of fowl. Cisuasua, 7, w., want, wish, desire. There is generally the idea of being uncertain as to what one really wants. § 356 {g). Cisuba, 7, n., tuft of hair. Cisui, 7, n., axe. kasui(dfmm.), hatchet. Cisuka, 7, n., a long basket. Cisuku, 7, n., tall grass. -a c., wild (as animal). Cisululu, 7, n., sweat, perspiration, hatuka or tuka with c., to sweat, perspire. Cisulusulu, 7, n., lung. Cisumba, 7. n., trading (buying and selling), muena c., trader, merchant. Cisumbu, 7, n., crowd, assembly, concourse, congregation, band, bunch, sheaf, bundle, pack, package, roll, company, class, group, drove, flock, herd, host, meeting, multitude, swarm, throng, party, society, lua c., to assemble, come to- gether, congregate. 322 CISUNA— CIXI. Cisuna, 7, vagiiia(?). ^ Cisuiisukila, 7, n., crumb. Cisusu, 7, n., fist. kuma or tua or tuta with c., to strike or hit a blow with fist. Citabala, 7, n., wakefulness, lala c., not to sleep well, keep awake, be sleepless, be wakeful. Citadilu, 7, n., porch, veranda. Citaku, 7, n., base, bottom, butt end, rear end, hind part, stern. Citalu, 7, n., corpse, dead body of person, carcass. Citambala, 7, n., a small piece or strip of cloth less than a fathom, towel, rag. c. cia ha mesa, napkin, serviette. Citanda, 7, n., an open shed. Citandi, 7, n., a child about three or four years old. Citanga, 7, w., a circle or ring (as dancers). Citedi, 7, n.{pl. generally used), joke, jest, humor, fun. ela bitedi, to joke, have fin with, jest with. Citekuteku, 7, n., a kind of greens. Citelele, 7, n., chilliness, coldness, coolness, shade, dampness, moisture, wetness, humidity, di ne c., to be chilly, be cold, be cool, be damp, be moist, be wet, be humid. Some say citalele. Citema, 7, n., used as card, num., nine. Citila, 7, n., cock, rooster, male of fowl. c. cibedi, first cock to crow in the morning. ha bitila, at cockcrowmg, early morning. Citokatoka, 7, w., albino. §365 (g). Citonga, 7, w., gourd cut crosswise. Citu, 7, n., stinginess, parsimony, selfishness, meanness as result stinginess. -a c., stingy, parsimonious, selfish, mean. Some say citue. Citudilu, 7, n., blacksmith shop, smithy. Cituha, 7, n., a bit or small piece or division or part or fragment or portion or section cut off, a short time, minute, moment, short while, before long. -a c., low, short, runty, stunted, kosa bituha, to cut into pieces, muntu wa c., a dwarf, under- sized person, runt. Contrast with cihesu. Cituka, 7, n., the waist. Ciula, 7, 11., toad. Ciululu, 7, n., cloud (not dark or heavy). Ciin. a, 7, n.{pl. generally used), ;^cods, fortune, wealth, stuff, possessions, property, means, riches, substance, mammon. -a biuma, rich, wealthy. Ciuxa, 7, n., abscess, boil, ulcer, bubo. Civuadi, 7, n., pot, kettle, vessel, frying-pan. Cixaxi, 7, n., mat made by the Bakuba. Cixi, 7, n., anger, wrath, indigna- tion, bad humor, vexation, passion, fierceness, ferocity, rage, fury, madness, grief, melancholy, sadness, sorrow, penitence, regret, remorse, di ne c. or nnva c. or ufua c. or kuaeika c. or c. as subj. of kuata, to be angry, be mad, be aggravated, be indignant, be irritable, be ferocious, be fierce, be raging, be furious, be vexed, be worried, be an- noyed, be provoked, be in a passion, be sad, be melan- choly, be sorry, be sorrowful, regret, repent, pine, kuaeixa or ufuixa with c., to make angry or mad or indig- nant, displease, enrage, anger, annoy, exasperate, aggravate, worry, provoke, throw into a passion, irritate, tease, tanta- CIXI— DIA. 323 Cixi {continued). lize, torment, trouble, vex, sadden. Ctxi, 7, w., insect, bee, fly, bug, caterpillar, worm, creeping thing, gnat. Cixiba, 7, w., whistle, flute. Cixibiku, 7, w., anything used to stop up or shut up, cork, cover, lid, stopper. Cixiki, 7, w., door-post, post in wall of house. Cixikidilu, 7, w., destination, end, limit, termination, terminus. Cixikixiki, 7, n., dregs, sediment. PI. generally used. Cixiku, 7, n., disobedience, insub- ordination, stubbornness, ob- stinacy, heedlessness, refrac- toriness, wilfulness, negligence, neglectfulness. -a c., disobedient, insubordinate, stubborn, obstinate, heedless, refractory, unmanagable, un- ruly, intractable, wilful, negli- gent, neglectful. Cixiluxilu, 7, n., fern. Cixondu, 7, n., snapping of the finger. tuta c., to snap the finger. Ciyuya, 7, w., warmth, heat, tepid- ness, lukewarmness, c. cia mi, steam, di ne c., to be warm, be tepid, be lukewarm. Cizubu, 7, n., bark, shuck, hull, husk, peel, skin, rind, shell of egg or nut or seed or terrapin. D. Di, 5, n.{pl. is me), word, direc- tion, message, command, order, ordinance, command- ment, exhortation, informa- tion, news, proclamation, dis- course, statement, assertion, sound of music, speech voice, echo {with the verbs elekexa or idikixa). Di {continued). -a d. dimue, reliable, trust- worthy, truthful, consistent, amba d., to deliver a message, issue a proclamation or decree, ambuluxa or ambulula or ban- dixa or kalexa with d., to raise the voice, talk louder, d. dikise, high tone or voice, d. dinine, low tone, bass voice, d. as sub], of hata or xibala, to be hoarse. hunga d., to make an agreement or covenant or contract, tekexa or huekexa with d., to lower the voice. tumina muntu d., to send a person a message. Di, inter jec., see § 437 {b). Di, 5, n.{pl. is me), heart. Di, vi., to be, exist. d. ne, to have, possess, own, contain. d. ne with bundu or bunvu, to be ashamed, be bashful, be mortified, etc. d. ne cixi, to be angry, be mad, etc. d. newith difu or dimi, to be with child. d. neluoxi, to be vicious (as dog), d. ne muoyo, to be alive, be living. d. with mua and infin., to be able, can, be capable, be possi- ble, be qualified, be compe- tent, have power to. d. with Locatives Suffixed, to be alive, be present. § 320. The neg. is ena. Di, 5, n.{pl. is mai), egg. ela d., to lay an egg. The dimin. is kai. Dia, vt., to eat, consume, devour, subsist on. -a kudia, edible, bia kudia, food, victuals, nour- ishment, meal. d. bukelenge, to become chief, succeed to chiefship. 324 DTA— DIBEXI. Dia {continued). d. cinana, to squander, to ex- haust, to spend, to waste, d. luhiku, to bet, wager, d. maxinde, to graze. Diacimue, 5, n., used as adv., at one time, at the same time, simulta- neously. § 95 (b), Rem. 2. Diaha, 5, 71^ shoulder. Diakamue, 5, n., used as adv., once, one time, at the same time, simultaneously. § 95 (ft), Rem. I. Diala, 5, n., place for throwing rubbish, dunghill. Dialu, 5, n., magic, riddle, puzzle, enigma, sleight-of-hand trick, muena d., magician. Diamba, 5, n., Indian hemp. This is smoked by the natives with injurKAs effect. Diarnbedi, 5, n., used as adv., long ago, before, in advance, first, foremost, beforehand, in old times, once upon a time, re- mote or distant times, long since, long time ago. amba d. bualii kabui buanze kulua, to foretell, prophesy, predict. sungula d., to foreordain, pre- destinate. Dianda, v., to run against. Diangana, v.{withmen\i, teeth), to grit or grind or gnash the teeth, d. mukana, to move the lips without speaking. Dianjila, v., to be or do or go in advance or before, anticipate, come or do first or previously, be forward or foremost in doing, lead the way, precede, d. kuenza, to invent, d. kumona, to discover. This word is joUowed by in 'fin. May also be spelled dianxila. Dianva, 5, n., an ear of Indian corn or maize. The pi. is used to express quantity either of ears or shelled corn. Diata, v., to step, tread, tramp, d. mu dikusa, to step on, tread on, tramp on, trample on. Diba, 5, 7 i.(pl. is meba), sun; has secondary meanmg of clock, watch. d. dia hankuci or d. as subj. of jalama, noon, midday, d. dicidiku, there is plenty of time. d. with ki? or hanyi? what time ? what o’clock ? when? what hour ? d. as subj. oj uhuka, afternoon, evening. d. as subj. oj kumbana, to be time for. Dibala, 5, n., bald head. Dibamba, 5, w., scale of fish. Dibaudala, 5, n., flag. Dibanza, 5, n., debt, account, d. as subj. oj kuata, to owe a debt, lit., a debt has caught one. di ne or angata with d. dia, to be in debt to, owe. enza d., to incur a debt, fucila d., to make atonement for. ha d., to credit. Dibanzixa, 5, n., the act of bring- ing the bride to the home of the bridegroom. bidia bia d., marriage or wedding feast. Dibaxi, 5, «., spot, speck, dot. ' di ne mabaxi, to be spotted, be speckled, be variegated, ena ne mabaxi, to be spotless, be unspotted. Dibedi, 5, n., sickness, disease, malady, illness, pain, affliction, bad health, pang, suffering. See disama. Dibele, 5, n., breast, udder, teat, mutu wa d. or lusongo lua d., nipple of breast. Note that the pi. means milk as well as breasts. Dibexi, 5, 7 i., leaf of tree or book, page, sheet of paper, blade of grass. DIBIKA— DIFUNKA. 325 Dibika, x/.(Buk., I5^ pers. sing.), used in greeting and salutation. See SALUTATION. Diblya, 5, n., board, plank. muena niablya, carpenter, saw- yer. Dibodio, 5, n., pouch of animal, crop of fowl. Diboko, 5, n., arm of person, fore leg or front leg of quad- ruped. d. dia bakuxi, left arm. d. dia balumi, right arm. d. dia with cikowela or cin- kutu, sleeve. Dibondo, 5, n., a kind of palm. Dibotc, 5, «., banana, either whole bunch or single fruit. Dibu, 5, n., lump, clod. Dibuba, 5, n., blister or lump made by fire or hot water. Dibuba, 5, «., cloud. Dibue, 5, n., stone, rock, flint, bead, slate. d. dia kunuona, grindstone, d dia uvula, hailstone, muci wa d., slate-pencil. Dibue, 5, n , the most common species of oil palm. Dibui, 5, n., wasp-nest (made of mud). Dibuka, 5, marriage, matrimony, wedding, wedlock, d. as subj. of fua, to be divorced, lit., the marriage is dead, xiha d., to divorce, to break the marriage. ya ku d., to marry (used only of the woman). Dibulu, 5, n., ball (of rubber), lump (of salt, earth, etc.). Dibulunge, 5, n., ball, globe, sphere. -ad., round, spherical. From bulunga, to be round. Dibumba, 5, n., clay or earth for making pots. Dibungi, 5, n., fog, mist. Dici, 5, n.(pl. is meci), day. See dituku. Dicu, 5, n., ear. nyongo’a d., drum of ear. telexa niacu, to attend, listen, be attentive. Didiba, 5, n., native cloth made from the fibre of palm leaves, kuma d., to weave. Didinga, 5, n.{pl. is madingi), lie, falsehood, untruth, hypocri- sy, untruthfulness, unrelia- bleness. -a madingi, unreliable, untruth- ful. muena madingi, liar, hypocrite, fraudulent person. Dieba, 5, n., thorn, bone of fish (generally the rib). Dieleka, vi., to agree, match, con- form to, correspond to, be adapted to, be • itable, be alike, be even, be proper, be similar, be same kind or species or variety, fit, suit, be enough or adequate or suffi- cient, suflEice, be exact. neg. means to be unlike, differ, be different, be divers, be diverse, vary, be insufficient or inadequate. Diese, 5, n., fortune, good luck, di ne d., fortunate, lucky, ena ne d., unfortunate, unlucky. Difu, 5, n., abdomen, stomach, belly, perhaps womb. -a mu d., the family of. d. dia mukolo, calf of leg. di ne d., to be with child, be pregnant. imita d., to conceive, tula, d., to abort, miscarry. Difuanda, 5, n., gunpowder. Difuka, 5, n., handful, a small pile or heap (such as can be held in the two hands). Difukenya, 5, n., loose sand, dirt Difuku, 5, n., day. See dituku. Difuma, 5, n., spear, lance. Difunka, 5, n., two fathoms of cloth (4 yds.), one half of a piece. 326 DIFUTU— DIKANDA. Difutu, 5, n., pay, salary, pay- ment, remuneration, reward, compensation, earnings, wage, wages, anything due, bribe, fee, fine, penalty, expense, angata d., to earn, bandixa d., to advance wages, huekexa d., to decrease wages. Diha, 5, 71 ., benevolence, charity, liberality, generosity, unselfish- ness. -a d., liberal, generous, un- selfish, benevolent, d. dia luse, alms. Dihaha, 5, n., deafness. 7/ perso 7 i is deaf in one ear use siiig., if in both ears use pi. -a niahaha, deaf. Dihahi, 5, n., papaw. From Eng. Dihahu, 5, n., wing. Dihanda, 5, n., a kind of palm. Dihangu, 5, 7 i., exhaustion, fatigue, weakness, tiredness, weariness, faintness. Sometimes spelled dihungi. Dihasa, 5, 11., used in ph. muana wa mahasa, to mean twin. Dihembu, 5, n.{pl. is generally used), smell, odor, scent. May be good or bad odor. Dihi, 5, n., a blow with open hand, slap, smack. tua or kuma or tuta with d., to stri e or hit with open hand, slap, smack, spank. Dihi, 5, n., razor. Dihilu, 5, n., rafter. Dihoko, 5, n., notch. Dihondo, 5, n., knot of stick. Dihu, 5, n., knot of stick. Dihula, 5, 71 ., honeycomb, bees- wax, wax. Dihusa, 5, n., wadding for gun. Diinyi, 5, n., leaf of tree or book, page, sheet of paper, blade of grass. Diinyi, 5, 7 t., fat or grease of animal, oil. laba minyi, to grease, minyi a ngombe, butter. Diinyi {continued). The sing, is used to express either a small quantity of fat or the unrendered fat, whereas the pi. expresses the idea either of a large quantity of fat or the rendered oil or grease. Dijimba, 5, n., pit for catching animals. Dijimbu, 5, n., magic, riddle, puz- zle, enigma, sleight-of-hand trick. muena d., magician. May be spelled dixinibu. Dijinga, vi., to be entangled, i.e., to entangle one’s self. Dijita, 5, n., knot of string (gener- ally a hard knot). Dika, vi., to pass or go by or ahead of. Dikaci, 5, n., honeycomb, beeswax, wax. Dikadi, 5, a kind of palm. Dikaka, 5, 7 i., pineapple. Dikaia, 5, 7 i., charcoal, coal of fire. Dikalu, 5, n.{from Portuguese), \vheel. Ge 7 ierally used of the stern -wheel of steamers. Dikama, 5, n., paw or foot of animal, such as dog, cat, etc.; track or trace or trail or print of the paw; footprint. londa makama, to track, trace, trail. Dikaniakama, 5, n., impoliteness, shamelessness, effrontery, im- modesty, impertinence, sauci- ness, arrogance, impudence, in- decency, ingratitude, ungrate- fulness, audacity, disrespect, irreverence. -a d., arrogant, saucy, immodest, shameless, impertinent, disre- spectful, impudent, indecent, ungrateful, audacious, impolite, irreverent. ena d., to be modest, be humble. Dikanda, 5, n., strength, energy force, might, ability. PI. generally used. DIKANDA— DILA. 327 ■ Dikanda, 5, n., a snarl, growl. ela makanda, to growl, snarl. PL generally used. Dikangala, 5, w., guinea-fowl. Dikeha, 5, w., shoulder-blade. Dikela, 5, «., a hole through some- thing, a leak, rent, perfora- tion; hence a window, tubuka d., to spring a leak. Dikela, 5,-W., egg. ela d., to lay an egg. IM: Dikengexa, 5, w., punishment, chas- y tisement, suffering, retribution. m Dikenka, 5, n., light or brightness K of fire or moon, moonlight. H From v. kenka. ■m Dikiki, 5, w., eyebrow. S Dikima, 5, n., bravery, courage, jS fortitude, boldness, valor. di ne or teka with d. to be brave, be fearless, be courageous, be daring, be bold, be valiant. Dikixa, vt., to let pass by. Dikiya, 5 n., shoulder. Dikoba, 5, w., skin of human body. Dikodi, 5, n., phlegm. PI. gener- ally used. Dikoko, 5, «., deformity in the back, humpback. Dikolo, 5, site of deserted village. Dikoyabolo, 5, n., ankle bone. Diku, 5, n., cola nut (eaten with palm wine). Diku, 5, n.{pl. meku), fireplace, hearth. Diku, 5, w., a kind of palm. Dikubakuba, 5, n., clap of thunder, uvula as subj. oj kuma and d. as obj., to thunder (clap). Dikubu, 5, n., a kind of grub worm (edible). Dikuha, vi., to flap about (as cloth in the wind), swing, sway, vibrate, wave to and fro, oscillate. Dikukumina, 5, n., stuttering, stammering, impediment in speech. muena d., stammerer, stutterer. Dikumbi, 5, n, umbrella. d. dia bulobo, railway train, d. dia mi, steamer, steamboat, vessel, ship. nxila wa dikumbi dia bulobo, railway track. Dikumbu, 5, w., large basket with top made by Zappo Zapps. Dikumi, used as card, num., ten. Dikunga, vi., to assemble, come together, congregate. Dikunxi, 5, «., leg of table or chair, pillar, posts for support of veranda. Dikuonde, 5 n., plantain (whole bunch or single fruit). Dikuonya, vi., to shrink as in fear. Dikusa, 5, n., foot, hammer of gun, trail or trace or mark made by foot, footprint, d. dibi, bad fortune, bad luck, misfortune, mishap, d. dimpe, fortune, good luck, di ne d. dibi, to be unfortunate, be unlucky. di ne d. dimpe, to be fortunate, be lucky. di ne d. kudi muntu, to have favor or influence with a person. kuma d., to stumble, trip, stump the foot. londa makusa, to track, trace, trail. munda mua d., sole of foot, munu munine wa d., great toe. munu wa d., toe. tua d., to kick. Dikusa, 5, n., a rattle used as musical instrument. Dikutu, 5, n.{jrom kuta, to bale), bale, bundle, large package or pack or roll, the canvas or wrapper around a bale. Dila, V., to cry, grieve, wail, w'eep, lament, mourn, pine for, be- wail, bemoan, bawl, bellow, bleat, croak, whine, roar (lion), bray, squeal, tick (watch). 328 DILA— DIMUKA. Dila, 5, n., intestine, entrail, gut; the pi. means bowels, viscera. Dilala, 5, n., lime (fruit). From Lower Congo. Dilala, 5, w., leaf of palm (dikadi and dibondo). These are sewed together and used for covering houses. Dilandi, 5, w., snail. Dilebele, 5, w.(Buk.), jigger. Dilesa, 5, n., a kind of European cloth. Dilesona, 5, w.(Eng.), lesson. Dileta, 5, w.(Eng.), letter of alpha- bet, type. Dilexa, v., to show off one’s self, be pompous, be proud, be haugh- ty, be vain, strut. Dilobo, 5, n., ford, ferry, passage or crossing of stream, place where landing is made at a ferry. Dilolo, 5, n., afternoon, evening, bidia bia d., supper, dinda to ne d., all day long. Dilonga, 5, n.{perhaps jrom Lower Congo), dish, plate, pan, basin, bowl, saucer. Dilongexa, 5, «., catechumen class, muena d., catechumen, mukanda wa d., catechism. Dilu, 5, n.{pl. ts melu), nose, muxuku wa d., nostril. Dilu, 5, w., dream, vision. lata d., to dream, have a vision. Dilunda, 5, n., mountain peak. Dima, 5, n.{pl. is mema), clay or earth used in making pots. Dima, v., to hoe, cultivate, dig or cut up grass with hoe, work, labor, toil, till. See note under labor. Dimata, 5, n., drop of water. Dimba, ■y/.(Buk.), to tell a lie or falsehood or untruth, be false, deceive, beguile, trick, bear false witness, fabricate, entice by lying. Dimbila, v^.(Buk.), to tell a false- hood or lie on one, bear false witness against, accuse falsely. Dimbixa, ‘z;.(Buk.), to feign, pre- tend, profess. Dime, 5, n., dew. Dimeme, 5, n., sweetness to taste, -a d., sweet. Dimi, 5, n.{pl. wmemi), womb(?). Perhaps same meaning as dif u. di lie d., to be with child, be pregnant. imita d., to conceive. Diminu, 5, n., seed; hence second- ary meaning of fruitfulness, fecundity. di ne d., to be fertile, be pro- ductive (as male or female in producing young), be fruitful, be prolific, be fecund. This word generally has the idea oj seed for planting. Diminu, 5, n., throat. kuata ha d., to choke (as food), strangle. taluxa or holexa with ha d., to satisfy or slake or appease or quench thirst. Dimoma, 5, «., fruit. mamoma a kuenza n’a followed by vinyo or maluvu a mputu, grapes. This word is used only with ref- erence to such fruits as grow on trees or shrubs, it can therefore not be applied to bananas or plantains or pineapples. Dimoma, 5, n., rust, corrosion, kuata d., to rust, be rusty, cor- rode. Dimpompo, 5, n., drop of water. Dimuka, vi., to be on one’s guard, be wary, be warned, be cau- tioned, beware, take heed, take precaution, be prudent, be cun- ning, be wily, be sagacious, be sharp, be shrewd, be skilful, be sly, be subtle, be vigilant, watch out, look out, be wise, be on the alert, be artful. DIMJKE— DIOLOLA. 329 Dimuke, adj.(p.p. jrom dimuka), crafty, cunning, sly, wily, wary, prudent, sagacious, sharp, shrewd, skilful, subtle, vigilant, wise, artful, cautious. Dimuxa, vt., to caution, warn, put on one’s guard, inform, ad- monish, counsel, make aware, forewarn. Dina, vi., to dive, sink, plunge down in, Dina, 5, n.{pl. wraena), hole in the ground, pit. Dina, 5, n.(pl. is mena), name, d. diaci ncinganyi ? what is its name ? d. diebi nganyi ? what is your name? Dinana, v., to stretch one’s self. Dinanga, 5, n., affection, love, de- votion. Dinaya, 5, n., game, play. Dincese, 5, n., match. This word is colloq. jrom Eng. match. § 55, Rem. 2, Note 2, Dinda, 5, n., early in the morning, about sunrise, little after dawn, soon in the morning, bidia bia d., breakfast, butuku to ne d., all night long, d. to ne dilolo, all day long, d. to ne ku munda munya, forenoon. Dinga, vt., to tell a lie or falsehood or untruth, be false, deceive, beguile, trick, bear false wit- ness, fabricate, entice by lying. Dingila, vt., to tell a lie or false- hood on one, bear false witness against, accuse falsely. Dingiia, v., to aim (gun). Dingixa, v., to feign, pretend, pro- fess. Dingonge, 5, n., a large beetle. Dingulunge, 5, n., a wasp. Dinkidingila, 5, n., gizzard. Sometimes pronounced dinku- lungila. Dintanta, 5, n., impertinence, im- politeness, sauciness, impu- Dintanta {continued). dence, immodesty, shameless- ness, indecency, ingratitude, ungratefulness, disrespect, ar- rogance, effrontery, audacity, irreverence. -a d., immodest, shameless, im- pertinent, saucy, impudent, impolite, indecent, ungrateful, disrespectful, arrogant, auda- cious, irreverent, ena ne d., to be modest, be humble. Dintonya, 5, n., bend, crook, curve. Dintumbu, 5, n., gizzard. Dinu, 5, n.{pl. menu), tooth, diangana or zekexa with menu, to grit or grind the teeth, di ne menu, to be sharp (as knife). disama dia d., toothache, fua menu, to be dull, ku menu, the sharp edge of a knife. xiha menu, to make dull. Dinung, ■y.(Bukuba, istpers. sing.), used in greeting or salutation. See SALUTATION. Dinunganyi, 5, n.(pl. generally used), whisper, undertone, a low noise, murmur, faint sound. Dinungu, 5, n., joint, d. dia munu, knuckle. Dinyongele, 5, n., milleped (long black worm found in forests). Dinyungixa, v., reflex., to shake one’s self. Dinyungu, 5, n., dizziness, faint- ness, giddiness. di ne d., to be dizzy, be faint, be giddy. d. dia mi, whirlpool. Diodiono, adv., at once, directly, immediately, instantly, before long, now, presently, soon, forthwith. Diolola, V. reflex., to stretch one’s self. 330 DIOTO— DITAMBA. Dioto, 5, n., a skin disease which appears as w’hitish patches on the neck, arms and chest. Diowa, V., rejiex., to hang one’s self, to commit suicide by hanging. Dio.xi, 5, n., pumpkin. ^vlay be spelled dioji. Disaba, 5, n., game, play. Disama, 5, «., sickness, disease, malady, illness, pain, affliction, bad health, pang, suffering, d. dia dinu, toothache. Disanga, vi., to assemble, come together, congregate, meet to- gether, gather together. Disangu, 5. n.{pl- generally used), fork or meeting place of rivers or paths, junction, confluence. Disanka, 5, n., pride, haughtiness, conceit, vanity; we have also another class oj meanings such as contentment, happiness, joy, pleasure, gladness. Disanza, 5, class, group, crowd, assembly. Disasakata, 5, «., impatience restlessness. Diseke, 5, w., bridge made of creepers. Dlsele, 5, n., a tall coarse grass. Disemba, w.(Eng.), December. Disilabel, 5, w.(Eng.), syllable. Disohokela, vi., the accidental or unintentional discharging of a gun or springing of a trap. Sometimes pronounced disuhu- kila. Disoka, 5, w., noose for catching rats. Disoladi, 5, n.(Jroni Portuguese), soldier. masoladi(/»/.), army. Disongo, 5, n., sharpened stick or stake fastened in pit to impale animals. Disonguela, v., to confess, own up, acknowledge one’s guilt. Disoso, 5, w., hole punched through something, a leak, rent, per- foration. Disoso {continued). tiibuka d., to spring a leak, tubula d., to bore a hole, pierce through. Disu, 5, n.{pl. mesu), eye of body or of needle, germ or embryo of seed, nipple of gun. d. dia mbote, buttonhole, d. dia nsahi, keyhole, di ku mesu, to look, appear, seem , to be before one’s face; as, cilulu cidi cimpe ku mesu, the cloth appears to be good, ku mesu kua, in the presence of. mesu {pi.), visage, tonkena or ondela with mu d., to show' white of the eye as insult. uma mud., to be immodest, be shameless, be indecent, be obscene. Disua, vi., to boast, brag, be haughty, be proud, be con- ceited, be impertinent, be im- pudent, be insolent, be immod- est, be shameless, be saucy, be selfish, be vain, vaunt one’s self, be arrogant, be auda- cious, be egotistical, be pomp- ous. neg. means to be humble, be modest. Disua, 5, n., love, affection, devo- tion. Disua, 5, n., nest of birds, rats etc. Disundu, 5, n., fist. kuma or tua or tuta with d., to strike or hit a blow with fist. Disungu, 5, «., abscess, boil, sw’elling, ulcer. Ditadi, 5, «. (Lower Congo), slate, muci wa d., slate-pencil. Ditaku, 5, n., buttock. Ditala, 5, n., an ear of Indian corn or maize. The pi. is used to express quantity either oj ears or shelled corn. Ditama, 5, n., cheek. Ditamba, 5, arm of tree, branch, bough, limb. DITAMBUE— DIXIBA. 331 Ditambue, 5, a small rodent. Ditanda, 5, bench or seat made of palm ribs. Ditemena, vi., to give forth hght, gleam, shine, glow. Ditende, 5, «., cannon. Ditenge, 5, n., buttock. Ditete, 5, grain of corn or millet or salt, seed. Ditetembue, 5, n., wasp. Ditoba, 5, w., spot, speck, dot. di He matoba, to be spotted, be speckled, be variegated, ena ne matoba, to be spotless, be unspotted. Ditonte, adj.(p.p. of tonta, to bend), to be deformed or bent, be humpbacked. Ditonya, V., to fold or bend (as one’s legs in sitting man-fashion). Ditu, 5, n.{pl. metu), bush, forest, wood or woods. nyuma wa muitu (§ 47, Rem.), wild animal. Ditu, 5, n., ear. See dicu. Ditua, 5, n., small black ant-hill, Dituaya, 5, n.(Jrom Portuguese), towel. Dituku, 5, w., day. -amatuku onso, immortal, ever- lasting. d. dia Santa Klas, Christmas Day. d. ki ? when ? what day ? matuku followed by a ku mpala or a kumudilu, hereafter, henceforth, future, matuku bungi munyi? what age? how old? how long? matuku male, long time, long while. matuku mihi, short time, short while. matuku onso or ku d. ku d., always, ceaselessly, constantly, continually, endlessly, eternity, eternally, ever, forever, in- cessantly, perpetually, daily, day by day, habitually. Dituku {continued). matuku onso with neg. v., never again. For days of the week see Eng.- B.L. under week. Ditula, 5, n., a species of snake. Ditumba, 5, n., corner of house, angle. Ditunga, 5, n., village, town, city. See musoko. Ditungu, 5, w., grain of corn, seed. Dituta, V. reflex., to run against. Ditutu, 5, 11., cloud. Diula, vt., to condemn, denounce, censure, not to praise, re- nounce, deny, disown, neglect. Diula, V., to tear off one’s loin cloth. Diulu, 5, n., sky, firmament, heavens. -a d., celestial, heavenly, hankuci ha d., zenith. Diulu, 5, «., nose, muxuku wa d., nostril. Diunda, vi., to grow, grow large or stout, get fat or corpulent, increase in size, develop, wax (moon). Diundixa, vt., to add to, broaden, widen, enlarge, fatten, in- crease, exaggerate. Diunguixa, vi., to assemble, come together, congregate, meet to- gether, gather together. Divuala, 5, n., wave (water), billow'. Divunga, v. reflex., to fold or bend one’s arms or legs. D!xa, vt., to feed, nourish, keep, rear, give to eat, bring up. This word when followed by the abstract name of the office has the idea of elect, appoint to oflBce, confer office on, make. Dili, 5. n.{pl. mexi), caterpillar, w’orm. These are edible. Dixia, 5, n., generally used as prep. across, opposite side of, over. It is generally preferable to add the ph. dia muamua. Dixiba, 5, n., lake, pond, inland sea. 332 DIXIHA— ELA. Dixiha, v. reflex., to commit suicide. Dixikamina, w., to sit alone. The p.p. means free, not a slave; as, muntu mudixikamine, a freeman, free-born person. Dixima, 5, n.{pl. is maximi), lie, falsehood, untruth, fraud, hy- pocrisy, untruthfulness, unre- liableness. -a maximi, unreliable, untruth- ful. muena maximi, liar, hypocrite, fraudulent person. Dixina, 5, n., she-goat. One which has borne young. Dixinda, vi., to fall down (as per- son tripping the foot). Dixinde, 5, n., stalk or blade of grass (the common short va- riety), weed, dia maxinde, to graze. Dixindi, 5, n., large black ant. They move in a line two or three yards in length. Dixonde, 5, n., small yellow fruit growing on the plain. Diyoyo, 5, n., trouble, tumult, dis- turbance, noise, report, quar- rel, row, wrangle, wrangling, sound of noise, uproar, commo- tion, fuss, hubbub, riot. -a d., noisy, quarrelsome, kosexa or xikixa with d., to quell, hush, quiet, still, lekela d., to stop the noise, be quiet, be still. teka d., to disturb, make trouble or palaver, raise a tumult. E. E, adv., yes. Ebexa, vt., to ask a question, con- sult, enquire, examine, inter- rogate, question, demand (ask a question). e. muoyo, to give compliments or regards or salutation or greeting or respects, salute. Ebexa {continued). greet, hail, say adieu or fare- well or good-bye. Ebi, poss. pro., your, yours, thy, thine. §§ 133, 135. Ehela, v., to dodge. Ehuka, vi., to get or move out of the way, turn aside or out of the path in order to pass or to permit another to pass, glance off. Some say ahuka. Ehula, vt., to pull out, knock out (as tooth). Some say abula. Eku, adv., here, hence, hither. § 163, Note 3. Ela, vt., to cast, throw, pitch, blow (any wind instrument). e. bila, to cheer, shout, cry ol alarum. e. bitedi, to joke, have fun with, jest with. e. bukanda, to give an enema, e. citufu, to plot or plan secretly, have secret consulation or deliberation or conference. e. cingoma, to fire or shoot a gun. e. cingoma hanxi, to miss aim (gun). e. dikela, to lay an egg. e. lubata, to argue, disagree, have a controversy or discus- sion or contention, differ in view, dispute, quarrel, wrangle, debate. e. with lungenyi or mexi or lukanyi or mucima, to think, conceive, muse, consider, de- liberate, meditate, reason, re- flect, ponder. e. with luximinyinyu or lusu- muinu or muanu, to tell or narrate a fable or story or parable. e. makanda, to growl or snarl (as dog). e. mate {or the sing, lute), to spit, expectorate. ELA— ENDA. 333 Ela {continued). e. minyi, to anoint, e. muau, to yawn, gape, e. mucima, to covet, long for, yearn for, think about, e. with rauhanu or muklya, to put on pants or trousers, e. muhuya, to blow the breath, expire. e. mukandu, to make a pro- hibitive law. e. mukete, to shoot an arrow, e. mukiya, to gird up the loins, tuck up the cloth, e. mukosa, to interfere in one’s business, oppose, withstand, e. mukuekue, to cackle, e. mulau, to curse, doom, damn, wash ill to, anathematize, e. mu lukanu, to fetter, chain, put in chains. e. munda, to run off at the bowels, have diarrhoea, e. muosa, to whistle, e. muoyo, to expect, look for, hope for, give respects or com- pliments or salutation or greet- ing, salute, greet, hail, say adieu or farewell or good-bye. e. muxa, to break wind, e. ngonga, to ring a bell, e. nsahi, to lock, e. nxobo, to gamble by tossing seeds or other objects, e. nyaci, to sneeze, e. nyima, to turn one’s back on one. Elangana, v. {derived from ela). e. luhata {or pi. mpata), to argue, disagree, have a con- troversy or discussion, differ in view, dispute, quarrel, wran- gle, debate. e. with lungenyi or mexi or lukanyi or mucima, to think about, consider, deliberate, conceive, meditate, reason, re- flect, muse, ponder. Elekexa, vt., to try, test, attempt. Strive, make an effort or trial. Elekexa {continued). endeavor, compare, illustrate, liken, make even or exact or the same or similar or like or alike, make to fit or suit, adapt to, match, take aim, aim (gun), measure, take dimension, copy, emulate, imitate, mimic, mock, examine. di(5), as subj. of e., to echo, e. bujitu, to weigh, e. kufunda muntu, to draw a picture of a person, e. lubilu, to run a race. Elele, interjec., see § 437 (/). Ema, vt., to cut incision in palm tree so that the sap can flow out, tap, get wine. Emu, adv., here (inside), hence, hither. § 163, Note 3. Ena, w., not to be. This word is the common neg. of di and other verbs meaning to be. § 206, Rem. Only a few of the more com- mon expressions with ena are here given: e. mua kubala, to be countless, be innumerable. e. mua followed by infin., to be impossible, be unable, be in- competent, be incapable, e. mua kuenza cintu, to be harmless. e. ne, not to have, be out of, lack, be destitute of, be with- out, be wanting, need, be de- ficient, be inadequate, be in- sufficient. e. with bukale or ngulu, to be delicate, be not strong, e. ne with matoba or mabaxi, to be spotless. e. with Locatives Suffixed^ to be absent, be away. § 320. Enda, vi., to advance, go, pass on, proceed, progress, travel, e. buenyi, to visit, go visiting, e. ciendenda, to be a tramp or vagabond or vagrant. 334 ENDA— ENZEXA. Enda (continued). e. masandi, to commit adultery or fornication. e. mubande ha kabalu, to ride on horse. e. mu buanda, to ride in a hammock. e. mu mi, to swim (as fish), e. muxinga, to barter, buy and sell, trade, deal in. e, n’andi masandi, to seduce one. e. ne mukolomo, to hop on one foot, go with one knee bent. e. usemena, to go sidewise, e. ivith the pres. part, of zobela or tebuka, to walk lame, limp, muoyo as subj. of e. with the pers. as obj. (or ku muoyo kudi kuenda), to be nauseous, be sick at stomach. Endakana, vi., to walk about, wander about, go about from place to place, roam, stray about, stroll, travel about, itinerate, meander, ramble, e. with lumu as subj., to spread (news). Endangana, v., to have inter- course one with another as in trading, etc. Endela, vt., to court, woo, long after. e. ku eibangu, to walk with a staff. Endexa, vt., to hurry up, hasten, expedite, urge on, make to go. If the idea of haste is implied use also the words lubilu or lukusa. e. ku muoyo, to nauseate, sicken, make sick at the stomach, e. lumu, to spread news. Endulula, vt., when followed by muxinga this word means to go about buying and selling, trade, barter. e. muxinga muimpe, to gain by trading, profit. Enga, vt., to brew, boil or render oil, evaporate (for salt), e. malua, to malt. Engelela, vi., to be bright, glisten, glitter, shine, gleam, sparkle. Engelexa, vt., to brighten, make to glisten or shine. Engula, vt., to skim off. Enguluka, vi., to dissolve, melt, , thaw. Enu, poss. pro., your(/>/.), yours W - §§ 133, 135* Enza, vt., to do, make, form, shape, construct, act, per- form, effect, prepare, produce, accomplish, commit, dianjila kuenza, to invent, e. bibi, to err, do wrong, trans- gress, sin. e. bimpe, to fix. e. diban za, to incur a debt, e. dijimbu, to do sleight of hand trick, conjure. ena niua kuenza cintu, to be harmless. e. mudimu, to work, labor, toil, e. with mu- followed insep. by proper form of amba, to obey, mind, observe, heed, hearken to, be obedient to. § 465. 7 ieg. of e. with mu- followed i?isep. by proper form of amba, to disobey, be disobedient, be heedless, be obstinant, be neg- lectful, be negligent. Enzela, vt., to do for, treat (well ar ill). e. bibi, to injure, harm, perse- cute, do wrong to. e. mudimu, to serve, work for. Enzexa, vt., to help to do, assist, aid, relieve, succor, urge on, hurry or hasten one in doing. If the idea of haste is understood use also the words lubilu or lukusa. e. mudimu, to serve, work for. Note that the idea of helping is generally expressed by the Cau- sative Form of the verb. ETU— FUA. 335 Etu, pass, pro., our, ours. §§ 133, 135* Eya, vi., to rest, be at ease, repose. Eyakana, vi., to breathe rapidly, pant. Eyeka, vt., to leave in pawn, pawn, pledge, to leave as guarantee or pledge or security or surety. Eyeka, vt., to lean something against, to incline or slant against, to set against. Eyela, vi., to breathe, inhale, re- spire, draw the breath. Eyema, vi., to lean against, incline against, slant against. Sometimes pronounced eyama. Eyemexa, vt., to lean against, in- cline against, slant against. Sometimes pronounced eyainexa. Eyo, inter jec., see § 437 (c). F. Febluale, w.(Eng.), February. Fiekela, vt., to squeeze, press. f. nxingu, to choke, throttle, strangle. Fika, vi., to arrive, come to, ex- tend to, reach. f. ha buihi, to draw near to, approach. Fika, vi., to be or become black or blue or dark or green or soiled or dirty. Flke, adj.(p.p. of fika, to be black), black, blue, green, unclean, dirty, soiled, filthy. Fikixa, vt., to blacken, darken, de- file, soil. f. munda, to annoy, aggravate, displease, anger, worry, en- rage, exasperate, irritate, pro- voke, tease, tantalize, torment, trouble, vex. Fikuluka, vi., to become green or blue or any color approaching black. Fikuluke, adj.(p.p. of fikuluka), green, blue, any color ap- proaching black. Fila, vt., to accompany, go along with, attend, bring one on the way, come with, conduct, escort. Fila, vt., to pay over to. Fimba, vt., to make or form or shape (as pots, jars, pottery). Sometimes pronounced fuimba. Fina, vt., to throw down in wrest- ling. Finangana, v., to wrestle. Finda, vi., to be cloudy, threaten rain, lower. Finga, vt., to cover a house, put on roof, thatch. Fingaluka, vi., to dissolve, melt, thaw. Finuka, vi., to fall or slip acci- dentally or unintentionally, escape (as animal when held with the hands), come untied, slip loose, come undone or un- fastened. Finukila, vi., the accidental or un- intentional discharge of a gun, go off accidentally. Finuna, vt., to untie or undo (as a bow knot), unfasten, unloose. Finya, vt., to stuff. Fita, vt., to scratch, make a scratch. Fofa, vi., to be or become blind. Fua, vi., to die, perish, expire, be broken, be unconscious, be insensible, be senseless, f. with cifuidixe or cihuka, to be insensible, be unconscious, faint, swoon, be stunned, be stupefied, smother, f. with ciseke or tungulungu or nkoyi, to have convulsion or spasm or fit, convulse, faint, be insensible or unconscious from convulsion, etc. The word nkoyi is used only of children. t. menu, to be dull (as knife), f. mu mi, to drown, f. mutanta, to be cracked. 336 FUA— FUNGA. Fua {continued). f. ns ala, to be starved, be fam- ished, be faint from hunger, f. with dibuka as subj., to be divorced, lit., the marriage is dead. pres, habitual tense or second pres, actual oj f., to be mortal. neg. of above tenses, to be im- mortal. Fuana, vi., to be like, correspond to, be the same, be of same kind or sort or quality or character or species or variety, be similar, be a mate or match, resemble, be equal, look like, deserve, merit. neg. of 1., to differ, vary, be un- like, be different, be unequal, be uneven, be divers, be di- verse. Fuanangana, vi., to agree, be the same, be alike, conform to, correspond to, be suitable, be adapted to, suit, fit, be mates, match, resemble, be similar, be equal, be even, be proper, be right, be the same kind or sort or quality or character or species or variety, be enough or adequate or sufficient, suffice. 7ieg. of f., to differ, vary, be un- like, be dissimilar, be different, be divers or diverse, be un- equal, be uneven, be unsuit- able, be inadequate or insuffi- cient. Note that f. has chiefly the idea of likeness or similarity, while akanangana has preferably the idea of fitness or adapta- bility. The same holds good with reference to fuana and akana. Fuanyikixa, vt., to make alike or even or equal or like or the same or similar, make to agree or to fit or to suit, match, adapt to. Fuata, vi., to shrink, shrivel up. Fuba, vi., to dry up, wither, wilt, shrivel up, decrease or dimin- ish or reduce in size (as swell- ing). Fubixa, vt., to wither, wilt, dry up. Fucila, vt., to atone for, pay for. 1. dibanza, to make atonement for. Fudika, v., used with mpala, meaning to frown, scow’l, knit the brows. Fue, adj.{p.p. of fua, to die), dead. Fue, adv., slowly, sluggishly, lazily. This word is generally re- peated. Fuila, vt., to die for as substitute, atone. Fuima, vi., used with mninx.i, mean- ing to smokeasf burning wood). Fuka, vt., to create, form, make, shape, invent, f. kabidi, to regenerate. Fula, vt., to forge, form or shape or make by hammering iron, beat out iron. Fula, vt., to degrade, discharge, depose, exclude, expel, turn off or dismiss from employ, send aw'ay, subtract. Some say fula. Fulama, vi., to contract, draw up (as cloth when washed). Fululuka, vi., to rise or arise (as from the dead), come to (after fainting, etc.), be resuscitated or revived after unconsciousness. Fululula, vt., to resurrect, raise to life, bring to, revive or resus citate (after fainting). Fuma, vi., to come from, hail from. Fuma, vt., to sew. Fumba, vt., to make or form or shape (as pots, jars, pottery). Funda, vt., to w'rite, print, mark, ibikixa kufundamuntu, to draw a picture of a person Fundilangana, v., to correspond w’ith or W'rite to one another. Funga, V.. to miss fire (gun), not go off. FUNKUNA— HANDA. 337 Funkuna, vt.^ to point at with finger, indicate, show, root (as pig). Funyina, vt., to threaten, menace. Futa, vt., to pay, remunerate, re- ward, recompense, compen- sate, pay a forfeit, settle a debt, bribe, expend. H. Ha-, insep. sub. conj., after, when, as soon as, as, while, directly, till, until., § 458. Ha, loc. prep., on, down on, off from, upon. § 424 (3). ha bu- {joined insep. with pass, pro., § 186), of its kind, by one’s self, alone, of one kind ... of another kind. ha mutu ha, on top of, above, over, overhead. Compare with mu, ku, mua, kua. Ha, vt., to give, grant, offer, be- stow, present with, render to. h. buhianyi, to bequeath, endow, leave for heir. h. lungenyi or mexi, to advise, counsel. h. luse, to pity, to take pity on, to show mercy or favor or compassion to, be gracious to, be sorry for, sympathize with, care for. h. mudimu, to hire, engage, em- ploy, give work. h. muoyo, to give compliments or regards or respects or salu- tation or greeting, greet, salute, hail, thank, be thankful to, be grateful to, say farewell or adieu or good-bye. h. followed by name of office, to appoint, give an office to, make, confer office on, elect, enslave; as, bakumuha bukelenge, they made him chief. The infin. kuha means gift, offering, present. Haciacia, adv.{jrom v. cia), very early in the morning, at dawn, daybreak, soon. Hadixa, vt., to make drunk, intoxi- cate. Maluvu is understood. Haha, adv., there, far away, far, yonder, remote, distant, Ithence, thither, beyond. § 163, Note 3. Hahala, v., to flap (as bird its wings in flying). Hakuabo, adv., elsewhere, some- where else. § 370. Hakula, vt., to cut, castrate. Hala, vi., to get or become or go or be crazy or deranged or insane, be demented, be foolish, be mad, be wild, be reckless, be vicious, be violent, be thought- less. h. maluvu, to be drunk or in- toxicated. Hala, vt., to refuse to give to, be selfish or stingy toward. Halumuka, vi., to slip accidentally or unintentionally. Hale, adv., see kule. § 372. Hale, adj.{p.p. of hala, to be crazy), crazy, deranged, de- mented, foolish, mad, in- sane, wild, reckless, thought- less, vicious, violent. Haluka, vi., to have a convulsion or fit or spasm, convulse. Hambuka, vi., to be lost, not know the way, go astray, stray, be confused or bewildered or make a mistake about the path. Hambuxa, vt., to lead astray, mis- guide, mislead. Hamue, odz;.(ha insep. with mue, one), in or on or at the same place, one place. § 79. Hana, vt., to sell, barter. Hanaha, adv., here (on), hence, hither. § 163, Note 2. Handa, vt., to split, cut open, cleave, part (as hair), open (as eyes), tear, rend, saw length- wise, rip, slice, break into (as thief into house). 33^ HANDA— HATUHU. Handa {continued). h. mutanta, to crack (as bottle, etc.). Handa, vi., to come to life or con- sciousness, be saved. Handakanya, vt., to split up, cut up, tear to pieces, demolish (as house). Handalala, vi., to scream (as one in terror), squall, yell, shriek. Handika, vi., to be broken, be rent or torn, split, burst, h. mucima, to be excited, be frightened, be terrified, be horrified, be terrorized, be scared, be shocked, be anxious, shudder, h. mutanta, to be cracked, mukonomuhandike, cloven foot. H andixa, vt., to split, burst. h. mucima, to frighten, horrify, alarm, scare, shock, terrify, terrorize. Handixa, vt., to deliver, defend, res- cue, save, succor, mediate in be- half of, cause to come to life or to consciousness after sickness. Handuka, vi., to escape (as from captivity or from danger), get away, be safe, be saved, be rescued. Handuluka, vi., to branch out, separate, divide, part, diverge. Handulula, vt., to cause to branch into parts, divide, separate, part. Hanga, adv., elsewhere, somewhere else. § 370. Hanga, v., to attempt or make an effort or try or endeavor or strive and then fail, break down, be exhausted, be weak, be fatigued, be tired, be faint, be weary, be worn out, fag, miss aim (gun), forget a per- son, make a mistake in count- ing, omit, overlook, not recog- nize or know a person, give up, succumb, yield, surrender, try in vain. Hanga {continued). neg. oj h., not to give up, perse- vere, be persistent, be importu- nate, be resolute, continue. Hangixa, vt., to make tired, fatigue, break down, tire, weaken, wear out. h. mucima, to dishearten, dis- courage. Hangixangana, vt., to puzzle (with enigmas). Hankuci, loc. adv. or prep., among, in among, the middle, between, half-way, center, midst § 423 (2) {h). diba dia h., noon, midday. h. ha diulu, the zenith. kosa or kala followed by h., to cut half in two. When used as a prep, it is followed by ha. § 423 (3). Hantu, loc. adv., see kuntu. Hanxi, loc. adv., down on the ground, downward. § 423 (2) {b). h. ha, at the bottom of, down on; sometimes has the sense of floor or bottom. § 423 (3). Hanyi, loc. interrog. adv., where? whither? whence? § 381. diba hanyi? what time? what hour? when? what o’clock? Hanza, vt., to borrow (with the in- tention of returning the exact article). Contrast with somba. Hanzixa, vt., to lend or loan or let out (with the idea of returning exact article). Hata, vi., used with di(5) as subj. meaning to be hoarse. Hatuhu, indeclinable word, free, for nothing, gratuitously, with- out cause, worthlessness, zero. -a h., inferior, of no account, worthless, common, of no con- sequence, mean of birth, un- important, of no use, useless. This word is derived from the adj. tuhu, empty, blank. HATUKA— HIDIA. 339 Hatuka, vi., to get out, go or come forth or out, pass out, protrude, stick out, emerge, issue, rise or arise (as sun), be dislocated, vacate, withdraw, evacuate, shed (as tear, feather, hair), h. with cisululu or luanga, to perspire, sweat. kutu diba diahatuka or kutu kuahatuka diba, east, i.e., where the sun rises. Hatula, vt., to cast out, drive out, turn out, eject, chase out, put out, expel, bring out, exclude, thrust out, take out, unload, discharge, excommunicate. Hauka, vi., to become unfastened. Haula, vt., to lay waste, wreck, desolate, destroy, loot, pillage, plunder, despoil, devastate, ravage, rob, sack, spoil, un- bolt, undo, unfasten. Haxixe, loc. adv.{made up of loc. and V. xixa, to be last), after, behind, at the rear. -a h., the one behind, the one last, hindermost. Hayika, vt., to put on, place on. Heha, v., to fan. Hehela, vi., to become light in weight. Hchele, adj.{p.p. of hehela), light in weight. -a ludimi luhehele, smart, one who answers quickly, ludimi luhehele, smartness. - Hehexa, vt., to lighten in weight. Hehi, loc. adv. and prep, {combina- tion of ha and adj. ihi, short), near to, close to, beside, by. § 79 - Sometimes pronounced hihi. Hehuka, vi., to flap about or be blown about in the wind, sway, swing, vibrate, wave to and fro, shake about, oscil- late. Hehula, vt., to blow away, winnow, fan, shake about by wind. Hela, vt., to crush or grind or mash or pound or rub between two stones, iron (clothes). Hele, adj., poor, needy, destitute, in need or want. Helexa, vt., to impoverish. Hemba, v., to blow the nose. Henda, vt., to abuse, curse, insult, offend, revile, swear at, mal- treat, ill-treat. Henga, vt., to part (as the hair). Henguluka, vi., to be crooked, be bent, be curved, be zigzag. Hcnguluxa, vt., to bend, curve, make z gzag. Kenya, m., to lighten, flash Used only of lightning. Heta, vt., to overtake, come up with, reach to. Hetela, vt., to hand to, pass to, offer to one (as the hand), give or reach something to one. Hetexa, see hetela. Heulu, loc. adv. {formed with ha and the insep. ulu), above, over, on high, upon, up over- head, up. § 364. Heya, vt., to scrape, scour, scrub, rub, shave off. Hia, vi., to be burnt, be consumed, be fired, be warmed, be hot, be heated, be afire, be scalded( ?). Hia, vi., to be ripe. Hia-hia, adj., new, fresh, green, strange. § 76. Hiakana, vi., to burn, smart, ache, hurt, pain. Hiana, vt., to inherit, be heir to. Hicixa, vt., to permit one to pass, to throw over or through or past Hidia,‘o/., to abandon, abstain from, decline, discard, deny, dis- approve of, disobey, rebel against, revolt, forbid, forsake, renounce, scorn, spurn, ex- clude, keep from, neglect, dis- own, dissent, object, prohibit, refuse, reject, repudiate, resist, restrain, be unwilling, will not, oppose, withstand, prevent. 340 HIDIA— HONA. Hidia {continued). The past tense, with following in fin., means would not. Hie, adj.{p.p. ojhisi, to be ripe), ripe. Hikila, vt., to put up anything, as a bet or wager. Hikula, vt., to redeem or deliver from slavery, liberate, set at liberty, free, give freedom, ransom, emancipate, take out of pawn. Hila, V., to be guilty, be convicted, be in the wrong, be culpable, be condemned, lose a bet. Hiluka, vi., to turn a summersault. Hingakana, vt., to change, ex- change, trade. Hingakanya, vt., to change, ex- change, trade. Hingakuxa, vt., see hingakanya. Hingana, vi., to go or come back, turn back, return, retire. Hingila, vi., to return, go or come back, retire, turn back. Hingixa, vt., to bring back, send back, fetch or take back, re- turn, recall, restore. Hinguluka, vi., to come or go back, turn back, return. Hinguxa, vt., see hingixa. Hita, V., to pass on ahead of or by, go on before, come or go past, be beyond, be first, go over or through or by, surpass, exceed. h. buimpe, to be better, be su- perior. h. with biikale or ngulu, to beat, excel, conquer, win, defeat, overcome, master, overthrow, prevail, quell, repulse, subdue, subject, subjugate, vanquish, be victorious. In Comparative construction , there is often the idea of very, too, excessively, exceedingly, extremely, farther, too much for, more, most, quite, so. In the Comparative Degree with this verb we have the construc- tion for the Eng. than. § 89. Hita {continued). When used with proper adj. or verb this word expresses the idea of infinite. Hixa, vt., to condemn, convict, judge or pronounce guilty, judge to be in the wrong. Hixa, vt., to heat, warm, make hot, burn, scald (?). Hodia, vi., to wink. Hohamue, loc. adv., in or on the same place, together. § 96, Rem. 2. Hohela, vt., to drive a nail, fasten with a nail, hammer. Hoho, loc. adv., there, thence, thither, yonder. §163, Note 4. Some say hoha. Hohoka, vt., to cast or shed (as leaves). Hola, adv., calmly, quietly, peace- fully, silently, in silence, softly. I di h., to be peaceful, be at peace, be quiet, be settled, be calm, be silent, be still, be tran- quil. Hola, vi., to be calm, be at peace, be peaceful, be gentle, be quiet, be settled, be silent, be still, be tranquil, be cold, be chilly, be cool, be damp, be moist, be wet, be soaked, be humid, be insipid, be saltless, be tasteless, be unseasoned, be distasteful, be cured, be healed, be well. -a mucima muhole, content, satisfied. Holexa, vt., to pacify, make quiet, quiet, quell, hush, still, make cold, cool, dampen or wet or moisten, quench or slake or satisfy or appease thirst, cure or heal or restore to health, re- lieve or ease pain. Hona, vi., to fall, drop down, descend. h. mu mi, to fall overboard. HONGOLA— HUMBAKANA. 341 Hongola, vt., this word seems to mean to disenchant, exorcise, bring from under influence of witch or wizard. Honso, loc. adv. {made up of ha and adj. onso, all), anywhere, everywhere, somewhere, where soever. § 371, Rem. Hota, vi., to be foolish, be stupid, be ignorant, be dull, be sense- less, be silly, be simple. Hote, adj.{p.p. of hota, to be stupid), stupid, foolish, igno- rant, dull, senseless, silly, simple. Hotela, vt., to annoy or anger by caressing or fondling, exasper- ate, irritate, aggravate, bother. Doubtless rubbing or caressing is the original meaning. Hoteta, vi., to be soft (as dough). Hotete, adj.(p.p. of hoteta, to be soft), soft (as dough). Hua, vi., to be silent, keep silence, l)e mute, be quiet, hush, be reticent, be speechless. The idea is distinctly that of being speechless in the face of proved guilt. Hua, vi., to be completed, be finished, be ready, be prepared, be perfect or perfected, be consumed or done or out (not any more), be exhausted, be spent, be expended, be used up. h. muoyo or muoyo as subj. of h., to forget, overlook, miss, omit. neg. of h., to be incomplete, be unfinished. Hueka, vi., to go down or run down (as stream), descend, flow down, sink, settle (as sedi- ment), fall (as price). Huekela, vi., to go down (as water sinking), abate, subside. Huekexa, vt., to let down, lower price or voice, depress, press down, shove or push dowm. Huekexa {continued). h. difutu, to decrease or reduce wages. h. muxinga, to beat down the price, cheapen, decrease or reduce or lower the price. Huha, vi., to blow (as wind or tor- nado or tempest or gale). Huh ala, vi., to become light in weight, decrease or diminish or reduce (as swelling). Huhale, adj.{p.p. of huhala), light in weight. -a ludinii luhuhale, smart, ludimi luhuhale, smartness. Huhaxa, vt., to lighten in weight. Huhixa, vt., to blow the fire, win- now, fan. Huixa, vt., to complete, finish, ter- minate, conclude, have done, perfect, I ring to an end. h. miota, to quench or satisfy or slake or appease thirst, h. muadi, to comfort, console, soothe, cause to stop crying. Huka, vt., to make a charm or medicine or fetish or idol or image (to be used as fetish). Huluka, vi., to scale off, come off. Hulula, vt., to scrape off, scale off, pull off, draw off, scour off, scrub off, rub off, shave off, w’ipe off. Hulumuka, vi., to slide, slip. Hulumuna, vt., to drag, draw, stretch, pull, trail. Huma, vi., to groan or grunt in pain, moan. Humba, vi., to fail to do, be de- tained, be interrupted, be dis- appointed, be hindered, be frustrated, be thwarted, be bothered, be constrained, de- lay, procrastinate. Luendu luakuhumba, the going has been interrupted. Humbakana, vi., to be Stupid, be listless, be foolish, be inatten- tive, be indifferent, act fool- ishly or stupidly, hesitate. 342 HUMBAKANA— IBIDIXA. Humbakana {continued). vacillate, be fickle, be unctr- tain about, falter, be thought- less, be careless, be unmindful. Humbakane, adj.{p.p. of humba- kana), stupid, foolish, list- less, inattentive, indifferent, thoughtless, careless, unmind- ful. Humbakuxa, vt., to interfere with, interrupt, bother, stunt in growth, prevent, prohibit, re- strain, constrain, hinder, de- tain, deter, be listless or in- attentive or indifferent toward. Humbixa, to be disappointed, fail to do as anticipated or arranged, to disturb or inter- rupt one’s plan or purpose, bother, hinder, delay, prevent, prohibit, interfere with, de- tain, miss, omit, persuade or induce from doing, frustrate, postpone, put off, restrain, stop or stay one from doing, deter, dissuade, retard, impede, withhold, thwart, constrain, fool, or joke with. Humpama, vi., to mope. Humuka, vi., to spill, run over, overflow (as water in jar). Humuna, vt., to pour out, empty; hence to sigh, i.e., pour out the breath. Hunga, vt., to jest with, joke, tease, have fun with. Hunga, vi., to be even, be level, h. di(5), to make an agreement or covenant or contract. Hungakana, vi., to be even, be level, agree after consultation. Cj. kungakana. Hungakana, vi., to be listless, be inattentive, be indifferent, be unmindful. I'ungakuxa, vt., to make even or level. h. di(5), to agree. Cf. kunga- kana. Hungakuxa, vt., to be inattentive or listless or indifferent toward. Hunguluxa, vt., to conclude, de- cide, determine, agree, resolve. The word di(5) is generally understood as obj. Huola, vt., to gather or pull or pick or pluck (as corn, fruit, etc.), harvest, reap, pull out or knock out (as tooth). Huta, vt., to draw, drag, stretch, trail, pull; hence to snuff (as tobacco), suck up. h. muhuya, to draw the breath, inhale. Huxa, vt., to blow the fire, winnow, fan. May he spelled huja. Huxa, vt. {Causative of hua, to be silent), to hush up, cause to be silent, quiet, quell. Huya, vi., used in the ph. h. mun- da meaning to run off at the bowels, have diarrhoea. Huyakana, vi., to pant, breathe or respire quickly, blow the breath quickly. I. I, V., neg. auxiliary, not to be. See § 225. Iba, vt., to steal, cheat, defraud, rob, be dishoonest, be unjust. neg. of i, to be honest, be just. Ibidi, card, and ord. num., two, second. §§ 97, 99. Ibidila, vi., to be or get or become assustomed to, be experienced, be familiar with, be habituated, be hardened to, be used to, learn by experience. Ibidila, vi., to be impertinent, be saucy, be impudent, be inso- lent, be immodest or shameless (saucy), be spoiled, be arro- gant, be audacious. Ibidixa, vt., to habituate, accustom, train, familiarize, harden to. IBIDIXA— IMPE. 343 Ibidixa {continued). i. bualu bubi, to lead astray, entice, allure, tempt, corrupt, lure, seduce, spoil, teach bad manners. Ibuka, vL, to build, construct, erect, make a house. Icikila, vi., to capsize, overflow, run over, spill out. Icikixa, vt., to pour out, capsize, empty, spill out. Idika, vt., to name, call, give a name. Idikixa, vt., to try, test, attempt, strive, make an effort or trial, endeavor, compare, illustrate, liken, take aim, aim (gun), measure, take dimension, emu- late, copy, imitate, mimic, mock, examine. dl( 5 ) as subj. of i., to echo, i. bujitu, to weigh. 1. kufunda muntu, to draw pic- ture of a person. 1. lubilu, to run a race. lhata, vt., to drive away, chase away, put to flight, beat away, pursue, rout. Ihi, adj., short, low, shallow, matuku mihi, a few days, a short time. i. combined insep. with the loca- atives, gives muihi, kuihi, hehi(hihi), near, close to. § 376. Ihiha, vi., to be short, shrink in length. Ihihixa, vt., to shorten, abbreviate, contract, lessen, make less, abridge. Ihika, vt., to cook. Ihila, vt., to hoe, cultivate, till, cut out or dig out weeds (from corn or other crops). Ika, vi., to bear, bring forth, yield, produce. Used only of cas- sava, potatoes, peanuts, and other ground products. Contrast with kuama. Ika, vi., to come down or descend (from a tree), step down, get down. Ikala, vi., to be, exist, abide, dwell, live, remain, reside, continue, sojourn, stay or stop at, subsist, i. mu, to inhabit. The in fin. kuikala is suggested for state, condition, existence. Ikila, vi., to perch. Ikixa, vi., to rest, be at ease, repose. Ikuxa, adj., true, real, ena i., to be untrue. Ila, vi., used with butuku as subj., meaning to grow dark, the night is coming. Imaxa, vt., to cast or throw away as useless. Iinba, vt., to beat a drum, play or perform on any musical instru- ment, sing a song, i. with mudua or mubanze, to blow bellows. Iraba, vt., to dig, excavate, make a hole in the ground, plow, bur- row. Imicixa, vt., to cause to conceive, cause to be with child, beget, generate, impregnate, cause to be pregnant, fructify, breed, fecundate. Imina, vt., to decline or refuse to give something to one, deny one something, be selfish or stingy toward. Imita, V., to conceive, be with child, be pregnant. This word is generally followed by difu or dimi. Impe, adj., beautiful, pretty, lovely, fine, good, pure, chaste, guilt- less, virtuous, elegant, excel- lent, worthy, fair or handsome, fair or just or honest, correct, fit, suitable, right, kind, hu- mane, noble, holy, perfect, righteous, upright, lawful, rich or fertile or productive (soil). with neg. unjust, unkind, unholy, wrong, not right. 344 IMIJNA- Imuna, vi., to stand erect or up- right, be perpendicular, wait, halt, stop, be on end, stand on end. i. mu mulongo, to stand in line or row. Imunangana, vi., to be side by side, be or stand close together. Imunyika, vt., to make to stand erect or upright, stand on end, set up, make perpendicular, i. hamue, to put side by sideu t' Ina, vt., to put the cassava root to soak prior to drying, immerse, dip or sink in water. Indila, vt., to wait for, tarry for, await. Ine, adj. {always preceded by ne), alone, sole, solitary, by one’s self, only, self. § 8o. Ingelexi, n., used in ph. muena I. Englishman. Usedoj all English-speaking people. Ini, card, and ord. num., four, fourth. §§ 97, 99. Inuma, vi., to stoop, bow down, crouch, incline, lean, bend. Inxila, vt., to close or shut the door. Inya, vt., to tie, bend. Inyi ? interrog., adv. or conj., or. § 434. It sometimes has the jorce of or not. Inyi poss. pro., my, mine. §§ 133, 135 - Inyika, vt., to name, give a name to, call. Inyika, vt., to cause to incline. _ i. mutu, to bow the head. Inyika, vt., to dry (as meat before a fire on a spit), cook, roast, toast. Inyixa, vt., to sink in, immerse. Inyixa, vt., to love, prefer, want, wish, desire, fancy, fain, like. Sometimes there is a secondary meaning to praise, adore, glorify, bless, compliment, commend, esteem, be grateful to, exalt, extol, worship, invoke, be thankful to, thank. -IXAKU. Inyixa {continued). neg. of i., to despise, hate, detest, dislike. Note the imperative forms inyi- xaku(5^«^.) and inyixi(^/.), _ used only in salutation. Inyixaku, v.{sing. imperative from inyixa, to esteem), used in sal- utation or greeting, also in ex- pressing adieu or farewell or good-bye. §237(0). .See salu- tation. Inyixi, v.{pl. imperative from inyixa, to esteem), used in salutation or greeting, also in expressing adieu or farewell or good-bye. Isambombo, card, and ord. num., six, sixth. §§ 97, 99. Isatu, card, and ord. num., three, third. §§ 97, 99. Isita, w.(Eng.), east. Regarded as belonging to class III. Ita, vt., to row, paddle, pull an oar. Itaba, V., to answer or reply or respond when called. Itabuxa, vt., to accept, agree to, acquiesce, accede to, approve, believe, concede to, consent, receive, be satisfied with, be willing, make profession of, confess, profess. i. mu di(5), to obey, be obedient to, heed, hearken, observe the word of. neg. of i., to disobey, be dis- obedient, be heedless, be ob- stinant, be stubborn, be neg- lectful, be negligent, be un- willing. The in fin. is used as noun to express the idea of faith, be- lief, trust. May also be spelled itabija. Itabuxixa, vt., to convince, per- suade, induce, influence. Itanu, card, and ord. num., five, . fifth. §§ 97, 99. Ixa, V., see salutation. Ixaku, V., see ixa and salutation. lYA— JINGULULA. 345 lya, w., to learn, study, lyila, V., see iya. , lyixa, to teach, educate, ex- !' j plain to, inform, instruct, « train, discipline. i. bualu bubi, to lead astray, I* entice, lure, allure, tempt, '■ ' seduce, spoil. " , Jadika, vt.^ to stand up erect or ’ upright, make perpendicular, ’ make level, straighten (make ’’ to stand straight). f Jalama, vi., to stand erect or up- ' , right, be perpendicular, be i level, stand up straight; used > t with diba a5 subj. meaning to ? bj noon, be midday. 'j' Jalaniixa, vt., to make perpen- dicular or upright. Jam, ».(Eng.), jam. Regarded as } class III. . Jama, vi., to be immovable, be ' i steady or steadfast, be fixed, 1 ^ be firm or solid, stand firm or steady, be strong, be mired up, be fast stuck in (as mud). I Jamixa, vt., to stick fast in, make steady or firm. Januale, w.(Eng.), January. Re- garded as class III. Jeka, vi., to crawl (as child), creep; the primary meaning of this word is to twist, squirm, wriggle. Jekexa, vt., to twist, to screw, to turn around. Jidika, vt., used with cijila mean- ing to forbid the use of, taboo, interdict, prohibit, make un- lawful, wean. Note that jila has reference to a person abstaining from or tabooing something, while ji- dika has reference to a person who thus tabooes something Jndika {continued). for some one else. In both words there is a superstitious idea. May also be spelled xidika. Jika, vt., to bury, inter. j. cifuidixe, to smother, stifle, suffocate. Jikuka, vi., to explode, blow out (as stopper from bottle). Jikula, vt., to cause to explode. ‘la, vt., to abstain from, fast, keep from, sanctify, ordain, conse- crate, interdict, forbid, taboo, prohibit. See note under jidika. May also be spelled xila. Jima, vt., to blow out, extinguish, put out, quench, erase, eradicate, rub out, blot out, cancel, scratch out, wipe out, go out (as fire). Jimina, vi., to be lost, disappear, vanish, pass out of view. Sometimes pronounced ximina. Jimixa, vt., to erase, eradicate, blot out, lose, cancel, rub out, scratch out, wipe out. j. malu mabi, to forgive, pardon, absolve, excuse. Sometimes pronounced ximixa. Jinga, vt., to grieve for, sorrow for, bemoan, bewail, mourn for, weep for, cry for. Jinga, vt., see jingila. Jingakana, vi., to be tangled. Jingakuxa, vt., to tangle. Jingila, vt., to encircle, surround, enclose, inclose, entangle, en- twine, bind up, wrap around, gird up, coil, roll into a string, twist, twine around, wind around. Jinguluka, vi., to become un- tangled, be unfastened, be un- wrapped, be unraveled, unroll, unwind. Jingulula, vt., to disentangle, ex- tricate, unbind, undo, un- fasten, unroll, unravel, un- tangle, unwind, unwrap. 346 JISUS— KAKU. Jisus, I, Jesus. Jixa, vt., to wag (tail). May also be spelled xixa. Jongoloka, vi., to squirm, wriggle, crawl (as snake). Juka, vi., to get up from sitting position, rise, arise, stand up. See bika. Jula, vt., to lift up, raise up, take up, elevate, cut up or dig up or tear up or pull up or grub up by the roots. Juli, «.(Eng.), July. Class III. Junyi, w.(Eng.), June. Class III. K. Ka, demonstrative particle, here it is, there it is. Generally insep. §§ i59> i6i. Ka, adv., therefore, consequently, for this reason, hence, so, then, wherefore. § 419- Kaba, 8, ii.{dimin. of muaba, place), used with v. amba and any adj. meaning small to express the idea of almost, nearly. Kababu, 8, n., goliath -beetle. Kabalabala, 8, n., used in the ph. k. ka mutu, skull. Kabalu, 8. n.(jrom Portuguese), horse, ass, donkey. Kabanda, 8, n., iron ore. Kabanga, 8, n., pumpkin. Kabendi, 8, n., spear, lance. Kabidi, adv., again, next time, also, beside. Really means second time. §95 (&), Rem. i. Kabuasa, 8, n., jigger, kaxingi ka k., pin. Kabuluku, 8, n., a species of ante- lope. Kabululu, 8, n., gall. Kaceci, 8, n., menses. munaCmona) k., to menstruate, be at the menstrual period. Kacila, v., to sneeze. Kadi, conj., but. Kadi, vi., to be, be about to. An auxiliary used in the formation of Future Imminent and Present Imminent tenses. §§ 218, etc. k. ne, to have, own, possess. Sometimes pronounced tadi. Kadibu, 8, n., small European bell with rattles. Kadilu, 8, n., fire. See kahia. Kafi, w.(Eng.), coffee. Class III or VIII. Kafulemene, 8, «.(Buk.), forget- fulness. -a k., forgetful. k. as suhj. of kuata with pers. as obj., to forget. Kahaha, 8, n., a blue bead. Kahambala, 8, n., pistol. Kahambu, 8, «., bad smell or odor or scent, stench, stink, fetidness. nunka k., to emit a stench, stink. Kahia, 8 , n., fire, heat or w'armth of fire, fever, candle, gun- powder. -a k., hot. mi a k., hot water, mubidi udi k., to have fever, muci wa k., a match (lucifer). Ota k., to warm one’s self by the fire. vinga k., to make fire by friction, ignite by friction. Kahita, 8, n., headman, a West Coast carpenter or mason. The word comes through the Lower Congo from Portuguese. Kahombo, 8, n., ankle bone. Kahulukusu, 8, n., a small bat. Kahumbu, 8, n., elephant. Kakangala, 8, n., a kind of Euro- pean cloth. Kakanu, 8, n.{dimin. of lukanu). k. ka ku dicu, earring, k. ka ku munu, finger-ring. Kaku, I, n., grandparent, ancestor, progenitor, forefather, patri- arch KAKU— KAMA. 347 i« Kaku {continued). it k. mukuxi, grandmother. 5. k. muliimi, grandfather. Kaku la, 8, n., a stick of camwood. Kakula, vt., to raise up, lift up. Kakuiuku, 8, n., a small bat. U Kala, vt., cut off, chop off, ampu- tate, saw off, sever, shear ! off. ! See kosa. I I Kala, V., to scratch (as fowl), j Kala, 8, n.(pl. is tuala), a small wire. Kala, vi., to be strong, be well, be vigorous, be arduous, be full- , j grown, be mature, be firm, be steady, be stable, be solid, develop, grow. k. with muxinga as subj., to in- crease (as price), rise. I Kalaba, vi., to crawl or creep (as I child). Kale, adj.{p.p. of kala, to be strong, etc.), strong, well, I vigorous, arduous, firm, I steady, stable, solid, hard, ' immovable, fixed, steadfast, powerful, robust, tough (as meat), violent, severe, serious (matter), fertile or rich or productive (soil), loud (voice), -a bualu bukale, sacred, holy, -a mubidi mukale, healthy. -a mucima mukale, brave, fear- less, of strong heart, coura- geous, daring, bold, valiant, stern, impenitent. -a muxinga mukale, dear, costly, expensive, precious, valuable. I mubidi mukale, good health. ' muntu mukale, an adult, grown I person. I Kale, adv., long ago, long time ago, in old times, remote or distant times, long since, once upon a time. -a kale, old, ancient, aged, bena k., forefathers. Sometimes we hear kalekale. Kalexa, vt., to strengthen, make strong or steady or firm or hard, fasten, harden, stretch, tighten, nourish, bring up, rear, provide for, support, re- fresh, stimulate. k. di, to raise the voice, speak or talk louder. k. mucima, to console, com- fort, solace, cheer, encourage, soothe, strengthen one’s heart. k. muxinga, to increase price, make dear or expensive or precious, put up the price. Kalexi, 8, n., leaves of the cassava beaten and used as greens. Kalolo, 8, n., goodness, amiability, kindness, attractiveness, obe- dience, fairness, justice, hon- esty, integrity, faithfulness, gentleness, humanity, humil- ity, modesty, reverence, trac- tableness, meekness, docility, deference, civility, decorum, politeness, courtesy. -a k., good, amiable, kind, attractive, obedient, fair, just, honest, faithful, gentle, hu- mane, humble, modest, rever- ent, tractable, meek, docile, deferential, decorous, cour- teous, polite, civil. Kalu, 8, n.{sing. of tulu, sleep), a nap. Kaluaci, 8, n., a kind of bead. Kalubilubi, 8, n., rapidity, swift- ness. Generally with the idea oj carelessness. di ne k., to do or talk rapidly. Kalumbu, 8, n., partridge. Kama, vt., to squeeze or compress or mash or crush or press be- tween the hands; hence to milk. Kama, vi., to abate, evaporate, dry up, decrease, diminish, sub- side. Kama, v., used in the ph. k. ku mesu, meaning to distort the face. 348 KAMAMA— KANYINGANYINGA. Kamama, 8, w., a dumb person, a mute. Kamata, vt., to press or push or shove down, squeeze together, compress, cram. Kambele, 8, w., peanut. Kambixi, 8, cat. muan’a k., kitten. Kambuinkidi, 8, w., small sweat- bee. Kamelo, 8, w.(Eng.), camel. Kamembele, 8, n., mosquito. Kaminyi, 8, w., scorpion. Sometimes pronounced kaminyi- minyi. Kamixa, vt., to absorb, dry. Kamoma, 8, n., kidney. Kamoma, 8, 7 i., pill. Kamonyi, 8, n., pitch, resin. Used in mending pots. Kam panda, i, n., a person whose name you have forgotten or do not know or do not care to bother with mentioning. § 353, Rem. Kamue, 8, w., mosquito. Kamunyimunyi, 8, n., firefly. Kanana, vi., to be immovable or fast stuck in, be steadfast, be stable, be fixed, be strong, stand steady or firm or solid. Kanda, vt., to refuse permission, forbid, prohibit, restrain, com- mand or order not to do, dis- approve. Kanda, used as ad], with numerals expressing the idea of exact, perfect, complete. Kandamana, vi., to be immovable or fast stuck in, be steadfast, be stable, be fixed, be strong, stand steady or firm or solid. Kandamixa, vt., to make steady or firm, stick fast in. Kandangama, 8, n., a kind of European cloth. Kandimba, 8, n., shot used in shell of shotgun. cingoma cia ^undimba, shot- gun. Kandimba {continued). mutelenge wa tundimba, a shell for shotgun. Kandindi, 8, n., swallow. Kandixa, vt., to wean (child). Kandolo, 8, n., a kind of European cloth. Kaneke, 8, n., a lame or deformed or dwarfed or paralyzed or undersized person, a paralytic. Muena generally precedes this word. Kanene, 8, n., the additional or sixth finger. Kanga, vt., to roast or parch as corn, etc.; fry. Kanga, vi., to growl or snarl (as dog). Kangamuna, vi., to be rested. Kangenene, 8, n., a small red ant (troublesome about the house). Kangujinguji, 8, n., pineapple. May he spelled kanguxinguxi. Kanka, vi., to shake, quake, tremble, quiver, shiver, be excited, be frightened, be terri- fied. Kankenyenkenye, 8, n., firefly. Kankixa, vt., to shake, cause to tremble or quake. Kansanke, 8, n., wrist. Kantembele, 8, n., measles. KanteHgenene, 8, n., the little finger. Kantetu, 8, n., dizziness, giddiness, faintness. di ne k., to be dizzy, be faint, be giddy. Kanuxa, vt., to make steady or firm, strengthen, stick fast in. Causative of kanana. Kanyanzu, 8, n., switch, rod, whip. Kanyina, vt., to wean (child). Kanyinganyinga, 8, n., grief, sor- row, sadness, melancholy, pang, penitence, regret, re- pentance, unhappiness, anxi- ety, solicitude, distress, re- morse, mental agony or suffer- ing or anguish. KANYINGANYINGA— KEMA. 349 Kany i r. ga ii y i nga (^continued ) . di ne k., to grieve, be melan- choly, be sad, be sorrowful, be sorry, be unhappy, regret, repent. Kanyungunyungu, 8, w., dizzi- ness, giddiness, faintness, di ne k., to be dizzy, be giddy, be faint. Kapiten, n.{jrom French or Eng- lish), captain of steamer or soldiers. Perhaps should he spelled kahi- ten. Kasamba, 8, w., a small pot or vessel. Kaseku, 8, n.{pl. generally used), laughter, levity, mirth, de- rision, fun, giggling, snigger, -a tuseku, frivolous, di ne tuseku, to giggle, snigger, titter. Kasengulu, 8, n., sieve, sifter. Kasoinbelu, 8, n., interest (on something borrowed), tentekela k., to pay interest. Katainuka, vi., to be awake, be up, be arisen from sleep. Katamuxa, vt., to awaken, wake, awake from sleep. Katataka, adv., at once, directly, immediately, instantly, before long, now, presently, soon, forthwith. Katoto, 8, n., a new-born babe, infant, child. Kavuku, 8, n., crumb. Kaxidi, adv., always, ceaselessly, constantly, continually, end- lessly, eternity, ever, forever, perpetually, eternally, inces- santly, habitually. -a k., immortal, eternal, ever- lasting. with neg. v., never again. Kaxingi, 8, n., needle, k. ka kabuasa, pin. Kaxola, 8, n., brick, muena tuxola, mason. Kayabala, vi., to be stiff, be rigid, be inflexible, be unbending. Kayeke, 8, n., dwarf, pygmy. See note under pygmy. Kazaku, 8, n., coat, dress. Keba, vt., to hunt for, look for, search for, seek. k. luoxi, to annoy or tease or provoke or incite an animal to bite; as, udi ukeba mbua luoxi, he is provoking the dog to bite. eha, vi., to decrease or diminish or reduce in size or quantity, become smaller or less, shrink up. Kehexa, vt., to shorten, contract, abridge, abbreviate, decrease, diminish, reduce, cause to be- come smaller or less, lessen, be- little, abase, degrade, disgrace, debase, dishonor, disobey, be disrespectful, humble, humili- ate. Keja, vt., to hunt for, look for, search for, seek. Kelemena, w.(Buk.), to agree, be alike, be the same, be even, be equal, be same kind or quality or character or species or variety, suit, be adapted to, be suitable, be level, be similar, be proper, be mate for, match, resemble. neg. of k., to be unlike, be dis- similar, differ, vary. Kelemexa, ‘^/.(Buk.), to make even or alike, make to fit or suit, make level, match, make the same or similar or equal or like, adapt to, make to agree. Kema, v., to exclaim in surprise, marvel, wonder, be amazed or astonished. Generally ex- pressed by grunting. -a kukema, miraculous, remark- able, extraordinary, wonderful, strange, marvelous. bualu bua kukema, miracle, wonder. 350 KEMEXA— KU. Kemexa, vt., to astonish, amaze, surprise. Kenena, vi., to shine brightly or give light (as moon when full). Kenga, vi.^ to suffer (as under pnnishment). Kengexa, vt., to punish, flog, beat, cause to suffer, chastise, chas- ten, discipline, persecute, annoy, exasperate, irritate, Kentorment, torture, afflict, aggra- vate. Kenka, vi., to shine or give light (as moon). Kenya, vi., to lighten, flash. Spoken only of lightning. Kenzakana, v., to look about from side to side, peer. Ki ? interrog. word, what ? what kind or sort or quality or character? which ? who ? whom ? See § 1 76. bualu ki ? why? what for? diba kl? when? what o’clock? what hour? what time? Perhaps may also he spelled kai. Kia, inter jec., what! Some say cia. Kina, vt., to hate, be mean to. Kise, adj., small, little, minute, diminutive, fine, thin, narrow, scarce, few. di(5) dikise, high voice or tone. Kixa, t'^.(Buk.), to do, make, ac- complish, act, commit, effect, form, shape, perform, prepare, produce, construct. See enza. Kobama, vi., to be crooked, be bent, be curved. Kobame, adj.{p.p. of kobama, de- formed, bent, humpbacked. Kobeka, vt., to bend, curve. Kobola, V., to raise a shout or cry of alarm, call to fight by slap- ping the hand rapidly over the mouth while uttering the cry. Koka, vt., to draw, drag, stretch, pull, trail, suck up, snuff (as tobacco). Koka {continued). k. muhuya, to inhale, draw the breath. cintu cikoka kudi tubalu, sug- gested ph. for carriage, wagon, chariot. Koko, w.(Eng.), cocoa. Kola, V., used with maluvu to mean to be drunk, be intoxicated. Kolus, w.(Eng.), chorus. Regarded as class III. Komba, vt., to sweep, brush. Kombola, vt., to shell (corn). Konka, vt., to ask a question, in- quire, examine by questioning, interrogate, question, consult, demand in sense of asking a question. May also he spelled kuonka. Konya, vt., to bend, curve, fold. Konyangala, vi., to be crooked, be bent, be curved, be zigzag. Kosa, vt., to cut off, chop off, saw off, shear off, sever, amputate, k. bitulia, to cut into pieces, k. cici, to close a trade by break- ing a stick. k. hankuci, to cut half in two. k. mutu, to behead, k. nsambu, to settle or decide a dispute, pronounce judgment, judge between. May also he spelled kuosa. Kosexa, vt., to stop or stay one from doing, deter, detain, hinder, impede, interfere \s*ith, prevent, restrain, withhold, thwart, frustrate, interrupt, bother, persuade from doing, dissuade. k. with diyoyo or mutayo or muaku or nvita, to quiet, quell, hush up, still, k. lubilu, to talk or do quickly, k. muadi, to comfort, console, cause to cease crying, pacify, soothe. Kosola, vi., to cough. Ku, loc. prep., at, to, unto, direc- tion towards, as far as, near to. KU— KUATAKANA. 351 Ku {continued). close to, up to, towards, by, beside, around, against, about, for (price), from, off from. § 424 (2). k. minu, in the hand, k . . . to ne k., or k . . . ne k , from ... to or till or until. Compare with mu and ha. Kua, loc. used as adv., to or as or unta the house or village of. § 87 {g) Rem. Kuabo, o(/y., another, some one or something else, more, other, a part (some), several, k . . . k., the one . . . the other, some . . . others, several . . . several. k. with locatives prefixed insep., elsewhere, somewhere else. Kuacika, vi., to be caught. k. inaluvu, to be or get drunk, be intoxicated, be stupefied from drink. Kuacila, vt., to hold for. k. mudimu, to work for, serve. Kuacixa, vt., to help one to hold, k. bundu, to make ashamed, disgrace, humiliate, mortify, cause shame, abase, k. cixi, to make angry or indig- nant or mad, annoy, displease, anger, enrage, exasperate, irri- tate, throw into passion, pro- voke, worry, tease, sadden, tantalize, torment, trouble, vex, aggravate. Kuakua, loc. adv., far away, far, yonder, beyond, remote, dis- tant, there, thence, thither. § 163, Note 3. Kuama, vt., to bear or yield or bring forth or produce fruit. Used only of trees or shrubs or plants. Contrast with ika. Kuata, vt., to hold, take hold of, lay hold of, catch, capture. Kuata {continued). arrest, grip, restrain, seize, grasp, apprehend, use. buowa as suhj. and pers. as obj. of k., to be frightened, be scared, be afraid, be timid, dibanza as subj. of k. and pers. as obj., to be in debt, owe. k. bulunda, to make friendship with. k. cixi, to be angry, be enraged, indignant, be mad, be aggra- vated, be raging, be furious, be grieved, be melancholy, be sad, be sorrowful, be vexed, be sorry, be in a passion, be provoked, be worried, be an- noyed, regret, repent, k. dimoma, to rust, be rusty, corrode. k. ha muminu, to choke (as food), strangle. k. ku, to take by (as the hand), k. mudimu, to work, labor, toil, k. mu mukanda, to take a pho- tograph or picture, k. mukuxi ku bukale, to com- . mit rape, ravish, do violence to. k. with bundu as subj. and per- son as obj., to be ashamed, be mortified. k. with tulu as subj. and person as obj., to be sleepy, kafulemene or builu as subj. cf k. with person as obj., to for- get. luhika as subj. of k. and person as obj., to lose a bet. maluvu as subj. of k. and person as obj., to be drunk or intoxi- cated, make drunk, stupefy, maxika as subj. of k. a 7 id person as obj., to be cold, be chilly, miota as subj. of k. with person as obj., to be thirsty. Kuatakana, vi., to adhere, stick together, cleave together, be close together, be next to, be contiguous, be adjacent, touch 352 KUATAKANA— KULU. Kuatakana {continued). each other, join, be near to- gether, be side by side, con- geal, be viscid, coagulate, unite, be thick, solidify (as liquids). Kuatakanya, vt., see kuatakuxa. Kuatakuxa, vt., to put or place side by side, unite, join on to, stick together, cause to adhere. Kuatangana, v., to catch or hold each other. k. with bulunda or bunyana, to form a friendship with one another. k. ku bianza, to clasp each other by the hands, shake hands. Kuba, vt.. to wait for, tarry for, await. Kubola, V., see kobola. Kudi, prep., used with agent in passive voice constructions meaning by. § 202 (a). Kudika, vt., to hang up. Kudimuka, vi., to become (differ- ent), be changed, be trans- figured, be turned over or around, be transformed, be converted, get (become), turn into, turn around. Kudimuna, vt., to change, turn over or around, convert, invert, reverse, transform, transfig- ure, turn into. k. muaku, to translate, interpret. k. with mucima or muoyo, to change one’s mind, repent. Kuetu, loc. adv., at our home or village. § 140. k. kudi kunyi ? where do we live ? muena k., our or my fellow citizen or countryman or neighbor. § 141, Rem. i. Kuha, vt., to shake, move, wave back and forth. k. mutu, to nod dissent. Kuhoka, vi., to get free or loose, get untied. May be spelled kohoka. Kuhola, vt., to let loose, set free, loosen, liberate, give freedom or liberty, pull off (as clothes), strip off, undress, untie, take off, unloose, put off. May he spelled kohola. Kuhuka, vi., to scale off. Kuhula, vt., to scale off, shave off, wipe off, dust off, clean off by rubbing or brushing or scrap- ing or scouring or scrubbing, dry (with towel). Kuia, w.(Eng.), choir. Kuihi, loc. adv. and prep, {made up of ku and ihi, short), near to, close to, by. § 376. Kuinya, v., to scratch (in case of itching). Kuka, vi., to come out of handle (as hoe or knife). Kukala, loc. adv. or prep, {made up 0/ ku and the insep. kala), at or on the border, edge, bound- ary, beach or shore or bank or coast, limit, margin, side. § 423 (2) { b ). lua k. kua mi, to land, come to beach. Kukampanda, loc. adv. {made up of ku and kampanda), to or at a place the name of which you have forgotten or do not know or do not care to mention. § 423 (2) ( i )- Mu or ha may he substituted for ku, according to sense. Kuku, w.(Eng.), cook. Regarded as belonging to class I. Kukuabo, adv., elsewhere, some- where else. § 370. Kukumina, vi., to stutter, stammer, have impediment in speech. Kule, loc. adv. {made up of ku and adj. le, long), far, far away, distant, remote. § 372. -a kule, Weign, strange. muena k., a foreigner, stranger. Kdlu, loc. adv. {made up of ku and the insep. ulu), up, overhead, KULU— KUNFUDILU. 353 Kiilu {continued). on high, above, upwards, over. § 423 (2) {b). Kulu, adj., old, ancient, aged. muanda mukulu, eight. Kuluka, vi.^ to fall, drop down, descend. Kulukixa, v., see kuluku.va. Kulukulu, adj., old, ancient, aged. Kulukuxa, vi.^ to be or become old or ancient or aged. Kulukuxe, adj.{p.p. of kulukuxa), old, ancient, aged. Generally used only of persons. Kulumpa, vi., to be old, be aged. Generally applied only to per- sons. Kulumpe, adj.(p.p. of kulumpa, to be old), old. Generally used only of persons. Kuma, vt., to beat, pound, strike, thrash, chastise, chasten, whip, discipline or punish, scourge, flog, hit, knock, lash, switch, pack down, crush down. k. cingoma, to shoot one with a gun. k. didiba, to weave or make native cloth. k. dikusa, to stumble, stump the foot, trip. k. lukuxi, to clap the hands. k. munda, to beat (heart), pul- sate, throb. k. with cisusu or disundu, to hit or beat or strike with the fist. k. with luhi or dihi, to slap, spank, smack, beat or strike with open hand. nvula as subj. of k. with diku- bakuba as obj., to thunder. Kuma, vt., to cover a house, put roof on, thatch. Kumanda, loc. adv. or prep, {made up of ^\x and the insep. man da), at the base, bottom, down, down-stream, down-country. § 423 (2) w- k. kua, at the base of, at the rear end or lower end of, the stern. liumangana, v., to collide, strike each other. k. mukanu, to smack the lips. Kumankana, v., to meet or pass in the way. Kumbana, vi., to be full amount or quantity or measure, be enough or adequate or sufficient, suf- fice, be filled, be complete, be exact. diba as subj. of k., to be time for, time has arrived for. neg. of k., to be insufficient, be inadequate, be short of. Kumbaxa,t^/., to make full amount, make full or complete measure, make exact, fill. Kumina, vt., used with muoyo or mucima as subj. meaning to covet, long for, yearn for. Kumina, vt., to drive in (as nail), fasten with a nail, hammer, knock on, tap on. Kumudilu, loc. adv. or prep, {made up of ku and the insep. mu- dilu), in advance, ahead, be- fore, first, foremost, forward, forwards, in front, after (in time).^ § 423 (2) (6). k. kua, in advance of, ahead of, before, in front of. matuku a k., the future (days in front), henceforth, hereafter, ya k., to go in front, lead the way, precede. Kumue, loc. adv. {made up of ku and mue, one), at the same place, at one place, together. § 79 - Kumuna, vt., to knock on, tap on. Kuna, vt., to sew, plant (corn). Kuneku, loc. advt, here, hither, hence. § 163, Note 2. Sometimes pronounced kunoku. Kunfudilu, loc. adv. or prep, {made up of ku and the insep. nfu- dilu), at the end of, the point of, at the limit of, at the boundary, at the border, at the edge or margin, at the 354 KUNFUDILU— KUSA. Kunfudilii {continued). bank or beach or coast or shore. § 423 (2) {h). Kunga, loc. adv.{made up of kii and the adj. nga, other), else- where, somewhere else. § 370. Kungakana, to assemble, come together, gather together, con- gregate, meet together. Cj. hungakana. Kungixa, vt., to collect, put to- gether, gather together, assem- ble. Cf. hungakuxa. Kungula, vt., to shave the head bare. Mutu is obj. Kungula, vi., used with nvula as subj. meaning to thunder. Kunkuci, loc. adv. or prep.{made up of ku and the insep. nkuci), between, half-way, in the midst, in the middle, at the center. § 423 (2) (&). kosa or kala followed by k., to cut half in two. Kunoku, see k inek ’. Kuntaku, loc. adv. used as n.{made up of ku t nd the insep. ntaku which is from the root of ci- taku, bottom), butt end, rear end, stern. § 432 (2) {b). Kuntinyi, loc. adv., see kukam- panda. mu and ha may be substituted for ku, according to sense. Kuntu, loc. adv. {made up of ku and the insep. ntu), some- where; as, kuntu kunyaya kudi kule, the place where I am going is far. § 423 (2) (6). k. kule, far. mu and ha may be substituted for ku, according to sense. Note that the ntu of k. is the same root as muntu(person) and cintu(thing). Kunxi, loc. adv. or prep. {made up of ku and the insep. nxi), at the base, by, near to, beside, close to,downward. §423(2)(i). k. kua, at the base of, down at Kunxikidilu, loc. adv. or prep, {made up of ku and the insep. nxikidilu, the root of the word meaning end or terminus), at the hind end. § 423 (2) {b). -a k., the last one, the one be- hind, hindermost. Kunya, vt., to gnaw, bite off with the front teeth. Kunyi ? loc. interrog. adv. {made up of ku and nyi, the same root as cinyi), where? whith- er? whence? §§423 (2) {b). Kunza, vi., to be or become red or yellow or browm or crimson or scarlet or purple. Kunze, adj.{p.p. of kunza, to be red, etc.), red, yellow, brown, purple, crimson, scarlet; used also of the natives who are light colored. Kunzubila, vi., to be or become reddish or yellow or brown or purple. Kunzubile,ac^7.(^.^.£)) kunzubila), reddish, yellow, brown, purple. Kunzuluka, vi., see kunzubila. Kunzuluke, adj.{p.p. of kunzu- luka), see kunzubile. Kuokola, vt., to knock on, tap on. Kuokuo, loc. adv., there, thence, thither, yonder. § 163, Note 4. Kuola, vt., to pick or pull or pluck ripe fruit or corn, gather, har- vest, reap. Kuona, vt., to scrape, scrub, scour, rub, shave off, plane (boards). Kuonso, loc. adv.{made up of ku and the adj. onso, all), any- where, everywhere, somewhere, wheresoever. § 79. di k., to be omnipresent. Kuota, vt., to chop or cut (as fire- wood). Kusa, V., used with mubidi as obj., meaning to amend, be better, convalesce, get or become better or well, improve in health, recover, be resuscitated or revived. . KUSALA— LAMUKA. 355 Kusala, loc. adv. or prep.imade up o/ ku and insep. sala), at the end of, the point of, limit of, at the boundary of, at the border, at the edge, at the margin, at the bank or beach or shore or coast. §423 (2) (Z>). Kusula, loc. adv. or prep. {made up oj ku and the insep. sulab 500 kusala. Kuta, vt., to wrap up or roll up or fold up into a bale or bundle, bale. Kutuka, yi., to come undone or untied, be untangled, be un- ravelled. Kutula, vt., to loosen, untie, ex- tricate, set free, liberate, let loose, give liberty or freedom, undo, unloose, unravel, un- tangle. Kutulula, vt., to disentangle, un- bind, undo, unravel, untangle. L. LIue {continued). or bungi, it means equal or same or even. Sometimes pronounced mo. !\Iuedi, 2, w., beard, whiskers, m. wa ha muxuku, mustache. Muehu, 2, n., head of millet. 3 Iueka, vi., see mueneka. Muele, 2, n., knife, blade of knife, matchet. kele((ffwfw.), pocket knife, table knife. m. wa nvita, sword. m. wa nvula, flash of lightning. 3 Iuelelu, 2, n., edge, limit, margin, boundary, border, rim, side, beach, shore, bank, brink, coast. Muemi, i, n., one who makes the palm wine. Mucna, i, n.{this word always pre- cedes the noun or some wo d used as a noun and comes to have an adjective force [§84 (6)], person, citizen of, native of, countryman or inhabitant of, member of, of the nation or tribe or clan of, of the party of, people of, owner of, pos- sessor of, proprietor of. bena kale, forefathers, m. buowa, coward, m. dilongexa, a catechumen, m. kuetu, etc., neighbor, fellow citizen, fellow countryman. § 141, Rem. I. m. mabiya, carpenter, sawyer, m. mikanda, pupil, scholar, m. mudimu, workman, laborer, m. tuxola, a brick mason. Muendakanyi, i, n., a wanderer, wayfarer, pilgrim, traveler. Muendi, 2, n., used with the ph. m. ku muoyo meaning nausea, sickness at stomach, di ne m. ku muoyo, to be nauseous, be sick at stomach. Mueneka, vi., to appear, come into view or sight, emerge from hidden or secluded place, be 31 ueneka {continued). exposed to view, be visible, be found, be conspicuous, be seen, seem, show one’s self. neg. of m., to be invisible. Muenena, vt., to look after for, keep for. Muenexa, vt., to show to, point out to, indicate to. Muenge, 2, n., sugar-cane. Muenu, 2, n., suggested word for spectacles. 3 Iuenxi, 2, n., moon, month. See ngondo. 3 Iuenyi, i, n., guest, visitor, stranger. Muenyi, 2, n., smell, scent, odor. 3 Iuenze, 2, n., cricket (edible). 3 Iuetu, loc. adv., in our village or town. § 140. 3 Iuevu, 2, 71 ., beard, whiskers, m. wa ha muxuku, mustache. 3 Iuexi, 2, n., ditch, rut, gulley. 3 Iuflmbi, I, n., a potter. May also he spelled mufuimbi. 3 Iuflta, 2, n., darkness, gloomi- ness. 3 Iufuba, 2, n., bone. mifuba(/?/.), carcass, skeleton. Mufuba, I, «., an idle or trifling or slow or worthless or sluggish or lazy or indolent person, sluggard. This word is used as noun, not as adj. 3 Iufudi, I, n.{jrom fula), black- smith. 3 Iufudi, 2, n., wrinkle, crease. 3 Iufufa. 2, n., bone. mifufa(/>/.), carcass, skeleton. 3 Iufumbi, i, n., a potter. Mufunda, 2, n., a line or mark or scratch or trace or track made on the ground or on paper. 3 Iufundi, I, n., scribe, writer, secre- tary. 3 Iuhala, 2, n., a species of antelope. Muhale, i, n., a fool, idiot, lunatic. Rluhandixi, i, n,, savior, mediator. 374 M UH ANU— M UK AN A. ■ Muhanu, 2 , n., trousers, pants, pantaloons, breeches. PI. generally used. ela m., to put on trousers, mikuba ya m., suspenders, braces. Miihenyi, 2 , w., see mukenyi. Muhesa, 2 , n., testicle. Muhiankunde, 2 , n., young man, youth, boy, lad. Muhianyi, i, n.{jrom hiana), heir. Muhika, i, n., slave, servant, sub- ject, attendant, luixa m., to enslave. Muhikudi, i, n.{jrom hikula), re- deemer. Miihola, 2 , n., stripe, band, di mihola, to be striped. Muhongo, 2 , fi., witchcraft, sor- cery. There is also a second- ary meaning of cleverness, in- geniousness, dexterity, inge- nuity, skill, skilfulness, di ne m., clever, ingenious, skil- ful. muena m., witch, demon, devil, sorcerer, conjurer, wizard. Muhotc, I, w., a fool, stupid per- son, idiot, ignoramus, simple- ton, dunce. Cf. hota. Muhuki, I , n., doctor, medicine man, maker of medicines or charms or fetishes, diviner, physician, sorcerer, conjurer. This word is followed by -a manga. 3Iuhumbakane, i, n., a fool, one acting foolishly. 3Iuhuya, 2 , n., breath, smell or scent or odor (good or bad). -a m. miiimpe, fragrant, ela m., to blow the breath, ex- pire. huta m., to draw the breath, m. mubi, bad smell or odor, stench, stink, fetidness, m. muimpe, good odor or smell, flavor, fragrance, aroma. Muibi, I, n.{from iba), thief, rogue, robber, dishonest or fraudulent person. 3Iuihi, loc. adv. or prep. {made up of mu and ihi, short), near (in). § 79 . Muihiki, i, n,, cook. 3Iuihu, I, n., nephew, niece. Re- fers only to child of a man's older or younger sister. See note under nephew. Muikilu, I, n., grandchild. 3Iuilu, ••, n., proboscis, trunk. 3Iuilu, 2 , n., clan, tribe, nation, race. See TRIBE. 3Iuima, 2 , m., loaf of bread. Muinda, 2 , n. {doubtless from Lower Congo), candle, lamp, light. May be spelled muendu. 3Iuinu, 2 , n., beak, bill, tua m., to peck. 3Iiiinxi, 2 , «., pestle. 3Iuinxi, 2 , n., smoke. fuima m., to smoke (as burning wood). 3Iuitu, loc. word made up of mu and the root of ditu, forest, meaning in the forest. § 47 , Rem. , -a m., wild (as animal). 3Iulvi, I, n., thief, rogue, robber, dishonest or fraudulent person, 3Iuiyidi, i, n.{from iyila), ] upil scholar, student, disciple, learner. 3Iuiyixi, i, n., teacher, instructor. Mu j ike, I, «., unmarried or single person, maid, virgin, bachelor. 3Iujilu, 2 , n., artery, vein. May be spelled muxilu. 3Iukala, 2 , n., used in the ph. muan’a m. meaning last born or youngest child. 3Iukalu, 2 , n., dividing line or boundary line between two fields, border, mark, limit. 3Iukana, 2 , n., mouth. diangana m., to move one’s lips without speaking, kumangana m., to smack the lips. MUKANDA— MUKOSA. 375 Mukanda, 2, n., book, letter, note, epistle, contract, photograph, picture, paper. Doubtless jrom Lower Congo. kuata mu m., to take a photo- graph or picture, mi a mikanda, ink. muci wa mi a mikanda, pen (writing). muci warn., lead-pencil, muena mikanda, pupil, scholar, student. m. wa buhianyi, will, testament, m. wa dilongexa, catechism, mu mikanda, to school. Mukandu, 2, «., a neg. command or commandment or ordinance or proclamation or regulation or law or rule, disapproval, re- fusal, prohibition. This word is jrom v. kanda. ela m., to issue or make a neg. command, etc. Mukau, 2, n., envy, jealousy. -a m., jealous, envious. Mukele, 2, n., salt. Mukelekele, 2, w., gravy, broth, soup. Mukelenge, i, w., chief, lord, king, master, nobleman, governor, prince, ruler. di m., to reign, rule, be chief, di m. wa, to reign over, rule over, govern. Lukengu udi m. wa Bakuba, Lukengu reigns over the Bakuba. muana wa m., prince, m. wa, owner, possessor, pro- prietor. m. mukuxi, queen, mistress, female chief. m. wa bambi ba bualu bua Nzambi, high priest, m. wa nsubu wa maxika, jailor. m. wa Nzambi, missionary, min- ister. ]>Iukema, 2, n., a groan, moan, grunt of pain. tua m., to groan, moan, grunt. 3 Iukenji, 2, w., message, command- ment, order, ordinance, direc- tion, command, proclamation, amba m., to deliver a message, issue a decree or proclamation, muena m., messenger, herald, ambassador. 3 Iukenya, 2, «., flea. 3 Iukenyi, 2, w., flash of lightning. The ph. wa nvula generally follows this word. 3 Iukete, 2, w., arrow with iron point. 3 Iukila, 2, w., tail of animal or reptile. 3 Iukinda, 2, n., fish-trap made in shape of basket. 3 Iukixi, 2, «., bank of earth piled up. 3 Iukixi, 2, n., bogie, spectre, ghost or spirit of the dead, appari- tion, hobgoblin, demon, devil, large ornamented mask used in dancing. 3 Iukiya, 2, «., a mode of wearing the cloth by drawing it up be- tween the legs; hence trousers, pants, pantaloons, breeches, ela m., to gird up the loins, tuck up loin cloth, put on pants. 3 Iukoko, 2, n., sheep, muan’a m., lamb. 3 Iukolo, 2, «., lower part of leg from knee down, lower part of hind leg of animals, difu dia m., calf of leg. muongo wa m., shin. 3 Iukolokolo, 2, n., handle of cup. 3 Iukono, 2, n., hoof, mark or print or trace or trail or track of hoof, footprint. londa mikona, to track, trace, trail. m. muhandike, cloven foot. 3 Iukosa, 2, n., hindrance, inter- ruption, interference, opposi- tion, slander, backbiting, cal- umny. ela m., to interfere with the business or friendship of two 376 MUKOSA— MULAML Mukosa {continued). persons, oppose, thwart, with- stand, frustrate. muena m., backbiter, calumnia- tor, slanderer. Muku, I, n., fat ler-in-law, mother- in-law. Used only by the hus- band, never by the wife. Mukua, I, n. {derived from the loc. •word kua and always precedes the noun or some word used as a noun and comes to have an adj. force), one from a certain village, one from a certain tribe or nation or clan, people of, inhabitant of, countryman of, man or woman of, native of, person of. Compare with muena. § 87 {d), Rem. 2. Mukuabo, loc. adv.{made up of mu and adj. kuabo), elsewhere, somewhere else. § 370. Mukuba, 2, n., belt, girdle, strap, tape. mikuba ya mihanu, suspenders, braces. 3 Iukudi, 2, «., rope, wick. 3 Iukuekue, 2, n., cackling, tuta or ela with m., to cackle. Mukuetu, I, n., our or my neighbor or fellow countryman or fellow citizen. § 142. Mukuba, 2, n., bone. mikuha(/>/.), carcass, skeleton. Mukuhu, 2, n., bad odor or smell or scent, stench, stink, nunka m., to emit a stench, stink. Mukulu, I, w., elder or oldest brother or sister, a senior, an elder. When meaning elder brother or sister the word is generally combined insep. with the poss. pro. enclitic. § 138, Rem. 2. muana wa m., nephew, niece. Mukulumpe, i, n., elder, an old person. Mukuma, 2, «., report or noise or sound of gun. Mukumbi, 2, n., locust. 3 Iukumu, 2, n., a 1 low, a strike, a lick. Mukuna, 2, n., hill, mountain, ridge, eminence. 3 Iukungula, 2, n.{from kungula), rolling thunder. 3 Iukunyi, i, n., planter, sow’er. Mukuolo, 2, n., midrib of pahn, bamboo. Mukuxi, I, n., woman, wife, con- cubine. -a bakuxi, feminine, cianza cia bakuxi, left hand, mukelenge mukuxi, mistress, queen, female chief, m. wa lufuila, a wddow. m. wa masandi, harlot, whore, prostitute. m. wa muan’etu, sister-in-law (wife of brother), tatu m., aunt (on father’s side). This word sometimes follows the noun with the force of an adj. meaning female. The same idea may often be expressed by the ph. mukuxi^a preceding the noun. Hence we have [§ 56 W]: muana m., girl, daughter, mukuxi’a mbua, bitch, mukuxi’a mbuxi, a she goat, mukuxi’a ngombe, cow\ mukuxi’a ngulube, sow. 3 Iukuxiana, i, n., a woman whose name you have forgotten or do not care to trouble with mentioning. § 353. 3 Iulabi, 2, n., handle of hoe, etc. 3 Iulamaci, i, n., attendant, ad- herent, retainer, follower. balamaci(/?/.), retinue, m. wa Satana, devil or demon (in Biblical sense). Mulambi, i, n., cook. Muiambu, 2, n., tax, tribute, duty. 3 Iulami, i, n., watchman, guard, keeper, shepherd, herdsman, overseer, sentry, sentinel, nurse. m. wa bantu baNzambi, bishop. MULAMI— MUMINU. 377 Mulami {continued). m. \va with mpalata or bintu, treasurer. m. \va nsubu wa maxlka, jailor. Mulanda, 2, n., a species of rodent. Mulangala, 2, w., switch, rod. 3 Iulau, 2, doom, woe, curse, damnation, judgment, ill wish, condemnation, anathema, ola m., to doom, curse, wish ill to, damn, anathematize. Mulayi, 2, w., promise. Mule, loc. adv.{made up of mn and adj le, long), see kule. Muledi, I, n.{from lela), a woman who has borne children. Mulelexi, i, n., midwife, accou- cheuse. 3 Iulembulembu, 2, «., white of an egg. PL generally used. 3 Iulemu, 2, n. {sometimes pro- nounced mulomo), lip, brim, rim, edge (of cup, etc.), spout (of kettle). See muxuku. 3 Iulemu, 2, «., trigger of gun. 3 Iulemu, 2, bowstring. Mulenga, 2, n., a strip of cloth. Mulengalenga, 2, n., a kind of greens. Muloho, 2, messenger, herald, apostle, disciple, ambassador, m. muowexanangila, God. See note under God. Mulombi, i, w., beggar. Mulombodi, i, n., guide, leader, conductor. Mulonda, 2, «., barrel of gun, tube. 3 Iulonda, 2, n., nail, screw. Mulondo, 2, w., water-pot, jar, bottle, jug. Mulonga, 2, w., winged ant (edi- ble). Mulongo, 2, n., row, file, rank, line, train, procession, series, -a m. umue, of same age. dl mu m., to be in line, imuna mu m., to stand in line, teka mu m., to put in line. 3 Iuloxi, 2, n., see note under buloxi. Mhlu, loc. adv.{made up of mu and the insep. ulu), up, overhead, on high, aboye, over, upwards. § 423 (2) (^>)^ Mulumbuludi, i, w., a judge, arbi- trator. 3 Iulumbululdi, i, «., attorney, law- yer, advocate, intercessor, coun- cillor. Mulumi, I, n., man, husband, the male of. -a balumi, masculine, cianza cia balumi, right hand, muanam., boy, son. m. wa lufuila, a widower, m. wa ngcmbe, bull, m. wa ngulube, boar. This word sometimes follows the noun with the force of an adj. meaning male. The same idea may be expressed by the phrases mulumi’a and mu- lumi wa preceding the noun. § 56 {>>)■ 3 Iulumiana, i, n., a man whose name you have forgotten or do not care to bother with mentioning. § 353. Mulunda, i, friend, companion, mate. Mulundu, 2, «., hollow in tree. 3 Iulundu, 2, tail of bird. 3 Iulunga, 2, n., the inside of an egg (white or yolk). 3 Iulungu, 2, n., poison. Generally preceded by the ph. buanga bua. 3 Iuma, 2, a species of snake. 3 Iumanda, loc. adv. or prep.{made up of mu and the insep. man- da), down in a bottom (val- ley). § 423 (2) {b). 3 Iume, 2, n., dew. 3 Iumiaminyi, i, w., sower. 3 Iuminu, 2, «., throat. kuata ha m., to choke (as food), strangle. taluxa or holexa with ha m., 378 MUMINU— MUNTU. Mutulnu {continued). to satisfy or slake or quench or appease thirst. Mumonyi, i, watchman, senti- nel, sentry, keeper, overseer, witness. Mumue, loc. adv.{made up of mu and mue, one), in same place, in one place, together. § 79. Mumuemue, 2, «., smile, grin, tua mimuemue, to smile, grin. 3 Iumuenenyi, i, w., watchman, keeper. Mumunyi, i, witness, one knowing. 3 Iumunyixi, i, n., instructor, teacher. Muna, vt., to finish, bring to end, complete, terminate, perfect, conclude, be done, be ready, m. kaceci, to menstruate, m. miota, to quench or satisfy or slake or appease thirst. neg. of m., to be incomplete, be unfinished. May he spelled man a. Munanga, 2, n., drought, dryness. Munda, loc. word{made up of mu and the insep. nda), abdomen, belly, the inside of, the interior, stomach, womb. §423 {2){h). -a m., internal, inward, fika m., or di ne m. mufike, to be annoyed, be vexed, be wor- ried, be aggravated, be en- raged, be provoked, flkixa m., to annoy, vex, worr}% aggravate, anger, enrage, exas- perate, displease, irritate, pro- voke, tease, tantalize, torment, trouble. huya or ela or uha with m., to run off at bowels, have diar- rhoea. kuma m., to beat (heart), pul- sate. m. mua cianza, pahn of hand, m. mua dikusa, sole of foot, m. munya, midday, noon. 3 Iunda {continued). m. as suhj. of nyenga, to be con- stipated. tokexa m., to apologize. Some seem to say mundu for inside, etc., and munda for abdomen, belly, etc. Mundankulu, loc. adv., midnight. Made up of munda and the insep. nkulu. § 423 (2) {h). Mundidimbi, 2, n., shadow, shade, photograph, likeness, picture, representation, image (reflec- tion). 3 Iundongo, 2, n., shuttle of loom. Munemu, loc. adv., in here, herein, hence, hither. § 163, Note 2. Sometimes pronounced muno- mu. Munfl, 2, n., vagina(?). 3 Iunga, loc. adv.{made up of mu and adj. nga), elsewhere, somewhere else. § 370. Mungulumungu, 2, n., a kind of European cloth. Munkuci, loc. adv. or prep. {made up of mu and the insep. nkuci), among, in the midst, in among, in the middle, be- tween, in the center. § 423 ( 2 ) {h). 31 unkulu, loc. adv.{made up of m\x and the insep. nkulu), midst, middle. This word has much the same use and construction as munkuci. §423 (2)(&). Com- pare mundankulu. 3 Iunomu, loc. adv., see munemu. Muntinyi, i, n., a person whose name you have forgotten or do not know or do not care to trouble with mentioning. §353, Rem. Muntu, I, n., person, somebody, man (generic); sometimes used also as slave or person. bantu(/>/.), people, population, mankind, folk. bantu ba Nzambi, the church (members of). MUNTU— M UN YIN YI. 379 Muntu {contimied). bantu bonso, everybody, m. kai Muyuda, a Gentile, m. mubi, sinner, transgressor, villain, rascal. m. mudixikamine, a freeman, free-born person, m. mukale, an adult, grown person. m. mulema, a lame person, m. wa bende, freeman, free- born person. m. wa cituha, dwarf, deformed person. m. wa mu nsubu wa maxika, a prisoner. m. wa Nzambi, Christian, mem- ber of church. Muntu, loc. adv.y see kuntu. Muntuntu, 2, «., cricket (edible). 3 Iunu, 2, n., finger. dinungu dia m., knuckle, ku minu, in the hand, m. munine wa dikusa, great toe. m. wa dikusa, toe. tonya minu, to clench the fist. This word is used in indicating the size of the moon. See MOON. Munxi, loc. adv. or prep.imade up of 'ran and the insep. nxi), t^low', beneath, under, under- neath, down under, downward, to or on the bottom of. § 423 (2) (6). m. mua, dowm in. mutu m., headlong. Munya, 2, n., daylight, da} 4 ;ime, light of sun, sunshine, heat or warmth or brightness of sun. cidimu cia m., summer, warm season. dinda to ne ku munda m., from early morning till noon, all the forenoon. munda m., noon, midday. Ota m., to bask, warm one’s self in the sunshine. 3 Iunya, v., to be able, can, know, comprehend, have experience, perceive, be conscious of, be aware of, recognize or remem- ber a person, understand, apprehend, see. m. maiu onso, to be omniscient. neg. 0/ m., to be ignorant, be unaware, be insensible or un- conscious of, be unknown, be mysterious. m. mua followed by in pin., be able to do, can do, know how to do, be capable or competent of doing, be qualified for, be possible. neg. of m. followed by mua and hi fin., to be impossible, be unable, be incompetent, be incapable. neg. of m. followed by mua kubala, to be innumerable or countless. Perhaps this word can also be spelled manya. 3 Iunyanga, 2, n., fibre of the palm leaves used in weaving cloth. 3 Iunyangi, i,n., spendthrift, prodi- gal. Generally followed by wa bintu. 3 Iunyanvudi, 2, n., the silk of corn. .Munyasu, 2, n., switch, rod, whip. 3 Iunyemi, i, n., fugitive, refugee. 3 Iunyenga, 2, n., earthworm. 3 Iunyengi, i, n., highway robber, highwayman, brigand. 3 Iunyi? interrog. adv., how'? what? what is the matter? for what cause or reason or purpose ? why not ? §177. bule m.? how far? how long? bungi m.? how many? how much? 3 Iunyinyi, 2, n., meat, flesh, cianza cia m., left hand, m. wa mu mi, fish, m. wa ngombe, beef, m. wa ngulube, bacon. 380 MUNYIXA— MUSAKUCI. Munyixa, vt., to finish, complete, terminate, bring to end, per- fect, conclude, be done. Perhaps this word can also be spelled manyixa. Munyixa, vt., to teach, instruct, inform, educate, explain to, discipline, make aware of, train. m. bualu bubi, to lead astray, entice, lure, allure, tempt, seduce, spoil. Perhaps this word can also he spelled manyixa. Munyonga, 2, w.(Buk.), chisel with which the palm is tapped for wine. Munyungu, 2, sieve, sifter. Muofo, 2, w., navel. Muomba, 2, n., stocks. Muoniumue, loc. adv., in the same place, together. § 96, Rem 2. di m., to be equal, be like or alike or identical, be the same as, be correct, be of same or similar sort or kind or quality or character or species or variety, be mate or match, re- semble, agree. ena m., to differ, vary, be differ- ent or unlike or unequal or uneven, be diverse. Compare with hohamue. 3 Iuomuo, loc. adv., there (in), thence, thither, yonder. § 163, Note ^ 31 uongo, 2, n., back of knife blade, backbone or spine of body. m. wa mukolo, shin. 3 Iuonso, loc. adv. {made up of mu and adj. onso, all), everywhere, anywhere, somewhere, w’here- soever. § 371, Rem. Compare with kuonso and hon- so. 3 Iuosa, 2, n., whistling (with the mouth). ela m., to whistle. 3 Iuoxi, 2, n., string, vine or creeper used for tying, cord, line, rope. .Muoyo, 2, n., life, kernel, or germ or embryo of seed, salvation, salu- tation or compliments or greet- ing or respects or regards, used in figurative sense to express heart or breast or conscience or memory or mind or will or soul or spirit. di ne m., to be alive, be living, ela m., to hope. endexa ku m., to nauseate, make sick at stomach, sicken, ha or ela with m., to thank, be grateful or thankful to. ha or ela or ebexa with m., to give compliments or respects or regards or salutation or greeting, salute, greet, hail, say adieu or farewell or good-bye. hela m., to give respects for another. hua m., or m. wakuhua, to for- get, miss, overlook, omit, kalexa m., take heart, kudimuna or andamuna with m., to change one’s mind, re- pent. muendi ku m., nausea, sickness at stomach. m. as subj. of enda with the per son as obj., or di ne muendi ku m., or ku m. kudi kuenda, to be nauseous, be sick at stomach. m. as subj. of nyingala or sama, to be grieved, be melancholy, be sad, sorrowdul, be sorry, be penitent, regret, repent, samina or kumina with m., to covet, long after, yearn for. 3 Iusa, 2, n., hard part of palm nut after the oily skin has been taken off, testicle. 3 Iusabu, 2, n., mush, gruel. This word is doubtless from s^ba, to boil. 3 Iusakuci, 2, n., a musical instru- ment made by putting seeds into a gourd, a rattle. MUSALA— MUTANGALUXI. 381 3 Iusala, 2, n., edge, border, limit, margin, boundary, side of, bank or beach or shore or coast. Musambu, 2, hymn, song, tune, music. Musamu, 2, n., pillow. 31 usanda, 2, intestinal worm. Musangu, 2, n., time, misangu ibidi, twice, misangu isatu, thrice, misangu ya bungi, often, fer- quently. m. muibidi, second time, m. muihi, short time, short while, m. mukuabo, next time, m. mule, long time, long time ago, long while, m. umue, once, one time. 3 Iusangu, 2, «., long stick with which boat is pushed along. 31 usasa, 2, n., basket or cage in which fowls are carried. Musau, 2, «., pestle. Museba, 2, n., a kick, stamping, tua m., to kick. tua m. hanxi, to stamp or tramp or tread heavily. Musekfeleke, 2, «., flower of the palm. 3 Iusele, 2, «., bud, sprout. 3 Iusenga, 2, «., powder (anything fine). Musengeleke, 2 «., stalk of corn. 3 Iusenxi, i, w., a bushman, bar- barian, uncivilized person. This is an imported word. Musesu, 2, «., highway. Musodi, 2, n., lizard. 3 Iusoko, 2, n., village, town, city, misoko yonso, the world {figu- rative). m. wa Nzambi, heaven. The pi. of this word may be used to express the idea of country, land, region, section, district, dominion, kingdom. Musokoko, 2, n., secret, mystery, -a m., mysterious, unknown. Sometimes pronounced musoko. Musomono, 2, «., quill of porcu- pine. 31 usonga, 2, w., top or ridge of roof. Musongi, I, n., a carver (of wood), m. wa mpingu, a maker of charms, fetishes, etc. 3 Iusonguedi, i, «., traitor, back- biter, slanderer. Musoso, 2, «., foreskin. di ne m., to be uncircumcised. Musoxi, 2, w., gravy, soup, broth. Musuasu, 2, «., white ant, termite. 3 Iusui, 2, «., a rattle (used as musical instrument). Musulu, 2, w., river, brook, creek, stream. 31 usundu, 2, n., jeemusoso. Musundu, 2, n., leech. Musungi, I, «., peacemaker, recon- ciler. Musungidi, i, w., defender, de- liverer, mediator, savior, re- deemer. Musunsa, 2, n., time, misunsa ibidi, twice, misunsa isatu, thrice, misunsa ya bungi, often, fre- quently. m. muibidi, second time, m. umue, once, one time. See musangu. 3 Iutaku, 2, w., brass rod, wire cut into short pieces and used as money. Mutamba, 2, w., ridge-pole of house, long pole supporting veranda. Mutanda, 2, w., loaf of bread. Mutandala, 2, 11., ridge-pole of house, long pole supporting veranda. 3 Iutangadiki, i, «., name applied colloquially to the native Christian evangelist; may per- haps also be used for apostle, disciple, minister. 3 Iutangadixi, i, w., spendthrift, prodigal. Generally followed by wa bintu. Mutangaluxi, see mutangadixi. 382 MUTANGIDI— MUXIHU. Mutangidi, i, w., watchman, sen- try, sentinel, keeper, overseer, witness. Mutanta, 2, n., crack, crevice, flaw, leak. tubuka m., to spring a leak. Mutayo, 2 , n.{jrom taya), talking, hubbub, disturbance, noise, fuss, palaver, wrangle, wrang- ling, row, sound of noise, quar- rel, trouble. -a m., noisy, quarrelsome, kosexa or xikixa with m., to quell, quiet, still, hush, lekela m., to be silent, stop talk- ing, hush, be quiet, keep silence, be still. tekam., to disturb, make trouble, or palaver. Mutelenge, 2, n., loaded cartridge or shell for gun. m. wa lutende, a loaded car- tridge for rifle, a bullet, ball, m. wa tundimba, loaded shell for shotgun. Mutempexi, i, n., diviner, doctor, sorcerer, conjurer. Mutendelelu, 2, w., prayer (as to divinity). Mutengu, 2, w., used in the ph. cingoma cia, m. a flint-lock gun. Mutentekedi, i, n., eavesdropper, spy. Mutete, 2, n., a kind of greens. Mutomboke, i, n., a fool, idiot, lunatic. Mutonda, 2, n., grain of corn, seed. 3Iutoto, 2, n., star, m. mutuke, meteor. Mutu, 2, n., head, source of stream, summit, top, pinnacle, dream, vision. -a ku m., the first, the foremost, ha m. ha, on top of, over the top of, above, overhead, kabalabala ka m., skull, ku m., first, forward, forwards, at the head of, at the front of, at the front part of, at upper 31vitu {continued). end or front end, up-river, up- stream. ku m. kutuhu, bareheaded, lata m., to dream, have a vision, m. with mubele or musame, headache. m. munxi, headlong. m. wa dibele, nipple of breast. m. wa lubanza, first wife taken. Mutuadi, i, «., a carrier, por- ter. Generally followed hy wa bintu. batuadi, caravan. Mutubu, 2, w., ditch, rut, trench, gully. 3Iutudi, I, n., blacksmith. Mutumi, I, n., leader of a tune. 3Iutunda, 2, n., ant-hill made by the bintunte. Mutungula, i, n.{jrom tungula), a eunuch. 3Iututu, 2, n., a blow, a kick. 3Iututu, 2, n., navel. 3Iuviele, i, «., mother of new-born babe. Muvumbi, 2, n., a continued rain. Muvungu, 2, w., a roll or bundle or pack or package made by roll- ing up. Muxa, 2, n., wind from bowels, ela m., to break wind. Muxangi, 2, w.(Buk.), corpse, dead body of person, spirit or ghost of the dead, apparition, hob- goblin, bogie, demon, devil. Muxete, 2 , w., box, trunk, chest, case. Muxi, 2, n., root. Muxiba, 2, n., barrel of gun, stem of pipe, tube. 3Iuxibale, i, n., a fool, idiot, ig- noramus, simpleton, dunce. Muxihi, I, w., murderer. Muxihianganyi, i, n., murderer. Muxihu, 2, n., the dry season (lasting, south of the equator, from May to September), winter, drought. MUXIKANKUNDE— NDOHO. 383 Muxikankunde, 2, n., lass, maid, maiden, damsel, young wo- man, virgin, girl. Muxiki, 2, n., pile or heap of earth. Muximi, i,w., liar, hypocrite, fraud- ulent person. 3 Iuxinda, 2, w., oil from the kernel of palm nut. Muxinga, 2, w., price, value, worth, bargain, cost, expense, trade, -a m. mukale, costly, dear, ex- pensive, precious, valuable. -a m. mutekete, cheap, worth- less, of little account, bandixa or kalexa with m., to put up the price, make costly or precious or dear or expen- sive. enda m., to trade, buy and sell, barter, deal in. endulula m. muimpc, to gain by trading, profit, huckexa or tekexa or tentulula, with m., to beat down or lower or reduce or decrease the price, ngenda wa m., trader, merchant, tua m., to drive a bargain, talk a trade. Muxinga, 2, n., string, cord, line, rope, twine. m. wa bute, net for catching animals, a hunting net. m. wa ndadika, net for catching fish (it lies in the water, hence the name ndadika from lala, to lie). Sometimes pronounced mujinga. Muxobo, 2, n., pliability, pliable- ness, flexibility, suppleness. -a m., pliable, pliant, bendable, flexible, supple. May he spelled mujobo. Muxoxo, 2, w., switch, rod, whip. Muxuku, 2, n.y lip, edge of cup or plate, brim, rim, spout of kettle. -am. wambelu, of the family of. dituaya dia m., napkin, servi- ette. m. wa cingoma, muzzle of gun. Muxuku {continued). m. wa diulu, nostril, m. wa mbelu, entrance, door- way. tuangana m., to kiss. Muyuda, i, n., a Jew. Perhaps also Mujuda(i). N. Nana, vt.^ to dun, ask one to pay a debt. Nanga, vt.^ to cook or roast by drying before a fire on a spit, toast. Some say nana. Nanga, vt., see sua. Nanga, vt., to admonish, rebuke, correct, discipline, reprove, re- proach, scold, restrain, govern, control, manage. Nanyi, neg. adv., no. Nata, 3, n., north(Eng.). Naxa, neg. adv., used as follows: (1) As neg. answer to question’, as, neuye kuniusoko? Naxa, are you going to the village? No. (2) Occasionally to strengthen a neg. sentence’, as, ciena nya naxa, I am not going, no. (3) To express the idea of either ... or. § 433. Naya, vi., to play, sport. n. ne, to play with, have fun with, amuse. Nayixa, vt., to play with, have fun with, jest or joke with, amuse, tease. Ncito, 3, w.(Eng.), store. Ndadika, 3, n7{jrom lala, to lie'). used in ph. muxinga wa n. meaning a kind of net left in the water to catch fish. Ndende, 3, n., trigger or spring of trap or snare. teya n., to set a trap or snare. Ndoho, 3, n., fish-hook. Some say luloho. 3^4 NDUDT— NGOMBE. Ndudi, 3, n., good aim (gun). Nduhukilu, 3, n.(Jrom luhuka, to go out), used in ph. dituku dia n. wa Lumingu, meaning Monday. Ndundu, 3, w., india-rubber, caout- chouc, croquet ball. Ndunga, 3, w., a kind of European cloth. Ne, conj.y and, also, beside, along with, with, by means of. There is ojten a prepositional idea. In Direct Discourse construc- tions ne has the force of that. § 455 ip) ( 2 ). di ne, to have, own, possess, con- tain. hehi ne, near to. ku . . . to ne ku, from ... to or till or until. ne . . . ne, both . . . and, whether ... or. See § 426, Rem. 3. Nema, vi., to be heavy or weighty, grow or get worse in health {vAth disama as suhj.). n. with mucima as subj., to hesi- tate, be uncertain about, falter, be fickle, vacillate. Nemeka, vt., to honor, adore, praise, esteem, hallow, pay homage to, magnify, do obei- sance to, regard, respect, re- vere, reverence, venerate, glo- rify, give salutation or re- spects or greeting to a chief, salute or greet a superior. neg. of n., to disobey, be dis- obedient to, dishonor, be dis- respectful to. Xemekela, vt.., see nemeka. Xemenena, vi., see nema. Nemexa, vt., used with mucima as obj. meaning to discourage, dishearten. Nenga, vi., to elapse, interv^ene, expire, become long. Nfldi mukulu, n., God. See note under God. Class I. Xflndu, 3, n., a species of black monkey. Nflnina, 3, n., a bow knot. Com- pare with finuka. Nfinu, 3, n., see nfinina. Xfuanka, 3, n., tobacco. Nfuele, 3, «., flag. Nfukete, 3, n., ramrod. Nfulanka, 3, w. (French), franc. Nfumu, I, n., chief, king, lord, master, nobleman, governor, prince, ruler, muana wa n., prince, n. wa, owner, possessor, pro- prietor. See mukelenge. Nga, adj., another, other, else, more, some one or something else, several, part (some), n. . . . n., the one . . . the other, some . . . others, sever- al .. . several. n. with locatives prefixed, else- where, somewhere else. § 370. Nga ? interrog. adj. {with Secondary Prefixes, § 178), how’ many? how much ? what quantity ? Ngabu, 3, «., shield. Ngala, 3, w.(Bukuba), salt. Ngandu, 3, n., crocodile. Nganyi ? interrog. pro., who? whom ? -a n.? whose? dina diebi n.? what is your name? Ngena, 3, n., hell. From Greek yeevva. Ngenda, i, 11. {from enda), used in ph. n. wa muxinga meaning trader, merchant. Ngi, adj., many, a great deal of, much, abundant, divers, nu- merous, plentiful, plenty of, several, vast number of. Ngia-ngi, adj., see ngi. Nglas, 3, «.(Eng.), glass, tumbler. Ngoma, 3, n., drum made wdth rawhide. Ngombe, 3, n., ox, cow\ muana wa n., calf. NGOMBE— NKOYI. Xgo nbe {continued). munyinyi wa n., beef, n. mukuxi or inukuxi’a n., cow. n. mulumi or mulumi’a n., bull. Ngondo, 3, w., moon, month. n. bungi munyi ? what age ? how old? how long? n. ki ? when ? what month ? n, ya bungi, long time, long while. n. as subj. of lua cibalu or tentama, to be full moon, n. as subj. of bala, the coming or appearing of the new moon, n. walua, next month. § 306 (c), Rem. I. Ngonga, 3, large European bell. Ngongo, 3, «., a small rodent. Ngulu, pi. of 3 or 4, w., strength, might, force, energy, ability, power, vigor, violence, health, -a n., healthy, strong, vigorous, ena ne n., to be delicate, be not strong. hita or tamba with n., to con- quer, be victorious, beat, de- feat, excel, win, prevail, re- pulse, subjugate, subject, van- quish, master, overthrow, over- come, quell, subdue. Sometimes pronounced ngudu. Ngulube, 3, »., hog, swine, wild boar. mnan*a n., pig. n^yi a n., lard. mukuxi*a n., sow. mulumi*a n., boar, munyinyi wa n., bacon. Xgulunge, 3, »., lean meat. Ngulungu, 3, «., a species of ante- lope. Nguvu, 3, n., hippopotamus. Ni, card, num., four. Takes Sec- ondary Prefixes. Nine, adj., large, immense, big, great, enormous, vast, mighty, broad, ^Adde, thick, stout, famous, distinguished, far- famed, glorious, honorable, illustrious, important, noble. 38s Nine {continued). influential, extraordinary, re- markable, renowned, eminent, prominent. di(5) dinine, low, bass voice or tone. mi manine, sea, ocean. Njeku, 3, n., dwarfed or under- sized or deformed person, lame or paralyzed person, runt, paralytic. 3 Iuena generally precedes this word. -a n., runty, dwarfish, under- sized, stunted. Nkaka, 3, n., manis, scaly ant- eater. Nkala, 3, «., crab. Some say lukala. Nkalafa, 3, n., table fork. Nkanku, i, n., the younger or junior of twins. Nkata, 3, w., pad for the head in carrying load. Nkaxama, 3, w., leopard. Nkenyu, pi. of 4, n., a skin disease in which the pigment of the hands becomes white. Nkese, 3, n., porcupine. Nketel, 3, w.(Eng.), kettle. Nkima, 3, w., the common gray- greenish monkey. Sometimes pronounced ncima. Nkixiabendi, 3, n., after birth, pla- centa. Perhaps should be spelled nkixi’a bende. Nki(y)-, compound disjunctive pers. pro. {joined insep. with poss. pro.), alone, by one’s self, only, sole, solitary. See §§ 108, 109. Nkobo, 3, n., small basket with top. Nkoka, 3, n., ditch, rut, gully. Nkose, 3, n., a small rodent. Nkoyi, 3, «., arrow with blunt wooden point for killing birds or small game. Nkoyi, 3, n., fit, spasm, convulsion or unconsciousness or insensi- bility caused by fit. This word is used only of children. 386 NKOYI— NSUBU. Xkoyi (continued). fua or haluka with m., to have a fit or spasm or convulsion. Nkuasa, 3, n., chair, seat, stool, n. wa bukelenge, throne. Nkuba, 3, «., flash of lightning. See note under lightning. Nkudimba, 3, n., dove, pigeon. \kudu, 3, w., terrapin, tortoise, turtle. Sometimes spelled nkuvu. Nkuletu, 3, n., vest, waistcoat. Nkumba, 3, w., a barren or sterile or childless woman or female of animal, perhaps also unfruitful tree. Nkumbikumbi, 3, w., hawk. Nkunyi, 3, w., ugliness. This is a slang word. -a n., ugly. Nkusa, 3, n., used for dikusa(foot) in the ph. muan’a n., toe. ciana cia n. or muan’a n. munine, great toe. Nkusu, 3, n., louse (in the head). Nkusu, 3, n., parrot. Nkutu, 3, «., spoon. Novemba, M.(Eng.), November. Nowa, vt.y to gather or harvest or reap the ripe millet. Nsabanga, 3, 11. (from Portuguese), soap. Nsafu, 3, «., mango. This word has been introduced from the Lower Congo and is there ap- plied to a native fruit which is not found in the upper Kasai regions. Nsahi, 3, n.{from Portuguese), lock, padlock. Often used for the key and the latch, disu dia n., keyhole, muan’a n., key. xibika or ela with n., to lock, fasten with a lock. Nsaho, 3, n., wasp nest made of wood paste. Nsaho, 3, n., satchel, large open bag, scrip. Nsahola, 3, w., onion. Nsala, pi. of 3 or 4> w., hunger, appetite, starvation, di ne or ufua or unva with n., or suma or sama with n. as subj. and the pers. as ohj., to be hungry, have an appetite, fua n., or n. as subj. of xiha and the pers. as obj., to be faint from hunger, be famished, be starved. May be spelled nzala. Nsalata, 3, w., salad. From Portu- guese. Nsambu, pi. of 3 or 4, n., used in phrases kala n. and kosa n. meaning to settle or decide a dispute or disagreement, judge, pronounce judgment. Nsampu, 3, n., leaves of the pea vine used as greens. Nsamu, pi. of 4, «., the state of invisibility. buanga bua n., medicine or charm for making one in- visible. Nse, pi. of 3 or 4, n., sweetness, flavor, good taste (food). -a n., sweet, pleasant or agree- able to taste, tasty, savory, ena ne n., to be unsavory, be unpalatable. Nseke, pi. of 4, n., siftings of com. Nsekididi, 3, w., extra amount given to conclude trade, gift, present, “dash,” interest, rent, tentekela n., to pay interest. Nsenda, 3, «., blacksmith. Nsoko, 3, n., a brownish -gray monkey. Nsolo, 3, w., fowl, chicken. May be spelled nzolo. hadi hasama n., cockcrowing, early morning. Nsubu, 3, n., house, home, resi- dence, mansion, edifice, build- ing, room, chamber, buexa mu n. wa maxika, to imprison. mukelenge or mulami with wa n. wa maxika, jailor. NSUBU— NVUNDE, 387 Nsubu {continued). muntu wa mu n. wa maxika, a prisoner. mu or ku with n., at home, n. wa bintu, store, factory, n. wa cilulu, tent, n. wa maxika, jail, prison, n. with p.p. passive of handu- lula, room, chamber; as, nsubu utti muhandulula nsubu isatu, the house has three rooms. Nsugidi, 3, n.ijrom Portuguese), sugar. Nsuku, 3, n., bowl of pipe. Nsumixa, 3, r^^ijrom French), shirt* Nsunga, 3, w., odor, smell, flavor, fragrance, scent. This word seems generally to have the idea of good smell. -a n., fragrant. Nsupu, 3, «.(Eng.), soup, broth. Xtambangoma, 3, n., a large beetle. Xtambue, 3, n., lion. Ntande, 3, n., spider. Ntanta, 3, n., measure or dimen- sion, extension, extent, length, distance. May be long or short. n. muihi, breadth, width, n. mule, length. Ntendu, 3, n., sharpness (as of knife). Ntentekedi, 3, n., see nsekididi. Nteula, 3, n., razor. Nti, 3, w.(Eng.), tea. Ntoka, 3, n., a species of poisonous snake. Ntombolo, 3, n., a species of monkey. Ntotonji, 3, n., a species of wasp (making nests of mud). Ntuixa, pi. of 4, n.{from tuixa), the state of being invulner- able, invulnerability. Ntundu, 3, n., a species of ante- lope. Nua, V., to drink, imbibe, smoke, n. ciala, to consult or divine or Nua {continued). enchant by putting a small piece of iron into the eye. neg. habitual tense of n. followed by maluvu, to be temperate. Muenu, pers. pro., yo\x{pl.). § 105. Nuixa, vt., to give to drink. Nungana, vi., to whisper, grumble, murmur, mutter, speak or talk in undertone. Nunka, vi., to smell, give forth or emit smell or odor or scent, n. with muhuya mubi or ka- hambu or niukuhu or lusu, to emit bad smell, be fetid, stink, smell bad. Nunkila, v., to smell or scent in order to detect odor. Nunku, adv., thus, in this manner or way or fashion or method, likewise, similarly, so, in such a way. Also pronounced nenku or nanku. Nunu, adj., old, aged, ancient* Generally refers only to persons^ Nuona, vt., to grind, sharpen, whet, put an edge on. dibuc dia. kunuona, grindstone. Nvinike, 3, 73. (Eng.), vinegar. Nvita, 3, n., fight, battle, war. bena n., army. elangana n., to fight, wage war. muena n., soldier, warrior, kosexa or xikixamV/i n., to quell or quiet or stop a fight. May be spelled nfita. Nvula, 3, n., rain. The pi. means the rainy season, summer, dibue dia n., hailstone, mukenyi or muhenyi or muele followed by wa n., a flash of lightning. n. as subj. of kuma with diku- bakuba as obj., to thunder, n. as subj. of tangadika or tan- galuka, to cease raining, clear up. Nvunde, 3, n., whirlwind. 388 NXI— NYINGU. Nxi, orphanhood. muan’a n., orphan, PL is bana ba nxi. Nxidila(?), vt.^ to shut out or shut in. Perhaps from nxila, road. Nxila, 3, n., path, way, road, route, street. May be spelled njila. mu n., along the path, n. niunine, a highway, n. wa dikumbi dia bulobo, rail- way track, n. wa ku, way to. Nxima, pi. of 3 or 4, w., bread, food, nourishment. See bidia. Nxingu, 3, «., neck, fiekela n., to choke, throttle, strangle by squeezing. Nxiti, 3, w.(Eng.), sheet. Nyaci, 3, w., a sneeze, ela n., to sneeze. Nyamuka, vi., to run rapidly. Nyana, vi., to be emaciated, thin, grow thin, waste away, be haggard or lean, decrease, diminish, reduce, wane (moon). Nyan(a), i, w., friend, companion, mate. The final a is elided when the pass. pro. enclitic forms are added. § 138. Nyanga, vt., see ona. Nyanguka, vi., see onoka. Nya-nya, adj., small, little, mi- nute, diminutive, thin, narrow, few, scarce, fine. § 76. See kise. Nyanyixa, vt., to emaciate, abbre- viate, abridge, reduce, dimin- ish, decrease. Nyema, vi., to flee, run . away, escape, take refuge, retreat, run. Nyemenena, vt., to compress, press or push or shove or squeeze down on, cram together. Nyemexa, vt., to put to flight. Nyenga, vi. or vt., to twist, screw, turn around, squirm, wriggle, wring, the aching or griping or hurting of the stomach or Nyenga {continued). bowels, be constipated or cos- tive. n. mpala, to frown, knit the brows, scowl. Nyenga, vt., to rob, take or seize by force. Nyengabala, vi., to be pliant, be bendable, be flexible, be sup- ple, be pliable, be tough or elastic. Nyengabaxa, vt., to wring off or twist off. Nyengela, vt., to encircle, surround, bind up, wrap up, roll up, wind around, twine around, coil, gird up, enclose, inclose. Nytma, 3, n., back, hind part. -a with ha n. or ku n., external, hindermost, the last one, next one behind, y unger or junior, ela n., to turn one’s back on one. ha or ku with n., at the ex- terior, at the outside, at the posterior, at the rear, at the stern. ku n., across, after, around, be- hind, beyond, outside, ya ku n., to go after, follow. Nyina, vt., to evacuate the bowels, go to stool, have an action. Nyin(a), 1, n., mother. The final a is elided when the pass. pro. enclitic is added. § 138. Nyingabala, vi., to fret, be fretful, be peevish, be cross, be irri- table, be petulant. Nyingala, vi., used with muoyo or mucima as subj., to be grieved, be sorry, be penitent, be de- pressed, despond, be despond- ent, be morbid, be melancholy, be sad, be sorrowful, pine, regret, repent, be solemn or solicitous or anxious, used also of the waning moon about tc disappear. Nyingu, 3, n., pot, frying-pan, vessel. NYINK— OMBA. 389 Nyink(a), i, n., grandparent, an- cestor, progenitor, forefather. The final a is elided when the pass. pro. enclitic is added. § ■ 33 - n. inukaxi, grandmother, n. mulumi, grandfather. Xyisii, I, n., father. This word alwiys has pass. pro. enclitic. § 138. Nyixi, 3, «., electric fish. Xyoka, vt., to renounce, denounce, censure, disown, neglect, con- demn, deny, not to praise. Nyoka, 3, w., snake, serpent. nyoka’a bundu, a large green worm (edible). Nyoku, I, n., mother. Nyongangandu, 3, «., gall. Nyonganyonga, adv., slowly, slug- gishly, lazily. Nyongo, 3, shell of snail, nyongo’a dicu, drum of ear. tdfl tua nyongo’a dicu, wax of ear. Xyongoboka, vi., to be crooked or bent or curved or zigzag. Nyongoboxa, vt., to bend, curve, make zigzag. Nyuka, vt., to cast or throw away as useless. Xyukula, vt., to shake. Xyuma, «., Holy Spirit, Holy Ghost. From Greek Ttvevfxa. Xyuma, 3, n., animal, beast, brute, n. wa ku bula, domestic animal, n. wa muitu, wild animal. Nyunga, vi. or vt., to shake, move, move back and forth, sift. Xyungakana, vi., to stagger, reel, totter, be unstable, be unsteady. Xyungixa, vt., to shake, move or wave back and forth, turn (as wheel). Xyunguluka, vi., to go around, go around in a circle, inclose, en- close, encircle, go round alx)ut, turn round and round. This word is generally followed hy ph. ku nyima. Xyungulula, vt., to encircle, sur- round, enclose, inclose, turn round and round. Xyunguluxa, vt., to turn (as wheel). Xyunyu, 3, n., bird, mputu n., tame pigeon, n. wa mudinga, crane. Xzaji, 3, n., flash of lightning. See note under lightning. Xzambi, i, «., God. See note under God. amba bualu bua X., to preach, -a X., divine. bantu ba X., the church (mem- bers of). bidia bia X., communion. Lord’s Supper. bualu bua X., Christianity, the Gospel, the Christian religion, mi a X., communion wine, muambi wa bualu bua X., priest, preacher, minister, mis- sionary. mukanda wa X., Bible, Scrip- tures. mukelenge wa bambl ba bualu bua X., high priest, muntu wa X., Christian, mem- ber of church, convert, musoko wa n., heaven. Xzevu, 3, n., elephant. O. Okotoba, «.(Eng.), October (the month). Olola, vt., to bend straight, straight- en, stretch out or extend or hold out or reach out or put out (as hand), open out, spread out, smooth out, un- bend, unfold. Also spelled ololola. Ololoka, vi., to open out, unfold or unbend itself, stretch out, be straight or straightened. Omba, vt., to smelt. Doubtless has reference only to the blowing of the bellows. 390 OMBELA— SABILA. Ombela, vi., to swim (as person). Ona, vt., to cause to go bad, spoil, waste, wear out, injure, mar, defile, profane, damage, de- molish, impair, destroy, pol- lute, desecrate, devastate, dis- cipline, punish, afflict, be cruel to, ill-treat, torture, oppress, persecute, be unkind to, abuse, tyrannize over, corrupt, close (the path), spend or exhaust or expend recklessly or prodi- gally or extravagantly, squan- der, lose (in trading). Ondaha, vt., to cure, heal, restore to health, treat (disease). Used only of persons, not of the medicine. Ondela, v., see tonkena. Ongoloka, vi., to escape, run away (generally with idea of secret- ly), take refuge, get away. Ongolola, vt., slip away a thing secretly, smuggle away. Onguela, vi., to do anything stealthily or slyly or slowly or softly, sneak. Onoka, vi., to go bad, spoil, be- come useless or worthless, be corrupt, deteriorate, go to waste, be worn out, be im- paired, be marred, be ex- hausted or spent or expended carelessly, be lost in trading. Sometimes this word is pronounced oneka. Onona, v., to snore. The noun \i\ono{pl.) is generally used as obj. There is a secondary meaning of to roar (as falls, wind). Onso, adj. {taking Secondary Pre- fixes), all, any, each, entire, every, intact, whole, total, perfect, any one, whichever, whichsoever, whoever, what- ever. bantu bonso, everybody, any body. Onso {continued). bintu bionso, everything, any- thing. o. cojnbined insep. with, mu and ku and h^, everywhere, any- where, wheresoever. § 371. Osa, vt., to do, accomplish, act, commit, effect, form, shape, make, perform, prepare, pro- duce, construct. See enza. Ota, V. When used with mun- ya( 2 ) as obj. it means to bask or warm one’s self in the sun- shine. When used with kahia(8) as obj., it means to warm one’s self by the fire. O-umue, adj., alike, the same, identical, correct, like, of same or similar kind or sort or char- acter or quality or species or variety, mate, match, equal. § 77 (^), 96. di o., to resemble, agree, ena o., to be dissimilar, be un- like, be incorrect, be unequal, be uneven, differ, vary. Sometimes it seems to be spe'led o-mue. Owa, vt., to hang a person, kill by hanging. Owa, V., to bathe, wash one’s self. Can be used only with refer- ence to the body. Owela, vi., to swim. Owexa, vt., to bathe or wash one, cleanse. Oxa, V., to ache, smart, burn, pain, hurt, roast, set on fire, con- sume, ignite, o. mu uvum, to bake. S. Saba, vi., to play, sport, boil or' ferment or effervesce. _ s. ne, to am.use, play with, have fun with. Sabila, vt., to play with, amuse, have fun with. SABIXA— SANGAKANA. 39I Sabixa, vt., to amuse, play with, joke, jest with, have fun with, tease. Sabuka, vi., to go across (water), come or go over, cross, ferry one’s self across, ford, pass over. Sabula, vt., to put or carry or ferry one across a stream. Sabula, vt., to boil, stew. Sakula, vt., to attend a market, go marketing. Sala, 1/^. (Lower Congo), this v. has the equivalent oj enza, to do. It is sometimes used by those who have been in the Lower Congo. For lack oj a better word it is often used for set the table. Sala, vt. or vi., to mix, mingle, intermingle, move, stir, shake, wriggle, wiggle, squirm. Salakana, vt. or vi., to mix, min gle, intermingle, move, shake, wriggle, wiggle, squirm. Salakanya, vt., to shake, move, stir. Salala, vi., to itch. Sama, v., to lay the head down on a pillow. Sama, v., to be sick, be ill, be unwell, ache, hurt, pain, suffer, s. with mucima or muoyo, to be sorry, be penitent, repent, regret. s. wtth ns ala as subj. and the person as obj., to be hungry, have an appetite, mutu musame, headache. Generally the part affected is said to make sick the person-, as, mutu udi unsama, my head aches. But the person is often spoken of as being sick in the part affected-, as, ndi nsama mutu, I am sick as to my head. Sama, vi., to crow. had! hasama nsolo, cockcrow- ing, dawn, early morning. Sama, vi., to become invisible (as warrior in battle). Samba, vt., to cheer, console, com- fort, show mercy to, be merci- ful to, pity, soothe, solace. Sambakana, vi., to assemble, come together, congregate, combine, gather together, flow together (as streams), join, meet, con- verge, unite, mingle, inter- mingle, be mixed. Sambakanya, vt., to assemble, collect, combine, gather to- gether, put together, mix to- gether, mingle, intermingle, cause to join, unite, stir to- gether. Sambakuxa, vt., see sambakanya. Sambombo, card, num., six. Takes Secondary Prefixes. Sambuka, vi., to go or step across or over (as log, path, etc.), exceed, overabound. Sambula, vt., to put or take any- thing across or over (as over a log or path). Sambulukila, vi., to scatter or spread (as contagious dis- ease) . Sambuluxangana, vt., to throw back and forth. Samina, vt., to scold, reprove, re- proach, rebuke, admonish, correct, control, discipline, manage, govern, restrain. Samina, vt., with muoyo or muci- ma as subj. this word means to covet, long for, yearn for. Sampila, vi., to bud, sprout, shoot out leaves or new branches, put out leaves. Samuna, vt., to comb the hair. Sanda, vt., to commit fornication or adultery with. Sanga, vt. and vi., to assemble, collect, put together, gather together, mingle, mix together, intermingle, combine, unite. Sangakana, vt., to assemble, come together, congregate, combine, 392 SANGAKANA— SEKEXA. Sangakana {continued). gather together, join, meet, converge, unite, mingle, inter- mingle, be mixed, be disar- ranged, be in disorder, be de- ranged, be out of order. Sangakanya, vt., to assemble, col- lect, combine, gather together, put together, mix, mingle, in- termingle, cause to join, unite, stir together, disarrange, put in disorder, derange, put out of order. Sangakuxa, vt., see sangakanya. Sang ala, vi., to amend, be better, convalesce, get well, improve in health, recover, be resusci- tated or revived. Sangana, vt., to meet up with, find. Sangila, vt. or vt., to put together, combine, assemble, collect, gather together, flow or meet together, converge, unite. Sangixa, vt., collect, combine, as- semble, add up, gather to- gether, mix together, unite, have in common, put together, intermingle, mingle, stir to- gether. Sanguka, vi., to change into some- thing else, the act of transmi- gration or metempsychosis, be born again. The same word is used of the reversible pic- tures in the magic lantern. Sanguluka, vi., to scatter (as clouds after a rain), hence to clear up, to amend, get well or better, convalesce, improve in health, recover, be resusci- tated or revived. Sanguluxa, vt., to resuscitate, re- vive, bring to, i.e., to scatter the sickness. Sanka, vi., to be happy, be blessed, be glad, be joyful, be content, be in good humor, be pleased, be delighted, be merry, exult, rejoice; there is a secondary meaning of to be proud, be Sanka {continued). haughty, be vain, be pompous, vaunt one’s self. The neg. means to be unhappy, etc. Generally used with mucima or muoyo as subj. Sankixa, vt., to bless, make happy or joyful, cheer, gladden, please, delight. Generally used with muoyo or micima as subj. Santa Klas, n., Santa Claus. Sanxila, v., to sprinkle. Sasa, vi., to be sour, be acid. Sasakana, vi., to itch. Sasakata, vi., to be impatient, be in a hurry, be restless, be un- easy, be nervous, be fidgety. Sasula, vt., to demolish (as a house), tear down, pull down, destroy, wreck. Satana, i, n., Satan, devil, demon. Introduced from Hebrew. mulamaci wa satana, demon or devil (in Biblical sense). Satu, card, num., three. Takes Secondary Prefixes. Saunde, Eng., a word used on the steamers meaning to sound. Saute, w.(Eng.), south. Regarded as belonging to class III. Saxa, vt., to shake, move, stir. Saya, vt., see seya. Seja, see sex a. Seka, vi. or vt., to laugh or laugh at, be amused at, deride, make fun or sport of, scoff at, taunt. SSka-muabi, n.{the last part only is inflected according to class II), albino. Sekelela, vt., to give salutation or • respects or greeting to a chief, salute or greet a chief, con- gratulate, hallow, do incanta- tions, be grateful to, be thank- ful to, thank. Sekexa, vt., to amuse, make to laugh, have fun with, provoke laughter, be rediculous or SEKEXA— SOMBA. 393 Sekexa {continued). ludicrous or laughable or funny or amusing. Sekidila, vt., to add something extra to conclude the trade, “dash.” Sekila, vt., to push, shove, press or thrust against. Sela, vi.,- to move along sidewise, sidle. Sela, vt., to pay the dowry for a wdfe — given to parents of bride by the groom. Selemuka, vi., to slip, slide. Selo, inter jec.i^ng.), sail ho! Sembakena, vt., to meet and pass on the way. Semena, vi., to move along side- wise, sidle. Semexa, vt., to make to move along sidewi -,e, push or shove against, press I r thrust against. Sendama, vi., to lean, incline or slant or slope out of the per- pendicular. Sendeka, vt., to cause to incline, lean, slant. Sendemexa, vt., see sendeka. Senena, vi., to be sleek, be smooth, be soft. Senga, vt., to shake, move, sift (as flour) . Sengela, vt., to implore, beseech, persuade, plead with, invoke, supplicate, coax, entreat, “please do.” There is usually implied the idea of caressing. Sengelela, vt., see sengela. Sengula, vt., to cut away brush, clear a field. Sentedi, i, w.(Eng. or French), sentry, sentinel, watchman. Sepetemba, n. (Eng.), September. Sesa, vi., to make a detour. See sesuka. Sesuka. vi., to make a detour, turn out of the way or aside in order to pass or to permit another to pass, go round an^ Sesuka {continued). object in the way, move or get out of the way, glance off. Sexa, vt.{Causative of sela), to push or press or thrust against, shove. The idea is that of sidewise. Sometimes spelled seja. Seya, vt., to carve or cut up meat, dissect. Sitaci, «.(Eng.), starch. Regarded as belonging to class III. Sodia, V., to click the throat in order to express anger or disapproval, abuse or insult one in this way, grumble, offend, show scorn or vexation. Soha, vt., to stir up together, mix, mingle. Sohela, ^'.(Eng.), to spell. Sohoka, vi., the accidental or unin- tentional firing off of a gun or springing of a trap. Sometimes spelled suhuka. Sokoka, vt., to conceal, hide, se- crete. s. musokoko, to keep a secret. Sokola, vt., to confess, own up, unhide, reveal, acknowledge, disclose, divulge. Sokolola, vt., to betray or reveal or tell a secret, divulge, find something hidden, confess, own up, acknowledge, unhide, dis- close. Sokoma, vt., to conceal or hide or secrete one’s self, be concealed, be hidden. Sola, vt., to clear off a field, cut away large trees. Soloka, vi., to hop or jump (as frog). Soma, vt., to load or ram a gun. Somba, vt., to borrow with inten- tion of returning equivalent in value or kind. Cotitrast with hanza. Somba, v., to converse together, have conversation, speak or talk together. 394 SOMBAKUXA— SUNGILA. Sombakuxa, vt., to exchange, change, trade. Sombexa, vt., to lend, loan, let out. The idea is that of not returning the same article hut the same in kind. Sompoka, vi., to stick through (as needle through cloth). Sompola, vt., to pass through (as bullet). Songa, vt., to carve (as wood), cut, file the teeth, form or shape or make by cutting or carving, sharpen to a point. Songakuxi, i, n., girl, maiden, lass, maid, young woman, damsel, virgin. Songalumi, i, n., boy, lad, youth, young man. Songuela, vt., to accuse one before another, betray, complain of to another, backbite, defame, slander, tell on, traduce, be traitor to, be treacherous toward, vilify, talk or speak against one, calumniate. Sonsola, vt., to stir up or poke the fire. Sua, vt., to love, desire, esteem, fancy, care for, fain, like, prefer, want, wish, s. bakuxi, to be lascivious, be lecherous, be lewd, be licen- tious, be lustful. U sed of men. s. balumi, to be lascivious, be lecherous, be lewd, be licen- tious, be lustful. Used of women. neg. of s., to despise, detest, hate. The infin. kusua is used as noun to express affection, love. Suanga, vt., to hull, husk, shuck. Suika, vt., to tie, bind, fasten, tie a knot. Suka, vt., to shrug the shoulders. Suka, vt., to put an instrument in tune, harmonize, attune. Sukila, vt., to harmonize (as two instruments), tune instruments to each other, attune. Sukixa, vt.^to sharpen by hammer- ing (as blacksmith). Some say sekexa. Sukuka, vi., to be out of tune or harmony, not to harmonize, be discordant. Sukula, vt., to put out of tune or harmony, cause not to har- monize. Sukula, (Lower Congo), to wash, cleanse, purge, purify, clean with water. Sukula, vi., to urinate, make water. Sukulu, w.(Eng.), school. Re- garded as belonging to class III. Sukunya, vi., to urinate, make water. Suluka, vi., to get or become free or loose or untied or undone or unfastened. Sulula, vt., to loosen, set free, let go, liberate, disentangle, ex- tricate, let loose, give freedom or liberty, untie a knot, unbind, undo, unfasten, unloose. Suma, vt., to bite, sting, hurt (as in pain). s. with nsala as subj. and the person as obj., to be hungry, have an appetite. Sumba, vt., to buy, purchase, bar- ter. Sumbula, vt., to cast or throw away as useless. Sumika, vt., to bleed a person by cupping, cup. Suna, vt., to bring or carry or fetch or draw water from a spring or stream. Sunga, vt., to separate or part those ♦ in a quarrel, pacify, reconcile, conciliate, mediate, intervene. Sungidila, vt., to defend, deliver, mediate in behalf of, save, rescue, succor. Sungila, vt., to defend, save, de- liver, mediate in behalf of, rescue, succor. SUNGULA— TALUXA. 39S Sungula, vt., to choose, select, prefer, had rather, decide on, elect, pick out, destine, s. diambedi, to foreordain, pre- destinate. Sungulula, to assort, separate, divide, part, sort. Sunsula, vt., to crush or rub up in the hands, crumble. Sunuka, vi., to sulk, be sulky, be sullen. Susamana, vi., to squat, stoop, sit on the haunches. Susuka, vi., be worn out, be rag- ged, be tired, be exhausted, be faint, be weary, be weak. Susula, vt., to wear out, tire, ex- haust. Susuma, vi., to smart, burn, pain, hurt. T. Ta, vt., to hunt or chase with dogs. Tab ala, vi., to be awake, keep awake, open the eyes. Tabuluka, vi., to be alarmed, be astonished, be frightened, be startled, to start suddenly. Tabuluxa, vt., to startle, frighten, alarm, astonish, surprise. Tacixa, vt., to annoy, worry, vex, anger, enrage, exasperate, irri- tate, persecute, afflict, oppress, provoke, tantalize, tease, tor- ment, trouble, aggravate, bother. Contrast with the vt. form tata. Tadi, conj.y but. Tadi, vi., see kadi. Taha, vt., to chop, cut, cut down, strike so as to cut, smite, gash, stab, be rough or uneven to touch; sometimes used tn sense of write, mark, t. lusalu, to tattoo, t. mputa, to wound. p.p. passive, wounded. T&ha, vt., to dip up water. Taha, vt., to win or gain at gam- bling. The person losing or forfeiting is the secondary obj. of the verb] as, nakutaha Kasongo bintu biandi, I won Kasongo’s things, or Kasongo forfeited his things to me. Tahakana, vi., to be covered or daubed or smeared over with. Tahuluka, vi., to separate, diverge, branch out, part, divide. Tahulula, vt., to assort, separate, sort, part, arrange, divide. Taka, vi., to tremble, quake, move, shake. Takankana, vt., to be unsteady, be unstable, stagger, reel, totter. Takixa, vt., to shake, move by shaking, cause to quake. Takula, vt., to lift up, raise up. Talala, vi., to be calm, be at peace, be peaceful, be gentle, be quiet, be settled, be silent, be still, be tranquil, be cold, be chilly, be cool, be damp, be moist, be wet, be soaked, be humid, be insipid, be saltless, be taste- less, be unseasoned, be dis- tasteful, be cured, be healed, be well. -a mucima mutalale, content, satisfied. Talala, adv., calmly, quietly, peace- fully, in silence, silently, softly, di t., to be peaceful, be at peace, be quiet, be calm, be settled, be silent, be still, be tranquil, mona or tangila or xoxa with t., to gaze at, stare at, look at steadfastly or intently. Taluxa, vt., to qaiet, pacify, quell, hush, still, make cold or cool, cure or heal or restore to health, relieve or ease pain, quench or slake or satisfy or appease thirst, dampen, wet, moisten, t. buanga, to destroy the in- fluence of charm or medicine or fetish. TAMBA— TANTAMtKA. 39*5 Tamba, f., to pass on ahead of or by, go on before, come or go past, be beyond, be first, go over or through or by, surpass, exceed. t. buimpe, to be better, be su- perior. t. with bukale or ngulu, to beat, excel, conquer, win, defeat, overcome, master, overthrow, prevail, quell, repulse, subdue, subject, subjugate, vanquish, be victorious. In Comparative constructions there is ojten the idea oj very, too, excessively, exceedingly, extremely, farther, too much for, more, most, quite, so. In the Comparative Degree with this verb we have the construc- tion for the Eng. than. § 89. When used with proper adj. or verb this word expresses the idea of infinite. Tambakana, vi., to go back and forth, go backwards and for- wards, pace to and fro. Tambixa, vt., to throw over or past or through, let one pass by. Tambuka, vi., to go out, come out. From Buk. Tambula, vt., to cast out or drive out or throw out or chase out. From Buk. Tampakana, vi., to spread, scatter. Tanda, vt., to abuse, argue with, quarrel with, fall out with, maltreat, ill-treat, revile, talk angrily, bicker. Tanda, vi., to change into some- thing else, the act of transmi- gration or metempsychosis, be born again. The same word is used of the reversible pictures in the magic lantern. Tandabala, vi., to be stiff, be in- flexible, be unbending, be rigid. Tandangana, v., to abuse each other, argue, quarrel, wrangle, Tandangana {continued). fall out with each other, mal- treat each other, ill-treat each other, talk angrily, bicker. Tandixa, vt., to revile. Tanduka, vi., to fade (in color). Tanfunya, v., to make an unseemly noise with the mouth while chewing or masticating food. Tangadika, vi., to scatter, clear away as mist, be deranged or disarranged, be in disorder or confusion, be out of order, be confused, disperse, be cast about, fall to pieces, be ex- hausted or spent or expended. Tangadixa, vt., to scatter, strew, demolish, derange, disarrange, put in disorder or confusion, disperse, put out of order, cast about, confuse, exhaust or spend or expend recklessly or prodigally or extravagantly, waste or squander. Tangaluka, vi., see tangadika. Tangaluxa, vt., see tangadixa. Tangidixa, vt., to cause to see, show to, indicate to, point out to. Tangila, vt., to see, behold, look at, observe, notice, regard, view, witness, examine by looking at, find, inspect, over- look, oversee, superintend, perceive, watch after, t. talala, to look at steadfastly, gaze at, stare at. Tangixangana, vt., used with mpala meaning to face each other, be opposite. Tankakana, vi., to rock or roll (as boat). Tankakuxa, vt., to rock or roll (a (boat). Tantamana, vi., to be stiff, be in- flexible, be unbending, be rigid, be taut or tight, strain as in travail. Tantamika, vi., to swell, distend, expand, spread out, rise as TANTAMIKA— TEMEXA. 397 Tantamika {continued). dough, be taut or tight, in- flate one’s self. Tantamixa, vt., to inflate, expand, swell, spread out, distend, tighten. Tanu, card. WWW., five. Takes Sec- ondary Prefixes. Tata, vi., to be worried, be an- noyed, be troubled, be pro- voked, be bothered, be ag- gravated, be vexed, be perse- cuted. Tatakana, vi., to hesitate about, be uncertain, falter, be fickle, vacillate. Tatu, I, n., father, used as title of respect in addressing chief or master or elder. t. muakunyi, uncle (paternal and younger than the father), t. mukulu, uncle (paternal and older than the father), t. mukuxi, aunt (on father’s side). Tatu-muenu, i, n.{pl. ts batatu- muenu), father-in-law. Thi,s word ts used both by the hus- band and the wife. § 42, Note 3. Taya, 7;.(Buk.), tell, speak, say. Taya, vt., to crack, burst, shell or hull out, hatch (as fowl). Some seem to say toya. Tayika, vi., to burst, split, explode, pop, scream or squall or shriek in terror. Tayixa, vt., to burst, split, explode. Tebuka, vi., to halt, limp, be lame, enda utebuka, to walk lame. Teka, vt., to put, place, set down, set away, put by or lay by, save up, store away. t. with dikima or bukitu, to be brave, be fearless, be daring, be courageous, be bold, be vali- ant. t. with diyoyo or mutiiyo, to disturb, make trouble or dis- turbance or tumult, t. mu mulongo, to put in line. Tekela, vt., to put away for, keep for, set apart, sanctify, ordain, consecrate. Tekemena, vt., to expect, look for, trust, have faith in, hope for, have confidence in, rely on. neg. of t., to distrust. The in fin. may be used for the noun hope. Teketa, vi., to be weak, be ex- hausted, be weary, be faint, be feeble, be frail, be infirm, be fatigued, be tired, be im- potent, be loose or slack, sub- mit, give up, yield to, succumb, surrender. t. ku bianza, to be sleek or smooth or soft to the touch. Tekete, adj., weak, weary, fragile, frail, infirm, impotent, feeble, slack (not taut), fresh (as new • palm wine), easy. -a mucima mutekete, humble, modest, penitent, muanda mutekete, seven, mubidi mutekete, bad health, tekete ku bianza, smooth or sleek or soft to the touch. Tekexa, vt., to weaken, tire, ex- haust, enfeeble, fatigue, make loose, loosen, slacken, lower price or voice, abase, humble, humiliate, subjugate, soften, t. muxinga, to beat down or bring down or decrease or lower the price, cheapen. Tela, vt., to call one’s name behind one’s back, take name in vain, talk about one, swear, blas- pheme. This word is gener- ally followed by dina (name). Tela, vt., to sew. Telexa, vt., to listen to, hear, attend to, give or pay atten- tion. Tema, vi., to be lighted, be kindled. Temena, vi., to give forth light, gleam, shine, glow. Temexa, vt., to blow the fire, cause the fire to burn, kindle, light. 398 TEMPA— TOHEXA. Tempa, *y., to consult a medicine man, divine, enchant, conjure. Tempela, vi., to send out or shoot out leaves, bud, sprout. Tempexa, v., to consult a medicine man, divine, enchant, conjure. Tendelela, vt., to bless or praise or glorify (God), perform incan- tations before a charm or fetish or medicine, do obeisance before, adore, pray to, honor, hallow, pay homage to, in- voke, worship, extol, magnify, revere, reverence, supplicate, venerate. This word has spe- cial reference to incantations done before a charm. Tengula, vt., to circumcise. di mutengula {p.p. passive), to be circumcised. ena mutengula {p.p. passive), to be uncircumcised. Tenkakana, vi., to stagger, reel, totter, be unsteady, be un- stable. Tentama, vi., to lie on top, be piled up or heaped up on top, be full (moon). Tente, indeclinable adj., full. § 78. This is derived from the verb tentama. Tenteka, vt., to lay or put or place on top of, pile or heap one on top of the other, mend or patch (as clothes). Tentekanya, vt., to pile or heap or lay up one on top of the other. Tentekela, vt., to give or add an extra amount to conclude the trade, “dash.” t. kasombelu, to pay interest. Tentekela, v., to eavesdrop, spy, reconnoitre, watch (as thief for a chance to steal). Tentekuxa, vt., to pile or heap or lay or place one on top of the other, mend or patch (as cloth). Tentemexa, vt., to cohabit with, copulate, lie with, have sexual intercourse with. Tentula, vt., to transplant, set out or plant out. Tentulula, vt., to take off from, relieve of. t. muxinga, to lower the price, i.e., to drop off the fingers in counting down the price. Teta, vt., to attempt, strive, try, test, make an effort or trial, endeavor. t. munda, to tempt or test or make trial of one (as of Abra- ham’s faith). Some say tenta. Teta, vt., to look for, search for, seek, hunt for. Teya, vt., to ensnare, entrap, trap, entice by leaving something to test, lure, allure, catch in trap or snare, snare, tempt, in- veigle. t. ndende, to set a trap or snare. Teya, vt., to listen. Generally with macu, ears, understood. To, adv., this word expresses the idea of a long distance or a long time or continuity through- out, ceaselessly, constantly, continually, eternally, ever, forever, incessantly, perpet- ually. diba to ne dilolo, all day long. dinda to ne ku munda munya, from early morning till noon, all the forenoon. ku . . . to ne ku, from ... to or till or until. butuku to ne with lunkelu or dinda, all night long. Tobela, vi., to creep or move or sneak stealthily or slyly or softly. Toha, vi., to be damp, be wet, be moist, be soaked. Tohexa, vt., to dampen, wet, moisten, soak. TOKA— TUA. 399 Toka, vi., to be or become white, be light in color or light from moon or fire, shine, give light, be pure, be spotless, be un- spotted. Toke, adj.{p.p. of toka), white, transparent, clean, fair (skin), light, spotless, unspotted, pure (water). Tokela, vt., to excuse, pardon, for- give, absolve. See note under pardon. Tokexa, vt., to whiten, clean, bleach, sanctify, ordain, con- secrate, purge, purify. t. with mucima or munda, to apologize, reconcile, atone for, pardon, forgive, absolve, ex- cuse. See note under pardon. Tokexila, vt., to forgive, pardon, excuse, absolve. Generally followed by mucima or munda. See note under pardon. Tokoka, vi., to fall over, upset, turn over. Tokola, vt., to upset, turn over, lay down, overturn, push or shove over, put or place down. Some say tonkolo. Tokoloka, vi., to be whitish or gray. Tokoloke, adj.{p.p. from toko- loka), whitish, gray. Toloka, vi., to sprout, bud. Tomboka, vi., see buluka. Tomboke, adp{p.p. of tomboka), see buluke. Tompakana, vi., to change, alter- nate. Tompakanya, vt., to change, alter- nate. Tompakuxa, vt., see tompakanya. Tonda, v., abhor, despise, detest, dislike, loathe, hate, to lose taste for, be tired of, be weary of, be disgusted with. Note that the person loathing or hating becomes the obj. of the V. rather than the subj.‘, as, Tonda {continued.) bidia bidi bintonda, I loathe the bread. Tonda, v., t» confess, own up, acknowledge, reveal. Tonda, v., used with lulu (death) as subj. with the person as obj. meaning to be about to die, be near to death. This may be the same verb as tonda, to be weary of, etc. Tonkena, v., used with the ph. mu disu meaning to show the white of the eye by pulling down lower lid and intended as an insult. Tonta, vt., to bend, curve. Tontolola, v., to complain about, grumble, growl, murmur, mut- ter, cavil, be captious, be dis- contented, be dissatisfied. Tontomona, v., to mutter, mur- mur, growl, grumble. Tonya, vt., to bend, curve, fold, t. minu, to clench the fist. Tonyuma, vi., to be crooked or bent or curved. Totobula, vt., see taya. Toya, vt., see taya. Tu, vi., to be. § 222. Tua, vt., to bail out water. Tua, vt., to hit, pound, punch at, strike, thrust at, stab, beat, crush or mash in mortar, dip in or stick in, pack or beat down, thrash out, tattoo (as with burnt rubber). . t. binu hanxi, to kneel down, t. cikema, to exclaim in surprise by grunting, be astonished, be amazed, wonder, t. with cisusu or disundu, to strike or hit with fist, t. with dihi or luhi, to slap, smack, spank. t. with dlkusa or museba, to kick. t. lukonyi, to hit or strike with knuckles. 400 TUA— TUHIKILA. Tua {co}Uinued). t. with luzadi or luzala or luala, to pinch, scratch, t. mimuemiie, to grin, smile, t. muinu, to peck (as fowl), t. mukema, to grunt or groan or moan in pain. t. museba hanxi, to stamp, tramp or tread heavily, t. muxinga, to drive a bargain, talk a trade. Tua, vi., to be sharp, have an edge. Tua, V., to lose taste for, be tired of, be weary of, be disgusted with, loathe. See note under tonda, to. abhor, etc. Tua, v., to taste, have the taste of, savor of. The in fin. kutua is used as a noun meaning taste, savor. -a kutua kuimpe, tasty, savory, of good taste. ena ne kutua kuimpe, unsavory, unpalatable. Tua, vi.^ to extend to, reach to; as, cilulu ciandi cidi citua ku makusa, his cloth reaches down to his feet. Tuadila, vt., to carry for, relieve of. Tuadixa, vi., to begin again, com- mence again, recommence, re- peat, start over. Tuala, vt., to bear, carry, fetch, transport, bring, take. Tuangana, vi., to border on or touch each other, be next to, join, unite, flow together as two streams, be near together, be side by side, be adjacent, be contiguous, t. mixuku, to kiss. Tuanganya, vt., see tuanguxa. Tuanguxa, vt., to put or place side by side, unite, join on to, mend (as cloth). Tuanya, vt., to tear, rend, rip. Tuanyakanya, vt., to tear to pieces. Tuanyangana, vt., see tuanya- kanya. Tuanyika, vi., to be torn, be rent. Tubuka, vi., to have a hole pierced through or punched through, t. with disoso or dikela or mu- tanta, to spring a leak. Tubula, vt., to pierce, penetrate, punch through or tear through, stick hole through, perforate, pick out (as jigger), t. disoso, to bore a hole, pierce. Tucila, vi.{jrom tuta, to come back), to come back, turn back, return, go back, retire. Tucixa, vt.{)rom tuta, to come back), to bring back, send back, return, fetch or take back, recall, restore. Tudika, vi., to pop (as com in parching). Tue, adj.{p.p. of tua, to be sharp), sharp, fine (point). Tuetu, pers. pro., we. § 105. Tfifl, pi. of 8, n., excrement, dirt, filth, dung, manure, t. tua nyongo’a dicu, wax of ear. This word is sometimes pro- nounced tuinvi. There are dimin. forms in sing, kufi and kinvi. Tuflna, pi. of 8, n., pus, matter. Tuhakana, vi., to be bewildered or confused or confounded or dis- concerted, be entangled in speech, be in disorder, be de- ranged or disarranged, be out of order, blunder, make a mis- take, be perplexed, be mixed up. Tuhakanya, vt., see tuhakuxa. Tuhakuxa, vt., to confuse, be- wilder, perplex, confound, mix up, entangle in speech, de- range, put in disorder, dis- arrange, put out of order. Tuhala, vi., to be dull (as knife). Tuhika, vi., to hop, jump, leap, bound, rebound, spring. Tuhikila, vt., to pounce upon, seize. TUHU— TUMIKILA 401 Tuhu, adj.^ blank, empty, vacant, void. TJie locatives may he prefixed insep. to this word', as, mu mulondo mudi mutuhu, the bottle is empty. § 79. Tuhuka, vi., to take flight or rise in flight (as bird), fly. Tuhuxa, vt., to dull, make dull. From tuhala. Tuila, v.{from tua), used in ph. t. mu mesu, to dazzle, t. lute, to spit, expectorate. Tuixa, vt., to have a dispute or argument or disagreement settled or decided. Tuixa, vt., to be invulnerable. This word seems to be Causa- tive of tuya, to glance off. Tuka, vi., to come out of its place, get free or loose, escape (out of trap or when tied), come to pieces, shed (as tears, feathers, hairs), stick out, protrude, be broken (as string), mutoto mutuke, meteor, t. with cisululu or luanga, to perspire, sweat, t. maxi, to bleed. Tuka, vt., to abuse, curse, insult, offend, maltreat, ill-treat, re- vile, swear at. Tukula, vt., to pick off or pluck off (as feathers). Tula, vt., to draw out, pull out or up, extract, take to pieces, undo, break off as string, pick off or pluck off as feathers, tear off. Tula, vt., to forge, beat out iron, shape or make by hammering. Tula, vt., used with difu or muana meaning to abort, miscarry. Tula, vt., to let down or put down or take down (as basket from the head). Tulakana, vi., to come to pieces. Tulakanya, vt., to take to pieces, undo, pull to pieces. Tuloka, vt., to hop or jump (as flea). Tulu, pi. of 8, n., sleep, repose, slumber. bunga t., to doze, nod, be drowsy, nap. lala t., to be asleep, sleep, slum- ber. t. as subj. of kuata and pers. as obj., to be sleepy. The dimin. stng. kalu means nap. Tuluka, vi., to get down, step down, descend. Tulula, vt., to take down, let down, put down. Tuma, vt., to lead a tune. Tuma, vt., to send. Tuma, vt., to sew. Tumba, vi., to be famous, have fame, be distinguished, be far- famed, be glorious, be great, be honorable, be illustrious, be important, be influential, be mighty, be noble, be renowned, be eminent, be prominent. Tumbe, adj.{p.p. of tumba), fa- mous, distinguished, far- famed, glorious, great, honor- able, illustrious, important, in- fluential, mighty, noble, re nowned, eminent, prominent. lumbixa, vt., to honor, praise, bless, glorify, hallow, magnify, pay homage to, adore, invoke, worship, exalt, extol, regard, respect, revere, reverence, ven- erate, make great or mighty or famous. neg. of t., to disobey, be disobe- dient to, be disrespectful to, dishonor. Tumika, vi., to be docile, be tract- able, mind. neg. of t., to be disobedient, be heedless, be obstinant, be neg- lectful, be negligent, be intract- able, be unmanageable, be un- controllable, be unruly. Tumikila, vt., to be obedient to, be docile toward, be dutiful to, 402 TUMIKILA— UFUA. Tumikila {continued). be faithful to, heed, hearken to, observe the word of, obey, mind, be meek or tractable toward. neg. of t., to disobey, be diso- bedient or obstinant toward, be neglectful or negligent of, be unruly or untractable or un- manageable toward, be heed- less to. Tumina, vt., to send to. t. di(5), to send word to, com- mand, order. Tuminu, pi. of 8, w., mucus from the nose. Tumpa, to boil, stew. Tunduka, vi., to rise to the surface, arise. Tundula, vt., to pick out as jigger. Tunga, vt., to sew. Tungula, vt., to castrate, cut. Tungula, vt., to shell corn. Tungulungu, pi. of 8, n., convul- sion, fit, epileptic fit, spasm, unconsciousness or insensi- bility due to convulsion, etc. fua or haluka with t., to faint, have a fit or convulsion or spasm, swoon, be unconscious or insensible. See note under cifuidixe. Tunta, vt., to dip up water. Tuntumuka, vi., to swell, distend, expand, inflate one’s self, spread out, rise (as dough), t. with mi as subj., to be a flood. Tuntumuxa, vt., to distend, ex- pand, swell, inflate, spread out, tighten (cause to swell), swell, loosen (so as not to be tight). Tuta, vt., to beat, chastize, thrash, chasten, whip, scourge, flog, hit, pound, knock, lash with switch, switch, punish, dis- cipline, strike, crush down, t. cibubu, to clap the hands crosswise (in regret). Tuta {continued). t. cixondu, to snap the finger (in regret). t. lukuxi, to clap the hands, t. with dihi or luhi, to slap, smack, spank. Tuta, vi., to come back, turn back, return, go back, retire. Tuta, V., used with mukuekue meaning to cackle. Tutakana, vi., to assemble, come together, congregate, com- bine, gather together, meet, be mixed together, mingle, inter mingle. Tutakanya, vt., see tutakuxa. Tutakuxa, vt., to collect, put to- gether, combine, assemble, gather together, mix together, mingle, intermingle, stir to- gether. Tutangana, v., to collide, strike each other. Tutuka, vi., to fade. Tutula, vt., to beat out (as dust from mat), dust, shake out. Tuya, vi., to be half cooked. Tuya, vi., to glance off, recover or be resuscitated or be revived (with name of sickness as subj.). Tuyixa, vt., to cause to glance off; hence, in case of sickness to resuscitate, revive, bring to. U. Ubula, vt., to peel off, bark, strip off, skim. Udixa, vt.{jrom ula, to buy), to sell to. Ufua, V., to hear, listen, attend (pay attention), feel, perceive, be conscious of, detect (odor or smell), understand, dis- cover, comprehend, heed, take heed, obey, mind, observe the word of, be obedient, hearken to. UFUA— UMUKA. 403 Ufua {continued), u. bundu, to be ashamed, be mortified, be abased, be humil- iated, have chagrin, be shy, X be timid, be diffident, be humble or penitent, u. cixi, to be angry, be mad, be aggravated, be indignant, be irritable, be enraged, be raging, be furious, be in a passion, be provoked, be worried, be an- noyed, be vexed, be sorrowdul, grieve, be sad, be sorry, be melancholy, pine, regret,repent. u. luse, to feel pity or compassion, u. maxika, to be cold, be chilly, u. ns ala, to be hungry, have an appetite. neg. of u., to be insensible or unconscious of, disobey, be dis- obedient, obstinate, be heed- less, be inattentive, be listless, be’ indifferent, be negligent, be neglectful. It is difficult to determine the spell- ing of this word. Some say unva, others say unfa, and still others say unfua or uva or Ufa. But the most common of these is unva. When this word means hear, obey, etc., the obj. is di (5), or some equivalent word, and not the person. Ufuixa, vt., to cause to feel. u. bundu, to make ashamed, disgrace, mortify, chagrin, hu- miliate, cause shame, abase, u. cixi, to make angry, anger, to make mad or indignant, dis- please, enrage, irritate, thrown into a passion, aggravate, pro- voke, tantalize, torment, trou- ble, vex, worry, tease, sadden, u. muadi, to cause to cease cry- ing, console, comfort, cheer up, pacify. Uha, V., used with munda, meaning to run off at the bowels, have diarrhoea. Uha, vt., to row' a boat, pull an oar or paddle. Uha, V., to fan. Uhixa, vt., to purge (as medicine). Munda is generally understood. Uhuka, vi., to fall dowm (as tree), descend. u. with diba as subj., the going dowm of the sun at evening. Uhukila, vt., to catch in the hands, clasp in the arms, hug, em- brace, seize, fold in the arms, pounce upon, go to meet and embrace, welcome. Uhula, vt., to fell or cut dowm a tree. Ukucixa, vt., to satisfy wdth food. Ukuta, vi., to be full or satiated or surfeited wdth food, be satis- fied, have enough, be appeased (hunger). Difu is generally the sub]. Ula, vi., to be full, be filled, be exact or perfect number, be complete, expand, swell, dis- tend, inflate one’s self, be swollen. TTia, vt., to buy, purchase, barter. Uma, vi., to be dry, dry up, sub- side, abate, decrease or dimin- ish (dry up), evaporate, be cured or healed (as sore), u. with cion a or cinyanu, to be thin, be emaciated, be lean, be haggard. u. mu disu, to be immodest, be shameless, be indecent, be obscene. Umbula, vt., to dig, excavate, make a hole in the ground, burrow'. Ume, ad].{p.p. of uma, to be dr}'), dr>'. Umixa, vt., to dry up, absorb, cure or heal (a sore). Umuka, vi., to go out or get out, depart, start out, set out, emerge, issue, go away, come forth, leave, pass out, vacate, move out, withdraw, evacuate, u. mu nxila, to get out of the w'ay. 404 UMUXA— WEWE. Umuxa, vt., to drive out, cast out, send away, eject, put out, empty, chase out, clear out or away, unload, discharge cargo, exclude, move away, bring out, remove, subtract, thrust out, turn out, take away, depose, discharge or turn off from ser- vice, expel, dimiss from employ, excommunicate. Unva, V., see ufua. Unvangana, v., to understand or hear each other. Unzuluka, vi., to be ajar or open. Unzulula, vt., to open a door, put ajar. Uvua, vt., to wash, cleanse, purify, purge, clean. Uvula, vt., to husk or shuck (as corn) . Uvum, 3, w.(Eng.), oven, stove. oxa mu u., to bake. Uxa, vt.{jrom ula, to be full), to fill, inflate, cause to expand or swell or distend. V Vangala, vi., to sit tailor-fashion. Vila, V., to deny a charge. Vinga, vt., to crunch or rub up in the hands, make fire by friction, mash between the hands. Vinyo, 3, n.{jrom Portuguese), im- ported wine. budimi bua mioxi ya vinyo, vineyard. mamoma a kuenza n’a v., grapes. muoxi wa mamoma a kuenza n*a V., grape-vine. Vuadika, vt.{jrom vuala), to dress, clothe, adorn. Vuala, vt., to dress one’s self, wear, put on clothes. V. bilenga, to be adorned, be dressed up. Vuanduluka, vi., to be mixed or mingled or stirred together, be muddy. Vuandulula, vt., to mix together, stir together, mingle together, muddy. Vudixa, vt., to make full amount, make full or complete measure, make exact, fill up, increase. Vula, vi., to be full amount or quantity or measure, be com- plete, be enough or adequate or sufficient or exact, suffice, be filled, increase in number or quantity. neg. of V., to be insufficient, be inadequate, be short of. Vula, vt., to take off clothes, un- dress, to strip off or pull off or put off clothes. Vulangana, vi., to be a flood. IMJ is used as subj. Vuluka, vi., to remember, call to mind or memory, come to mind, recall, recollect. Vulula, vt., to call to one’s mind, re- mind, bring to one’s memory, cause to remember, put in mind of. Vuluxa, vt., see vulula. Vundixa, vt., to magnify (as mi- croscope). Vundula, vt., to stir or beat or mix up together. Vunga, vt., to fold, bind up, wrap around, coil, roll up, wind around, gird, surround, en- circle, enclose, entwine. Vungila, vt., see vunga. Vunguluka, vi., to open out, spread out, unfold, unroll, un- wind, unwrap, wriggle, bloom., flower. Vungulula, vt., to open out, unfold, spread out, stretch out, unbind, unroll, unwrap, unwind, dis- entangle, extricate. W. . Wesita, 3, «.(Eng.), west. Wewe, pers. pro., thou, you {pi.) § WIBIKA— XIKAMA. 405 Wibika, v.{2nd pers. sing. Buk.), used in salutation or greeting. See SALUTATION. Winung, v.{2nd pers. sing. Bu- kuba), used in salutation or greeting. See salutation. X. X*, I, n.y father. This word always has pass. pro. enclitic. §§42, Note i; 138. PI. is bax’. x*-muenu, father-in-law. Xa, v.f to dance. Generally fol- lowed by maxa. § 449 (g). Xakena, i, w.(pl. is baxakena), namesake. Generally followed by poss. pro. enchtic. § 138. XAla, vi., to stay or remain behind, be left over, exceed, lack, be deficient or inadequate, need, tarry behind, delay. cintu clxAle, the remainder or the rest (thing left over). This word is used to express the preposition except; as, bantu bonso bakuya ku musoko, umue udi mux ale, all the people have gone to town ex- cept one. Xambula, x;^(Buk.), to hold a council or court, arbitrate, settle a trouble. Xauka, vi., to be stunted. Xemakana, vi., to be pleasant or agreeable to the taste, taste good, be palatable, be sweet, tasty, be savory. neg. of X., to be unsavory, be unpalatable. Xla, vt., to leave, abandon, desert, except, exclude, omit, forsake, neglect. X. mu bianza, to entrust with. Xibala, vi., to be stupid, be foolish, be ignorant, be silly, be simple, be dull, be senseless. X. with di(5) as subi., to be hoarse. X. with mesu as subj., to be blind. Xibale, adj.(p.p. 0/ xibala), stupid, foolish, ignorant, silly, simply dull, senseless. Xibika, vt., to shut, close. X. nsahi, to lock. Xibikila, vt., to fill up (as hole, ditch, etc.). Xibuka, vi., to explode, become unfastened. Xibula, vt., to open (as tin can or box), unfasten, explode. cintu cia kuxibula n’aci mpanza, a can opener. Xidixa, vt., to burn or scorch. Xiha, vt., to kill, put to death, destroy, murder, sacrifice, slaughter, slay, smite, demol- ish, devastate. X. buanga, to destroy the in- fluence of a charm or fetish. X. wit/t bulunda or bunyana, to break off friendship. X. dibuka, to divorce, break the marriage. X. ha muci muciamakane, to crucify. X. with maluvu as sub], with pers. as obj., to make drunk, intoxicate. X. menu, to dull. X. with ns ala as subj. and the pers. as obj., to be faint from hunger, be famished or starved. Xihela, vt., to kill for, offer a sac- rifice to. Xika, vi., to be completed, be finished, be ready, be pre- pared, be enough, be sufficient, be adequate, suffice, be perfect or perfected, be exact or com- pleted number, be fulfilled, be used up, be consumed, be done, be out of, be exhausted, be spent or expended carelessly. neg. of'x., to be incomplete, 1^ unfinished, be insufficient. Xika, vt., to bind, tie. Xikama, vi., to sit down, rest, be at ease, be seated, take a seat, stay or stop at, live, dwell sojourn 4o6 XIKIKA— XUKULA. Xikika, vt.{jrom xikama, to sit down), to cause to sit down, set down, seat. Xikila, vi., to come to end of (as path), stop. Xikixa, vt., to finish, complete, terminate, bring to end, per- fect, conclude, fulfill, have done. X. with diyoyo or mutayo or muaku or nvita, to quiet, hush, quell, still. Xila, adj., used with num. to ex- press exact or perfect or com- plete number; as, cinunu cixila, an exact thousand. Xila, vi., to be burnt or scorched. Xima, adj., all, entire, intact, whole, perfect, total. Xima, vt., to tell a falsehood or untruth, lie, deceive, entice, beguile, trick, bear false wit- ness, fabricate, be false. Ximbuka, vt., to fall down (as tree). Ximbula, vi., to throw down in sense of push over, overthrow, blow down. Ximika, vt., to transplant, plant, set out, set into. Ximinyina, vt., to tell a falsehood or lie on, accuse falsely, bear false witness against. Ximixa, v., to feign, pretend, pro- fess. Xinda, v., to throw down one in wrestling. When used with the reflexive sig?i, the word has reference to a person tripping up and falling. dixinda bualam^, to fall back- wards. Xindama, vi., to be fixed, stand firm or immovable or steady, be steadfast, be solid. Xindamina, vi., to walk wdth a staff, i.e., to steady one’s self. Xindika, vt., to fix firmly in, to make firm or immovable, pack or beat down, press or push or Xindika {continued). shove down, compress, squeeze or cram down. Xindikixa, vt., to accompany or conduct or attend or escort one a short distance on the path in order to bid farewell. Xinta,' vt., to change, exchange, trade, substitute one for an- other. Xintakana, vt., to exchange, trade, alternate, change, substitute one for another. Xintakanya, vt., see xintakana. Xintakuxa, vt., see xintakana. Xitakana, vi., to be dense or thick (as forest). Xixa, viy, to be last or behind or behindhand in doing, be the hindermost, be late, be in the rear. Xixa, vt., used in phrases mu bu- hele and mu bulanda, mean- ing to impoverish. Xixamuka, vi.{from xixa, to be last), to be slow, do or move slowly or sluggishly, walk or work lazily, be dilator}^ lag, procrastinate. X’-muenu, i, n.{pl. is bax*- niuenu), father-in-law. The poss. pro. enclitic is used after the x’. §§ 42, Note 2, 138. Xoboka, vi., to be bendable, be pliant, be pliable, be flexible, be supple. Xomuna, vt., to pull up, take up. Xoxa, vt., to see, view, witness, behold, examine by looking, find, look at, inspect, observe, notice, regard, overlook, over- see, superintend, watch after, perceive. X. talala, to look at steadfastly, gaze at, stare at. Xuhula, vt., to hull or husk or shuck (as peas by beating). Xukula, vt., to nod assent. XUMB ULA— ZONZAMA. 407 Xumbula, vt., to fell, cut down tree. Xunguila, vt,, to smooth over (as mud in house-building). Xunguka, vi., to be dwarfed or undersized, be low, be dwarf- ish, be runty, be stunted. Xunguke, adj.{p.p. of xunguka), dwarfed, undersized, dwarfish, runty, stunted. Y. Ya, vt., to go, go away, depart, start, set out, advance, leave, pass on, proceed, progress. ya cianyima, to go back- wards. ya ha buihi, to approach, draw near, go near. ya ku luendu, to go on a journey or march or trip. ya with ku mpala or kumudilu, to go ahead or before, lead the way, precede. ya ku nyima, to go after, follow. ya lubilu, to run away, retreat, run. ya ne, to go with, carry, conduct, accompany. Yeye, pers. pro., he, she, it. § 105. Yila, vi.{jrom ya, to go), to go for, go around on that side or that way. Yisita, 3, w.(Eng.), yeast, leaven. Z. Zabika, vt., to put the cassava root to soak prior to drying. Zakala, vi., to quake, quiver, tremble, shiver, shake. z. with mucima as subj., to be excited, be frightened, be hor- rified, be scared, be shocked, be terrified, be terrorized, shudder. Zakuxa, vt., to cause to tremble or quake, shake. z. mucima, to frighten, alarm, scare, shock, terrify, horrify, terrorize. Zaza, vt., to cut or chop into small pieces, hash, mince. Zekexa, vt., to grind or grit the teeth. Zobela, vi., to limp, halt, be lame, be crippled. enda with present participle, to limp, walk lame. Zokola, vt., to peck or pick up with bill (as fowl). Zonzama, vi., to squat, sit on the haunches, stoop. READING EXERCISES. I. A CONVERSATION. Bikila Kasongo, Call Kasongo. Kasongo udi kudi kunyi? Where is Kasongo ^ Lua kunoko, Come here. Ta ubikile batuadi ba bintu, Go and call the carriers {of the things). Ndi musue kuya ku Ibanj lelu, I want to go to Ibanj to-day. Ndi nkeba bantu makumi abidi baye n’inyi, 1 am looking for twenty people to go with me. Buonso buetu tudiku, We are all here. Imuni mu mulongo, Stand in a line. Kabuya, wakuangata bintu bia kudia mu nxila? Kahuya, did you get the things for eating on the road ? E, nakuangata bidia ne minyi a ngulube ne minyi a ngombe ne luhanza lua munyinyi ne lueho, Yes, I have gotten some bread and some lard and some butter and a tin of meat and some salt. Lua ne cifulu ciinyi ne cikowela ne bisabata, Bring my hat and coat and shoes. Tuye lubilu, Let us go in a hurry. Nakuhanga, ndi musue kubuela mu buanda, I have become tired, I want to get in the hammock. Tuakufika mu ditu dinine, We have arrived in the big forest. 31oni mpumba, itu yasuma bantu, See the driver ants, they bite. Ditu diakuxala ku nyima, tudi ha mpata katataka, The forest remains behind, we are now on the plain. Musulu udi ha buihi, tusuasua mi a kunua, A stream is near, we want some water to drink. Nakukala kabidi, nengende hanxi, I am strong again, I will walk {on the ground). Eu musoko ki? What village is this ? 408 READING EXERCISES. 409 Diba diakuflka kunkuci, ndi ne nsala, The sun has reached the zenith, I am hungry. Tuxikame aha, Let us stop here. Kuku udi kudi kunyi? Where is the cook ? y Kayeu, Here he is. Dina diebi nganyi? What is your name? Dina diinyi 3Ibuya, My name is Mhuya. Udi umunya mua kulamba bintu bimpe? Do you know how to cook the things well ? Uamba nsolo ne makela asatu, Cook a jowl and three eggs. Beya, ya mu musoko usumbe mabote ne makuonde ne tumbele, batuadi badie, Beya, go into the village and buy some bananas and plantains and peanuts that the carriers may eat. Nensumbe ne cinyi? What shall I buy with? Angata lueho ne mibela, Get some salt and cowries. Kutekedi bena musoko diyoyo, Don’t make trouble with the peopU oj the village. \/Bidia biakuxika. The food is ready. Teka luhanza ne nkalafa ne kele ne nkutu ne dilonga ha mu- xete. Put the cup and knife and spoon and plate on the box. Bikila bena musoko, netubambile bualu bua Xzambi, Call the people of the village, we shall preach to them. Tuakudia, tuye, katuena basue kulala kunoko. We have eaten, let us go, we do not wish to sleep here. Diba didi dihueka, Ibanj udi kule. The sun is going down, Ibanj is far away. Tuye bitekete. Let us go slowly. Bantu badi ku mpala badi bela bila, bualu ki? The people who are in front are shouting, what is the matter? Ibanj wakumueneka, Ibanj has appeared {in sight). Moni bena musoko, balualua kutuha muoyo. See the people of the village, they are coming to salute us. Tuakufika, makusa etu adi asama ne mikolo, tuye kuxikama. We have arrived, our feet and legs are sore, let us go and sit down. Bakuba balualua kutumona, badi balunda betu. The Bakuba are coming to see us, they are our friends. Netulale ku Ibanj matuku atanu. We shall stay at Ibanj five days. Hatuamona balunda betu, netuye kuetu kabidi, When we have seen our friends, we shall go to our own village again. ndi musue kulala tulu. Go and make 410 READING EXERCISES. II. PARAPHRASES FROM SOME OF THE PARABLES OF CHRIST. LUSUMUINU LUA MTJANA WAKADI MUJIMINE. Bantu ba bungi bakalua kudi Jisus, bakalua kunva bualu buakam- beye. Jisus wakamba lusumuinu ne: Muntu mulumi wakadiku. Wakadi ne bana balumi babdi. Muana muakunyi wakulua kudi ta- tu’andi wakuamba ne, “Ntahaluila biuma biebi.” Tatu’abo wakuba- tahaluila biuma biandi. Muana muakunyi wakuangata bintu biandi bionso, wakuya n’abi kule ku musoko mukuabo. Hakufikeye ku musoko, wakuenza biandi malu mabi, wakutangaluxa bintu biandi hatuhu. Hakuhua bintu biandi bionso, ciole ciakulua ku musoko; muana muakunyi kakadi ne cia kula bia kudia. Wakaya biandi kudi muena musoko, wakuangata mukanda wa mudimu. Muena musoko wakumutuma ne, “Ya ku budimi buinyi, udixe ngulube yinyi bia kudia.” Wakaya, wakadi ne nsala ya bungi, kuakadi muntu wakumuha bia kudia; wakubanga kudia bihusu bia nkonde, biakadi , ngulube idia. Wakuelangana mexi ne, “Bahika ba tatu’inyi badi ne I bintu bia bungi bia kudia, aha ndi nfuila nsala cin}d? nemlike, nenye kudi tatu’inyi, nentonde b alu ne, ‘Tatu’inyi, nakuenzela Nzambi malu mabi ne wewe kabidi. Ndi muntu mubi, ciena muan’ebi. Ndi nkeba mukanda wa mudimu bu bahika bebi bakuabo.’” Yeye wakue- langana mexi nunku. Wakabika, wakalua kudi tatu’andi. Hakadiye mulue mu nxila kuakua, tatu’andi wakumumona, wakumusua, makuen- da lukusa, wakumusangana mu nxila, wakumuakidila. Muana wakuambila tatu’andi ne, “Tatu’inyi, nakuenzela Nzamb ^ malu mabi ne wewe kabidi, ciena muntu muimpe bu muan’ebi kabidi.” Tatu’andi wakubikila muntu wandi ne, “Ya wangate bilulu bimpe, t umuhe, aluate; wele kakana ku munu, umubuexe bisabata. Ya umuxihele kana ka ngombe, tudie, muoyo wetu wakusanka. Muan’inyi wakadi mufue, udi ne muoyo kabidi; wakadi mujimine, wakumueneka kabMi.” LUSUMUINU LUA LAZALUSA NE MUNTU MUBAXI. Kale muntu mubaxi wakadiku. Wakadi uluata bilulu bimpe. j Muntu muhele wakadaku, da diandi Lazalusa. Lazalusa wakidi / ulala ku mbelu kua muntu mub^xia, wakadi ulomba muntu mubaxi I nkototo ya kudia. Lazalusa wakadi ne mputa ham’bidi handi honso; \ mbua yakalua kuluka. ’ READING EXERCISES. 41I Lazalusa wakafaa, ne banjjis bakaya ne muoyo wandi kulu kua Nzambi, wakadi ha ciadi ha Abalahama, Muntu mubaxi kabidi wakafua, bakumujika, muoyo wandi wakaya ku ngena, Satana wakadi umukengexa, Wakuxoxa mesu andi kulu kua Nzambi, wakumona Lazalusa ulala ha ciadi ha Abalahama, waka- dila ne, “Tatu Abalahama, untumine Lazalusa kunoko, atue munu mu mi, alabe ha ludimi luinyi, miota idi inxiha, kahia kadi kangoxa.” Abalahama wakamuambila ne, “Naxa, wewe wakadi ne bintu bia bungi, Lazalusa wakadi muntu muhele. Katataka Lazalusa udi usanka ne w'ewe udi unyingala. Hankuci hetu hadi luhongo lunine kabena bamunya mua kulua kunoko.” Muntu wakadi mubaxi wakamba kabidi ne, “Ndi biinyi ne bana betu batanu, ciena mubasue balue kunoko, wabatumine Lazalusa, abambile bualu bua Nzambi, kabalue kunoko.” Abalahama wakahidia ne, “Naxa, badi ne mukanda wa Nzambi ne di diakubambila Moses. Biahidiabo, bualu buabo.” LUSUMUINU LUA MUNTU MUIMPE WA SAMELEA. Muntu wakalua kudi Jisus, wakumukonka ne, “Ndi musue muoyo wa cendelele, ngenze cinyi ?” Jisus wakuamba ne, “Wewe udi umunya me a Nzambi ne, ‘ Nanga Nzambi ne nanga bakuenu ne bantu bonso.” Muntu eu wakuamba ne, “Ndi mumunye di edi, mukuetu nganyi?” Hakukonkeye Jisus nunku, Jisus wakumuambila lusumuinu nunku: Kale muntu wakadi uya mu nxila, banyengi bakumukuata, bakumutaha mputa ya bungi ham’bidi handi, bakunyenga bintu biandi, bakumuxia hatuhu, kakadi umunya mua kuya. Hakulaleye nunku to, muambi wa bualu bua Nzambi wakalua mu nxila; hakamoneye muntu mulale ne mputa, wakusesuka, wakuya biandi. Muntu mukuabo, muena Levi, wakulua mu nxila. Hakamoneye muntu mulale ne mputa, wakusesuka, w^akuya, wakumuxia hatuhu. Muntu mukuabo, wa cisambu cikuabo, muena Samelea, wakalua mu nxila. Hakasanganeye muntu mutaha, wakaya kudiye, wakuvua mputa yandi, wakumunyengela cilulu ha mputa, wakumubandixa ha nyima ha kabalu kandi, wakaya n’andi ku musoko, wakaya kudi muena musoko, wakuamba ne, “Nakusangana muntu eu mu nxila, umuhe bintu bia kudia, hanalua nenkufute bimpe.” LUSUMUINU LUA MIXIKANKUNDE DIKUMI. Jisus wakuamba bana bandi ne, “ Hanaya kulu’ kua Tatu’inyi, nendue kabidi; kanuena numunya dituku dinalua.” Hakuambeye nunku, Jisus wakuela lusumuinu ne: Muntu mulumi wakadiku. 412 READING EXERCISES. wakuya ku musoko mukuabo, wakuya kubuka mukuxi. Hakadiye ulua butuku ne mukuxi’andi, mixikankunde dikumi yakuya mu nxila, yakuya kumuakidila. Mixikankunde itanu yakadi ne niexi, mikuabo itanu yakadi mihote. Yakadi ne mexi yakaya ne minyi a bungi a kuela mu mpanza ya kahia. Yakadi mihote yakaya ne minyi manyamanya. Buonso buai yakuya mu nxila. Hakuxikamai kukala kua nxila to, tulu tuakubuela mu mesu, yakulala tulu. Mundankulu bakuela bila ne, “ Mubuki wa mukuxi ulualua, tuyi kumuakidila.” Mixikankunde yakadi ne mexi yakubika, yakuamba kuya kmnua- kidila. Mixikankunde mihote yakubika, yakukema ne, “Minyi etu akuhua.” Yakaya kudi mikuabo yakadi ne mexi ne, “Nutuhe bietu minyi, etu akuhua.” Yakadi ne mexi yakuamba ne, “Naxa,'katua- kunuluila ne minyi, yi bienu kula minyi kudi bantu bakuabo.” Hakayai kula minyi, mubuki wa mukuxi wakulua. Wakubuela mu nsubu wandi ne bantu bonso bakadi n’andi, ne mixikankunde yakadi ne mexi. Yeye wakunxila cibi. Hakalua mixikankunde mihote, yakusangana cibi cinxila. Yakuela di ne, “Mukelenge, unsulula cibi.” Yeye wakuamba ne, “Naxa, iena munumunye.” INDEX N. B. — In the following Index the figures have reference to sections in the Grammar. No effort is made to have the references complete. Only the more important are given. Accent, 35. Active V)ice, 200, 253, 341, 342, 345- Adjective clause, 454. Adjectives, 70-90; take primary prefixes, 71; follow the noun modified, 72 and Rems, i, 2; take secondary prefixes, 77 (a)- (e); relative position of, 83; con- tained in V. as pred. complement, 84 (cO; phrases, 86, 87, 423 (3); comparison of, 88-90; adverbs formed from, 417; with loc. pre- fixed, 79. Adverb clauses, 456-466; inverted position used %vith, 443 (b), Rem. 5 (3); of place, 457; of time, 458; of condition, 459, 460; of purpose, 461, 462; of result, 463; of degree or comparison, 464; of manner, 465; of cause, 466 Adverbs, 362-421; of place, 363- 382; of time, 383-400; of de- gree and quantity, 401-406; of manner, 407-413; of affirmation and negation, 414-416; forma- tion from adjs., 417; miscella- neous, 418-421. Alliterative concord, 60. See CON- CORD. Alphabet, i. - Antecedent of rel. pro., 164, 168 (a) and {b); omitted, i^. Apodosis of past conditions, 309, 459 (0- Applied form of v., 328-332; of causative, 338; used meaning why? 420 (a) and {b) Rem. i. Archaic forms of nouns, 44 Rem., 45 Rem.; as primary and sec- ondary prefixes, 63 Rem., 66 Rem. I. Assimilation of vow'els, 25, 26, 329 (a)_and (&), 334 (a) and (ft), 336. •Auxiliary verbs, 205-232; used in forming compound tenses, 194; loc. prefixed to in compound tenses, 321 Rem. 4; di, 206-211; ena, 206 Rem.; cidi, 212-217; cena, 212 Rem.; tadi(kadi), 218-221; tu, 222-224; h 225, 226; ikala, 227; anza, 228; can, 230; may, 231; must and ought, 232. Cardinal numerals, 91-97; dis- tributive forms, 94; substantives made from, 95 (a) (b), and Rems.; the forms with o-umue, 96 and Rems.; forms in abstract count- ing, 97- Causal clauses, 466. Causative form of v., 333-338. Change of u to w and i to y, 27, 28. Classes of nouns, 40, etc. Coalescence of a and i into e, 23 Rem. 4, 47. '^ognate accusative, 449 (g). Comparison, of adj., 88-90; of adv., 403; clauses of, 464. Complex sentence, 453-472. 413 414 INDEX. Compound predicate, 446. Compound sentence, 452. Compound subject, 441 (/) (i) and (2). Compound tenses, 194, 125, 165 Rem. 2, 320 Rem. 2, 321 Rem. 4, 443 (b) Rem. 4. Concord, 58-69. Conditional clauses, 459, 560. Conjunctions, 430-436, coordi- nate and correlative, 431-435; ne, 432; naxa . . . naxa, 433; inyi, 434; tadi and kadi, 435; subordinate, 436. Consonants, 3-15, double con- sonants, 13-15; euphonic changes of, 29-34. Defective nouns, 42; joined with poss. pro., 42 Notes i and 2. Demonstrative pro., 143-163; in- dicating near opjects, 149-15 1; indicating remote objects, 152- 155; indicating objects near the person spoken to, 156-158; em- phatic demonstratives, 159-162; with loc., 163 and Notes. Derivative verbs and nouns, 322, etc. Diminutives, 50; in pi. to express bulk, 50 Rem. Diphthongs, 16-18; last letter of, determining suffix, 329 (e) and (/), 334 (e) and (/). Direct discourse, 455 (b) (2). Elision, of vowels, 23; between words, 24 and (a)-(